Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2017

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Tocagen Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   26 - 1243872

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, CA 92109

(858) 412-8400

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Martin J. Duvall

Chief Executive Officer

Tocagen Inc.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, CA 92109

(858) 412-8400

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Frederick T. Muto, Esq.

Kenneth J. Rollins, Esq.

Karen E. Deschaine, Esq.

Cooley LLP

4401 Eastgate Mall

San Diego, California 92121

(858) 550-6000

 

Cheston J. Larson, Esq.

Matthew T. Bush, Esq.

Chris G. Geissinger, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

12670 High Bluff Drive

San Diego, California 92130

(858) 523-5400

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   ☒  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price (1)

 

Amount of

registration fee (2)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $86,250,000   $9,997

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act. Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum offering price.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 9, 2017

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

        Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

$         per share

 

 

This is the initial public offering of Tocagen Inc. We are offering         shares of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We estimate that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $         and $         per share.

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “TOCA.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12.

 

 

 

    

Per Share

    

Total

 

Initial Public Offering Price

   $                   $               

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions (1)

   $                   $               

Proceeds to Tocagen (before expenses)

   $                   $               

 

(1) We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses. See “Underwriting.”

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to a total of         additional shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about                 , 2017 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

Leerink Partners    Evercore ISI    Stifel

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2017


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     12  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     52  

Use of Proceeds

     54  

Dividend Policy

     55  

Capitalization

     56  

Dilution

     58  

Selected Financial Data

     61  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     63  

Business

     79  

Management

     133  

Executive and Director Compensation

     142  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     158  

Principal Stockholders

     162  

Description of Capital Stock

     165  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     170  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     173  

Underwriting

     177  

Legal Matters

     182  

Experts

     182  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     182  

Index to the Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

For investors outside the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained in other parts of this prospectus. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in shares of our common stock and it is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially “Risk Factors” and our financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to buy shares of our common stock. Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to “Tocagen,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Tocagen Inc.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage, cancer-selective gene therapy company focused on developing first-in-class, broadly-applicable product candidates designed to activate a patient’s immune system against their own cancer from within. Our cancer-selective gene therapy platform is built on retroviral replicating vectors, or RRVs, which are designed to selectively deliver therapeutic genes into the DNA of cancer cells. Our gene therapy approach is designed to fight cancer through immunotherapeutic mechanisms of action without the autoimmune toxicities commonly experienced with other immunotherapies. Our founding vision is “No One Should Die Of Cancer” because we believe the immune system can be safely activated to fight the patient’s cancer.

We are developing our lead product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC, initially for the treatment of recurrent high grade glioma, or HGG, a brain cancer with limited treatment options, low survival rates and, therefore, a significant unmet medical need. Toca 511 is an investigational injectable RRV and Toca FC is an investigational small molecule drug, which we have designed to be used together. In November 2015, we initiated the Phase 2 portion of a randomized, controlled Phase 2/3 clinical trial of Toca 511 & Toca FC in patients with recurrent HGG, which is designed to serve as a potential registrational trial. We completed enrollment of the Phase 2 portion with 187 patients in February 2017 and plan to report top line results in the first half of 2018. In February 2017, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, granted Toca 511 & Toca FC Breakthrough Therapy Designation for the treatment of patients with recurrent HGG. Breakthrough Therapy Designation indicates that preliminary clinical evidence demonstrates the drug may have substantial improvement on one or more clinically significant endpoints over available therapy.

As of May 31, 2016, we have treated 126 recurrent HGG patients with Toca 511 & Toca FC in three ongoing ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trials with three modes of delivery: injection into the cavity wall after surgical resection of the recurred tumor, direct intratumoral injection without resection, and intravenous administration followed, approximately one to two weeks later, by resection with further local vector delivery at the time of resection. In these trials, we observed potential benefits, including durable objective responses, extended overall survival and a favorable safety profile. To date, we have not reached a dose-limiting toxicity. Based on these Phase 1 clinical trial results, in November 2015 we initiated the Phase 2 portion of a Phase 2/3 clinical trial, which is designed to serve as a potential registrational trial in patients with first or second recurrent HGG undergoing resection.

The median overall survival of patients in the Phase 1 resection injection study (in which an ascending range of doses of Toca 511 were injected into the wall of the resection cavity after resection of the tumor) exceeds historical controls across a variety of previously reported clinical trials. As of the data cut-off of May 31, 2016, 43 patients in the resection injection trial had a median overall survival of 12.4 months that was approximately four months longer relative to results from clinical trials of drugs used as standard of care for recurrent HGG. Data from our Phase 1 trial was reported in Science Translational Medicine (Cloughesy et al. 2016). As of the data cut-off of May 31, 2016, the subset of 24 patients in our Phase 1 resection injection trial that mirrors the entry criteria, clinical setting and dosing for patients in our Phase 2/3 clinical trial had median survival of 14.3 months, with an approximately six-month improvement in median overall survival relative to results from clinical trials of drugs used as standard of care for recurrent HGG.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

Furthermore, an independent radiology review of magnetic resonance imaging brain scans from our Phase 1 clinical trials identified tumor shrinkage in some patients, including several complete and partial responses. All patients in the resection injection trial with objective responses remain with durable response as of October 2016, for a median of 26.7 months, which compares favorably to a range of durable responses of 2.79 to 9.62 months in a clinical trial of a drug used as standard of care for recurrent HGG. We also documented, for patients in the resection injection trial in some cohorts, changes in immunologic activity including elevations of replicating CD4 (often referred to as “helper” T cells) and CD8 (often referred to as “killer” T cells) T cells in blood, comparing pre- and post-Toca 511 & Toca FC treatment.

We obtained Fast Track Designation (which may lead to expedited regulatory review of new products that treat serious diseases or conditions and demonstrate the potential to address an unmet medical need) from the FDA for Toca 511 & Toca FC for the treatment of recurrent HGG and Orphan-Drug Designation (a designation for a product that treats a rare disease or condition and which, if the product receives the first FDA approval for that disease or condition, may result in a period of regulatory exclusivity, subject to some exceptions) for the treatment of glioblastoma, or GBM, which is a subset of HGG. We plan to seek Orphan-Drug Designation from the FDA for the treatment of HGG.

Based on preclinical data, we believe Toca 511 & Toca FC may have therapeutic benefit in multiple other solid tumor cancers, and we initiated a Phase 1b clinical trial in July 2016 for the intravenous treatment of metastatic colorectal, pancreatic, breast, lung, melanoma and renal cancers, all of which can spread to the brain and other organs. In our ongoing intravenous clinical trial of Toca 511 for the treatment of recurrent HGG, Toca 511 crossed the blood brain barrier and was detected selectively in brain tumors. In our metastatic cancer trial we plan to continue to evaluate safety, presence of Toca 511 genes in tumors of patients with widely-disseminated disease, immunologic activity in blood and tumor such as changes in CD4 and CD8 T cells and clinical activity such as objective tumor response and clinical benefit. We also plan, in this clinical trial, to evaluate Toca 511 & Toca FC in combination with one or more checkpoint inhibitors.

Based on our findings in preclinical studies and clinical trials to date, we believe Toca 511 & Toca FC is a promising candidate for use in combination with surgery, radiation and chemotherapy and we plan to initiate a clinical trial in early 2018 for newly diagnosed HGG to evaluate safety and preliminary efficacy in this setting when Toca 511 & Toca FC is delivered in conjunction with radiation and temozolomide.

Our RRV platform is versatile and we believe it has the potential to deliver a wide variety of genes selectively to cancer cells. Our first RRV-based immunotherapy product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC, is designed to directly kill tumor cells and activate the immune system against cancer through a combination of mechanisms. In addition, we are developing other RRVs to selectively deliver genes to cancer cells against validated immunotherapy targets, such as the checkpoint protein PD-L1. We generated preclinical data supporting the potential anti-cancer benefits of an RRV delivering a gene against PD-L1. In 2018, we plan to select an anti-PD-L1 RRV product candidate for further development.

Cancer is the second leading cause of mortality in the United States and accounts for nearly one in four deaths. Our initial proposed indication, recurrent HGG, also referred to as malignant glioma, is the most common and aggressive primary brain cancer. The total number of new diagnoses of HGG expected in 2017 is about 160,000 worldwide and about 14,000 in the United States. HGG recurs in most patients, even after maximal treatment.

Early cancer treatments relied on relatively non-specific and highly toxic small molecule chemotherapies. Over the last 20 years, a new paradigm of cancer research and treatment has emerged that is focused on more targeted therapies. Most recently this has included the emergence of immunotherapies that can stimulate a patient’s immune system to slow the growth and the spread of, and ideally, eliminate, cancer cells. These

 



 

2


Table of Contents

therapies have shown the potential to provide dramatic efficacy and to extend survival for cancer patients even in cases in which conventional therapies, such as surgery, chemotherapy and radiotherapy, have already been used. In 2013, Science magazine named cancer immunotherapy as the biggest breakthrough of the year. With this breakthrough, global pharmaceutical companies as well as a large number of emerging companies are researching and developing new cancer immunotherapy treatments.

Despite these advancements, many current immunotherapies, such as checkpoint inhibitors, CAR and TCR T cells, are limited by their autoimmune and other side effects. Combination treatments are common in cancer, but combinations of immune mediated treatments with systemic cytotoxic chemotherapy may be challenging as chemotherapy is often damaging to the immune system. Thus, immunotherapies effective enough to be able to displace systemic chemotherapy are needed. Consequently, there remains a significant need for immunotherapies that are effective as well as safe and tolerable.

In contrast to current immunotherapies, we believe our RRV platform and lead product candidate have the potential to selectively infect cancer cells to stimulate robust and durable anti-cancer immune responses with minimal toxicity. Our RRVs are designed to selectively integrate into the DNA of cancer cells which then serve as factories to produce more of these RRVs by budding. The progeny RRV infect neighboring cancer cells providing long-term presence of the therapeutic gene or genes. Our novel therapies are designed to break immune tolerance in the tumor microenvironment.

Toca 511 & Toca FC is designed to break immune tolerance through a combination of mechanisms triggered by the conversion of Toca FC into high levels of 5-FU (5-fluorouracil), an anti-cancer agent, by the therapeutic gene delivered by Toca 511 into the cancer cell. Toca 511 & Toca FC treatment is designed for cycles of sustained production of high levels of 5-FU directly in tumors, which we believe is important for robust and durable anti-cancer immune activation. Cancer cell death releases damage-associated molecular patterns, or DAMPs, pathogen-associated molecular patterns, or PAMPs, and cancer neo-antigens, resulting in antigen presentation and activation of T cells. 5-FU is known to kill cancer cells and immune cells when used systemically. When 5-FU is present locally, it kills immune-suppressive myeloid cells in the tumor micro-environment while leaving systemic immune activity clinically intact. The local immune-suppressive myeloid cells include myeloid-derived suppressor cells, or MDSCs, as well as tumor associated macrophages, or TAMs, which are white blood cells recruited and retained by the tumor that contribute to the suppression of normal immune activity against cancer cells. TAMs and MDSCs suppress the number and activity of CD4 and CD8 T cells and work with the lymphocyte-derived suppressor T cells called regulatory T cells, or Tregs.

Our management team members possess significant experience in the field of gene therapy, especially cancer-selective gene therapy and immunotherapy, as well as clinical development and commercialization experience with oncology drugs, including those for the treatment of HGG. We were co-founded by some of the founders, key inventors and scientists of Viagene Inc., which we believe was the first U.S. gene therapy company and which was conducting human clinical trials in cancer immunotherapy as early as 1993.

We have retained worldwide rights to the development and commercialization of therapeutic product candidates derived from our RRV platform in all indications. We have intellectual property protection in major markets worldwide, including 58 issued and granted patents and 75 patent applications (foreign and domestic) on our technology platform and novel product candidates, which we believe will maintain coverage until approximately 2030.

Our Proprietary Technology Platform: Harnessing Cancer Immunotherapy and Gene Therapy Together to Fight Cancer

We believe our investigational gene therapy platform and therapeutic genes represent innovative approaches in cancer-selective immunotherapy which have the potential to drive a safe, powerful and durable immune

 



 

3


Table of Contents

response against cancer, without triggering autoimmunity. We chose to utilize RRVs as the basis of our gene therapy platform for cancer-selective immunotherapy because they exhibit several characteristics that we believe allow us to optimize the safety, delivery and persistence of our therapeutic genes in cancer cells. These characteristics include that they:

 

    replicate readily and persist in the immune-defective environment of cancer;
    are controlled in healthy tissue by normal immune mechanisms;
    only infect dividing cells such as cancer cells;
    bud from, rather than lyse, infected cancer cells, reducing anti-RRV immune activation;
    infect most cancer types; and
    can cross the blood brain barrier.

For our lead product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC, we believe cytosine deaminase, or CD, as our therapeutic gene paired with 5-FC (5-fluorocytosine) is a promising choice for the following reasons:

 

    CD is able to convert the anti-fungal drug, 5-FC, into the broadly applicable anti-cancer drug, 5-FU, in the cancer microenvironment;
    CD provides additional anti-cancer selectivity, as humans do not have this gene;
    the short half-life of 5-FU limits its direct killing to the localized area of the tumor micro-environment;
    local 5-FU has powerful effects on increasing survival in immune competent animals after only a few cycles of 5-FC; and
    MDSCs and TAMS are very sensitive to 5-FU-mediated killing, which may reduce immune tolerance to the cancer.

Our Pipeline

 

LOGO

Our Strategy

Our focus is to develop and commercialize first-in-class cancer-selective immunotherapies using our proprietary gene therapy platform. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Advancing Toca 511 & Toca FC rapidly through clinical development and regulatory approval in recurrent HGG .    In November 2015, we initiated the Phase 2 portion of a Phase 2/3 clinical trial of Toca 511 & Toca FC in recurrent HGG. We completed enrollment of the Phase 2 portion of this clinical trial in February 2017. If we achieve our primary endpoint, overall survival, or secondary endpoints such as objective response rate, in this portion of the trial, we plan to discuss submission of a biologics license application, or BLA, based on this data with the FDA. We believe such data could serve as the basis for

 



 

4


Table of Contents
 

regulatory approval. In February 2017, the FDA granted Toca 511 & Toca FC Breakthrough Therapy Designation for the treatment of patients with recurrent HGG.

    Expanding the therapeutic use of Toca 511 & Toca FC into newly diagnosed HGG and other solid cancer indications .    In July 2016, we initiated a Phase 1b clinical trial in metastatic cancers including colorectal, pancreatic, breast, lung, melanoma and renal. In early 2018, we plan to initiate a Phase 1b clinical trial of Toca 511 & Toca FC in combination with surgery, radiation and chemotherapy in newly diagnosed HGG patients. We believe Toca 511 & Toca FC has potential broad applicability in the treatment of solid cancers and, because of its safety and efficacy profile in clinical trials to date, it could serve as the foundational therapy in a variety of combination treatments, if successfully developed and approved.
    Commercializing Toca 511 & Toca FC in key markets .    If approved, we plan to build the capabilities to commercialize Toca 511 & Toca FC through medical science liaisons and a specialty sales force in key markets.
    Pursuing strategic partnerships to expand the commercial opportunity for, and accelerate the development of, our product candidates .    We may choose to selectively partner our lead product candidate or our future product candidates in territories or therapeutic areas where a partner could bring additional resources and expertise; however, we plan to retain development and commercialization rights in key markets to maximize strategic flexibility.
    Leveraging our RRV platform and core competencies to continue discovering and developing a broad pipeline of novel cancer-selective immunotherapies .    We believe there is a significant opportunity to develop additional immunotherapy product candidates utilizing our RRV platform. Our scientists have broad expertise in the field of gene therapy, especially cancer-selective gene therapy and immunotherapy. We intend to leverage our platform and expertise to discover and develop a broad pipeline of cancer-selective immunotherapies to help patients fight their cancers without the severe side effect profile typical of cancer treatments.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business and our ability to implement our business strategy are subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. You should read these risks before you invest in our common stock. We may be unable, for many reasons, including those that are beyond our control, to implement our business strategy. In particular, risks associated with our business include:

 

    We have incurred significant losses since our inception, including an accumulated deficit of $128.0 million as of December 31, 2016, and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. We will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals.
    Immunotherapy, gene therapy and biopharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of uncertainty. Our gene therapy product candidates are based on novel technology, which makes it difficult to predict the time and cost of product candidate development. We have never generated any revenue from product sales and may never be profitable.
    The FDA regulatory approval process is lengthy and time-consuming, and we may experience significant delays in the clinical development and regulatory approval of our product candidates.
    The FDA may disagree with our regulatory plans, and we may fail to obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates.
    We rely, and expect to continue to rely, in part, on third parties to conduct, supervise and monitor our clinical trials and to manufacture our vectors, product candidates and other key materials. If these third parties perform in an unsatisfactory manner, it may harm our business.

 



 

5


Table of Contents
    We face intense competition and rapid technological change and the possibility that our competitors may develop therapies that are more advanced or effective than ours, which may adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates.
    We are highly dependent on our key personnel, and if we are not successful in attracting and retaining highly qualified personnel, we may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy.
    If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights or if our intellectual property rights are inadequate for our technology and product candidates, our competitive position could be harmed.

Corporate and Other Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in August 2007. Our principal executive offices are located at 3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230, San Diego, California, 92109, and our telephone number is (858) 412-8400. Our corporate website address is www.tocagen.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and to trademarks belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. An “emerging growth company” may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

    being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;
    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and
    exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments.

We may use these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

         shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

         shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to a total of          additional shares of common stock.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for manufacturing scale-up and validation, for the clinical development of Toca 511 & Toca FC and for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including costs and expenses associated with being a public company. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of certain of the factors to consider carefully before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

“TOCA”

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to          shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors and officers and certain other parties related to us. Shares purchased by our directors and officers will be subject to the 180-day lock-up restriction described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

 

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 61,361,206 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016, after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 46,163,605 shares of common stock, and excludes:

 

    9,563,465 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2016, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.64 per share;
             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 equity incentive plan, or the 2017 Plan, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering (including              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2009 equity incentive plan, as amended, or the 2009 Plan, which shares will be added to the shares reserved under the 2017 Plan upon its effectiveness);
             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 employee stock purchase plan, or the ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and

 



 

8


Table of Contents
    73,572 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2016, at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.93 per share.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

 

    the conversion of all our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2016, into an aggregate of 46,163,605 shares of common stock in connection with the completion of this offering;
    the adjustment of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of Series H convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase 68,572 shares of common stock in connection with the completion of this offering;
    the issuance by us of convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $7.5 million between January 2017 and February 2017 and the conversion of $11.0 million of aggregate principal amount plus accrued interest underlying convertible promissory notes which will automatically convert upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of          shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $         (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on                 , 2017.
    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to a total of          additional shares of our common stock;
    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and
    a one-for-         reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Data

The following summary financial data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 are derived from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data should be read together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2015     2016  
     (in thousands, except share and
per share data)
 

Statements of Operations Data:

 

License revenue

   $ 51     $ 49  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     19,172       27,218  

General and administrative

     3,833       4,522  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     23,005       31,740  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (22,954     (31,691
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

    

Interest income

     126       215  

Interest expense

     (339     (2,052

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     111       50  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (102     (1,787
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (23,056     (33,478

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Net unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     (52     58  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (23,108   $ (33,420
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (1.53   $ (2.21
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (1)

     15,056,358       15,180,140  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

     $ (0.55
    

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

       61,343,745  
    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the basic and diluted net loss per common share and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 



 

10


Table of Contents
(2) The calculations for the unaudited pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted, assume the conversion of all our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, as if the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, or the issuance date, if later, and exclude the effect of shares issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding principal and accrued interest related to convertible promissory notes upon the completion of this offering.

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma as
Adjusted (2) (3)
 
           (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

   $ 31,245     $                   $               

Working capital

     18,079       

Total assets

     35,351       

Notes payable, current portion

     7,200       

Notes payable, net of current portion

     10,241       

Convertible promissory notes payable

     3,398       

Convertible promissory notes subscription liability

     140       

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

     126       

Convertible preferred stock

     131,413       

Accumulated deficit

     (128,000     

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (124,417     

 

(1) Pro forma amounts reflect (i) the conversion of all our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 46,163,605 shares of our common stock, (ii) the issuance by us of convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $7.5 million between January 2017 and February 2017 and (iii) the conversion of $11.0 million of aggregate principal amount plus accrued interest underlying convertible promissory notes which were issued between November 2016 and February 2017 and which will automatically convert upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of          shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $         (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on                 , 2017.

 

(2) Pro forma as adjusted amounts reflect the pro forma conversion adjustments described in footnote (1) above, as well as the sale of          shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) each of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $        , assuming the number of shares offered by us as stated on the cover page of this prospectus remain unchanged and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a one million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $        , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in shares of our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following information about these risks, together with the other information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes thereto, before deciding to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects. In these circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks related to our business and industry

We have incurred significant losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future.

We are a clinical-stage company with a limited operating history. We are not profitable and have incurred net losses in each year since our inception in 2007, including net losses of $23.1 million and $33.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $128.0 million.

We have devoted substantially all of our financial resources to research and development, including our clinical, preclinical and platform development activities. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through the private placement of our convertible preferred stock. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. The amount of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of our future expenditures and our ability to generate revenue. We have not completed late-stage clinical trials for any product candidate and it will be several years, if ever, before we have a product candidate ready for regulatory approval and commercialization. Even if we succeed in obtaining regulatory approval and commercializing one or more of our product candidates, we will continue to incur substantial research and development and other expenditures to develop and market additional product candidates. We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and our ability to generate revenue. Our prior losses and expected future losses have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital.

We will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed may force us to delay, limit or terminate our product development efforts or other operations.

We are currently advancing our lead product candidate, Toca 511 (vocimagene amiretrorepvec) & Toca FC (flucytosine extended release), through clinical development and other product candidates through preclinical development. Developing gene therapy products is expensive, and we expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we advance our product candidates in clinical trials.

As of December 31, 2016, our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities were $31.2 million. We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million, based on the initial public offering price of $         per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We expect that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will be sufficient to fund our current operations through at least the next 12 months. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund manufacturing scale-up and validation for our lead product candidate, the Phase 2 portion of our Phase 2/3 clinical trial of Toca 511 & Toca FC in recurrent HGG, the other ongoing and planned clinical development activities for Toca 511 & Toca FC and the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes. However, our operating plan may change as

 

12


Table of Contents

a result of many factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through equity and/or debt financings. We may also consider new collaborations or selectively partner our technology or programs. In any event, we will require additional capital to obtain regulatory approval for, and to commercialize, our product candidates. Raising funds in the current economic environment may present additional challenges. Even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans, we may seek additional capital if market conditions are favorable or if we have specific strategic considerations.

Any additional fundraising efforts may divert our management from their day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates. In addition, we cannot guarantee that future financing will be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Moreover, the terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of our stockholders and the issuance of additional securities, whether equity or debt, by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our shares to decline. The sale of additional equity or convertible securities would dilute all of our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and we may be required to agree to certain restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. We could also be required to seek funds through arrangements with collaborative partners or otherwise at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable and we may be required to relinquish rights to some of our technologies or product candidates or otherwise agree to terms unfavorable to us, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and prospects.

If we are unable to obtain funding on a timely basis, we may be required to significantly curtail, delay or discontinue one or more of our research or development programs or the commercialization of any product candidates or be unable to expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities, as desired, which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Immunotherapy, gene therapy and biopharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of uncertainty. We have never generated any revenue from product sales and may never be profitable.

Since our inception in August 2007, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to developing our gene therapy platform and our lead product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC. We are still in the early stages of developing our product candidates, and we have not completed development of any products. Our ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability depends in large part on our ability, alone or with partners, to successfully complete the development of, obtain the necessary regulatory approvals for, and commercialize product candidates. We do not anticipate generating revenues from sales of products for the foreseeable future. Our ability to generate future revenues from product sales depends heavily on our success in:

 

    completing clinical trials through all phases of clinical development of our current and future product candidates;
    seeking and obtaining marketing approvals for product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;
    launching and commercializing product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval with a partner or, if launched independently, successfully establishing a sales force, marketing and distribution infrastructure;
    identifying and developing new product candidates;
    progressing our preclinical programs into human clinical trials;
    establishing and maintaining supply and manufacturing relationships with third parties;
    maintaining, protecting, expanding and enforcing our intellectual property; and
    attracting, hiring and retaining qualified personnel.

 

13


Table of Contents

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with gene therapy product development, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability, if ever. In addition, our expenses could increase beyond expectations if we are required by the FDA or foreign regulatory agencies, to perform studies and clinical trials in addition to those that we currently anticipate or if there are any delays in the development of any of our product candidates. If one or more of the product candidates that we develop is approved for commercial sale, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing such product candidates. Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of any approved products, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations, which may not be available to us on favorable terms, if at all. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would depress the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts, diversify our product offerings or even continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

Our gene therapy product candidates are based on novel technology, which makes it difficult to predict the time and cost of product candidate development.

We have concentrated our product research and development efforts on our gene therapy platform, and our future success depends on the successful development of this therapeutic approach. There can be no assurance that any development problems we experience in the future related to our gene therapy platform will not cause significant delays or unanticipated costs, or that such development problems can be solved. We may also experience delays in developing a sustainable, reproducible and scalable manufacturing process or transferring that process to commercial partners, or developing or validating product release assays in a timely manner, which may prevent us from completing our clinical trials or commercializing our products on a timely or profitable basis, if at all.

In addition, the clinical trial requirements of the FDA, the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and other regulatory agencies and the criteria these regulators use to determine the safety and efficacy of a product candidate vary substantially according to the type, complexity, novelty and intended use and market of the potential products. The regulatory approval process for novel product candidates such as ours can be more expensive and take longer than for other, better known or extensively studied pharmaceutical or other product candidates. In October 2015 the FDA approved Amgen Inc.’s oncolytic virus therapy, Imlygic (talimogene laherparapvec) for the local treatment of unresectable lesions in patients with melanoma recurrent after initial surgery and this product has been recommended for marketing authorization as a gene therapy in Europe by the Committee for Advanced Therapies. Currently, only two gene therapy products have been approved in Europe, uniQure NV’s Glybera (alipogene tiparvovec), which received marketing authorization from the European Commission in 2012, and GlaxoSmithKline, Fondazione Telethon and Ospedale San Raffaele’s Strimvelis, which was approved by the European Commission in 2016. This makes it difficult to determine how long it will take or how much it will cost to obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates in either the United States or Europe.

Regulatory requirements governing gene therapy products have changed frequently and may continue to change in the future. For example, in January 2017, the FDA Oncology Center of Excellence, or the Center of Excellence, was created to leverage the combined skills of regulatory scientists and reviewers with expertise in drugs, biologics, and devices (including diagnostics). While the Center of Excellence is designed to help expedite the development of oncology and malignant hematology-related medical products and support an integrated approach in the clinical evaluation of drugs, biologics and devices for the treatment of cancer, the new Center of Excellence may initially create confusion within the FDA and especially in the Center of Biologics and Research that is the primary review division for our initial product candidate. Gene therapy clinical trials conducted at institutions that receive funding for recombinant DNA research from the U.S. National Institutes of Health, or the NIH, are also subject to review by the NIH Office of Biotechnology Activities’ Recombinant DNA Advisory Committee, or the RAC. We have received from time to time questions from the FDA regarding IND submissions and clinical protocols for Toca 511 & Toca FC. We believe that we have adequately addressed these questions,

 

14


Table of Contents

some of which have caused, in the past, some delays in our clinical trials. Although the FDA decides whether individual gene therapy protocols may proceed, the RAC review process can impede the initiation of a clinical trial, even if the FDA has reviewed the study and approved its initiation. Conversely, the FDA can put an IND on a partial or complete clinical hold even if the RAC has provided a favorable review. Our trials have, in the past, been put on hold for reasons including suspected serious adverse events, which resulted in delays of our trials. Also, before a clinical trial can begin at an NIH-funded institution, that institution’s institutional review board, or IRB, and its Institutional Biosafety Committee will have to review the proposed clinical trial to assess the safety of the study. In addition, adverse developments in clinical trials of gene therapy products conducted by others may cause the FDA or other regulatory bodies to change the requirements for performing studies or for obtaining approval of any of our product candidates.

These regulatory review committees and advisory groups, and the new guidelines they promulgate, may lengthen the regulatory review process, require us to perform additional studies, increase our development costs, lead to changes in regulatory positions and interpretations, delay or prevent approval and commercialization of our product candidates or lead to significant post-approval limitations or restrictions. As we advance our product candidates, we will be required to consult with these regulatory and advisory groups and comply with applicable guidelines. Delay or failure to obtain, or unexpected costs in obtaining, the regulatory approval necessary to bring a potential product to market could decrease our ability to generate sufficient revenue to maintain our business.

Failure to successfully develop and obtain approval of our lead product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC, or our other future product candidates could adversely affect our future success.

Our business and future success is substantially dependent on our ability to obtain regulatory approval of and then successfully commercialize our lead product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC. Toca 511 & Toca FC is in the early stages of clinical development. All of our product candidates, including Toca 511 & Toca FC, will require additional clinical and nonclinical development, regulatory review and approval in one or more jurisdictions, substantial investment, access to sufficient commercial manufacturing capacity and significant marketing efforts before we can generate any revenue from product sales. In addition, because Toca 511 & Toca FC is our most advanced product candidate, and because all of our other future product candidates will likely be based on similar technology, if Toca 511 & Toca FC encounters safety or efficacy problems, developmental delays, regulatory issues or other problems, our development plans and business for our other product candidates would be significantly harmed.

We may have difficulty enrolling patients in our clinical trials, which could delay or prevent development of our product candidates.

Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in clinical trials of our product candidates is critical to our success. The timing of our clinical trials depends on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in testing our product candidates. We have experienced delays in some of our clinical trials in the past due to difficulties with enrollment and we may experience similar delays in the future. If patients are unwilling to participate in our clinical trials because of negative publicity from adverse events in the industry or in the trials for other third party product candidates, or for other reasons, including competitive clinical trials for similar patient populations, the timeline for recruiting patients, conducting studies and obtaining regulatory approval of potential products may be delayed. These delays could result in increased costs, delays in advancing our product development, delays in testing the effectiveness of our technology or termination of the clinical trials altogether.

We or our clinical trial sites may not be able to identify, recruit and enroll a sufficient number of patients, or those with the required or desired characteristics in a clinical trial, to complete our clinical trials in a timely manner. Patient enrollment is affected by factors including:

 

    severity of the disease under investigation;
    design of the clinical trial protocol, including the fact that certain of our clinical trials are randomized to current treatments;

 

15


Table of Contents
    size of the patient population;
    eligibility criteria for the clinical trial in question;
    perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under study;
    general level of excitement for the treatment approach;
    comments on social media;
    proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients;
    availability of competing therapies and clinical trials;
    efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;
    patient referral practices of physicians; and
    ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment.

In particular, recurrent HGG, the condition for which we are initially evaluating our lead product candidate, has a limited number of patients for clinical trials. The eligibility criteria of our clinical trials will further limit the pool of available trial participants. For example, some clinical trials will be limited to patients with recurrent HGG who are scheduled for a repeat resection, for which there are fewer patients. Additionally, the process of finding and diagnosing patients may prove costly. Finally, our treatment necessitates that the patient be near one of our clinical trial sites, since periodic follow-up visits at the clinical trial site are contemplated in the protocols.

We currently plan to seek initial marketing approval in the United States and subsequently Europe and Japan. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials if we cannot enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in the clinical trials required by the FDA or the EMA or other regulatory agencies. Our ability to successfully initiate, enroll and complete a clinical trial in any foreign country is subject to numerous risks unique to conducting business in foreign countries, including:

 

    difficulty in establishing or managing relationships with contract research organizations, or CROs, and physicians;
    different standards for the conduct of clinical trials;
    our inability to locate qualified local consultants, physicians and partners; and
    the potential burden of complying with a variety of foreign laws, medical standards and regulatory requirements, including the regulation of pharmaceutical and biotechnology products and treatments.

If we have difficulty enrolling a sufficient number of patients to conduct our clinical trials as planned, we may need to delay, limit or terminate ongoing or planned clinical trials, any of which would have an adverse effect on our business.

The FDA regulatory approval process is lengthy and time-consuming, and we may experience significant delays in the clinical development and regulatory approval of our product candidates. If we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed.

The time required to obtain approval by the FDA and comparable foreign authorities is unpredictable but typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities. In addition, approval policies, regulations or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions. We have not obtained regulatory approval for any product candidate and it is possible that none of our existing product candidates or any product candidates we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval.

We have not previously submitted a BLA to the FDA, or similar approval filings to comparable foreign authorities. A BLA must include extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to establish the product candidate’s safety, purity and potency for each desired indication. The BLA must also include significant information regarding the chemistry, manufacturing and controls for the product. Clinical testing is

 

16


Table of Contents

expensive, time-consuming and uncertain as to outcome. We have experienced in the past delays in the commencement and completion of our clinical trials. We cannot guarantee that any clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. In addition to challenges related to patient enrollment, other events that may prevent successful or timely completion of clinical development include:

 

    the availability of financial resources to commence and complete our planned clinical trials;
    delays in reaching a consensus with clinical investigators on study design;
    delays in reaching a consensus with regulatory agencies on study design or approval from regulatory authorities to commence a trial;
    reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different clinical trial sites;
    delays in obtaining required IRB and/or biologic safety committee approval at each clinical trial site;
    imposition of a clinical hold by regulatory agencies, after an inspection of our clinical trial operations or study sites, or otherwise;
    failure by our CROs, other third parties or us to adhere to clinical trial requirements;
    failure to perform in accordance with the FDA’s good clinical practices, or GCP, or applicable regulatory guidelines in other countries;
    failure to adequately acquire, preserve and quality assure clinical trial data;
    delays in the testing, validation, manufacturing and delivery of our product candidates to the clinical sites;
    inadequate shipping or storage of our products, resulting in loss of activity;
    delays in having patients complete participation in a study or return for post-treatment follow-up;
    clinical trial sites dropping out of a study;
    changes in legislation or regulatory requirements and guidance that require amending or submitting new clinical protocols; and
    technical equipment and/or operating room supply limitations at a clinical trial site.

We could also encounter delays if physicians encounter unresolved ethical issues associated with enrolling patients in clinical trials of our product candidates in lieu of prescribing existing treatments that have established safety and efficacy profiles. Further, a clinical trial may be suspended or terminated by us, the IRBs for the institutions in which such clinical trials are being conducted, the Data Safety Monitoring Committee for such clinical trial, by the FDA or other regulatory authorities due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or clinical trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a product candidate, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. If we experience termination of, or delays in the completion of, any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects for our product candidates will be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenue will be delayed. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenue.

Any inability to successfully complete preclinical and clinical development could result in additional costs to us or impair our ability to generate revenues from product sales, regulatory and commercialization milestones and royalties. In addition, if we make manufacturing or formulation changes to our product candidates, we may need to conduct additional studies to bridge our modified product candidates to earlier versions. Clinical trial delays could also shorten any periods during which we may have patent protection rights to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, which could impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and may harm our business and results of operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

Our clinical trials may fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy and any of our product candidates could be associated with undesirable side effects or other properties, which would prevent or delay regulatory approval and commercialization.

Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of our product candidates, we must conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the product candidates in humans. Failure can occur at any time during a clinical trial process. The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials. There is typically an extremely high rate of attrition from the failure of product candidates proceeding through clinical trials. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy profile despite having progressed through preclinical testing and initial clinical trials. Most product candidates that commence clinical trials are never approved as products.

In addition, from time to time, we may publish interim, “top-line,” initial, or preliminary data from our clinical studies. Interim data from clinical trials are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data becomes available. Preliminary, initial, or “top-line” data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, interim, initial, and preliminary data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. Adverse changes between preliminary, initial, “top-line” or interim data and final data could significantly harm our business prospects. In the 126 patients who received Toca 511 in our on-going Phase 1 clinical trials, treatment-related adverse events were reported in 31.8% of patients and these events were predominantly low grade (25.4%). The most common treatment-related adverse events were fatigue (11.9%), headache (6.3%), and convulsion (4.8%). In the 118 patients who received Toca FC in our on-going Phase 1 clinical trials, treatment-related adverse events were reported in 41.5% of patients and these events were predominantly low grade (38.1%). The most common treatment-related adverse events were fatigue (21.2%), diarrhea (13.6%), and nausea (8.5%). Treatment-related serious adverse events were reported in 4.8% of patients treated with Toca 511 and 2.5% of patients treated with Toca FC. In patients that received both Toca 511 and Toca FC, hematologic toxicity was infrequent and also low grade. Patients treated with our product candidates may also be undergoing surgical, radiation and chemotherapy treatments, which can cause side effects or adverse events that are unrelated to our product candidate, but may still impact the success of our clinical trials. Additionally, our product candidates could potentially cause other adverse events that have not yet been predicted. The inclusion of critically ill patients in our clinical trials may result in deaths or other adverse medical events due to other therapies or medications that such patients may be using or due to the gravity of such patients’ illnesses. Patients who will be administered Toca 511 & Toca FC in the HGG clinical trials are seriously or terminally ill and some of them may have immune impairment related to their treatment with temozolomide and dexamethasone. It is expected that some of the patients will die or experience major clinical events such as strokes, hydrocephalus, infections and pulmonary emboli either during the course of our clinical trials or after such trials, which has occurred in the past. To date, in patients with evidence of drug activity from Toca 511 & Toca FC, additional new lesions have been observed, suggesting the drug activity may be limited to locally injected lesions. We may need to retreat patients with additional courses of Toca 511 in order to control the new lesions, which additional treatment may not be successful.

Further, the design of our ongoing Phase 2/3 clinical trial of Toca 511 & Toca FC was based in part on survival data from similar patients in published trials. The prognosis, unrelated to our treatment, for our patients could be better than for patients in these prior trials, due to improvements in clinical practice, other experimental trials or underappreciated differences in entry criteria. In addition, the clinical or regulatory opinion on what constitutes the standard of care that we have used as the basis for the control arm in this clinical trial may change before we submit the BLA for Toca 511 & Toca FC, if the clinical trial is successful.

It is possible that our RRV product candidates will spread to healthy tissues and result in unknown side effects, and that any anticipated or unanticipated side effects may occur at doses required to achieve clinically relevant efficacy, which could prohibit or delay commercialization of our product candidates. Alternatively, our RRV product

 

18


Table of Contents

candidates might not spread rapidly enough through the tumor or transfer sufficient genetic material to the tumor to demonstrate efficacy sufficient for regulatory approval. In preclinical studies in rodent models, we observed that our vectors do not initially infect tumors in some locations as well as they infect tumors in other locations, which may limit treatment with our future product candidates to a limited number of cancer locations. Further, it is possible that the RRV might not spread fast enough through the brain cancer to have a beneficial effect or that the virus might not be able to reach certain parts of the tumor due to prior surgical removal of contiguous cancer tissue or from scarring resulting from surgery, chemotherapy, radiation or spontaneous tumor necrosis (cell death) or due to mechanical limitations such as the inability to insert the needle accurately into the tumor; the inability to push enough RRV volume into a tumor with a high pressure; the rapid diffusion of RRV from the injection site due to high intratumor pressure or due to the communication with the ventricular space, external cerebral spinal fluid or the entry into veins; or the inability to insert the needle into the tumor without damaging vital brain structures. It is possible that the cancers which we seek to treat with our product candidates will become resistant to infection with the virus or become resistant to the 5-FU (5-fluorouracil) produced from Toca FC, due to mutation within the cancer cells genes or due to mutation of Toca 511, including loss of the therapeutic gene, cytosine deaminase, or CD.

If the results of our clinical trials are inconclusive or if there are safety concerns or adverse events associated with our product candidates, we may:

 

    be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates, if at all;
    obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;
    obtain approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings;
    be subject to changes with the way the product is administered;
    be required to perform additional clinical trials to support approval or be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements;
    have regulatory authorities withdraw their approval of the product or impose restrictions on its distribution in the form of a modified Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS;
    be subject to product liability or other litigation claims; or
    experience damage to our reputation.

In third-party clinical trials involving other viral vectors for gene therapy, some patients experienced serious adverse events, including the development of leukemia due to vector-related insertional oncogenesis and death. If our vectors demonstrate a similar effect, we may be required to halt or delay clinical development of our product candidates.

Existing data on the safety and efficacy of gene therapy is very limited and sometimes include historically poor clinical efficacy of previous non-replicating gene therapy products. In addition, there have been publicized safety issues associated with previous gene therapy products in third-party clinical trials, including patient deaths. The results of preclinical and clinical trials performed for our product candidates do not definitively predict safety or efficacy in humans. Possible serious side effects of other viral vector-based gene therapy therapies in general include uncontrolled viral infections and the development of cancer, particularly lymphoma or leukemia.

A significant risk in any gene therapy product based on viral vectors is that the vector will insert near cancer-causing oncogenes leading to uncontrolled clonal proliferation of mature cancer cells in the patient. For example, in 2003, 20 patients treated for X-linked severe combined immunodeficiency in two gene therapy studies conducted by third parties using a murine gamma-retroviral vector showed correction of the disease, but the studies were terminated after five patients developed leukemia. The cause of these adverse events was believed to be related to insertional oncogenesis, which is the process whereby the corrected gene inserts near a gene that is important in a critical cellular process like growth or division, and this insertion results in the development of a cancer (often leukemia). A potential clinical concern for gene therapy using retroviral vectors has been the possibility of insertional mutagenesis by the vectors, leading to malignant transformation of transduced cells (i.e., cancer). Because our replicating retroviruses produce viral antigens, these foreign proteins could serve as a target for immune activation against virally-infected cells, which is not a feature of non-

 

19


Table of Contents

replicating retroviral vectors. In addition, we have not, and do not plan to, treat patients with severe immunodeficiency with our product candidates. Further, with our lead product candidate, Toca FC kills the virally-infected cells and presents the antigens. We believe that we have not observed oncogenesis in the patients treated in our clinical trials to date for these reasons. Also, our future product candidates are also designed to activate the immune system against virally-infected cells.

It is possible Toca 511 may spread to non-tumor tissue. We have detected transient and low levels of viral sequences in the saliva of several patients. The risk of insertional mutagenesis or oncogenesis remains a significant concern for gene therapy, and we cannot provide any assurance that it will not occur in any of our current, planned or future clinical trials. There is also the potential risk of delayed adverse events following exposure to gene therapy products due to persistent biological activity of the genetic material or other components of products used to carry the genetic material. If any such adverse events occur, further advancement of our clinical trials could be halted or delayed, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

We may not be successful in our efforts to identify or discover additional product candidates from our gene therapy platform.

The success of our business depends primarily upon our ability to identify, develop and commercialize products based on our gene therapy platform. Although our Toca 511 & Toca FC product candidate is currently in clinical development, our research programs may fail to identify other potential product candidates for clinical development. Our research methodology may be unsuccessful in identifying potential product candidates, or our potential product candidates may be shown to have harmful side effects or may have other characteristics that may make the products unmarketable or unlikely to receive marketing approval. If any of these events occur, we may be forced to abandon our development efforts for a program or programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and could potentially cause us to cease operations.

We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties to conduct, supervise and monitor our clinical trials, and if these third parties perform in an unsatisfactory manner, it may harm our business.

We rely on CROs and clinical trial sites to ensure our clinical trials are conducted properly and on time. While we have agreements governing their activities, we may have limited influence over their actual performance. We control only certain aspects of our CROs’ activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on the CROs does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities.

We and our CROs are required to comply with the GCPs for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that the data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of clinical trial participants are protected. The FDA enforces these GCPs through periodic inspections of study sponsors, principal investigators and clinical trial sites. If we or our CROs fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our future clinical trials may be deemed unreliable, and the FDA may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving any marketing applications. Upon inspection, the FDA may determine that our clinical trials did not comply with GCPs. In addition, our ongoing and future clinical trials will require a sufficient number of test subjects to evaluate the safety and effectiveness of our product candidates. Accordingly, if our CROs fail to comply with these regulations or fail to recruit a sufficient number of patients, we may be required to repeat such clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

Our CROs are not our employees, and we are not able to directly monitor whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our clinical and nonclinical programs. These CROs may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials

 

20


Table of Contents

or other drug development activities that could harm our competitive position. If our CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations, fail to meet expected deadlines, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to their failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements, or for any other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our product candidates. As a result, our financial results and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed.

We expect to continue to rely on third parties to distribute, manufacture and perform release testing for our vectors, product candidates and other key materials and if such third parties do not carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates.

We intend to continue to rely on third-party contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, to produce our vectors, product candidates and other key materials and on third-party contract testing organizations, or CTOs, for the establishment and performance of validated product release assays, but we have not entered into binding agreements with any such CMOs or CTOs to support commercialization. Additionally, any CMO may not have experience producing our vectors and product candidates at commercial levels and may not achieve the necessary regulatory approvals or produce our vectors and products at the quality, quantities, locations and timing needed to support commercialization. We may change our manufacturing process from the current defined media process to a different defined media process, or from its current equipment to different equipment, or our cell line or vector and there can be no guarantee that the regulatory authorities will approve this new process in a timely manner or ever. Also, as a consequence of the manufacturing change, there may be a requirement to do more preclinical safety or efficacy studies, develop new manufacturing and release assays and/or repeat all or part of the ascending dose safety study in animals or humans. Regulatory requirements ultimately imposed could adversely affect our ability to test, manufacture or market products.

We have not yet secured manufacturing capabilities for commercial quantities of our viral vector. Although we intend to rely on third-party manufacturers for commercialization, we currently utilize a sole-source manufacturer to support our clinical trials. We may be unable to negotiate binding agreements with this manufacturer or additional manufacturers to support our commercialization activities at commercially reasonable terms.

No manufacturer we know of currently has the experience or ability to produce our vectors and product candidates at reasonable commercial levels or under full commercial requirements. We are currently developing a more scalable manufacturing process for Toca 511 & Toca FC, which we plan to transfer to one or more CMOs. We may run into technical or scientific issues related to manufacturing or development that we may be unable to resolve in a timely manner or with available funds. Further, we have not completed the characterization and validation activities necessary for commercial and regulatory approvals. If our manufacturing and testing partners do not obtain such regulatory approvals, our commercialization efforts may be harmed.

Even if we timely develop a manufacturing process for Toca 511 & Toca FC and successfully transfer it to third-party manufacturers, if such third-party manufacturers are unable to produce viral vectors and our product candidates in the necessary quantities, or in compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, or in compliance with pertinent regulatory requirements, and within our planned time frame and cost parameters, the development and sales of our products, if approved, may be materially harmed. The facilities used by our contract manufacturers to manufacture our product candidates must be approved by the FDA pursuant to inspections that will be conducted after we submit our BLA to the FDA. We do not control the manufacturing process of, and are completely dependent on, our contract manufacturing partners for compliance with cGMPs for the manufacture of our product candidates. If our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or others, they will

 

21


Table of Contents

not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for their manufacturing facilities. In addition, we have no control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved. In addition, any failure to achieve and maintain compliance with these laws, regulations and standards could subject us to the risk that we may have to suspend the manufacturing of our product candidates or that obtained approvals could be revoked, which would adversely affect our business and reputation.

In addition, any significant disruption in our supplier relationships could harm our business. We source key materials, devices and equipment from third parties, either directly through agreements with suppliers or indirectly through our manufacturers who have agreements with suppliers. There are a small number of suppliers for certain key materials and components that are used to manufacture our product candidates. Such suppliers may not sell these key materials to our manufacturers at the times or quantities we need them or on commercially reasonable terms. We may not have any control over the process or timing of the acquisition of these key materials by our manufacturers.

We also expect to rely on other third parties to store and distribute our vectors and products for our clinical trials. Any performance failure on the part of our distributors could delay clinical development or marketing approval of our product candidates or commercialization of our products, if approved, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential product revenue.

Our reliance on third parties may require us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we rely on third parties to manufacture our vectors and our product candidates, and because we collaborate with various organizations and academic institutions on the advancement of our gene therapy platform, we must, at times, share trade secrets with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, collaborative research agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our manufacturers, collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, such as trade secrets. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, are used inappropriately to create new inventions or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets. Our academic collaborators typically have rights to publish data, provided that we are notified in advance and may delay publication for a specified time in order to secure our intellectual property rights arising from the collaboration. In other cases, publication rights are controlled exclusively by us, although in some cases we may share these rights with other parties. We also conduct joint research and development programs that may require us to share trade secrets under the terms of our research and development partnerships or similar agreements. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets through breach of these agreements, independent development or publication of information including our trade secrets in cases where we do not have proprietary or otherwise protected rights at the time of publication. A competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets may impair our competitive position and have an adverse impact on our business.

 

22


Table of Contents

We face intense competition and rapid technological change and the possibility that our competitors may develop therapies that are more advanced or effective than ours, which may adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates.

We are engaged in developing gene therapies and cancer immunotherapies, which are rapidly evolving and fiercely competitive fields. A wide variety of institutions in the United States and internationally, including major multinational pharmaceutical companies, specialty biotechnology companies, academic research departments and public and private institutions, are actively developing potentially competitive technology and products. We face substantial competition from biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies developing products in immunotherapy and our initial proposed indication. Our competitors generally fall into the following categories: companies developing checkpoint inhibitors; companies developing immunotherapies; companies aimed at stimulating immune responses; companies developing CAR and TCR T cells; companies developing oncolytic virus-based technology; and companies with a focus on HGG.

Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources, such as larger research and development staff and experienced marketing and manufacturing organizations. Accordingly, our competitors may be more successful than us in obtaining approval for treatments and achieving widespread market acceptance, rendering our treatments obsolete or non-competitive. These companies also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials and acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

If these competitors develop and commercialize more effective, safer or less toxic products than us or if they obtain regulatory approval before us in key geographies, our commercial opportunities could be substantially limited. In addition, adverse clinical outcomes or similar events at gene therapy companies in the past have adversely affected other companies in this field and could also do so in the future at our company.

Even if we obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates, the products may not gain market acceptance among physicians, patients, hospitals, cancer treatment centers, third-party payors and others in the medical community.

Ethical, social and legal concerns about gene therapy and genetic research could result in additional regulations restricting or prohibiting the products and processes we may use. Even with the requisite approvals, the commercial success of our product candidates will depend in part on the medical community, patients, and third-party payors accepting gene therapy products in general, and our product candidates in particular, as medically useful, cost-effective and safe. Any product that we bring to the market may not gain market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community. If these products do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenue and may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of these product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

    the clinical indications for which our product candidates are approved;
    physicians, hospitals, cancer treatment centers and patients considering our product candidates as a safe and effective treatment;
    the potential and perceived advantages of our product candidates over alternative treatments;
    the prevalence and severity of any side effects;
    product labeling or product insert requirements of the FDA or other regulatory authorities;
    limitations or warnings contained in the labeling approved by the FDA;
    the timing of market introduction of our product candidates as well as competitive products;
    the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments;

 

23


Table of Contents
    the availability of adequate coverage, reimbursement and pricing by third-party payors and government authorities;
    the willingness of patients to pay out-of-pocket in the absence of coverage by third-party payors, including government authorities;
    the willingness, ability and availability of healthcare providers that can comply with the transportation, handling, and temperature-controlled storage requirements associated with our product candidates;
    relative convenience and ease of administration, including as compared to alternative treatments and competitive therapies; and
    the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts.

Even if a potential product displays a favorable efficacy and safety profile in preclinical and clinical trials, market acceptance of the product will not be known until after it is launched. Our efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of the product candidates may require significant resources and may never be successful. Such efforts to educate the marketplace may require more resources than are required by the conventional technologies marketed by our competitors and may be restricted by the allowed label.

We are highly dependent on our key personnel, and if we are not successful in attracting and retaining highly qualified personnel, we may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy.

Our ability to compete in the highly competitive biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific and medical personnel. We are highly dependent on our management, scientific and medical personnel, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers, other key employees and other scientific and medical advisors, and our inability to find suitable replacements, could result in delays in product development and harm our business.

To induce valuable employees to remain at our company, in addition to salary and cash incentives, we have provided stock options that vest over time. The value to employees of stock options that vest over time may be significantly affected by movements in our stock price that are beyond our control and may at any time be insufficient to counteract more lucrative offers from other companies. Despite our efforts to retain them, valuable employees and members of our management, scientific and development teams may terminate their employment with us at any time, with or without notice. We do not have employment agreements with any of our executive officers or other key employees other than employment agreements with Martin J. Duvall and Mark Foletta and a letter agreement with Asha Das, M.D. We do not maintain “key man” insurance policies on the lives of these individuals or the lives of any of our other employees. Our success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled scientific and medical personnel.

We will need to expand our organization and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth, which could disrupt our operations.

As of December 31, 2016, we had 61 full-time employees. As our development and commercialization plans and strategies develop, and as we transition into operating as a public company, we expect to need additional managerial, operational, sales, marketing, financial and other personnel. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management. There are a small number of individuals with experience in gene therapy and clinicians who have successfully developed drugs and the competition for such individuals is high. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our product candidates will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth, and our management may also have to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from day-to-day activities in order to devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities. We currently rely, and for the foreseeable future will continue to rely on certain independent organizations, advisors and consultants to provide certain services, including substantially all aspects of regulatory approval, clinical management and manufacturing. There can be

 

24


Table of Contents

no assurance that the services of independent organizations, advisors and consultants will continue to be available to us on a timely basis when needed or that we can find qualified replacements. In addition, if we are unable to effectively manage our outsourced activities or if the quality or accuracy of the services provided by consultants is compromised for any reason, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates or otherwise advance our business. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our existing consultants or find other competent outside contractors and consultants on economically reasonable terms, or at all.

If we are not able to effectively expand our organization by hiring new employees and expanding our groups of consultants and contractors, we may not be able to successfully implement the tasks necessary to further develop and commercialize our product candidates and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development and commercialization goals.

We may use our financial and human resources to pursue a particular research program or product candidate and fail to capitalize on programs or product candidates that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited resources, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with certain programs or product candidates or for indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs for product candidates may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through strategic collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate, or we may allocate internal resources to a product candidate in a therapeutic area in which it would have been more advantageous to enter into a partnering arrangement.

We currently have a very limited marketing and sales organization. If we are unable to expand our marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our product candidates, we may not be able to generate product revenue.

We currently have very limited sales, marketing and distribution capabilities. At the appropriate time, we plan to build a commercial infrastructure targeting oncologists, neuro-oncologists and neurosurgeons and related clinicians and health care workers in leading and regional cancer centers in the United States, which will require significant capital expenditures, management resources and time. Outside the United States, we may build our own commercial infrastructure or consider opportunities to enter into out-licensing or co-promotion agreements with other pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies to develop and/or commercialize our product candidates outside the United States. We will have to compete with other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to recruit, hire, train and retain marketing and sales personnel.

If we are unable or decide not to establish internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, we will pursue collaborative arrangements regarding the sales and marketing of our products, however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to establish or maintain such collaborative arrangements, or if we are able to do so, that they will have effective sales forces. Any revenue we receive will depend upon the efforts of such third parties, which may not be successful. We may have little or no control over the marketing and sales efforts of such third parties, and our revenue from product sales may be lower than if we had commercialized our product candidates ourselves. We also face competition in our search for third parties to assist us with the sales and marketing efforts of our product candidates.

 

25


Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that we will be able to develop in-house sales and distribution capabilities or establish or maintain relationships with third-party collaborators to commercialize any product in the United States or elsewhere.

A variety of risks associated with marketing our product candidates internationally could materially adversely affect our business.

We plan to seek regulatory approval of our product candidates outside of the United States and, accordingly, we expect that we will be subject to additional risks related to operating in foreign countries if we obtain the necessary approvals, including:

 

    differing regulatory requirements and reimbursement regimes in foreign countries;
    unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers, price and exchange controls and other regulatory requirements;
    economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;
    compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;
    foreign taxes, including withholding of payroll taxes;
    foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenue, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country;
    difficulties staffing and managing foreign operations;
    workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States;
    potential liability under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or comparable foreign regulations;
    challenges enforcing our contractual and intellectual property rights, especially in those foreign countries that do not respect and protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the United States;
    production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and
    business interruptions resulting from geo-political actions, including war and terrorism.

These and other risks associated with our international operations may materially adversely affect our ability to attain or maintain profitable operations.

The terms of our loan and security agreement place restrictions on our operating and financial flexibility.

In October 2015, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank that is secured by substantially all of our assets other than our intellectual property (except rights to payment from the sale, licensing or disposition of such intellectual property). We borrowed $18.0 million upon execution of the loan and security agreement.

The loan and security agreement includes affirmative and negative covenants applicable to us and any subsidiaries we create in the future. The affirmative covenants include, among others, covenants requiring us to maintain our legal existence and governmental approvals, deliver certain financial reports, maintain insurance coverage, and subject all of our deposit accounts, securities accounts, commodity accounts or any other bank accounts, to a control agreement in favor of Oxford Finance LLC. The negative covenants include, among others, restrictions on us transferring collateral, incurring additional indebtedness, engaging in mergers or acquisitions, paying dividends in cash or making other distributions, making investments, creating liens, selling assets, and suffering a change in control, in each case subject to certain exceptions.

The loan and security agreement also includes events of default, the occurrence and continuation of which provide Oxford Finance LLC, as collateral agent, with the right to exercise remedies against us and the collateral securing the loans under the loan and security agreement, including foreclosure against our properties securing

 

26


Table of Contents

the loan and security agreement, including our cash, potentially requiring us to renegotiate our agreement on terms less favorable to us or to immediately cease operations. These events of default include, among other things, our failure to pay any amounts due under the loan and security agreement, a breach of covenants under the loan and security agreement, our insolvency, impairment in the perfection or priority of each lender’s security interest in the collateral, the occurrence of any default under certain other indebtedness in an amount greater than $250,000, our failure to obtain or maintain material governmental approvals, and a final judgment against us of at least $250,000. Further, if we are liquidated, the lender’s right to repayment would be senior to the rights of the holders of our common stock to receive any proceeds from the liquidation. The lenders could declare a default upon the occurrence of any event that they interpret as a material adverse change as defined under the loan and security agreement, thereby requiring us to repay the loan immediately or to attempt to reverse the declaration of default through negotiation or litigation. Any declaration by the lenders of an event of default could significantly harm our business and prospects and could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may be sued if our product candidates cause or are perceived to cause injury or are found to be otherwise unsuitable during clinical testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

    decreased demand for our product candidates;
    injury to our reputation;
    withdrawal of clinical trial participants;
    initiation of investigations by regulators;
    costs to defend the related litigation;
    a diversion of management’s time and our resources;
    substantial monetary awards to clinical trial participants or patients;
    product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;
    exhaustion of any available insurance and our capital resources;
    loss of revenue;
    the inability to commercialize any product candidate; and
    a decline in our share price.

Our inability to obtain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of any products we develop, alone or with corporate collaborators. We currently carry $5 million of product liability insurance covering our clinical trials. Although we maintain such insurance, our insurance policies may have various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We may have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts. Even if our agreements with any future corporate collaborators entitle us to indemnification against losses, such indemnification may not be available or adequate should any claim arise.

 

27


Table of Contents

Negative public opinion and increased regulatory scrutiny of gene therapy and genetic research may damage public perception of our product candidates or adversely affect our ability to conduct our business or obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates.

Public perception may be influenced by claims that gene therapy is unsafe, and gene therapy may not gain the acceptance of the public or the medical community. In particular, our success will depend upon physicians specializing in the treatment of those diseases that our product candidates target prescribing treatments that involve the use of our product candidates in lieu of, or in addition to, existing treatments with which they are already familiar with and for which greater clinical data may be available. More restrictive government regulations or negative public opinion would have a negative effect on our business or financial condition and may delay or impair the development and commercialization of our product candidates or demand for any products we may develop. Adverse events in our clinical trials, even if not ultimately attributable to our product candidates, and the resulting publicity could lead to increased governmental regulation, unfavorable public perception, potential regulatory delays in the testing or approval of our potential product candidates, stricter labeling requirements for those product candidates that are approved and a decrease in demand for any such product candidates. Concern about environmental spread of our product, whether real or anticipated, may hinder the commercialization of our products.

Our internal computer systems, or those used by our CROs, SaaS providers, contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our CROs, SaaS providers, contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses and unauthorized access. While we have not experienced any such material system failure or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability, and the further development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our operations, and those of our CROs, contractors and consultants, could be subject to power shortages, telecommunications failures, wildfires, water shortages, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics and other natural or man-made disasters or business interruptions for which we are predominantly self-insured. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. Our ability to obtain clinical supplies of our product candidates could be disrupted if the operations of our contract manufacturers or cell line storage facilities are affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption.

Risks related to government regulation

The FDA may disagree with our regulatory plans, and we may fail to obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates.

Our ongoing Phase 2/3 clinical trial of Toca 511 & Toca FC is designed to rely on overall survival as the primary endpoint. Following the completion of the Phase 2 portion of this clinical trial, and if the results are satisfactory, we plan to meet with the FDA in a Type B meeting to discuss whether the data from the Phase 2

 

28


Table of Contents

portion alone could support approval of a BLA for Toca 511 & Toca FC in the indication of recurrent HGG. However, the general approach for FDA approval of a new biologic or drug is to require dispositive data from two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials of the biologic or drug in the relevant patient population.

In addition, we believe that it is likely that there may be a regulatory requirement for one or more diagnostic assays to monitor treatment, especially for the presence of Toca 511 & Toca FC or their components or derivatives. We plan to meet with the FDA to discuss the development of such assays, and it is possible that the FDA may require a separate regulatory approval for such assays contemporaneously with the approval of Toca 511 & Toca FC.

Our clinical trials results may not support approval. In addition, Toca 511 & Toca FC and our other product candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following:

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials, including clinical endpoints;
    the results of clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;
    we may be unable to demonstrate that our product candidates’ clinical and other benefits outweigh their safety risks or are better than recently produced safety or efficacy data for other products;
    we may encounter serious and unexpected adverse events during clinical trials that render our products unsafe for use in humans;
    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;
    the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates may not be sufficient to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to support the submission of a BLA or other comparable submission in foreign jurisdictions or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;
    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may fail to approve our manufacturing processes and/or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; and
    the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in other jurisdictions.

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not guarantee that we will be able to obtain or maintain regulatory approval in any other jurisdiction, while a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. For example, even if the FDA grants marketing approval of a product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities in foreign jurisdictions must also approve the manufacturing, marketing and promotion of the product candidate in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials. Studies and clinical trials conducted in one jurisdiction or study group may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions. In many jurisdictions outside the United States, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that jurisdiction. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products is also subject to approval.

We may also submit marketing applications in other countries. Regulatory authorities in jurisdictions outside of the United States have requirements for approval of product candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing in those jurisdictions. Obtaining approvals in one jurisdiction does not guarantee that we will

 

29


Table of Contents

be able to obtain approval in any other jurisdiction, but the failure to obtain approval in a jurisdiction may have a negative impact on our ability to obtain approval in other jurisdictions. Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and/or receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our product candidates will be harmed.

Additional time may be required to obtain regulatory approval for Toca 511 & Toca FC because it is a combination product.

We believe our Toca 511 & Toca FC product candidate is regulated as a drug/biologic combination product, which will require coordination within the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies for review of their biologic and drug components and potentially one or more diagnostic assays to monitor treatment. Although the FDA and similar foreign regulatory agencies have systems in place for the review and approval of combination products such as ours, we may experience delays in the development and commercialization of our product candidates due to regulatory timing constraints and uncertainties in the product development and approval process.

Even if we receive regulatory approval of our product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense, and we may be subject to penalties and/or withdrawal of product approval if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our product candidates.

Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product candidates will require surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. Specifically, we believe that it is likely that there may be a regulatory requirement for one or more diagnostic assays to monitor treatment, especially for the presence of Toca 511 or Toca FC or their components or derivatives. We plan to meet with the FDA to discuss the development of such assays, and it is possible that the FDA may require a separate regulatory approval for such assays. Further, each vector containing a particular gene could be regulated as a separate biologic depending on its intended use and FDA policy. The FDA may also require a REMS, in order to approve our product candidates, which could entail requirements for a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. In addition, if the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority approves our product candidates, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion, import, export and record keeping for our product candidates will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. These requirements include, among other things, submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration, as well as continued compliance with cGMPs for manufacturing and GCPs for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our product candidates, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things:

 

    restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our product candidates, withdrawal of the product from the market, or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;
    fines, warning letters or holds on clinical trials;
    refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or suspension or revocation of license approvals;
    suspension or termination of manufacturing at one or more manufacturing facilities;
    product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of our product candidates; and
    injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. For example, in

 

30


Table of Contents

December 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act, or Cures Act, was signed into law. The Cures Act, among other things, is intended to modernize the regulation of drugs and biologics and spur innovation, and it contains provisions specific to the development and review of combination products. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. For example, certain policies of the Trump administration may impact our business and industry. Namely, the Trump administration has taken several executive actions, including the issuance of a number of Executive Orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, the FDA’s ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance of guidance, and review and approval of marketing applications. Notably, on January 23, 2017, President Trump ordered a hiring freeze for all executive departments and agencies, including the FDA, which prohibits the FDA from filling employee vacancies or creating new positions. Under the terms of the order, the freeze will remain in effect until implementation of a plan to be recommended by the Director for the Office of Management and Budget, or OMB, in consultation with the Director of the Office of Personnel Management, to reduce the size of the federal workforce through attrition. An under-staffed FDA could result in delays in the FDA’s responsiveness or in its ability to review submissions or applications, issue regulations or guidance, or implement or enforce regulatory requirements in a timely fashion or at all. Moreover, on January 30, 2017, President Trump issued an Executive Order, applicable to all executive agencies, including the FDA, that requires that for each notice of proposed rulemaking or final regulation to be issued in fiscal year 2017, the agency shall identify at least two existing regulations to be repealed, unless prohibited by law. These requirements are referred to as the “two-for-one” provisions. This Executive Order includes a budget neutrality provision that requires the total incremental cost of all new regulations in the 2017 fiscal year, including repealed regulations, to be no greater than zero, except in limited circumstances. For fiscal years 2018 and beyond, the Executive Order requires agencies to identify regulations to offset any incremental cost of a new regulation. In interim guidance issued by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs within OMB on February 2, 2017, the administration indicates that the “two-for-one” provisions may apply not only to agency regulations, but also to significant agency guidance documents. It is difficult to predict how these requirements will be implemented, and the extent to which they will impact the FDA’s ability to exercise its regulatory authority. If these executive actions impose constraints on the FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted. In addition, if we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

We have Orphan-Drug Designation for Toca 511 & Toca FC for the treatment of GBM, but we may be unable to maintain the benefits associated with Orphan-Drug Designation, including potential eligibility for any future market exclusivity.

Under the Orphan-Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biologic intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is defined as one occurring in a patient population of fewer than 200,000 in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making available in the United States a drug or biologic for a disease or condition will be recovered from sales in the United States for that drug or biologic. In the United States, Orphan-Drug Designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers. In addition, if a product that has Orphan-Drug Designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan product exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same biologic for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity or where the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient product quantity.

Toca 511 & Toca FC has Orphan-Drug Designation in the United States for the treatment of GBM. However, we are currently developing this product candidate for the treatment of recurrent HGG, of which GBM

 

31


Table of Contents

is a subset. Exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be limited if we seek approval for an indication broader than the orphan designated indication, GBM, and may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition. Further, even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition because different products with different active moieties can be approved for the same condition. Even after an orphan product is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve the same product with the same active moiety for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later product is safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. Orphan-Drug Designation neither shortens the development time or regulatory review time of a drug or biologic nor gives the drug or biologic any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process. In addition, while we may seek orphan designation for other product candidates, we may never receive such designations.

A Fast Track Designation or Breakthrough Therapy Designation by the FDA may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process.

If a product candidate is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the drug sponsor may apply for FDA Fast Track Designation. Similarly, Breakthrough Therapy Designation may be granted by the FDA to product candidates for serious conditions that have preliminary clinical evidence indicating the product candidate may offer substantial improvement over available therapy. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant these designations, and even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for these designations, we cannot assure you that the FDA would decide to grant them. We have been granted Fast Track Designation and Breakthrough Therapy Designation for our Toca 511 & Toca FC product candidate for the treatment of recurrent HGG, but this is no assurance we will receive these designations for any future product candidates. Further, even though we have received these designations for Toca 511 & Toca FC, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may withdraw these designations if it believes that they are no longer supported by data from our clinical development program.

Our Toca 511 & Toca FC product may face competition sooner than anticipated, if approved.

The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products that are biosimilar to or interchangeable with an FDA-licensed reference biological product. Under the BPCIA, an application for a biosimilar product may not be submitted to the FDA until four years following the date that the reference product was first licensed by the FDA. In addition, the approval of a biosimilar product may not be made effective by the FDA until 12 years from the date on which the reference product was first licensed. During this 12-year period of exclusivity, another company may still market a competing version of the reference product if the FDA approves a full BLA for the competing product containing the sponsor’s own preclinical data and data from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate the safety, purity and potency of its product. The law is complex and is still being interpreted and implemented by the FDA. As a result, its ultimate impact, implementation and meaning are subject to uncertainty. While it is uncertain when such processes intended to implement BPCIA may be fully adopted by the FDA, any such processes could have a material adverse effect on the future commercial prospects for our biological products.

We believe that any of our product candidates approved as a biological product under a BLA should qualify for the 12-year period of exclusivity. However, there is a risk that this exclusivity could be shortened due to congressional action or otherwise, or that the FDA will not consider our product candidates to be reference products for competing products, potentially creating the opportunity for competition sooner than anticipated. Other aspects of the BPCIA, some of which may impact the BPCIA exclusivity provisions, have also been the subject of recent litigation. Moreover, the extent to which a biosimilar, once approved, will be substituted for any one of our reference products in a way that is similar to traditional generic substitution for non-biological products is not yet clear, and will depend on a number of marketplace and regulatory factors that are still developing.

 

32


Table of Contents

We may be subject, directly or indirectly, to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, false claims laws and other federal and state healthcare laws, and the failure to comply with such laws could result in substantial penalties. Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, principal investigators, CROs, commercial partners and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk of fraud, misconduct or other illegal activity by our employees, independent contractors, consultants, principal investigators, CROs, commercial partners and vendors. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct that fails to: comply with the laws of the FDA and other similar foreign regulatory bodies; provide true, complete and accurate information to the FDA and other similar foreign regulatory bodies; comply with manufacturing standards we have established; comply with federal and state data privacy, security, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations in the United States and similar foreign fraudulent misconduct laws; or report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. If we obtain FDA approval for any of our product candidates and begin commercializing those products in the United States, our potential exposure under such laws would increase significantly, and our costs associated with compliance with such laws would likely also increase. These laws may impact, among other things, our current activities with principal investigators and research patients, as well as proposed and future sales, marketing and education programs. In particular, the promotion, sales and marketing of healthcare items and services, as well as certain business arrangements in the healthcare industry, are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, including off-label uses of our products, structuring and commission(s), certain customer incentive programs and other business arrangements generally. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use or misrepresentation of information obtained in the course of patient recruitment for clinical trials, creating fraudulent data in our preclinical studies or clinical trials or illegal misappropriation of drug product, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. Additionally, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of fines or other sanctions. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

 

    the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, individuals and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;
    federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, including the civil False Claims Act, which impose criminal and civil penalties, through government, civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, on individuals and entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment or approval from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors that are false, fictitious or fraudulent, or knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used, a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items and services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act;
   

the Federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to

 

33


Table of Contents
 

execute, a scheme to defraud or to obtain any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private), willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

    HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which impose requirements on certain covered healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their respective business associates that perform services for them that involve the creation, use, maintenance or disclosure of, individually identifiable health information, relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without appropriate authorization;
    the federal physician payment transparency requirements, sometimes referred to as the “Physician Payments Sunshine Act,” created under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, collectively the Affordable Care Act, and its implementing regulations, which require certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the United States Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members;
    the U.S. Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, which prohibits, among other things, the adulteration or misbranding of drugs and medical devices; and
    federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers.

Additionally, we are subject to state and foreign equivalents of each of the healthcare laws described above, among others, some of which may be broader in scope and may apply regardless of the payor.

Effective upon the completion of this offering, we will update our code of business conduct and ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent inappropriate conduct may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental and enforcement authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law interpreting applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, disgorgement, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. In addition, the approval and commercialization of any of our product candidates outside the United States will also likely subject us to foreign equivalents of the healthcare laws mentioned above, among other foreign laws.

 

34


Table of Contents

Coverage and reimbursement may be limited or unavailable in certain market segments for our product candidates, if approved, which could make it difficult for us to sell our product candidates profitably.

Successful sales of our product candidates, if approved, depend on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors. In addition, because our product candidates represent new approaches to the treatment of cancer, we cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for, or accurately estimate the potential revenue from, our product candidates.

Patients who are provided medical treatment for their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their treatment. Coverage and adequate reimbursement from governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial payors are critical to new product acceptance.

Government authorities and other third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which drugs and treatments they will cover and the amount of reimbursement. Coverage and reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the third-party payor’s determination that use of a product is:

 

    a covered benefit under its health plan;
    safe, effective and medically necessary;
    appropriate for the specific patient;
    cost-effective; and
    neither experimental nor investigational.

In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors, and coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval of a product from a government or other third-party payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide to each payor supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our products and to justify the level of coverage and reimbursement relative to other therapies, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained. Third party payors may also have difficulty in determining the appropriate coverage of our product candidates, if approved, due to the fact that they are combination products that include a small molecule drug. To the extent there are any delays in determining such coverage or inadequate coverage and reimbursement for all aspects of our combination therapies, it would adversely affect the market acceptance, demand and use of our product candidates. Any denial in coverage or reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar denial or reduction in payments from private payors, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

We intend to seek approval to market our product candidates in both the United States and in selected foreign jurisdictions. If we obtain approval in one or more foreign jurisdictions for our product candidates, we will be subject to rules and regulations in those jurisdictions. In some foreign countries, particularly those in the European Union, the pricing of biologics is subject to governmental control and other market regulations which could put pressure on the pricing and usage of our product candidates. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after obtaining marketing approval of a product candidate. In addition, market acceptance and sales of our product candidates will depend significantly on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors for our product candidates and may be affected by existing and future health care reform measures.

Healthcare legislative reform measures may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Third-party payors, whether domestic or foreign, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs. In both the United States and certain foreign

 

35


Table of Contents

jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the health care system that could impact our ability to sell our products profitably. In particular, in 2010, the Affordable Care Act was enacted in the United States. The Affordable Care Act and its implementing regulations, among other things, subjected biological products to potential competition by lower-cost biosimilars, revised the methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers to the state and federal government for covered outpatient drugs and certain biologics, including our product candidates, under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated, increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by most manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, extended the Medicaid Drug Rebate program to utilization of prescriptions of individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations, subjected manufacturers to new annual fees and taxes for certain branded prescription drugs, and provided incentives to programs that increase the federal government’s comparative effectiveness research. We expect that the new Presidential Administration and U.S. Congress will seek to modify, repeal, or otherwise invalidate all, or certain provisions of, the Affordable Care Act. There have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act. As a result, there have been delays in the implementation of, and action taken to repeal or replace, certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act. In January 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order directing federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the Affordable Care Act to waive, defer, grant exemptions from or delay the implementation of any provision of the Affordable Care Act that would impose a fiscal or regulatory burden on states, individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. Further, in January 2017, Congress adopted a budget resolution for fiscal year 2017, or the Budget Resolution, that authorizes the implementation of legislation that would repeal portions of the Affordable Care Act. Following the passage of the Budget Resolution, in March 2017, the U.S. House of Representatives introduced legislation known as the American Health Care Act, or the AHCA, which, if enacted, would amend or repeal significant portions of the Affordable Care Act. Among other changes, the AHCA, would repeal the annual fee on certain brand prescription drugs and biologics imposed on manufacturers and importers, eliminate penalties on individuals and employers that fail to maintain or provide minimum essential coverage and create refundable tax credits to assist individuals in buying health insurance. The AHCA would also make significant changes to Medicaid by, among other things, making Medicaid expansion optional for states, repealing the requirement that state Medicaid plans provide the same essential health benefits that are required by plans available on the exchanges, modifying federal funding, including implementing a per capita cap on federal payments to states, and changing certain eligibility requirements. While it is uncertain when or if the provisions in the AHCA will become law, or the extent to which any such changes may impact our business, it is clear that concrete steps are being taken to repeal and replace certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. In August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, will stay in effect through 2025 unless Congressional action is taken. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or the ATRA, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. Moreover, payment methodologies including payment for any companion diagnostics may be subject to changes in healthcare legislation and regulatory initiatives. For example, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, began bundling the Medicare payments for certain laboratory tests ordered while a patient received services in a hospital outpatient setting and, beginning in 2018, CMS will pay for clinical laboratory services based on a weighted-average of reported prices that private payors, Medicare Advantage plans and Medicaid Managed Care plans pay for laboratory services. Recently, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which drug manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed bills designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review

 

36


Table of Contents

the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products.

There have been, and likely will continue to be, legislative and regulatory proposals at the foreign, federal and state levels directed at broadening the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. We cannot predict the initiatives that may be adopted in the future. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of healthcare and/or impose price controls may adversely affect:

 

    the demand for our product candidates, if we obtain regulatory approval;
    our ability to set a price that we believe is fair for our products;
    our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability;
    the level of taxes that we are required to pay; and
    the availability of capital.

Due to the novel nature of our technology and the small size of our initial target patient populations, we face uncertainty related to pricing and reimbursement for these product candidates.

Our initial target patient populations are relatively small. As a result, the pricing and reimbursement of our product candidates, if approved, must be adequate to support commercial infrastructure. If we are unable to obtain adequate levels of reimbursement, our ability to successfully market and sell our product candidates will be adversely affected. The manner and level at which reimbursement is provided for services related to our product candidates (e.g., for administration of our product to patients) is also important. Inadequate reimbursement for such services may lead to physician resistance and adversely affect our ability to market or sell our products.

We and our contract manufacturers are subject to significant regulation with respect to manufacturing our products. The manufacturing facilities on which we rely may not continue to meet regulatory requirements and have limited capacity.

We currently have relationships with a limited number of suppliers for the manufacturing of our viral vectors and product candidates. Each supplier may require licenses to manufacture such components if such processes are not owned by the supplier or in the public domain and we may be unable to transfer or sublicense the intellectual property rights we may have or later obtain with respect to such activities.

All entities involved in the preparation of therapeutics for clinical trials or commercial sale, including our existing contract manufacturers for our product candidates, are subject to extensive regulation. Components of a finished therapeutic product approved for commercial sale or used in late-stage clinical trials must be manufactured in accordance with cGMP. These regulations govern manufacturing processes and procedures (including record keeping) and the implementation and operation of quality systems to control and assure the quality of investigational products and products approved for sale. Poor control of production processes can lead to the introduction of adventitious agents or other contaminants, or to inadvertent changes in the properties or stability of our product candidates that may not be detectable in final product testing. We or our contract manufacturers must supply all necessary documentation in support of a BLA on a timely basis and must adhere to the FDA’s good laboratory practices, or GLP, and cGMP regulations enforced by the FDA through its facilities inspection program. Some of our contract manufacturers have not produced a commercially-approved product and therefore may have not obtained the requisite FDA approvals to do so. Our facilities and quality systems and the facilities and quality systems of some or all of our third-party contractors must pass a pre-approval inspection for compliance with the applicable regulations as a condition of regulatory approval of our product candidates or any of our other potential products. In addition, the regulatory authorities may, at any time, audit or inspect a manufacturing facility involved with the preparation of our product candidates or our other

 

37


Table of Contents

potential products or the associated quality systems for compliance with the regulations applicable to the activities being conducted. If these facilities do not pass a pre-approval plant inspection, FDA approval of the products may not be granted.

The regulatory authorities also may, at any time following approval of a product for sale, audit our manufacturing facilities or those of our third-party contractors. If any such inspection or audit identifies a failure to comply with applicable regulations or if a violation of our product specifications or applicable regulations occurs independent of such an inspection or audit, we or the relevant regulatory authority may require remedial measures that may be costly and/or time-consuming for us or a third party to implement and that may include the temporary or permanent suspension of a clinical trial or commercial sales or the temporary or permanent closure of a facility. Any such remedial measures imposed upon us or third parties with whom we contract could materially harm our business.

If we or any of our third-party manufacturers fail to maintain regulatory compliance, the FDA can impose regulatory sanctions including, among other things, refusal to approve a pending application for a new drug product or biologic product or revocation of a pre-existing approval. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially harmed.

Additionally, if supply from one approved manufacturer is interrupted, there could be a significant disruption in commercial supply. An alternative manufacturer would need to be qualified through a BLA supplement which could result in further delay. The regulatory agencies may also require additional studies if a new manufacturer is relied upon for commercial production. Switching manufacturers may involve substantial costs and is likely to result in a delay in our desired clinical and commercial timelines.

These factors could cause the delay of clinical trials, regulatory submissions, required approvals or commercialization of our product candidates, cause us to incur higher costs and prevent us from commercializing our products successfully. Furthermore, if our suppliers fail to meet contractual requirements, and we are unable to secure one or more replacement suppliers capable of production at a substantially equivalent cost, our clinical trials may be delayed or we could lose potential revenue.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

Our research and development, manufacturing processes, clinical trials and products may involve the controlled use of hazardous materials, chemicals, viruses and various radioactive compounds. Specifically, if our products or product candidates spread from human or companion pet patients to other people or pets, these other individuals or pets (such as the immune suppressed or the very young), might be more sensitive to the product or product candidate than the patient and may experience an adverse reaction. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of such materials and certain waste products, including numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, such as those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work-related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. In addition, we may incur substantial

 

38


Table of Contents

costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Risks related to our intellectual property

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights or if our intellectual property rights are inadequate for our technology and product candidates, our competitive position could be harmed.

Our commercial success will depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other intellectual property protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our proprietary technology and products. We rely on trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws, and confidentiality, licensing and other agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. We seek to protect our proprietary position by filing and prosecuting patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our novel technologies and products that are important to our business.

The patent positions of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally are highly uncertain, involve complex legal and factual questions and have in recent years been the subject of much litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patents, including those patent rights licensed to us by third parties, are highly uncertain. The steps we or our licensors have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to preclude misappropriation of our proprietary information or infringement of our intellectual property rights, both inside and outside of the United States. Further, the examination process may require us or our licensors to narrow the claims for our pending patent applications, which may limit the scope of patent protection that may be obtained if these applications issue. The rights already granted under any of our currently issued patents or those licensed to us and those that may be granted under future issued patents may not provide us with the proprietary protection or competitive advantages we are seeking. If we or our licensors are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for our technology and products, or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficient, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and products similar or superior to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and products may be adversely affected. It is also possible that we or our licensors will fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of our development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. It is also possible that as research and development progresses, the direction of our intellectual property strategy and patent portfolio will change, resulting in strategic business decisions to allow certain patents or patent applications to be abandoned or lapse.

With respect to patent rights, we do not know whether any of the pending patent applications for any of our compounds or biologic products will result in the issuance of patents that effectively protect our technology or products, or if any of our issued patents or if any of our or our licensors’ issued patents will effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing or in some cases not at all, until they are issued as a patent. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to make the inventions claimed in our owned or licensed patents or pending patent applications, or that we or our licensors were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions.

Our pending applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless and until a patent issues from such applications. Because the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, issued patents that we own or have licensed from third parties may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in the loss of patent protection, the narrowing of claims in such patents or the invalidity or unenforceability of such patents, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing

 

39


Table of Contents

similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection for our technology and products. Protecting against the unauthorized use of our or our licensor’s patented technology, trademarks and other intellectual property rights is expensive, difficult and may in some cases not be possible. In some cases, it may be difficult or impossible to detect third-party infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, even in relation to issued patent claims, and proving any such infringement may be even more difficult.

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement may prevent or delay our development and commercialization efforts.

Our commercial success depends in part on our avoiding infringement of the patents and proprietary rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, oppositions and inter partes reexamination proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or U.S. PTO, and corresponding foreign patent offices. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are pursuing development candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our product candidates may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties.

Third parties have asserted, and in the future may assert, that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. There may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of our product candidates. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that our product candidates may infringe. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. If any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover the manufacturing process of any of our product candidates, or any final product itself, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize such product candidate unless we obtained a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire.

Similarly, if any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover aspects of our formulations, processes for manufacture or methods of use, including combination therapy, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to develop and commercialize the applicable product candidate unless we obtained a license or until such patent expires. In either case, such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Parties making claims against us may obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize one or more of our product candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, may involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, pay royalties, redesign our infringing products or obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure.

We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining necessary rights to gene therapy product components and processes for our development pipeline through acquisitions and in-licenses.

Presently we believe that we have rights to the intellectual property, through licenses from third parties and under patents that we own, to develop our gene therapy product candidates. Because our programs may involve additional product candidates that may require the use of proprietary rights held by third parties, the growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license or use these proprietary rights. In addition,

 

40


Table of Contents

our product candidates may require specific formulations to work effectively and efficiently and these rights may be held by others. We may be unable to acquire or in-license any compositions, methods of use, processes or other third-party intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify. The licensing and acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and a number of more established companies are also pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, cash resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities.

In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property rights, our business, financial condition and prospects for growth could suffer.

If we fail to comply with our obligations in the agreement under which we license intellectual property rights from the University of Southern California, or USC, or otherwise experience disruptions to our business relationships with USC or other future licensors, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.

In October 2007, we entered into a license agreement with USC pursuant to which we received a worldwide, exclusive license to, among other things, manufacture and market products utilizing certain inventions that are critical to our business. We expect to enter into additional license agreements in the future. Our existing license agreement imposes, and we expect that future license agreements will impose, various diligence, milestone payment, royalty and other obligations on us. If we fail to comply with our obligations under these agreements, or we are subject to a bankruptcy, the licensor may have the right to terminate the license, in which event we would not be able to market products covered by the license. See “Business — License and Collaboration Agreements” for a description of our license agreement with USC, which includes a description of the termination provisions of this agreement.

We may need to obtain licenses from third parties to advance our research or allow commercialization of our product candidates, and we have done so from time to time. We may fail to obtain any of these licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to develop or license replacement technology. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected product candidates, which could harm our business significantly. We cannot provide any assurances that third-party patents do not exist which might be enforced against our current product candidates or future products, resulting in either an injunction prohibiting our sales, or, with respect to our sales, an obligation on our part to pay royalties and/or other forms of compensation to third parties.

In certain cases, patent prosecution of our licensed technology may be controlled solely by the licensor. If our licensors fail to obtain and maintain patent or other protection for the proprietary intellectual property we license from them, we could lose our rights to the intellectual property or our exclusivity with respect to those rights, and our competitors could market competing products using the intellectual property. In certain cases, we control the prosecution of patents resulting from licensed technology. In the event we breach any of our obligations related to such prosecution, we may incur significant liability to our licensing partners. Licensing of intellectual property is of critical importance to our business and involves complex legal, business and scientific issues and is complicated by the rapid pace of scientific discovery in our industry. Disputes may arise regarding intellectual property subject to a licensing agreement, including:

 

    the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;
    the extent to which our technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;
    the sublicensing of patent and other rights under our collaborative development relationships;
    our diligence obligations under the license agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

 

41


Table of Contents
    the ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners; and
    the priority of invention of patented technology.

If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates.

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents or the patents of our licensors. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours or our licensors is not valid, is unenforceable and/or is not infringed, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing.

Interference proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications or those of our licensors. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Our defense of litigation or interference proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. We may not be able to prevent, alone or with our licensors, misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the U.S. PTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and/or applications. We employ an outside firm and rely on our outside counsel to pay these fees due to non-U.S. patent agencies. The U.S. PTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. We employ reputable law firms and other professionals to help us comply, and in many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to enter the market and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

42


Table of Contents

Issued patents covering our product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court.

If we, USC or one of our future licensing partners initiated legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one of our product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidate is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the U.S. PTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post grant review and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in revocation or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our product candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection would have a material adverse impact on our business.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties or that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

We employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and independent contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any of our employee’s former employer or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel, which could adversely impact our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property.

We may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual property. We may have potential ownership disputes arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of consultants, collaborators or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

 

43


Table of Contents

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

As is the case with other biotechnology companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biotechnology industry involve both technological and legal complexity, and therefore obtaining and enforcing biotechnology patents is costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. In addition, the United States has recently enacted and is currently implementing wide-ranging patent reform legislation. Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the U.S. PTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

We have not yet registered trademarks for a commercial trade name for Toca 511 & Toca FC, and failure to secure such registrations could adversely affect our business.

We have not yet developed a proprietary name for our products nor registered trademarks for a commercial trade name for Toca 511 & Toca FC. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we would be given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the U.S. PTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. Moreover, any name we propose to use with our product candidates in the United States must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, we may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable substitute name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our

 

44


Table of Contents

patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock

We do not know whether an active trading market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be, and, as a result, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. An active trading market for our common stock may not develop following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in our common stock is not active. The initial public offering price for the shares was determined by negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into strategic partnerships or acquire companies or products by using our shares of common stock as consideration.

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The market price of our common stock is likely to be volatile. Our stock price could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors, including the following:

 

    adverse results or delays in preclinical or clinical trials;
    reports of adverse events in other gene therapy products or clinical trials of such products;
    inability to obtain additional funding;
    any delay in filing an IND or BLA for any of our product candidates and any adverse development or perceived adverse development with respect to the FDA’s review of that IND or BLA;
    failure to develop successfully and commercialize our product candidates;
    failure to maintain our existing strategic collaboration or enter into new collaborations;
    failure by us or our licensors and strategic collaboration partners to prosecute, maintain or enforce our intellectual property rights;
    changes in laws or regulations applicable to future products;
    inability to obtain adequate product supply for our product candidates or the inability to do so at acceptable prices;
    adverse regulatory decisions;
    introduction of new products, services or technologies by our competitors;
    failure to meet or exceed financial projections we may provide to the public;
    failure to meet or exceed the financial projections of the investment community;
    the perception of the pharmaceutical industry by the public, legislatures, regulators and the investment community;
    announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by us, our strategic collaboration partners or our competitors;
    disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

 

45


Table of Contents
    additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;
    significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;
    changes in the market valuations of similar companies;
    sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders in the future; and
    trading volume of our common stock.

In addition, companies trading in the stock market in general, and The Nasdaq Global Market in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance.

Unstable market and economic conditions may have serious adverse consequences on our business, financial condition and stock price.

As widely reported, global credit and financial markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruptions in the past several years, including severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates and uncertainty about economic stability. We cannot assure you that further deterioration in credit and financial markets and confidence in economic conditions will not occur. Our general business strategy may be adversely affected by any such economic downturn, volatile business environment or continued unpredictable and unstable market conditions. If the current equity and credit markets deteriorate, or do not improve, it may make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult, more costly and more dilutive. Failure to secure any necessary financing in a timely manner and on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our growth strategy, financial performance and stock price and could require us to delay or abandon clinical development plans. In addition, there is a risk that one or more of our current service providers, manufacturers and other partners may not survive these difficult economic times, which could directly affect our ability to attain our operating goals on schedule and on budget.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to the value of our stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock. In addition, we may enter into debt financing arrangements in the future that prohibit the payment of dividends.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

Investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the pro forma book value per share of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $         per share, based on the initial public offering price of $         per share and our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016. Further, based on these assumptions, investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will contribute approximately     % of the total amount invested by stockholders since our inception, but will own only approximately     % of the shares of common stock outstanding. For information on how the foregoing amounts were calculated, see “Dilution.”

This dilution is due to the substantially lower price paid by our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering as compared to the price offered to the public in this offering, and the exercise of stock options granted

 

46


Table of Contents

to our employees. In addition, as of December 31, 2016, options to purchase 9,563,465 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.64 per share were outstanding. The exercise of any of these options would result in additional dilution. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation.

We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the year in which we complete this offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which requires the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates to exceed $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As a result, changes in rules of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or their interpretation, the adoption of new guidance or the application of existing guidance to changes in our business could significantly affect our financial position and results of operations.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to existing and new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, which will require, among other things, that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and The NASDAQ Global Market to implement provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street

 

47


Table of Contents

Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas such as “say on pay” and proxy access. Recent legislation permits emerging growth companies to implement many of these requirements over a longer period and up to five years from the pricing of this offering. We intend to take advantage of this new legislation but cannot guarantee that we will not be required to implement these requirements sooner than budgeted or planned and thereby incur unexpected expenses. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the market price of our common stock could decline. Based upon the number of shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis, outstanding as of December 31, 2016, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of          shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. Of these shares, as of the date of this prospectus, approximately          shares of our common stock, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately following this offering, assuming that current stockholders do not purchase shares in this offering. Leerink Partners LLC and Evercore Group L.L.C., however, may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. After the lock-up agreements expire, based upon the number of shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis, outstanding as of December 31, 2016, up to an additional          shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market,              of which shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

In addition, as of December 31, 2016,              shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options, reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans or subject to outstanding warrants will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the market price of our common stock could decline.

 

48


Table of Contents

Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plans, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall.

Additional capital will be needed in the future to continue our planned operations. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience substantial dilution. We may sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in more than one transaction, investors may be materially diluted by subsequent sales. These sales may also result in material dilution to our existing stockholders, and new investors could gain rights superior to our existing stockholders. Pursuant to our 2017 Plan, certain amendments of which became effective on the business day prior to the public trading date of our common stock, our management is authorized to grant stock options to our employees, directors and consultants.

Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2017 Plan is              shares. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2017 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2018 and continuing through and including January 1, 2027, by     % of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. Unless our board of directors elects not to increase the number of shares available for future grant each year, our stockholders may experience additional dilution, which could cause our stock price to fall.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund manufacturing scale-up and validation for Toca 511 & Toca FC , the Phase 2 portion of our Phase 2/3 clinical trial of Toca 511 & Toca FC in recurrent HGG, the other ongoing and planned clinical development activities for Toca 511 & Toca FC and the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a cumulative change in its equity ownership by “5-percent shareholders” of greater than 50 percentage points (by value) over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, and certain other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-change taxable income and taxes, as applicable, may be limited. We have completed multiple rounds of financing since our inception which may have resulted in an ownership change or could result in an ownership change in the future. As of December 31, 2016, we have not completed a Section 382 and 383 analysis regarding any limitations on our NOLs and research and development credit carryforwards and such limitations could be significant. We may also experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership. As a result, our ability to use our

 

49


Table of Contents

NOLs and research and development credit carryforwards to offset our U.S. federal taxable income and taxes, as applicable, may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us. In addition, at the state level, similar rules may apply and there may be periods during which the use of NOLs is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price may decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders or remove our current management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, include provisions that:

 

    permit our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate (including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control);
    provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;
    provide that the board of directors or any individual director may only be removed with cause and the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of our then outstanding common stock;
    provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;
    divide our board of directors into three classes;
    require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;
    provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;
    do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);
    provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, our Chief Executive Officer or by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors; and
   

provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach

 

50


Table of Contents
 

of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors or officers to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us.

Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers or other employees arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers or other employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Because we will have an even number of members of our board of directors, deadlocks may occur in our board of directors’ decision-making process, which may delay or prevent critical decisions from being made.

Since, as of the closing of this offering, we will have an even number of directors, deadlocks may occur when such directors disagree on a particular decision or course of action. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, do not contain any mechanisms for resolving potential deadlocks. While our directors are under a duty to act in the best interest of our company, any deadlocks may impede the further development of our business in that such deadlocks may delay or prevent critical decisions regarding our business.

 

51


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    the success, cost, timing and potential indications of our product development activities and clinical trials, including our ongoing clinical trials of Toca 511 & Toca FC;
    our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of our product candidates, including Toca 511 & Toca FC, in any of the indications for which we plan to develop them, and any related restrictions, limitations, and/or warnings in the label of an approved product candidate;
    our ability to obtain funding for our operations, including funding necessary to complete the clinical trials of any of our product candidates, including Toca 511 & Toca FC;
    our plans to research, develop and commercialize our product candidates, including Toca 511 & Toca FC;
    our ability to attract and retain collaborators with development, regulatory and commercialization expertise;
    the size of the markets for our product candidates, and our ability to serve those markets;
    our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates, including Toca 511 & Toca FC;
    the rate and degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, including Toca 511 & Toca FC;
    our ability to develop and maintain sales and marketing capabilities, whether alone or with potential future collaborators;
    regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;
    the performance of our third-party suppliers and manufacturers;
    the success of competing therapies that are or become available;
    our ability to attract and retain key scientific or management personnel;
    our expectations regarding the period during which we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;
    our use of the proceeds from this offering;
    the accuracy of our estimates regarding expenses, future revenues, capital requirements and needs for additional financing; and
    our expectations regarding our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our product candidates and our ability to operate our business without infringing on the intellectual property rights of others.

In some cases, you can identify these statements by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expects,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative of those terms, and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes. These forward-looking statements reflect our management’s beliefs and views with respect to future events and are based on estimates and assumptions as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to risks and uncertainties. We discuss many of these risks in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

You should carefully read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the

 

52


Table of Contents

understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

53


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a one million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by $            , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds of this offering as follows:

 

    approximately $             million to fund manufacturing scale-up and validation for Toca 511 & Toca FC;
    approximately $             million to fund the Phase 2 portion of our Phase 2/3 clinical trial of Toca 511 & Toca FC in recurrent HGG through review of top line results from the Phase 2 portion;
    approximately $             million to fund our other ongoing and planned clinical development activities for Toca 511 & Toca FC through the completion of our ongoing and planned Phase 1b clinical trials for the treatment of newly-diagnosed HGG and for the intravenous treatment of metastatic colorectal, pancreatic, breast, lung, melanoma and renal cancers; and
    the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the additional costs associated with being a public company.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to in-license, acquire, or invest in complementary businesses, technologies, products or assets. However, we have no current plans, commitments or obligations to do so.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, together with interest thereon, will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least the next 12 months.

Our expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering, or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual use of the net proceeds will vary depending on numerous factors, including our ability to obtain additional financing, the progress, cost and results of our preclinical and clinical development programs, and whether we are able to enter into future licensing or collaboration arrangements. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes, and our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the net proceeds from this offering.

Pending their use, we plan to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

54


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business. We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement prohibit us from paying cash dividends.

 

55


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and our capitalization as of December 31, 2016 as follows:

 

    on an actual basis;
    on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 46,163,605 shares of our common stock in connection with the completion of this offering, (2) the issuance by us of convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $7.5 million between January 2017 and February 2017, (3) the conversion of $11.0 million of aggregate principal amount plus accrued interest underlying convertible promissory notes which were issued between November 2016 and February 2017 and which will automatically convert upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of          shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $         (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on                 , 2017 and (4) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and
    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our cash, cash equivalents and investments and capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 

    As of December 31, 2016  
    Actual     Pro
Forma
    Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)
 
    (in thousands, except share and per
share data)
 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

  $ 31,245     $                  $               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes payable, current portion

  $ 7,200     $                  $               

Notes payable, net of current portion

    10,241      

Convertible promissory notes payable

    3,398      

Convertible promissory notes subscription liability

    140      

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

    126      

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 51,000,000 shares authorized, 46,163,605 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    131,413      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

     

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 77,800,000 shares authorized, 15,197,601 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    15      

Additional paid-in capital

    3,568      

Accumulated deficit

    (128,000    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (124,417    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $ 28,101     $     $  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, cash equivalents and

 

56


Table of Contents
  investments, additional paid-in capital, total capitalization and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share of $             (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) each of cash, cash equivalents and investments, additional paid-in capital, total capitalization and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $            , after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of common stock shown as issued and outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016, and excludes:

 

    9,563,465 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of December 31, 2016, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.64 per share;
                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Plan which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering (including              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2009 Plan which shares will be added to the shares reserved under the 2017 Plan upon its effectiveness);
                 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and
    73,572 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2016, at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.93 per share.

 

57


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

As of December 31, 2016, we had a historical net tangible book deficit of $(124.4) million, or $(8.19) per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book deficit per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2016.

After giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 46,163,605 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering, (ii) the issuance by us of convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $7.5 million between January 2017 and February 2017 and (iii) the conversion of $11.0 million of aggregate principal amount plus accrued interest underlying convertible promissory notes which were issued between November 2016 and February 2017 and which will automatically convert upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of          shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $         (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on                 , 2017, our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016 is $             million, or $             per share of our common stock.

After giving further effect to the sale of              shares of common stock that we are offering at the initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016 is $             million, or approximately $             per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $         per share to new investors participating in this offering.

Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $               

Historical net tangible book deficit per share at December 31, 2016, before giving effect to this offering

   $ (8.19   

Pro forma increase in historical net tangible book value per share attributable to conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock and convertible notes

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share at December 31, 2016, before giving effect to this offering

   $     

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors participating in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

      $  
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $            , and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $            , assuming that the

 

58


Table of Contents

number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

An increase of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $             and decrease the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $             per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a decrease of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $             and increase the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $             per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase              additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $             per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $             per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $             per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

The following table summarizes on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2016, the number of shares of common stock purchased or to be purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us in cash and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for shares issued prior to this offering and the price to be paid by new investors in this offering. The calculation below is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table below shows, investors participating in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.

 

    

 

Shares Purchased

   

 

Total Consideration

    Average
Price

Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                            $               

Investors participating in this offering

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $             million, $             million and $            , respectively, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Similarly, a one million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by investors participating in this offering, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, $         million and $         , respectively, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

59


Table of Contents

The foregoing tables and calculations exclude:

 

    9,563,465 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of December 31, 2016, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.64 per share;
                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Plan which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering (including              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2009 Plan which shares will be added to the shares reserved under the 2017 Plan upon its effectiveness);
                 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and
    73,572 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2016, at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.93 per share.

We may choose to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent we issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or convertible debt securities in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

60


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data should be read together with our financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data in this section are not intended to replace our financial statements and related notes. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

The following selected financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 are derived from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2015     2016  
     (in thousands, except share
and per share data)
 

Statements of Operations Data:

    

License revenue

   $ 51     $ 49  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     19,172       27,218  

General and administrative

     3,833       4,522  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     23,005       31,740  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (22,954     (31,691
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

    

Interest income

     126       215  

Interest expense

     (339     (2,052

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     111       50  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (102     (1,787
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (23,056     (33,478

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Net unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     (52     58  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (23,108   $ (33,420
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (1.53   $ (2.21
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share (1)

     15,056,358       15,180,140  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

     $ (0.55
    

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

       61,343,745  
    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the basic and diluted net loss per common share and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

(2)

The calculations for the unaudited pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted, assume the conversion of all our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, as if the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period

 

61


Table of Contents
  presented, or the issuance date, if later, and exclude the effect of shares issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding principal and accrued interest related to convertible promissory notes upon completion of this offering.

 

    

 

As of December 31,

 
     2015     2016  
              
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

   $ 58,910     $ 31,245  

Working capital

     54,270       18,079  

Total assets

     62,175       35,351  

Notes payable, current portion

     600       7,200  

Notes payable, net of current portion

     16,873       10,241  

Convertible promissory notes payable

           3,398  

Convertible promissory notes subscription liability

           140  

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

     176       126  

Convertible preferred stock

     131,413       131,413  

Accumulated deficit

     (94,512     (128,000

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (92,330     (124,417

 

62


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with “Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. You should carefully read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus to gain an understanding of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Please also see the section entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are a clinical-stage, cancer-selective gene therapy company focused on developing first-in-class, broadly-applicable product candidates designed to activate a patient’s immune system against their own cancer from within. Our cancer-selective gene therapy platform is built on RRVs, which are designed to selectively deliver therapeutic genes into the DNA of cancer cells. Our gene therapy approach is designed to fight cancer through immunotherapeutic mechanisms of action without the autoimmune toxicities commonly experienced with other immunotherapies.

We are developing our lead product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC, initially for the treatment of recurrent HGG. In November 2015, we initiated the Phase 2 portion of a randomized, controlled Phase 2/3 clinical trial of Toca 511 & Toca FC in patients with recurrent HGG, which is designed to serve as a potential registrational trial. We completed enrollment of the Phase 2 portion with 187 patients in February 2017 and plan to report top line results in the first half of 2018. We also have three ongoing, ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trials in recurrent HGG with varying modes of delivery of the Toca 511 vector and a Phase 1b clinical trial for the intravenous treatment of metastatic colorectal, pancreatic, breast, lung, melanoma, and renal cancers. In addition, based on our findings in preclinical studies and clinical trials to date, we believe Toca 511 & Toca FC is a promising candidate for use in combination with surgery, radiation and chemotherapy and we plan to initiate a clinical trial in early 2018 for newly diagnosed HGG to assess safety in this setting. We are also developing other RRVs to selectively deliver genes to cancer cells against validated immunotherapy targets, such as the checkpoint protein PD-L1.

We do not have any products approved for sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales. We have funded our operations primarily through the private placement of our convertible preferred stock, from which we received net proceeds of $131.4 million through December 31, 2016. We have also received $17.7 million in net proceeds from the issuance of our notes payable, $3.4 million from the issuance of our convertible promissory notes payable, $1.6 million from private and federal grants, and a $0.5 million up-front payment from our license and collaboration agreement with Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc., or Siemens.

Since our inception in August 2007, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to developing our gene therapy platform and our lead product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC. We have never been profitable and have incurred significant operating losses in each year since our inception. We had an accumulated deficit of $128.0 million as of December 31, 2016. Substantially all of our net losses resulted from costs incurred in connection with our research, preclinical, clinical, product, regulatory and business development activities, as well as raising capital and building our infrastructure.

We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing net operating losses for at least the next several years. We expect our expenses will increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities as we

 

63


Table of Contents

continue to develop and seek regulatory approval of our product candidates and operate as a public company. To fund further operations, we will need to raise additional capital.

Accordingly, we will seek to fund our operations through equity and/or debt financings. We may also consider new collaborations or selectively partnering our technology or programs. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital or enter into such other arrangements as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to develop our product candidates.

Financial Operations Overview

Revenue

We currently have no products approved for sale, and have not generated any revenues from the sale of products. We have not submitted any product candidate for regulatory approval. Our revenue has been derived from our license and collaboration arrangement we entered into with Siemens in 2011, under which we received a nonrefundable, non-creditable, lump-sum, upfront license payment of $0.5 million for our sublicense to Siemens of certain diagnostic assay technology.

In the future, we may generate revenue from a combination of product sales and royalties in connection with our Siemens agreement and any future marketing and distribution arrangements and other collaborations, strategic alliances and license arrangements, or a combination of these approaches. However, we do not expect to receive additional revenues unless and until we receive regulatory approval for product candidates or potentially enter into collaboration agreements. We do not expect any of our current product candidates to be commercially available in major markets for at least the next several years. We expect that any revenue we generate will fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of the timing and amount of license fees, milestone and other payments, and the amount and timing of payments that we receive upon the sale of our products, to the extent any are successfully commercialized. If we fail to complete the development of our product candidates in a timely manner or obtain regulatory approval of them, our ability to generate future revenue, and our results of operations and financial position, would be materially adversely affected.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for personnel, including stock-based compensation costs, preclinical costs, clinical trial costs, costs related to acquiring and manufacturing clinical trial materials, contract services, facilities costs, overhead costs and depreciation. These activities also include research and development related to our gene therapy platform development. All research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

We cannot determine with certainty the duration and completion costs of the current or future clinical trials of our product candidates, or if, when or to what extent we will generate revenues from the commercialization and sale of any of our product candidates that obtain regulatory approval. We may never succeed in achieving regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. The duration, costs and timing of clinical trials and development of our product candidates will depend on a variety of factors, including:

 

    per patient trial costs;
    the number of patients that participate in the trials;
    the number of sites included in the trials;
    the countries in which the trials are conducted;
    the length of time required to enroll eligible patients;
    the drop-out or discontinuation rates of patients;

 

64


Table of Contents
    the potential for additional safety monitoring or other clinical trials requested by regulatory agencies;
    significant and changing government regulation; and
    the timing and receipt of any regulatory approvals.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of a product candidate could mean a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate. For example, if the FDA or another regulatory authority were to require us to conduct clinical trials beyond those that we currently anticipate will be required for the completion of clinical development of a product candidate or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any of our clinical trials, we could be required to expend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of clinical development. In addition, the probability of success for each product candidate will depend on numerous factors, including competition, manufacturing capability and commercial viability. We will determine which programs to pursue and how much to fund each program in response to the scientific and clinical success of each product candidate, as well as an assessment of each product candidate’s commercial potential.

The following table indicates our research and development expense by project for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2015      2016  
     (unaudited)  

Toca 511 & Toca FC

   $ 18,211      $ 26,490  

Anti-PD-L1 and IDO-1

     601        440  

Vector technology and other therapeutic genes

     360        288  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,172      $ 27,218  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We expect our research and development expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we scale up our clinical trial and manufacturing activities and seek regulatory approval of our product candidates.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for personnel, including stock-based compensation costs and travel expenses for our employees in executive, operational, finance and business development functions. Other general and administrative expenses include facility-related costs, consulting fees for human resources and operations, capital raising and information technology, insurance, professional fees for accounting and legal services and expenses associated with obtaining and maintaining patents.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we increase our headcount to support our continued research and development and potential commercialization of our product candidates. We also anticipate increased expenses related to audit, legal, regulatory and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, director and officer insurance premiums and investor relations costs associated with being a public company. Additionally, if we believe a regulatory approval of the lead product candidate appears likely, we anticipate an increase in payroll and related expenses as a result of our preparation for commercial operations, especially as it relates to establishing a sales force and other expenses related to the sale and marketing of our product candidates.

Interest Income

Interest income consists primarily of interest income earned on cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities.

 

65


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of stated interest and the amortization of related debt issuance costs incurred on the outstanding principal amount of our borrowings under our notes payable and convertible promissory notes payable.

Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrants

Warrants for shares of preferred stock with conversion features are accounted for as liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets at their fair value on the date of issuance. The warrant liabilities are revalued at each balance sheet date until such instruments are exercised or expire, with changes in the fair value between reporting periods recorded as change in fair value of preferred stock warrants in the statement of operations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements which we have prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies to be most critical for fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

Accrued Research and Development Expenses

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued research and development expenses. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with our personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of the actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed or when contractual milestones are met. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. Examples of estimated accrued research and development expenses include fees paid to: investigative sites and contract research organizations in connection with clinical trials; service providers in connection with preclinical development activities; and service providers related to product manufacturing.

We base our expenses related to clinical trials on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to our contract arrangements. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to our service providers will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the clinical expense. Payments under some of these contracts depend on factors such as the successful enrollment of patients, site initiation and the completion of clinical milestones. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual or prepaid expense balance accordingly.

Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, if our estimates of the status and timing of services performed differ from the actual status and timing of services performed, we may report amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, there have been no material differences from our estimates to the amount actually incurred. However, due to the nature of

 

66


Table of Contents

estimates, we cannot assure you that we will not make changes to our estimates in the future as we become aware of additional information about the status or conduct of our clinical trials and other research activities.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense represents the cost of the grant date fair value of stock options granted to employees. For awards with time-based vesting provisions, we estimate the fair value of stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and recognize the expense over the requisite service period of the awards which is generally the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility, the expected term of the option, the expected dividend yield of our common stock and the estimated fair value of our common stock. For awards with performance-based vesting provisions, we estimate the fair value of stock option grants on the date of grant, or the date when all of the terms of the grant have been agreed to, if later, and recognize the expense based on the probability of the occurrence of the individual milestones at each reporting period. The expense is recognized over the implicit service period that commences once management believes the performance criteria are probable of being met. Prior to January 1, 2016, we estimated forfeitures at the time of grant with stock-based compensation expense based on awards that were ultimately expected to vest. Beginning January 1, 2016, upon adoption of new accounting guidance, we account for forfeitures when they occur, and reverse any compensation cost previously recognized for awards for which the requisite service has not been completed, in the period that the award is forfeited.

We calculate the estimated fair value of each non-employee stock option award at the date of grant using Black-Scholes option pricing model with the assumptions generally consistent with those used for employee stock options, with the exception of expected term, which is over the contractual life. These options are subject to periodic revaluation over their vesting terms.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense. See Note 7 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information concerning certain of the specific assumptions we used in applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of our stock options granted in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

 

67


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information related to stock options we granted from January 1, 2014 through the date of this prospectus:

 

Grant Date

   Number of
Common
Shares
Underlying
Options Granted
     Exercise Price
Per Common
Share
     Reassessed
Fair Value Per
Common Share
 

February 13, 2014

     7,500      $ 2.08      $ 2.33  

March 10, 2014

     453,100        2.08        2.38  

March 18, 2014

     4,800        2.08        2.40  

August 25, 2014

     264,400        2.42        1.72  

November 25, 2014

     500,000        1.68        1.68  

February 18, 2015

     260,000        1.68        2.72  

March 18, 2015

     239,500        1.68        2.71  

April 16, 2015

     21,000        1.68        2.48  

April 21, 2015

     125,000        1.68        2.44  

May 12, 2015

     264,300        1.68        2.27  

June 15, 2015

     101,500        2.85        2.14  

September 2, 2015

     134,400        2.14        3.28  

October 12, 2015

     48,000        2.14        3.03  

November 2, 2015

     3,500        2.14        2.91  

June 10, 2016

     1,468,600        2.17        2.12  

October 17, 2016

     116,000        2.09        2.29  

November 16, 2016

     3,195,112        2.40        2.22  

March 6, 2017

     717,154        2.19        *  

 

* The reassessed fair value of these awards will be determined when we prepare our financial statements for the three months ending March 31, 2017.

The following table summarizes the stock-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2015      2016  

Research and development

   $ 456      $ 562  

General and administrative

     606        761  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,062      $ 1,323  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total employee stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock option grants not yet recognized as of December 31, 2016 was $6.2 million and the weighted-average period over which these grants are expected to vest is 3.3 years.

Based on an assumed initial public offering, or IPO, price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the intrinsic value of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2016 would be $         million, of which $         million and $         million would have been related to stock options that were vested and unvested, respectively, at that date.

Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock

We are required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing fair value calculations, which is the most subjective input into the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards was determined on each grant date by our board of directors, taking into account input from management and our most recent independent third-party valuations. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be granted with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of our common stock underlying those options on the

 

68


Table of Contents

date of grant, determined in good faith and based on the information known to us on the date of grant. Our determinations of the fair value of our common stock were made using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the Practice Aid.

Our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock by considering various objective and subjective factors, along with input from management, including:

 

    valuations of our common stock performed with the assistance of an independent third-party valuation specialist;
    the prices of our convertible preferred stock sold to investors in arm’s length transactions, and the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock as compared to those of our common stock, including the liquidation preferences of our convertible preferred stock;
    our stage of development and business strategy, including the status of research and development efforts and clinical trials of our product candidates, and the material risks related to our business and industry;
    our results of operations and financial position, including our levels of available capital resources;
    the valuation of publicly traded companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;
    the lack of marketability of our common stock as a private company;
    trends and developments in our industry;
    external market conditions affecting the life sciences and biotechnology industry sectors;
    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common stock, such as an IPO or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions; and
    the composition of, and changes to, our management team and board of directors.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of our common stock. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to completing an IPO or other liquidity event, the selection of the appropriate comparable publicly traded companies, the determination of the appropriate valuation methods and the discount for lack of marketability of our common stock. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per common share could have been significantly different.

Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of our common stock based on its closing price as reported on the date of grant on the primary stock exchange on which our common stock is traded.

Common Stock Valuation Methodologies

Our valuations were prepared in accordance with the guidelines in the Practice Aid which prescribes several valuation approaches for setting the value of an enterprise such as the cost, income and market approaches. The cost approach establishes the value of an enterprise based on the cost of reproducing or replacing the property, less depreciation and functional or economic obsolescence, if present. The income approach establishes the value of an enterprise based on the present value of future cash flows that are reasonably reflective of a company’s future operations, discounting to the present value with an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate or capitalization rate. The market approach is based on the assumption that the value of an asset is equal to the value of a substitute asset with the same characteristics. Each valuation methodology was considered in our valuations.

To determine the exercise price of stock options granted in February and March 2014, we utilized a combination of a backsolve market approach based on arm’s length sales of our convertible preferred stock near the valuation date and a guideline company market approach for our September 30, 2013 valuation.

 

69


Table of Contents

To determine the valuations used to derive the price of our stock options granted in and after August 2014, we utilized a guideline company market approach for our quarterly valuations beginning with the March 31, 2014 valuation.

Methods Used to Allocate Our Enterprise Value to Classes of Securities

In accordance with the Practice Aid, we considered the following various methods for allocating the enterprise value across our classes and series of capital stock to determine the fair value of our common stock at each valuation date:

 

    Current Value Method, or CVM. Under the CVM, once the fair value of the enterprise is established, the value is allocated to the various series of preferred and common stock based on their respective seniority, liquidation preferences or conversion values, whichever is greatest.
    Option Pricing Method, or OPM. Under the OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.
    Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM. The PWERM is a scenario-based analysis that estimates the value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.
    Hybrid Method. The hybrid method employs the concepts of the OPM and PWERM merged into a single framework.

Beginning with the September 30, 2013 valuation, we utilized the OPM for each of our contemporaneous valuations of our common stock performed by an independent third-party valuation specialist. We believed that the OPM was the most appropriate given the expectation of various potential liquidity outcomes and the difficulty of selecting and supporting appropriate enterprise values given our early stage of development.

Beginning with the February 28, 2015 valuation, we transitioned to the Hybrid Method for our contemporaneous valuation of our common stock performed with the assistance of an independent third-party valuation specialist. We believed that the Hybrid Method was the most appropriate because we then had greater clarity as to our expected time to liquidity events and the nature of the expected liquidity events.

Retrospective Reassessment of Fair Value

As part of the preparation of the financial statements, we reassessed the fair value of our common stock for each stock option grant noted in the table above on a retrospective basis for financial reporting purposes. For purposes of this reassessment, we re-evaluated our original inputs and the methodologies used to determine our enterprise value and the methods we used to allocate enterprise value.

As we did not identify any significant internal or external value-generating events between the effective dates of our contemporaneous valuations of our common stock, we reassessed the fair value of our common stock for stock options granted from January 1, 2014 through the date of this prospectus. We did this reassessment using a straight-line method between the original valuation dates of our common stock as follows:

 

    $2.08 per share on September 30, 2013 and $2.42 per share on March 31, 2014 for the February and March 2014 stock option grants;
    $2.14 per share on June 30, 2014 and $1.68 per share on August 31, 2014 for the August 2014 stock option grants;
    $1.68 per share on August 31, 2014 and $1.68 per share on November 30, 2014 for the November 2014 stock option grants;
    $1.68 per share on November 30, 2014 and $2.85 per share on February 28, 2015 for the February 2015 stock option grants;

 

70


Table of Contents
    $2.85 per share on February 28, 2015 and $2.14 per share on May 31, 2015 for the March through May 2015 stock option grants;
    $2.14 per share on May 31, 2015 and $3.28 per share on August 31, 2015 for the June 2015 stock option grants;
    $3.28 per share on August 31, 2015 and $2.74 per share on November 30, 2015 for the September through November 2015 stock option grants;
    $2.09 per share on May 31, 2016 and $2.40 per share on August 31, 2016 for the June 2016 stock option grants; and
    $2.40 per share on August 31, 2016 and $2.19 per share on November 30, 2016 for the October and November 2016 stock option grants.

We utilized the above reassessed fair values to determine the stock-based compensation expense which is recorded in our financial statements, and intend to also perform a reassessment to determine the stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted in the first quarter of 2017.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. We record a full valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets unless, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

We record uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process whereby (i) management determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (ii) for those tax positions that meet the more likely-than-not recognition threshold, management recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. We will recognize interest and penalties in income tax expense if and when incurred.

We have federal and California net operating loss carryforwards which may be available to offset future income tax liabilities. As of December 31, 2016, we have federal and California net operating loss carryforwards of $109.5 million and $41.5 million, respectively. The federal and state net operating losses begin to expire in 2028 unless previously utilized. Excluded from the California net operating loss carryforward are net operating losses for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 that were impacted by a California Supreme Court ruling on December 31, 2015. This ruling clarified how companies are allowed to apportion income or losses in the state. We have not completed an analysis to determine the re-apportionment of our losses to California using the required single sales factor market sourcing method for 2013 through 2016 as a result of the ruling. When this analysis is finalized, we plan to update our California net operating loss carryforward accordingly.

As of December 31, 2016, we have federal and California research and development tax credit carryforwards of $15.1 million and $3.9 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credits begin to expire in 2028 unless previously utilized. The California credits do not expire.

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, Sections 382 and 383, annual use of a company’s net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be limited if there is a cumulative change in ownership of greater than 50% within a three-year period. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on the value of the company immediately prior to the ownership change. Subsequent ownership changes may further affect the limitation in future years. We have completed several equity offerings since our inception which may have resulted in a change in control as defined by Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, or could result in a change in control in the future. We have not completed a Section 382 and 383 analysis regarding the limitation of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards. Until such an analysis has been completed, we

 

71


Table of Contents

have removed the deferred tax assets for net operating losses of $39.7 million and federal and California research and development credits of $17.7 million from our deferred tax asset schedule, and have recorded a corresponding decrease to our valuation allowance. When this analysis is finalized, we plan to update our unrecognized tax benefits accordingly. We do not expect this analysis to be completed within the next 12 months and, as a result, we do not expect that the unrecognized tax benefits will change within 12 months of this reporting date. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future changes in our unrecognized tax benefits will not impact our effective tax rate.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The JOBS Act permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued new guidance which addresses management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an organization’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Management’s evaluation should be based on relevant conditions and events that are known and reasonably knowable at the date that the financial statements are issued. The new guidance was effective for our annual reporting period ending December 31, 2016. Adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our financial position or results of operations.

In May 2015, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, that eliminates the requirement to categorize investments within the fair value hierarchy if their fair value is measured using the net asset value per share practical expedient in the FASB’s fair value measurement guidance. The amendments also limit certain disclosures to investments for which the entity has elected to measure at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient. The amendments were adopted January 1, 2016 and were applied retrospectively by removing from the fair value hierarchy any investments for which fair value is measured using the net asset value per share practical expedient. Adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our financial position or results of operations.

In March 2016, the FASB issued a new ASU which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The update is effective for fiscal years and the interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. Amendments related to the timing of when excess tax benefits are recognized, minimum statutory withholding requirements and forfeitures are applied using a modified retrospective transition method by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity as of the beginning of the period in which the guidance is adopted. Amendments related to the presentation of employee taxes paid on the statement of cash flows when an employer withholds shares to meet the minimum statutory withholding requirement is applied retrospectively. Amendments requiring recognition of excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies in the statement of operations are applied prospectively. We elected to early adopt this guidance effective January 1, 2016 and made a policy election to account for forfeitures of unvested share-based awards as they occur which is a change from our prior accounting whereby forfeitures were estimated at the time of grant with stock-based compensation expense based on awards that were ultimately expected to vest. We recorded a cumulative-effect adjustment on January 1, 2016 to equity to eliminate the forfeiture reserve balance at December 31, 2015 of $10,000, resulting in an increase in our accumulated deficit and additional paid-in capital by $10,000 each.

 

72


Table of Contents

In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance intended to reduce diversity in practice of identifying embedded derivatives in debt instruments. The new guidance clarifies that the nature of an exercise contingency is not subject to the “clearly and closely” criteria for purposes of assessing whether the call or put option must be separated from the debt instrument and accounted for separately as a derivative. This new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We elected to early adopt this guidance on July 1, 2016. Adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our financial position or results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued new revenue recognition guidance which outlines a single comprehensive revenue model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. The guidance supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The guidance provides that an entity recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance will be effective on January 1, 2018 and earlier application is permitted only for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. The guidance allows for either a full retrospective adoption, in which the standard is applied to all of the periods presented, or a modified retrospective adoption, in which the standard is applied to the most current period presented in the financial statements. As of December 31, 2016, revenue has been generated exclusively from our license and collaboration arrangement with Siemens. We are currently evaluating the potential impact that this guidance may have on our financial position and results of operations as it relates to this single arrangement, and we expect to elect the modified retrospective adoption method.

In January 2016, the FASB issued new guidance that amends certain aspects of the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. The amendments include the elimination of the available-for-sale classification of equity investments and requires equity investments with readily determinable fair values to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income (loss). The new guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017, and requires a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. Early adoption is not permitted. Our marketable securities are currently accounted for as available-for-sale financial instruments with changes in fair value recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). At the time of adoption, any amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to such financial instruments would be reclassified to non-operating income (expense) in the statement of operations. As of December 31, 2016, net unrealized gains and losses related to these investments netted to zero.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that amends the existing accounting standards for leases. Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize for all leases, with the exception of short-term leases, a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

 

73


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2016

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, together with the changes in those items in dollars (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Increase
(Decrease)
 
     2015     2016    

License revenue

   $ 51     $ 49     $ (2

Research and development expenses

     19,172       27,218       8,046  

General and administrative expenses

     3,833       4,522       689  

Interest income

     126       215       89  

Interest expense

     (339     (2,052     (1,713

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     111       50       (61

License revenue .    License revenue was $51,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $49,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $2,000.

Research and development expenses .    Research and development expenses were $19.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $27.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase of $8.0 million, or 42%, was primarily due to continued increases in clinical and manufacturing costs incurred to support our Phase 2/3 clinical trial, as well as pre-initiation costs for our Phase 1b clinical trial in solid tumors during 2016.

General and administrative expenses .    General and administrative expenses were $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase of $0.7 million, or 18%, was primarily due to increased costs for supporting the higher level of company operations as we conduct our Phase 2/3 clinical trial.

Interest income .    Interest income was $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase of $89,000 was primarily due to our average cash balances earning interest at higher rates during 2016 compared to 2015.

Interest Expense .    Interest expense was $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and represents $0.2 million in stated interest and $0.1 million in amortization of related debt issuance costs incurred on the outstanding principal amount of our borrowings under our notes payable issued in October 2015. Interest expense was $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and represents $1.5 million in stated interest and $0.6 million in amortization of related debt issuance costs incurred on the outstanding principal amount of our borrowings under our notes payable, and $24,000 in interest on our convertible promissory notes payable issued in November and December 2016.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have incurred significant losses and cumulative negative cash flows from operations since our inception. As of December 31, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $128.0 million and we anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for at least the next several years. We expect that our research and development and general and administrative expenses will continue to increase and, as a result, we will need additional capital to fund our operations, which we may raise through equity and/or debt financings. We may also consider new collaborations or selectively partnering our technology or programs.

 

74


Table of Contents

Since inception, we have funded our operations primarily through the private placement of our convertible preferred stock. Through December 31, 2016, we received net proceeds of $131.4 million from the sale of shares of our convertible preferred stock. In addition to capital received from equity offerings, we have also received $17.7 million in net proceeds from the issuance of our notes payable, $3.4 million from the issuance of our convertible promissory notes payable, $1.6 million from private grant funding and federal grants, and a $0.5 million up-front payment under the Siemens license and collaboration agreement.

The loans under our loan and security agreement, or the Loan Agreement, with two lenders, dated October 30, 2015, are secured by substantially all of our assets other than our intellectual property (except rights to payment from the sale, licensing of disposition of such intellectual property). We borrowed $18.0 million upon execution of the Loan Agreement. Balances under the Loan Agreement accrue interest at the prime rate plus 4.5%, subject to a floor of 7.75%. The loans under the Loan Agreement mature in May 2019 and were due in 12 monthly interest only payments through November 2016, and, beginning December 2016, are due in equal monthly payments of principal and interest amortized over the remaining term of the loans. The Loan Agreement contains customary conditions of borrowing, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness and make distributions to holders of our capital stock. Should an event of default occur, including the occurrence of a material adverse change, we could be liable for immediate repayment of all obligations under the Loan Agreement. In connection with the Loan Agreement, we issued to each of the lenders a warrant for the purchase of shares of our Series H convertible preferred stock equal to 2% of the amount borrowed from such lender, divided by the warrant purchase price of $5.25 per share.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, we had $8.2 million and $5.5 million in cash and cash equivalents, respectively, and $50.8 million and $25.7 million in marketable securities, respectively. Our available cash and marketable securities are invested in accordance with our investment policy, primarily with a view to preserve principal and maintain liquidity. Currently, our funds are held in FDIC insured cash accounts, certificates of deposits, money market funds and treasury securities that are backed by the U.S. government.

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash for each of the periods set forth below (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2015     2016  

Net cash provided by (used in):

    

Operating activities

   $ (21,042   $ (29,539

Investing activities

     (24,928     24,567  

Financing activities

     49,916       2,332  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,946     $ (2,640
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities.     The net cash used in operating activities was $21.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, and consisted primarily of a net loss of $23.1 million adjusted for a net increase in cash from operating assets and liabilities of $0.7 million, noncash stock-based compensation expense of $1.1 million, depreciation expense of $0.2 million, noncash interest expense of $0.1 million and a noncash reduction in the fair value of our preferred stock warrants of $0.1 million. The $0.7 million net increase in cash from operating assets and liabilities is due primarily to a $1.9 million increase in our accounts payable and accrued liabilities resulting mainly from continued increases in clinical and manufacturing costs incurred to support our clinical trials and increased accrued payroll and related liabilities, primarily offset by a $1.1 million increase in prepaid expenses related to our clinical trial costs.

 

75


Table of Contents

The net cash used in operating activities was $29.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, and consisted primarily of a net loss of $33.5 million adjusted for a net increase in cash from operating assets and liabilities of $1.8 million, noncash stock-based compensation expense of $1.3 million, depreciation expense of $0.3 million and noncash interest expense of $0.6 million. The $1.8 million net increase in cash from operating assets and liabilities is due primarily to a $2.1 million increase in our accounts payable and accrued liabilities resulting mainly from continued increases in clinical and manufacturing costs incurred to support our clinical trials and increased accrued payroll and related liabilities, primarily offset by a $0.2 million increase in prepaid expenses related to our clinical trial costs.

Investing Activities.     Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $24.9 million and consisted primarily of purchases of marketable securities of $59.9 million and purchases of property and equipment of $0.2 million, primarily offset by proceeds from the maturity of marketable securities of $35.2 million.

Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $24.6 million and consisted of proceeds from the maturity of marketable securities of $48.1 million, primarily offset by purchases of marketable securities of $23.0 million and the purchase of property and equipment of $0.5 million.

Financing activities .    Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $49.9 million and consisted primarily of (i) the sale of 6,376,037 shares of our Series H convertible preferred stock for net proceeds of $33.4 million, of which $0.4 million was received in late December 2014 for subscription agreements that did not close until 2015, (ii) $17.7 million in net proceeds from the issuance of our notes payable in October 2015, and (iii) $0.2 million from the issuance of common stock in connection with the exercise of stock options. These proceeds were primarily offset by $1.0 million in cash paid for deferred equity issuance costs.

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $2.3 million and consisted primarily of net proceeds of $3.5 million from the issuance of convertible promissory notes payable and convertible promissory note subscriptions which was offset by $0.6 million in principal payments on our notes payable and $0.6 million in cash paid for deferred equity issuance costs.

Funding Requirements

Our primary uses of capital are, and we expect will continue to be, compensation and related expenses, third-party clinical research and development services, laboratory expenses, regulatory expenses, marketing, and general and administrative expenses. Based on our research and development plans and our timing expectations related to the progress of our programs, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities as of December 31, 2016, will enable us to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner that we currently expect. Furthermore, our operating plan may change and we may need additional funds sooner than planned.

The successful development of any product candidate is highly uncertain. As such, at this time, we cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing and costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the development of Toca 511 & Toca FC or our other current and future product candidates. We are also unable to predict when, if ever, material net cash inflows will commence from the sale of product candidates. This is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing immunotherapies, including the uncertainty of:

 

    the progress, timing, costs and results of our ongoing Phase 2/3 clinical trial for Toca 511 & Toca FC;
    the progress, timing, costs and results of our Phase 1 dose escalation clinical trials that include our intratumoral study, resection study, and intravenous study;
    the progress, timing, costs and results of development for Toca 511 & Toca FC for the treatment of metastatic solid tumors;

 

76


Table of Contents
    the progress, timing, costs and results of development for our other future product candidates;
    the outcome, timing and cost of regulatory approvals by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including the potential for the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to require that we perform more studies than those that we currently expect;
    the ability of our product candidates to progress through clinical development successfully;
    the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;
    arrangements with third-party service providers and manufacturers;
    our need and ability to hire additional personnel;
    our need to implement additional infrastructure and internal systems;
    the effect of competing technological and market developments; and
    the cost of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for any products for which we may receive regulatory approval.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of any of our product candidates would significantly change the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate.

Until we can generate a sufficient amount of revenue from our products, if ever, we expect to finance future cash needs through equity and/or debt financings. We may also consider new collaborations or selectively partnering our technology or programs. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of one or more of our product candidates. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of additional equity or debt securities, it could result in dilution to our existing stockholders and increased fixed payment obligations, and these securities may have rights senior to those of our common stock. If we incur indebtedness, we could become subject to covenants that would restrict our operations and potentially impair our competitiveness, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. Any of these events could significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2016 that will affect our future liquidity (in thousands):

 

     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 

Notes payable

   $ 18,831      $ 7,200      $ 11,631      $      $  

Convertible promissory notes payable (1)

     3,411               3,411                

Operating lease obligation

     494        429        65                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 22,736      $ 7,629      $ 15,107      $      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Subsequent to December 31, 2016, between January 1, 2017 and February 8, 2017, we issued convertible promissory notes to investors in an aggregate principal amount of $7.5 million, due in 2018 unless we elect to extend the maturity date to a date on or before November 21, 2019.

We also have obligations under license, collaboration and various grant agreements to make future payments to third parties that become due and payable on the achievement of certain commercial milestones. We have not included these commitments on our balance sheet or in the table above because the achievement and timing of these events is not fixed and determinable. These commitments are listed as follows:

 

   

Pursuant to the technology license agreement with USC, we are obligated to pay an annual royalty to USC starting in the second full calendar year when the net sales of products using the technology covered

 

77


Table of Contents
 

by the agreement reach a mid-seven-digit dollar range and until such time that the last valid claim of the patents covering our products expires. We are subject to pay interest if and when we become delinquent in our royalty payments.

    Pursuant to the collaborative agreement with Siemens, we are obligated to pay Siemens a royalty amount up to the mid-nine-digit dollar range per year on our brain cancer product sales in the first five years of such commercial sales.
    Pursuant to the agreement for a grant we received from Accelerate Brain Cancer Cure, Inc., or ABC2, we are obligated to pay an amount up to a maximum of $0.2 million to ABC2 if and when the net sales of our initial product candidate reach a total of $5.0 million within 10 years of the grant date. In addition, the ABC2 grant includes a conversion option whereby the payment amount may be converted, at our option, to common stock under certain circumstances.
    Pursuant to the agreement for a grant we received from the American Brain Tumor Association, or ABTA, we are obligated to pay an amount up to a maximum of $0.2 million to ABTA if and when the net sales of our initial product candidate reach a total of $5.0 million within 10 years of the ABTA grant date.
    Pursuant to the agreement for a grant we received from Voices Against Brain Cancer, or VABC, we are obligated to pay an amount up to a maximum of $0.3 million to VABC if and when (1) the net sales of our initial product candidate reach a total of $5.0 million within five years of the VABC grant date, or (2) we enter into a definitive agreement for a favorable transaction resulting in (a) the sale of all or substantially all of our capital stock in a transaction other than an IPO, (b) a favorable merger transaction of us with another entity, or (c) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets for cash within a certain time period. In addition, the VABC Grant includes a conversion option whereby VABC can elect to receive the payment in shares of our common stock under certain circumstances.

We enter into contracts in the ordinary course of business with clinical sites for the conduct of clinical trials, service providers for product manufacture and preclinical research studies, professional consultants for expert advice and other vendors for laboratory and research supplies and services. These contracts generally provide for termination on notice, and therefore are cancelable contracts and not included in the table of contractual obligations and commitments. In addition, these contracts have indemnification clause whereby we indemnify, defend, hold harmless and agree to reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by third party claims arising out of the indemnified party’s performance of service. The term of these indemnification clauses is perpetual any time after execution of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification clauses is unlimited. We have not incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification clauses.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital to fund our operations. We also seek to maximize income from our investments without assuming significant risk. To achieve our objectives, we maintain a portfolio of cash equivalents and investments in securities of high credit quality. As of December 31, 2016, we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $31.2 million consisting of certificates of deposit and money market funds in highly rated financial institutions in the United States, and treasury securities. A significant portion of our investments may be subject to interest rate risk and could fall in value if market interest rates increase. However, because our investments are primarily short-term in duration, we believe that our exposure to interest rate risk is not significant and a 1% movement in market interest rates would not have a significant impact on the total value of our portfolio. We actively monitor changes in interest rates.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

78


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a clinical-stage, cancer-selective gene therapy company focused on developing first-in-class, broadly-applicable product candidates designed to activate a patient’s immune system against their own cancer from within. Our cancer-selective gene therapy platform is built on retroviral replicating vectors, or RRVs, which are designed to selectively deliver therapeutic genes into the DNA of cancer cells. Our gene therapy approach is designed to fight cancer through immunotherapeutic mechanisms of action without the autoimmune toxicities commonly experienced with other immunotherapies. Our founding vision is “No One Should Die Of Cancer” because we believe the immune system can be safely activated to fight the patient’s cancer.

We are developing our lead product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC, initially for the treatment of recurrent high grade glioma, or HGG, a brain cancer with limited treatment options, low survival rates and, therefore, a significant unmet medical need. In November 2015, we initiated the Phase 2 portion of a randomized, controlled Phase 2/3 clinical trial of Toca 511 & Toca FC in patients with recurrent HGG, which is designed to serve as a potential registrational trial. We completed enrollment of the Phase 2 portion with 187 patients in February 2017 and plan to report top line results in the first half of 2018. In February 2017, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, granted Toca 511 & Toca FC Breakthrough Therapy Designation for the treatment of patients with recurrent HGG. Breakthrough Therapy Designation indicates that preliminary clinical evidence demonstrates the drug may have substantial improvement on one or more clinically significant endpoints over available therapy.

As of May 31, 2016, we have treated 126 recurrent HGG patients with Toca 511 & Toca FC in three ongoing ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trials with three modes of delivery: injection into the cavity wall after surgical resection of the recurred tumor, direct intratumoral injection without resection, and intravenous administration followed, approximately one to two weeks later, by resection with further local vector delivery at the time of resection. In these trials, we observed potential benefits, including durable objective responses, extended overall survival and a favorable safety profile. To date, we have not reached a dose-limiting toxicity. Based on these Phase 1 clinical trial results, in November 2015 we initiated the Phase 2 portion of a Phase 2/3 clinical trial, which is designed to serve as a potential registrational trial in patients with first or second recurrent HGG undergoing resection.

The median overall survival of patients in the Phase 1 resection injection study (in which an ascending range of doses of Toca 511 were injected into the wall of the resection cavity after resection of the tumor) exceeds historical controls across a variety of previously reported clinical trials. As of the data cutoff of May 31, 2016, 43 patients in the resection injection trial had a median overall survival of 12.4 months that was approximately four months longer relative to results from clinical trials of drugs used as standard of care for recurrent HGG. Data from our Phase 1 trial was reported in Science Translational Medicine (Cloughesy et al. 2016). As of the data cutoff of May 31, 2016, the subset of 24 patients in our Phase 1 resection injection trial that mirrors the entry criteria, clinical setting and dosing for patients in our Phase 2/3 clinical trial had median survival of 14.3 months, with an approximately six-month improvement in median overall survival relative to results from clinical trials of drugs used as standard of care for recurrent HGG.

Furthermore, an independent radiology review of magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI, brain scans from our Phase 1 clinical trials identified tumor shrinkage in some patients, including several complete and partial responses. All patients in the resection injection trial with objective responses remain with durable response as of October 2016, for a median of 26.7 months, which compares favorably to a range of durable responses of 2.79 to 9.62 months in a clinical trial of a drug used as standard of care for recurrent HGG. We also documented, for patients in the resection injection trial in some cohorts, changes in immunologic activity including elevations of replicating CD4 (often referred to as “helper” T cells) and CD8 (often referred to as “killer” T cells) T cells in blood, comparing pre- and post-Toca 511 & Toca FC treatment.

 

79


Table of Contents

We obtained Fast Track Designation (which may lead to expedited regulatory review of new products that treat serious diseases or conditions and demonstrate the potential to address an unmet medical need) from the FDA for Toca 511 & Toca FC for the treatment of recurrent HGG and Orphan-Drug Designation (a designation for a product that treats a rare disease or condition and which, if the product receives the first FDA approval for that disease or condition, may result in a period of regulatory exclusivity, subject to some exceptions) for the treatment of glioblastoma, or GBM, which is a subset of HGG. We plan to seek Orphan-Drug Designation from the FDA for the treatment of HGG.

Based on preclinical data, we believe Toca 511 & Toca FC may have therapeutic benefit in multiple other solid tumor cancers, and we initiated a Phase 1b clinical trial in July 2016 for the intravenous treatment of metastatic colorectal, pancreatic, breast, lung, melanoma and renal cancers, all of which can spread to the brain and other organs. In our ongoing intravenous clinical trial of Toca 511 for the treatment of recurrent HGG, Toca 511 crossed the blood brain barrier and was detected selectively in brain tumors. In our metastatic cancer trial we plan to continue to evaluate safety, presence of Toca 511 genes in tumors of patients with widely-disseminated disease, immunologic activity in blood and tumor such as changes in CD4 and CD8 T cells and clinical activity such as objective tumor response and clinical benefit. We also plan, in this clinical trial, to evaluate Toca 511 & Toca FC in combination with one or more checkpoint inhibitors.

Based on our findings in preclinical studies and clinical trials to date, we believe Toca 511 & Toca FC is a promising candidate for use in combination with surgery, radiation and chemotherapy and we plan to initiate a clinical trial in early 2018 for newly diagnosed HGG to evaluate safety and preliminary efficacy in this setting when Toca 511 & Toca FC is delivered in conjunction with radiation and temozolomide.

Our RRV platform is versatile and we believe it has the potential to deliver a wide variety of genes selectively to cancer cells. Our first RRV-based immunotherapy product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC, is designed to directly kill tumor cells and activate the immune system against cancer through a combination of mechanisms. In addition, we are developing other RRVs to selectively deliver genes to cancer cells against validated immunotherapy targets, such as the checkpoint protein PD-L1. We generated preclinical data supporting the potential anti-cancer benefits of an RRV delivering a gene against PD-L1. In 2018, we plan to select an anti-PD-L1 RRV product candidate for further development.

Cancer is the second leading cause of mortality in the United States and accounts for nearly one in four deaths. Early cancer treatments relied on relatively non-specific and highly toxic small molecule chemotherapies. Over the last 20 years, a new paradigm of cancer research and treatment has emerged that is focused on more targeted therapies. Most recently this has included the emergence of immunotherapies that can stimulate a patient’s immune system to slow the growth and the spread of, and ideally, eliminate, cancer cells. These therapies have shown the potential to provide dramatic efficacy and to extend survival for cancer patients even in cases in which conventional therapies, such as surgery, chemotherapy and radiotherapy, have already been used. In 2013, Science magazine named cancer immunotherapy as the biggest breakthrough of the year. With this breakthrough, global pharmaceutical companies as well as a large number of emerging companies are researching and developing new cancer immunotherapy treatments.

Despite these advancements, many current immunotherapies, such as checkpoint inhibitors, CAR and TCR T cells, are limited by their autoimmune and other side effects. Combination treatments are common in cancer, but combinations of immune mediated treatments with systemic cytotoxic chemotherapy may be challenging as chemotherapy is often damaging to the immune system. Thus, immunotherapies effective enough to be able to displace systemic chemotherapy are needed. Also, achieving efficacious results using oncolytic viruses alone as immunotherapies has been difficult to date because they typically may cause injury to healthy tissues, are not designed to inactivate specific brakes on the immune system, and are effectively cleared, limiting the potential to create long-term benefit. Consequently, there remains a significant need for immunotherapies that are effective as well as safe and tolerable.

In contrast to current immunotherapies, we believe our RRV platform and lead product candidate have the potential to selectively infect cancer cells to stimulate robust and durable anti-cancer immune responses with

 

80


Table of Contents

minimal toxicity. Our RRVs are designed to selectively integrate into the DNA of cancer cells which then serve as factories to produce more of these RRVs by budding. The progeny RRV infect neighboring cancer cells, providing long-term presence of the therapeutic gene or genes. Our novel therapies are designed to break immune tolerance in the tumor microenvironment.

Toca 511 & Toca FC is designed to break immune tolerance through a combination of mechanisms triggered by the conversion of Toca FC into high levels of 5-FU (5-fluorouracil), an anti-cancer agent, by the therapeutic gene delivered by Toca 511 into the cancer cell. Toca 511 & Toca FC treatment is designed for cycles of sustained production of high levels of 5-FU directly in tumors, which we believe is important for robust and durable anti-cancer immune activation. Cancer cell death releases damage-associated molecular patterns, or DAMPs, pathogen-associated molecular patterns, or PAMPs, and cancer neo-antigens, resulting in antigen presentation and activation of T cells. 5-FU is known to kill cancer cells and immune cells when used systemically. When 5-FU is present locally, it kills immune-suppressive myeloid cells in the tumor micro-environment while leaving systemic immune activity clinically intact. The local immune-suppressive myeloid cells include myeloid-derived suppressor cells, or MDSCs, as well as tumor associated macrophages, or TAMs, which are white blood cells recruited and retained by the tumor that contribute to the suppression of normal immune activity against cancer cells. TAMs and MDSCs suppress the number and activity of CD4 and CD8 T cells and work with the lymphocyte-derived suppressor T cells called regulatory T cells, or Tregs. MDSC and TAM destruction by 5-FU is designed to contribute to immune activation against the cancer neo-antigens. We believe the persistence of the therapeutic gene in the cancer cells has allowed for multiple cycles of Toca FC treatment in our trials, which may result in additional killing of cancer cells and immunosuppressive myeloid cells, leading to enhancement of the strength and durability of the immune response with each successive cycle of Toca FC treatment. Also, in a trial with multiple Toca 511 intravenous infusions followed by resection, we observed increased Toca 511 in the tumor compared to single day infusion. We plan to assess whether additional treatment with RRVs provides further anti-cancer activity.

Our management team members possess significant experience in the field of gene therapy, especially cancer-selective gene therapy and immunotherapy, as well as clinical development and commercialization experience with oncology drugs, including those for the treatment of HGG. We were co-founded by some of the founders, key inventors and scientists of Viagene Inc., which we believe was the first U.S. gene therapy company and which was conducting human clinical trials in cancer immunotherapy as early as 1993.

We have retained worldwide rights to the development and commercialization of therapeutic product candidates derived from our RRV platform in all indications. We have licensed rights to, and collaborate with, Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc., or Siemens, to develop diagnostics related to the clinical development and future commercialization of Toca 511 & Toca FC. We have intellectual property protection in major markets worldwide, including 58 issued and granted patents and 75 patent applications (foreign and domestic) on our technology platform and novel product candidates, which we believe will maintain coverage until approximately 2030. Since inception in 2007 and through December 2016, we have raised a total of $131.9 million in gross proceeds from sales of our equity securities.

Our Proprietary Technology Platform: Harnessing Cancer Immunotherapy and Gene Therapy Together to Fight Cancer

Cancer immunotherapy, also termed immuno-oncology, has recently emerged as an exciting field of cancer therapy with the approval of drugs that aim to enhance anti-cancer immune responses by, for example, overcoming the suppressive mechanisms that cancer cells have developed to evade the immune system. Despite recent advances, current cancer immunotherapies have limitations. They often lead to unwanted and unanticipated autoimmune toxicities. Also, treatment effectiveness may be limited by previous or co-treatment with systemic cytotoxic chemotherapies, which damage the immune system. In addition, knocking out a particular brake on the immune system may not be relevant to a particular clinical setting or the tumor may simply not be immunogenic enough to become a target for immune clearance.

 

81


Table of Contents

Early promising cancer gene therapies designed to provoke antitumor immune responses predominantly focused on enhancing the activation of the immune system by delivering genes for cytokines. Most of the first generation non-replicating cancer gene therapy viral vectors, however, were limited in their ability to enter and persist in a sufficient number of cancer cells to generate robust and durable anti-cancer immune responses consistently. Second generation cancer gene therapy vectors are replicating and, in the case of immunotherapies, have primarily consisted of oncolytic viruses, which lyse infected cells and activate the immune system against the virus, leading to its rapid clearance.

We believe our investigational gene therapy platform and therapeutic genes represent innovative approaches in cancer-selective immunotherapy which have the potential to drive a safe, powerful and durable immune response against cancer, without triggering autoimmunity. We chose to utilize RRVs as the basis of our gene therapy platform for cancer-selective immunotherapy because they exhibit several characteristics that we believe allow us to optimize the safety, delivery and persistence of our therapeutic genes in cancer cells. These characteristics include that they:

 

    replicate readily and persist in the immune-defective environment of cancer;
    are controlled in healthy tissue by normal immune mechanisms;
    only infect dividing cells such as cancer cells;
    bud from, rather than lyse, infected cancer cells, reducing anti-RRV immune activation;
    infect most cancer types; and
    can cross the blood brain barrier.

For our lead product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC, we believe cytosine deaminase, or CD, as our therapeutic gene paired with 5-FC (5-fluorocytosine) is a promising choice for the following reasons:

 

    CD is able to convert the anti-fungal drug, 5-FC, into the broadly applicable anti-cancer drug, 5-FU, in the cancer microenvironment;
    CD provides additional anti-cancer selectivity, as humans do not have this gene;
    the short half-life of 5-FU limits its direct killing to the localized area of the tumor micro-environment;
    local 5-FU has powerful effects on increasing survival in immune competent animals after only a few cycles of 5-FC; and
    MDSCs and TAMs are very sensitive to 5-FU-mediated killing, which may reduce immune tolerance to the cancer.

Our Pipeline

 

LOGO

 

82


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our focus is to develop and commercialize first-in-class cancer-selective immunotherapies using our proprietary gene therapy platform. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

    Advancing Toca 511 & Toca FC rapidly through clinical development and regulatory approval in recurrent HGG .    In November 2015, we initiated the Phase 2 portion of a Phase 2/3 clinical trial of Toca 511 & Toca FC in recurrent HGG. We completed enrollment of the Phase 2 portion of this clinical trial in February 2017. If we achieve our primary endpoint, overall survival, or secondary endpoints, such as objective response rate, in this portion of the trial, we plan to discuss submission of a biologics license application, or BLA, based on this data with the FDA. We believe such data could serve as the basis for regulatory approval. In February 2017, the FDA granted Toca 511 & Toca FC Breakthrough Therapy Designation for the treatment of patients with recurrent HGG.
    Expanding the therapeutic use of Toca 511 & Toca FC into newly diagnosed HGG and other solid cancer indications .    In July 2016, we initiated a Phase 1b clinical trial in metastatic cancers including colorectal, pancreatic, breast, lung, melanoma and renal. In early 2018, we plan to initiate a Phase 1b clinical trial of Toca 511 & Toca FC in combination with surgery, radiation and chemotherapy in newly diagnosed HGG patients. We believe Toca 511 & Toca FC has potential broad applicability in the treatment of solid cancers and, because of its safety and efficacy profile in clinical trials to date, it could serve as the foundational therapy in a variety of combination treatments, if successfully developed and approved.
    Commercializing Toca 511 & Toca FC in key markets .    If approved, we plan to build the capabilities to commercialize Toca 511 & Toca FC through medical science liaisons and a specialty sales force in key markets.
    Pursuing strategic partnerships to expand the commercial opportunity for, and accelerate the development of, our product candidates .    We may choose to selectively partner our lead product candidate or our future product candidates in territories or therapeutic areas where a partner could bring additional resources and expertise; however, we plan to retain development and commercialization rights in key markets to maximize strategic flexibility.
    Leveraging our RRV platform and core competencies to continue discovering and developing a broad pipeline of novel cancer-selective immunotherapies .    We believe there is a significant opportunity to develop additional immunotherapy product candidates utilizing our RRV platform. Our scientists have broad expertise in the field of gene therapy, especially cancer-selective gene therapy and immunotherapy. We intend to leverage our platform and expertise to discover and develop a broad pipeline of cancer-selective immunotherapies to help patients fight their cancers without the severe side effect profile typical of cancer treatments.

Immunotherapy and the Emergence of Cancer-Selective Immunotherapy

Background on Cancer and Immunotherapy

Cancer results from damage to the genes of the cell, sometimes exacerbated by underlying genetic defects such as those in oncogene regulation, DNA repair and immune competence. When cancerous cells acquire novel proteins, called neo-antigens, the immune system is believed to act as a surveillance system that can seek and destroy these mutated cells. However, over time, the cancer cell mutation process results in the activation of certain genes and/or the inactivation of others, leading to the ability of the cancer cells to hide from the immune system and grow, eventually becoming malignant and having the ability to invade and destroy healthy tissue. The process of cancer becoming able to hide from the immune system is referred to as developing immune tolerance to the cancer antigens.

 

83


Table of Contents

To achieve immune tolerance, cancer tissue modifies the immune system by dampening or inactivating key immune mechanisms to thereby allow the cancer to hide from or diminish the immune system. An important example of the mechanism of local immune suppression is the attraction, retention and expansion of immune-suppressive myeloid cells such as MDSCs and TAMs, which are suppressors of immune cell killing both directly and through their support of Tregs. Also, in HGG and other tumors, the cancer cells and infiltrating immune cells often deploy proteins on their cell surface such as PD-L1 to activate the programmed death-1, or PD-1, proteins on the surface of lymphocytes creating a brake on the immune system. The tumor can also produce increased amounts of IDO-1 proteins, which both metabolize and drastically reduce tryptophan, an amino acid important in immune activation, and produce catabolites that are immune-suppressive. The cancer cells may also release cytokines such as TGF-beta which lead to local immune suppression.

In order for a patient to conquer his or her advanced cancer, the patient typically needs treatment that can overcome most or all of these immune tolerance mechanisms. Once tolerance is broken and the patient’s immune system can attack and destroy the cancer, it precipitates a prolonged process of immune activation and the development of a robust and durable immune response.

Immunotherapy is an emerging field of cancer treatment that aims to activate the immune system, as well as to overcome the immuno-suppressive mechanisms that cancer cells and their resulting tumors have developed. Approaches in immunotherapy generally have one of two desired effects on the immune system: “putting the foot on the gas,” which stimulates the immune system by therapies including vaccine-, cytokine-, antibody-, cellular- and adjuvant-based approaches; and “removing the brakes,” which removes the inhibition of the immune system, and currently mainly consists of monoclonal antibodies targeted against ligands and receptors that tumor cells use to suppress the immune system, such as PD-1, PD-L1 and CTLA-4. Small molecule inhibitors of IDO-1 and arginase are also being evaluated to “remove the brakes.” To date, these approaches have been demonstrated to activate the immune system to varying degrees, leading to anti-cancer benefits, but have often caused moderate to severe autoimmunity against healthy tissue, in many cases leading to discontinuation of treatment, persistent toxicity or even death.

Our Approach to Immunotherapy

Due to the novel mechanisms of action and favorable safety profile in clinical studies to date, we believe our RRVs represent an important advancement in the field of immunotherapy. Our approach is designed to enhance immune responses against cancer cells and, in the case of our lead product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC, reduce immune-suppressive myeloid cell inhibition of the immune system. Also, we believe our RRV platform has the potential to be safely combined with conventional therapies and complement emerging checkpoint inhibitors and other approaches to cancer immunotherapy.

Our RRV Platform

We have developed a first-in-class gene therapy platform, based on a genus of retroviruses called gamma retroviruses, designed to selectively deliver therapeutic genes to cancer cells. Native gamma retroviruses, which were originally isolated from cancer cells, possess three useful properties as a gene therapy vector for human cancers: they have been demonstrated to be reasonably benign in primates; they only infect dividing cells and selectively infect cancer cells in vivo ; and they have a small, simple genome structure that allows straightforward manipulation.

Our RRVs are not known human pathogens as they only exhibit minimal virulence gene activity. Virulence genes ordinarily result in widespread infection of healthy cells. Gamma retroviruses have evolved in a way that makes infection, replication and spread in immune deficient cancer cells more permissive than infection of healthy cells and tissues. Specifically, RRVs and their progeny do not directly kill the cells they infect during spread. Instead they bud, which is less likely to stimulate an immune response to the virus. In contrast, oncolytic viral infection and cell lysis typically cause marked inflammation, leading to rapid viral clearance.

 

84


Table of Contents

RRV budding from an infected cell

 

LOGO

Although RRVs can spread in tumors, they usually cannot replicate and spread in healthy tissues in the body due to antiviral immune system activity. In healthy cells, gamma retroviruses are typically controlled by powerful cellular resistance factors whose production can be driven by Type 1 interferons, a large subgroup of interferon proteins that help regulate the activity of the immune system to kill cancer cells and virally-infected cells. In contrast, cancer cells usually have defective Type 1 interferon signaling pathways, possibly from selective pressure from Type 1 interferons in the cancer microenvironment, potentially leading to lower levels of antiretroviral resistance factors. RRVs can infect and replicate readily in such an environment. RRVs carry, at most, subtle offense genes to modulate the antiviral immune system. This is in contrast to pathogenic viruses and vectors derived from them, including vaccinia, lenti, adeno, polio and herpes viruses. Replication competent versions of these viruses are known to normally replicate vigorously in otherwise healthy tissues because they carry virulence genes that inactivate the host viral resistance genes. Our RRV platform predominantly relies on immune deficiencies of cancer cells and tumors, combined with its non-inflammatory nature, to replicate and spread throughout the tumor and we believe has a good balance between attenuation and replication efficiency. In another mechanism of specificity, RRVs do not encode nuclear localization signals which, in certain viruses such as lentiviruses, facilitate virus entry into the nucleus of non-dividing cells to allow productive infection. Without nuclear localization signals, RRVs only enter the nuclei of dividing cells, such as cancer cells, during the time the nuclear membrane opens to create two daughter cells. Hence, RRVs have inherent selectivity to cancer and we have demonstrated this selectivity in vivo as shown below in a glioma growing in a mouse brain.

 

LOGO

Further, in humans, as shown in the images below, in patients with HGG treated with Toca 511 and then Toca FC, in subsequently re-resected tumors, we confirmed the presence of CD protein (stained brown in left image) in tumor cells but not in nearby normal brain cells (stained blue in right image). Although the RRV may enter normal dividing cells, its DNA may not enter the nucleus and integrate into cellular DNA or, if it does, the infected cell may be killed by the immune system or subsequent treatment with Toca FC. Although Toca 511 may bud from the tumor cells and be transiently present weeks or months later in blood, infection is likely cleared due to the innate and

 

85


Table of Contents

adaptive immunity present in healthy cells as well as from Toca FC treatment. Yet, even after Toca 511 clears from blood, its presence in re-resected brain cancer tissues has been documented in several patients.

LOGO

Our novel RRV platform is designed to be versatile. In preclinical testing, we have stably delivered several different therapeutic genes, and we can create new vectors using a well-defined process to insert one or more therapeutic genes into our RRVs. We have also engineered RRVs to enhance their suitability for therapeutic purposes. For example, we converted therapeutic genes of viral or fungal origin to use mammalian codons resulting in enhanced genomic stability as the RRV replicates and increased protein production in infected cells. We also modified the native vector by replacing the highly restrictive native envelope structural gene with a more permissive envelope gene which allows for entry of our RRV into most cancer cells through the widely available phosphate transport channel. Our most frequently used vector construction approach is shown below, including the regulatory, structural and therapeutic genes.

Our RRV Structure

LOGO

 

86


Table of Contents

When developing a new RRV, a key focus is to develop a gene therapy vector which stably carries and expresses the therapeutic gene as it is serially passaged in cell culture to mimic replication in tumors over extended time-periods. We believe our RRVs have the ability to carry a therapeutic gene stably as they replicate and spread to neighboring cells as shown below.

Toca 511 construct optimized for genomic stability

LOGO

M is marker; P is passage

Toca 511 has a stable genome, shown in the gel above by the stable size of the segment of the genome encoding a CD containing sequence, as it is serially passaged through 12 cycles in cell culture.

In addition to developing our lead product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC, we are employing strategies to deliver genes which can reduce the production of specific proteins. For example, we built RRVs designed to inhibit the “brakes” on the immune system, from PD-1 and PD-L1 interaction, by inhibiting PD-L1 gene expression in the cancer cells. We have built RRVs designed to inhibit the IDO-1 gene, another immune checkpoint mechanism demonstrated in humans to likely be a good target to create an immunotherapeutic benefit. Future development candidate targets include RRVs to deliver immune-activating cytokines or single chain monoclonal antibodies against immune checkpoint proteins which are validated in humans and could potentially be less toxic and more potent when delivered locally to the tumor. Specifically, we have built RRVs with genes for anti-PD-L1 single chain antibodies and are evaluating them in our anti-PD-L1 preclinical program, currently focused on our RRV T5.13(v).

Our safety data with gamma retroviruses, preclinically and in humans, suggest that our RRV technology may be an attractive partner for combination with many conventional and newly developed cancer treatments. We have generated data in preclinical models of glioma that demonstrated an additive or synergistic effect when combining Toca 511 & Toca FC treatment with current treatments for HGG, including lomustine (marketed as CeeNU in the United States by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company), temozolomide (marketed as Temodar by Merck & Co., Inc.), radiation and bevacizumab (marketed as Avastin by Genentech, Inc.). We also have preclinical data to support additive effects with Toca 511 & Toca FC in adoptive cell transfer animal models. Finally, we plan on exploring the possibility of using combinations of our own therapies to enhance the immune response against cancer, for example, using Toca 511 & Toca FC to initiate a broad immune response against cancer cells, and adding our RRVs against immune checkpoint proteins to further stimulate the immune response in the cancer microenvironment.

 

87


Table of Contents

Our Lead Product Candidate: Toca 511 & Toca FC

Our lead product candidate is a combination of an investigational biologic, Toca 511, and an investigational small molecule drug, Toca FC, designed to be used together. Toca 511 is a proprietary injectable RRV that encodes a prodrug activator enzyme, CD. CD is derived from yeast, and humans do not naturally have this gene. Its selective delivery to cancer cells means that the infected cancer cells selectively carry the CD gene and produce CD protein. Toca FC is an orally administered, proprietary extended-release version of 5-FC, a prodrug that is inactive as an anti-cancer drug. In humans, the orally administered Toca FC is absorbed and carried through the bloodstream, crosses the blood brain barrier and diffuses into the cancer cells. In animal models, we have shown that 5-FC is converted into the active anti-cancer drug, 5-FU, at high concentrations in Toca 511-infected cancer cells that are producing CD protein. 5-FU is a well-established anti-cancer agent used in many conventional chemotherapy settings.

 

LOGO

Toca 511 contains an optimized yeast-derived CD gene downstream of structural RRV genes which code viral proteins (gag, pol, env). Regulatory genes flank the coding genes on either side.

In addition to the direct killing of Toca 511-infected cancer cells, 5-FU can kill neighboring uninfected cancer cells and immune-suppressive myeloid cells in the tumor. In our preclinical studies, following direct killing of these cells, our therapy activated the immune system against tumors. Toca 511 & Toca FC treatment is designed for cycles of sustained production of high levels of 5-FU directly in tumors, which we believe is important for robust and durable anti-cancer immune activation.

Toca 511 & Toca FC has a dual mechanism of action, as depicted below. Our treatment regimen is designed to transform tumors into chemotherapy factories of 5-FU, which kills infected cancer cells and neighboring dividing tumor cells, triggering activation of the immune system against cancer neo-antigens with systemic benefits. In humans, Toca 511 is administered by one of several routes and is allowed to selectively spread through the cancer cells for up to two months. After Toca 511 spreads, Toca FC is administered cyclically, for approximately one week of every four to eight weeks. In re-resected tumors from some patients in our trials, we observed CD protein in the tumor (by immunohistochemistry) but not in contiguous normal brain tissue. We also documented Toca 511 RNA and DNA, including the CD gene, selectively in the tumors. The CD protein produced in the tumor is designed to convert the 5-FC into 5-FU and achieve high intratumoral concentrations.

Some patients, whose tumors appeared larger during serial MRI brain scans, opted for resection. In some of these cases, the re-resected tumor had large areas of necrosis, or tumor death, and dense lymphocytic infiltrates in some remaining areas of cancer, under higher magnification, as seen below. Enlargement of tumors during an inflammatory response as part of the killing process is called pseudo-progression.

 

88


Table of Contents

Toca 511 & Toca FC is designed to selectively transform cancer cells into chemotherapy factories of 5-FU and activate the immune system against the tumor

LOGO

Cancer cell killing caused by Toca 511 & Toca FC is designed to first occur directly through the local generation of 5-FU, which is diffusible and kills both infected and neighboring dividing cancer cells and immune-suppressive myeloid cells, such as MDSCs and TAMs. Such cancer cell killing leads to the release of neo-antigens and local inflammatory DAMPs and PAMPs, which stimulate the antigen-presenting cells in the tumor micro-environment to present the neo-antigens to the CD4 (helper) and CD8 (killer) T cells of the immune system. This results in further induction and harnessing of these cells against the neo-antigens to kill more cancer cells and provide durable control of the cancer, a process called acquired immunity. Through a combination of mechanisms and multiple cycles of tumor antigen presentation during Toca FC treatment cycles, tolerance to current and evolving cancer neo-antigens is designed to be broken, leading to lymphocyte infiltration, immune activation, gradual killing and gradual shrinkage of the tumor, sometimes completely, over many months.

 

89


Table of Contents

Continued immune activation against cancer is designed to be triggered by cycles of 5-FU-mediated tumor cell killing as depicted below. Serial cancer cell killing vaccinates against many of the patient’s cancer neo-antigens by releasing these proteins as well as immune stimulatory molecules from the dying cancer cells. Following cancer cell killing, denatured RRV protein may serve as an adjuvant to enhance immune activation. Also, local reduction of immune checkpoint proteins, such as PD-L1 and IDO-1, may contribute to immune activation. In addition, MDSCs and TAMs are known to be particularly sensitive to 5-FU. MDSCs and TAMs made in the tumor are killed, while helper T lymphocytes and cytotoxic T lymphocytes, or killer T cells, which fight the cancer, can continuously enter the tumor from the blood as they are systemically present in blood and lymphatic tissues where there is very limited 5-FU-mediated killing. We have shown in preclinical cancer models that robust immune responses provide durable control of the tumor using killer T cells and helper T cells to kill cancer cells. Supporting data was obtained in a Phase 1 clinical trial as described below.

 

LOGO

In our preclinical studies, Toca 511 and 5-FC led to high levels of 5-FU in and around cancer cells. 5-FU is known to have a very short half-life, mainly due to an enzyme present throughout the body which quickly detoxifies 5-FU, allowing for its local production with no clinically significant 5-FU exposure to remote healthy dividing cells. 5-FU administered intravenously has a narrow therapeutic index resulting in marked toxicity to many patients. When administered systemically, 5-FU, like most anti-cancer drugs, preferentially kills dividing cells, causing collateral damage to rapidly dividing cells such as those of the bone marrow and gastrointestinal tract which may limit the dose or duration of treatment. Systemic 5-FU is known to kill immune cells, so it may also limit anti-cancer immune activity.

In summary, the CD gene we are delivering in our lead product candidate is designed to produce a unique protein which, in combination with oral Toca FC, generates high concentrations of an anti-cancer drug in the tumor, leading to killing of cancer and immune suppressor cells and thereby activating the immune system against the cancer cells.

Clinical Development of Toca 511 & Toca FC

Toca 511 & Toca FC in Recurrent High Grade Glioma

Our initial proposed indication, recurrent HGG, also referred to as malignant glioma, is the most common and aggressive primary brain cancer and often strikes in the prime of life. The two most common forms of HGG are GBM and anaplastic astrocytoma or AA, which are grade 4 and grade 3, respectively. The total number of new diagnoses of HGG expected in 2017 is about 160,000 worldwide and about 14,000 in the United States, with new diagnoses of GBM estimated to be approximately 12,000 in 2017 in the United States. Recurrent HGG represents a major unmet medical need. HGG recurs in most patients, even after maximal treatment.

 

90


Table of Contents

Historical survival data for HGG trials is limited, though there are many published studies for GBM. Patients with newly diagnosed GBM who receive maximal therapy had a median survival of 14.6, 16.1 or 16.8 months according to three Phase 3 clinical trials published in the New England Journal of Medicine . Current standard of care therapy for patients with newly diagnosed GBM includes surgery, radiation therapy and chemotherapy, and is similar in all major markets. The Central Brain Tumor Registry of the United States reports the one-, five-, and 10-year survival rates for patients with GBM as 37.2%, 5.1%, and 2.6% from diagnosis respectively, making it one of the most lethal among all cancers.

Recurrent HGG is typically treated with oral chemotherapy drugs, such as lomustine or temozolomide, bevacizumab, radiation or further surgery with or without carmustine wafer (marketed as Gliadel wafer by Arbor Pharmaceuticals, LLC). Survival in our initial proposed indication, recurrent HGG, is shorter than newly diagnosed GBM with reported median overall survival approximately half of that in newly diagnosed patients. There are relatively few trials which report on recurrent HGG (inclusive of both grade 4 and 3). One trial published by Brem in The Lancet reported median overall survival of a carmustine wafer cohort to be 7.2 months. Reported median survival for patients in multicenter clinical trials with recurrent GBM ranges from 7.6 months, from a summary analysis of Phase 2 clinical trials conducted by the North American Brain Tumor Consortium, to 8.4 months, based on a weighted-average from recent lomustine trials. Clinical trials evaluating the anti-angiogenesis agent bevacizumab have shown median overall survival of 8.0 to 9.2 months in what we believe are particularly favorable patient groups because of the number of first recurrent patients and restrictions on tumor size. Surgery has not been reported to prolong survival of patients with recurrent GBM. Partial response, or PR, (tumor shrinkage by 50%) rates for chemotherapy for recurrent HGG are low, typically ranging from 0% to 8.9%. Complete responses, or CR, (disappearance of the tumor) to chemotherapy are extremely rare, typically occurring in less than 1% of patients treated. We chose recurrent HGG as our initial proposed indication because of the significant unmet medical need, together with our goal to minimize time to regulatory approval.

Our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trials and Phase 2/3 clinical trial are being conducted pursuant to an IND we submitted to the FDA in September 2009. This IND currently covers the indications of recurrent HGG, newly-diagnosed HGG and metastatic solid tumors. In the future, we may also focus on hematological malignancies.

Ongoing Phase 1 Clinical Trials

Three ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trials in recurrent HGG are ongoing with varying modes of delivery of the Toca 511 vector: injection into the cavity wall after surgical resection of the recurred tumor, direct intratumoral injection without resection, and intravenous administration followed, approximately one to two weeks later, by resection with further local vector delivery at the time of resection. These clinical trials of Toca 511 & Toca FC are in patients whose tumors have recurred following surgery, radiation therapy and chemotherapy. As of May 31, 2016, we had treated 126 recurrent HGG patients with Toca 511 & Toca FC in these clinical trials in which we observed potential benefits, including extended overall survival and a favorable safety profile. The median overall survival of patients in the resection injection study exceeds historical controls across a variety of previously reported clinical trials and shows a trend towards a dose response. Furthermore, an independent radiology review, or IRR, identified tumor shrinkage in some patients, including several complete and partial responses. Based on these Phase 1 clinical trial results, in November 2015 we initiated the Phase 2 portion of a Phase 2/3 clinical trial, which is designed to serve as a potential registrational trial in patients with first or second recurrent HGG undergoing resection. We chose the resection setting for our Phase 2/3 clinical trial because we believe that resection of the bulk of the tumor and then injection into the residual tumor left behind in the cavity wall provides a longer opportunity for the treatment to activate the immune system against the growing tumor.

The primary goal of these three Phase 1 clinical trials was to evaluate the safety and tolerability of Toca 511 & Toca FC. Although all trials were designed to identify the highest safe and well-tolerated dose of Toca 511 & Toca FC, called the maximum tolerated dose, criteria for dose-limiting toxicities were never reached. The maximum feasible dose of Toca 511 & Toca FC was determined, allowing us to move forward to our Phase 2/3 clinical trial.

 

91


Table of Contents

The maximum feasible dose of Toca 511 was chosen to be 4 mL delivered by forty 0.1 mL injections with a blunt tip, narrow bore needle and a side port for infusion, which is the highest practical number of injections which can be administered at the time of resection. The secondary goal of each of these three Phase 1 clinical trials is to evaluate the efficacy of Toca 511 & Toca FC, including tumor response observed by MRI and patient survival. These clinical trials also allow us to evaluate the presence of Toca 511 in tumors and tumor pathology at subsequent resection and to measure CD4 and CD8 T cell levels before and following treatment. In addition, we are conducting a continuation trial to follow long term safety and survival in patients from all three of these clinical trials.

Ongoing Resection Injection Trial

In February 2012, we initiated a Phase 1 multicenter ascending dose clinical trial of Toca 511 & Toca FC in patients with recurrent HGG who are suitable for resection. The 43 patients in the resection injection trial treated with Toca 511 & Toca FC (excluding the combination cohorts with lomustine or bevacizumab) predominantly had GBM (81%) with other histologies including AA (12%) and other gliomas (7.0%). The trial included patients with multiple prior recurrences, with 23% at second recurrence and 26% at third or greater recurrence, and 51% at first recurrence. Patients were treated in seven ascending dose cohorts of Toca 511 and three ascending dose cohorts of Toca FC.

In this trial, following tumor resection, Toca 511 was administered by multiple small injections directly into the mixture of brain and cancer tissue surrounding the resection cavity. These injections target the tumor which has been left behind after surgery since the infiltrative nature of the disease into functional brain regions precludes complete resection. Pursuant to the protocol, the patient begins a seven- to 14-day course of oral Toca FC five to eight weeks following the administration of Toca 511 and repeats this Toca FC cycle every four to eight weeks thereafter. When the recommended Phase 2 dose was determined, cohorts with lomustine or bevacizumab combined with Toca 511 & Toca FC were enrolled to provide safety data for the combination with standard HGG treatment to allow the option of combination therapy to patients who appeared to be progressing in the ongoing trials. To date, no safety issues have been observed in these expansion cohorts. This clinical trial has completed enrollment, with 56 patients. Efficacy evaluable patients are those who received both Toca 511 and Toca FC. We excluded the combination cohorts with lomustine or bevacizumab from our composite efficacy analyses. Based upon a data cutoff of September 18, 2015, a manuscript was published in Science Translational Medicine (Cloughesy et al. 2016). Median survival of patients with GBM, the worst grade of HGG, with first and second recurrence, was 13.6 months, similar to the reported survival for newly diagnosed GBM (14.6 to 16.8 months). A summary of the data is shown in the table below, suggesting strong evidence of efficacy:

 

Endpoint

  

Result

Overall survival efficacy evaluable recurrent HGG (N=43)    Median 12.4 months (95% CI 10.8, 15.7)
Overall survival in all cohorts at 6 months (OS6)    88.4%
Overall survival in all cohorts at 9 months (OS9)    72.1%
Overall survival in all cohorts at 12 months (OS12)    50.5%
Overall survival in all cohorts at 24 months (OS24)    26.2%
Overall survival efficacy evaluable recurrent GBM or AA subgroup for higher doses (cohorts 4-7a) and 1 st and 2 nd recurrence, no prior bevacizumab in rHGG, tumor not > 5 cm (N=24)    Median 14.3 months (95% CI 11.1, 28.1)

 

92


Table of Contents

Endpoint

  

Result

Overall survival (N=24)   
(OS6)    100.0%
(OS12)    62.5%
(OS24)    33.3%
(OS30)    27.8%
(OS36)    27.8%
Overall response in all cohorts , IRR + clinical data (N=43)   

Complete response 7.0%

Partial response 4.7%

Stable disease 16.3%

Progressive disease 72.0%

Clinical benefit rate 28.0%

Overall response in recurrent GBM or AA subgroup for higher doses (cohorts 4-7a) and 1 st and 2 nd recurrence, no prior bevacizumab in rHGG, tumor not > 5 cm (N=24)   

Complete response 12.5%

Partial response 8.3%

Stable disease 20.8%

Progressive disease 58.3%

Clinical benefit rate 41.7%

 

95% CI stands for a 95% confidence interval, which is a range of values in which we can be 95% certain the true population mean lies.

Stable disease means that the patient is clinically stable and the cancer is not decreasing or increasing in extent or severity. Patients reported as progressive disease may include patients with pseudoprogression or the appearance of a tumor getting worse at the time of imaging but where the tumor eventually stabilizes or shrinks without additional new treatment.

Total clinical benefit includes CRs, PRs and stable disease.

Overall survival results are based upon a data cutoff of May 31, 2016; overall response results are based upon a data cutoff of November 18, 2016.

As shown in the table below, in the 24 patients with HGG first or second recurrence treated in the Higher Dose Cohort (as defined below), when compared with baseline MRIs taken just prior to the start of Toca FC dosing (four to eight weeks after surgery), three CRs and two PRs were identified by an IRR, providing further support for Toca 511 & Toca FC efficacy. All of these patients were continuing to respond as of their last MRI review as of a data cutoff in October 2016. The CR and PRs were determined based on the Macdonald criteria, including, for CR, complete disappearance of all enhancing measurable and non-measurable tumor, and for PR, at least 50% tumor shrinkage. Total clinical benefit includes CRs, PRs and stable disease, or SD. As shown in the table below, five of five responses occurred in patients treated in the Higher Dose Cohort, suggesting a potential dose-response effect. Specifically, in this Phase 1 dose escalation resection trial, across all cohorts, including combination cohorts, no responses were seen in the lowest three Toca 511 doses (1.4 x 10 7 , 3.8 x 10 8 and 1.5 x 10 8 Therapeutic Units, or TU). The next four dose increments, referred to as the Higher Dose Cohort, all had durable objective responses (4.8 x 10 8 TU with one CR and one PR; 1.2 or 1.5 x 10 9 TU with three CRs; and 4.8 x 10 9 TU with one PR). We selected to use the Toca 511 dose of ~1 x 10 9 TU for the Toca 5 Phase 2/3 clinical trial.

Resection Study: All Responses are in the Higher Dose Cohort

 

Response Category 1

   Higher Doses & Phase2/3
Entry Criteria Subset  2

N=24
n (%)
   All Patients
N=43
n (%)

Overall response

   5 (20.8) 3CR + 2PR    5 (11.6)

Stable disease (SD)

   5 (20.8)    7 (16.3)

Progressive disease

   14 (58.3)    31 (72.1)

Clinical Benefit Rate (CR, PR, and SD at 8 wks)

   10 (41.7)    12 (27.9)

 

1   Includes MRI by independent radiology review and clinical data; patients categorized by best response achieved during MRI screenings.

 

2   Higher doses (cohorts 4-7a) and meet Phase 2/3 entry criteria of 1 st and 2 nd recurrence, no prior Avastin in rHGG, tumor not > 5cm
   Data cutoff date November 18, 2016; adapted from Cloughesy et al. June 2016.

 

93


Table of Contents

Seven medical centers participated in the resection study, five of which had a patient with an objective response identified by an IRR. Sites included large regional hospitals and academic centers.

The responses, which occur approximately six to 19 months after Toca 511 administration, are consistent with immunologic response, all responses are ongoing, and all responders are alive at least two years (24 to 43 months) to date as shown in the chart below.

Resection Study: Long-Term Survival in Higher Dose Cohort

LOGO

 

1   Lomustine. Weighted average from Batchelor 2013, Taal 2014, Wick 2010, EORTC 26101.

The median overall survival of patients in this resection injection study (in which an ascending range of doses of Toca 511 were injected into the wall of the resection cavity after resection of the tumor) exceeds historical controls across a variety of previously reported clinical trials. Forty-three patients had a median overall survival of 12.4 months that was approximately four months longer relative to a weighted-average of results from clinical trials of drugs used as standard of care for recurrent HGG, including 7.2 months in the active arm of a randomized surgical recurrent HGG trial for the carmustine wafer. In a subset of 30 patients in our resection injection trial who received higher doses of Toca 511, median overall survival was higher, 14.4 months. Furthermore, in the subset of 24 patients in this trial that mirror the entry criteria, clinical setting and dosing for patients in our Phase 2/3 clinical trial, median overall survival was 14.3 months, an approximate six-month improvement in median overall survival relative to a weighted average of clinical trials of drugs used as standard of care (lomustine or bevacizumab) for recurrent HGG. Finally, in our patients with recurrent GBM at first or second recurrence in our resection injection trial (27 patients), median overall survival was 13.6 months, comparing favorably to the median survival of 7.1 months in the external control study of recurrent GBM patients treated with lomustine. We saw a plateau of survival in the Higher Dose Cohort, with a 40% survival probability at two years (data cutoff of September 18, 2015). Data from our resection injection study was reported in Science Translational Medicine (Cloughesy et al. 2016).

 

Population

   Toca 511 and Toca FC
Resection Study
Median Overall
Survival Months 1
   Other Trials in
Recurrent Disease

Recurrent High Grade Glioma

   12.4 (n=43)    7.2 (n=110) 2

Recurrent High Grade Glioma and higher doses

   14.4 (n=30)    7.2 (n=110) 2

Higher doses and Phase 2/3 entry criteria 3

   14.3 (n=24)    8.5 (n=437) 4

Glioblastoma at 1 st or 2 nd recurrence

   13.6 (n=27)    7.1 (n=84) 5

 

1   Data cutoff date September 1, 2016.

 

94


Table of Contents
2   Carmustine wafer. Brem et. al., Lancet 345: 1008-1012, 1995.

 

3   Higher doses (cohorts 4-7a) and 1 st and 2 nd recurrence, no prior bevacizumab in rHGG, tumor not > 5cm.

 

4   Estimate based on weighted average of lomustine (Batchelor 2013, Taal 2014, Wick 2010, EORTC 26101: n=352) and bevacizumab historical controls (n=85) and assumed percentage of enrollment.

 

5   Wick 2010.

Adapted from Cloughesy TF et al. with data cutoff September 1, 2016.

Furthermore, an independent radiology review of MRI brain scans from our Phase 1 clinical trials identified tumor shrinkage in some patients, including several CRs and PRs. All patients in the resection injection trial with objective responses remain with durable response as of October 2016, for a median of 26.7 months, which represents approximately four times longer duration of response relative to responses from a clinical trial of lomustine which showed an estimated median duration of response of approximately six months (range of response duration was 2.79 to 9.62 months).

 

     Lomustine 1    Toca 511 & Toca FC 2

Overall response rate CRs & PRs

   4.3%    20.8%

Duration of response (months)

   ~6.2                                    >26.7l  (median not reached)

Median Survival (months)

   7.1    14.3

 

1   Adapted from Wick, JCO 2010.

 

2   Higher doses (cohorts 4-7a) and 1 st and 2 nd recurrence, no prior Avastin in rHGG, tumor not > 5cm.

This survival data, evidence of tumor response, as well as a reported safety profile of mild and moderate toxicity, encouraged us to plan our Phase 2/3 clinical trial of Toca 511 & Toca FC in this same setting, enrolling patients with recurrent HGG who were planning for further resection of their tumor. Also, we chose the resection setting for our Phase 2/3 clinical trial because we believe that resection of the bulk of the tumor and then injection into the residual tumor left behind in the cavity wall provides a longer opportunity for the treatment to activate the immune system against the growing tumor.

We also tested for changes in CD4 and CD8 T cells during the study, allowing us to evaluate both the safety and activity of our treatment on the immune system. Average increases of 34.0% in total CD4 (p=0.019) and 12.4% in total CD8 (p=0.277) were observed between the visit prior to Toca FC administration and the end of study, suggesting immune activation after Toca 511 & Toca FC treatment (n=43). The p value is the probability that the difference between two data sets was due to chance. The smaller the p value, the more likely the differences are not due to chance alone. In general, if the p value is less than or equal to 0.05, the outcome is statistically significant. The FDA’s evidentiary standard of efficacy generally relies on a p value of less than or equal to 0.05. Supporting data was obtained from a subsequent cohort in this trial, and in this case, there were significant increases in activated CD8+ T cells (p=0.015) within the CD8 population from patients (n=6 patients, 39 samples) showing clinical benefit (SD, CR) between pre- and post-treatment measurements, but not from patients with progressive disease (n=7 patients, 48 samples). A sustained increase in activated CD4+ T cells (p=0.16) was also observed within the CD4 population from patients showing clinical benefit. In these examples, immune cell testing occurred at baseline and at time points after one or more cycles of Toca FC.

 

95


Table of Contents

To provide further details, a case of CR at eight months in a patient with progressive AA who is alive more than 34 months is shown below.

 

LOGO

     Resection injection trial, Independent Radiology Review, Macdonald criteria

Shown above are MRI scans from a 24 year old patient with AA who received standard of care in the newly diagnosed setting. At the time of first recurrence, the patient underwent resection of tumor and injection of Toca 511 into the wall of the resection cavity on October 29, 2013 followed by Toca FC. The patient’s MRI scan prior to entry into the trial on October 1, 2013 shows tumor progression that increased on the screening MRI (October 28, 2013). Based on IRR, the patient had two evaluable lesions in the left frontal lobe on the patient’s baseline MRI on December 3, 2013 (prior to initiation of Toca FC) that decreased and resolved completely by July 15, 2014. The patient was considered to have achieved a CR on July 15, 2014 (approximately 8 months after the baseline MRI), with a persistent response as of the last available MRI on October 4, 2016. The patient was continuing on Toca FC and was alive as of October 4, 2016, more than 34 months after initiation of treatment with Toca 511, without evidence of disease progression on last neurological examination. The lesion shown above (yellow arrow) and another lesion, which was similar in size but at a different level in the brain, had Complete Responses at the same time.

Ongoing Resection Injection Trial Compared to Lomustine External Control

Patients with GBM at first and second recurrence in our resection injection trial were compared to an external control of lomustine-treated patients from a previously-conducted non-surgical Phase 3 clinical trial (database for control arm obtained from the trial sponsor). Surgery is not known to prolong survival in recurrent GBM. Both our resection injection trial and the external control lomustine trial were reasonably contemporaneous (our trial: 2012-2015; lomustine trial: 2006-2010). The characteristics of the patients in these trials were comparable: the external control had a slightly younger population, more patients in first recurrence and a lower percentage of patients requiring corticosteroids at baseline; and our resection injection trial had a higher percentage of patients with a Karnofsky performance status score of 90-100. The Karnofsky score is a 0-100 scale generally used by physicians to quantify a cancer patient’s general well-being and activities of daily life; 100 is “perfect” health and 0 is death. The median overall survival for patients with first or second recurrent

 

96


Table of Contents

GBM in our resection injection trial was 13.6 months (95% CI 11.1, 20) compared to 7.1 months (95% CI 6.01, 8.80) for patients in the external control lomustine trial. The hazard ratio for overall survival was 0.45 (95% CI 0.27, 0.77; p=0.0028), meaning that with Toca 511 & Toca FC the risk of death was reduced by 55% compared to lomustine. Although the data is not generated from a single randomized trial, use of statistical analysis of the external comparison is only for the purpose of providing context to some of the data collected in our Phase 1 resection injection trial. In the overall survival setting, the hazard ratio is the ratio of the hazard rate (probability of dying during a certain unit time) between two groups. The separation of the survival curves occurred initially and continued through 30 months with overall survival at six months of 96.0% vs. 61.8% (p<0.001). Lomustine is one of the active control treatments for our ongoing Phase 2/3 clinical trial.

 

LOGO

 

A circle denotes a censored survival event, meaning that the survival is counted up to this timepoint.

Patients treated with Toca 511 & Toca FC had far fewer grade ³ 3 adverse events and a virtual absence of hematologic toxicity for study subjects relative to the lomustine external control, where grade ³ 3 thrombocytopenia occurred in 23.8% and neutropenia occurred in 13.1% of lomustine patients.

 

 

  

Toca 511 & Toca FC

N = 27

n(%)

    

Lomustine

N = 84

n(%)

 
      Grade 2      Grade 3 to 4      Grade 2      Grade 3 to 4  

Nonhematologic toxicity

             
                                     

Fatigue

     2 (7.4%)        0        4 (4.8%)        0  

Nausea

     1 (3.7%)        0        2 (2.4%)        0  

Edema peripheral

     0        0        2 (2.4%)        0  

Alanine aminotransferase increased

     0        0        1 (1.2%)        1 (1.2%)  
         

Hematologic toxicity

             
                                     

Thrombocytopenia

     0        0        9 (10.7%)        20 (23.8%)  

Platelet count decreased

     0        0        0        1 (1.2%)  

Neutropenia

     0        0        4 (4.8%)        11 (13.1%)  

Neutrophil count decreased

     0        0        0        6 (7.1%)  

Leukopenia

     0        0        3 (3.6%)        4 (4.8%)  

White blood cell count decreased

     0        0        1 (1.2%)        2 (2.4%)  

Anemia

     0        0        1 (1.2%)        2 (2.4%)  

Hemoglobin decreased

     0        0        2 (2.4%)        0  

Lymphopenia

     0        0        2 (2.4%)        0  
                                     

 

97


Table of Contents

A subgroup analysis showed a trend to improved survival for our resection injection study of glioblastoma at first or second recurrence patients in all subgroups versus the lomustine control, as depicted below.

 

LOGO

Ongoing Intratumoral Injection Trial

In August 2010, we initiated a Phase 1 multicenter ascending dose clinical trial of Toca 511 & Toca FC to be administered via intratumoral injection in patients with recurrent HGG. As of September 25, 2015, 47 patients had been enrolled and treated.

Patients were treated in ascending dose cohorts using two different intratumoral delivery methods. The first method utilized a biopsy needle under stereotactic guidance to concentrate Toca 511 delivery to one location at the advancing edge of the tumor. The second method utilized intraoperative MRI, delivering Toca 511 spread mostly throughout the center of the tumor using convection enhanced delivery over several hours, referred to as non-biopsy needle. Pursuant to the protocol, the patient begins a seven-day course of oral Toca FC four weeks following Toca 511 injection and repeats the cycle of Toca FC every five to seven weeks thereafter.

Delivery of Toca 511 with a biopsy needle in this trial showed a median overall survival of 13.8 months, while delivery via non-biopsy needle showed 7.9 months. Delivery with biopsy needle exceeded the range of 7.1 to 8.5 months, the survival data for currently-approved therapies discussed above. The benefit of biopsy

 

98


Table of Contents

needle delivery compared to non-biopsy needle delivery is statistically significant (p value = 0.0249; indicating that there is a 97.5% probability that the observations are not due to chance alone) as shown below. In a multivariate analysis controlling for other prognostic factors such as number of recurrences and tumor grade, the delivery method remains statistically significant.

Survival By Delivery—Univariate Analysis

 

LOGO

The IRR results as of our data transfer on September 2016 revealed a clinical benefit rate of 38.3%, with 17 of 47 patients (36.2%) showing stable disease. Two patients with stable disease were shown to have an unconfirmed PR (50% tumor shrinkage without subsequent confirmation by MRI). As shown in the MRI below, one patient had a confirmed PR, with duration of 7.8 months.

Independent Radiology Review Confirms Tumor Shrinkage

 

LOGO

      Baseline                             4.7 Months;

                                                  87% Shrinkage

Ongoing Intravenous Administration Followed by Resection Injection Trial in 17 Patients

In February 2014, we initiated a Phase 1 multicenter ascending dose clinical trial in patients with recurrent HGG who are scheduled for resection. Toca 511 is administered initially intravenously on one, three or five

 

99


Table of Contents

consecutive days followed by resection of the tumor with further Toca 511 administration using multiple small injections directly into the mixture of brain and cancer tissue surrounding the resection cavity. Samples of the resected tumor are evaluated for evidence of the presence of Toca 511. Pursuant to the protocol, the patient begins a seven day course of oral Toca FC five to seven weeks following the administration of Toca 511 at resection and repeats the cycle of Toca FC every three to five weeks thereafter.

For this intravenous study, median survival was 13.6 months as of November 2016. An independent radiology review showed one patient with complete radiologic disappearance of all lesions.

 

LOGO

Shown above are MRI scans from a 52 year old patient with GBM who received standard of care in the newly diagnosed setting. At the time of first recurrence, the patient received a single intravenous injection of Toca 511 on May 7, 2014, followed on May 16, 2014 by resection of a left temporal lobe tumor (circled in red) and injection of Toca 511 into the walls of the resection cavity, and treatment with Toca FC on June 16, 2014. Based on IRR, two evaluable (non-measurable) lesions (yellow arrows) were detected in the left temporal lobe on the patient’s baseline MRI on June 16, 2014 (prior to initiation of Toca FC). On July 8, 2014, the patient suffered a stroke, which resolved with sequelae on July 17, 2014, that was considered unrelated to Toca 511 or Toca FC. Based on an MRI on July 20, 2015, the patient achieved a radiologic CR; this response was persistent as of the last available MRI on April 4, 2016. The patient was continuing on Toca FC and was alive as of November 27, 2016, more than 30 months after initiation of treatment with Toca 511.

There is a clear dose response to vector transduction with higher detectable and quantifiable viral DNA and RNA when the intravenous injections were administered daily for three days compared to the single day infusion cohorts. A monoclonal antibody staining for CD protein detected the presence of CD in resected tumor samples, indicating that intravenous delivery results in integration and expression of the vector in the tumor and providing further evidence that the vector can pass through the blood brain barrier.

 

100


Table of Contents

Glioma cells divide at a low rate overall; however, we see clusters of dividing cells manifested by staining for Ki67 (image on right below). Within these clusters, dividing cells represent 29% of the total cells. CD positive cells represent 14% of the total cells (image in center below) in these samples taken from a closely adjoining area of the tumor. This strongly supports that CD is incorporated into dividing cells as shown by similar localization and confirms that Toca 511 delivered this transgene and resultant CD protein to these cells by intravenous administration. Based on this finding, we believe there is potential for treating other tumor types with systemic infusions.

 

LOGO

 

   Percent of total cells   

 

100% (all cells)

  

 

14% (CD-positive cells)

  

 

29% (dividing cells)

Histochemical analysis of serial sections of tumor from a patient stained to show tissue architecture (H&E Stains), expression of vector encoded cytosine deaminase (CD, red stain), and dividing cells (Ki67, brown stain) (40X).

Biomarkers

As part of our exploration of mutation profiles that may serve as a biomarker for patients with a higher likelihood of long-term benefit, we observed that objective responses occurred in patients with IDH1 mutant (mt) and IDH1 wild type (wt) tumors. Approximately 15% of the population with HGG is believed to have the IDH1 mutation. Across the Phase 1 clinical trial program, and as of October 6, 2016, the three patients with known IDH1 mutations at first recurrence had CRs (two in the resection study and one patient in the intravenous study with a radiologic CR) and all these IDH1 mutation patients are alive (range of survival 12.2 to 35.3 months), suggesting a potential association of IDH1 mutation to survival.

Pooled Safety Data

Toca 511 & Toca FC has been well tolerated in clinical trials to date. There has been little difference in adverse events among the three ongoing Phase 1 clinical trials in recurrent HGG other than a few adverse events unrelated to Toca 511 in the post-operative period of the resection clinical trial. For this reason we chose to pool safety data across the three ongoing trials and the continuation trial. As shown in the table below, in 126 patients who received Toca 511, treatment-related adverse events were reported in 31.8% of patients and these events were predominantly low grade (25.4%). The most common treatment-related adverse events were fatigue (11.9%), headache (6.3%) and convulsion (4.8%). Also shown below, in 118 patients who received Toca FC, treatment-related adverse events were reported in 41.5% of patients and these events were predominantly low grade (38.1%). The most common treatment-related adverse events were fatigue (21.2%), diarrhea (13.6%), and nausea (8.5%). Treatment-related serious adverse events were reported in 4.8% of patients treated with Toca 511 (which included asthenia, pyrexia, subdural hygroma, cerebral cyst, vasogenic edema, convulsions and pulmonary embolism) and 2.5% of patients treated with Toca FC (which included pulmonary embolism, diarrhea and intracranial hemorrhage). Hematologic toxicity was infrequent and also low grade. We monitored blood

 

101


Table of Contents

samples for viral RNA and DNA and found that quantitative levels were cleared within two weeks to four months of administration. Also, we analyzed tumor and blood samples for viral insertion sites and demonstrated an absence of clonality, supporting viral safety. We also monitor Toca FC blood levels for the first treatment cycle and whenever the dose is increased. This helps us to adjust dosing upwards in patients with Toca FC blood levels below the target range. The favorable toxicity profile of Toca 511 & Toca FC suggests that combination with other modalities such as chemotherapy or radiation should yield little incremental toxicity.

Adverse Events Related to Toca 511 – Pooled Across Studies

 

   

Toca 511 (1)

 

N = 126

     

Toca FC (1)

 

N = 118

 

Grade 1, 2

n (%)

  Grade  ³  3 (2)
n (%)
     

Grade 1, 2

n (%)

  Grade  ³  3 (3)
n (%)

  Any treatment-related AE

  32 (25.4)   8 (6.4)  

  Any treatment-related AE

  45 (38.1)   4 (3.4)
  Treatment-related AE in  ³   3 patients             Treatment-related AE in  ³  3 subjects        

Fatigue

  15 (11.9)   1 (0.8)  

Fatigue

  25 (21.2)   0

Headache

  8 (6.3)   1 (0.8)  

Diarrhea

  16 (13.6)   1 (0.8)

Convulsion

  6 (4.8)   0  

Nausea

  10 (8.5)   0

Confusional state

  5 (4.0)   0  

Decreased appetite

  5 (4.2)   0

Nausea

  5 (4.0)   0  

Rash

  3 (2.5)   0

Pyrexia

  5 (4.0)   0            

Vasogenic cerebral edema

  1 (0.8)   2 (1.6)            

  Any treatment-related SAE (4)

  1 (0.8)   5 (4.0)  

  Any treatment-related SAE (5)

  1 (0.8)   2 (1.7)
           

  AEs leading to discontinuation (6)

  1 (0.8)   6 (5.1)

 

(1) Preliminary data – cutoff May 31, 2016.

 

(2) No deaths considered related to Toca 511.

 

(3) No deaths considered related to Toca FC.

 

(4) Toca 511 SAEs in six patients included asthenia (one), pyrexia (one), subdural hygroma (one), cerebral cyst (one), vasogenic edema (one), convulsions (two) and pulmonary embolism (one).

 

(5) Toca FC SAEs in three patients included pulmonary embolism (one), diarrhea (one) and intracranial hemorrhage (one).

 

(6) Events leading to study discontinuation or withdrawal of study drug, regardless of attribution. AEs of highest severity counted in patients with multiple events. In the continuation study, one patient was discontinued after > one year of treatment due to Grade 1 skin rash and Grade 2 oral ulcers that recurred with each cycle of Toca FC.

Ongoing Phase 2/3 Clinical Trial

In November 2015, we initiated the Phase 2 portion of a randomized, controlled Phase 2/3 clinical trial of Toca 511 & Toca FC against the current standard of care in recurrent HGG. In this clinical trial we are using doses of Toca 511 and Toca FC of 4 mL and 220 mg/kg/day, respectively, equivalent to the doses used in the Higher Dose Cohort of our Phase 1 resection injection trial. Enrollment criteria for patients in this clinical trial includes first or second recurrence of HGG, no prior treatment with bevacizumab for recurrent HGG, and a tumor size of less than or equal to five centimeters. We completed enrollment with 187 patients in the Phase 2 portion of this trial as of February 2017. Investigators may choose chemotherapy (lomustine or temozolomide) or antiangiogenic therapy (bevacizumab) for the control arm. We expect that the arms of the trial will be comparable through stratification at the time of 1:1 randomization based on performance status, geographic region and IDH1 mutation status. The primary endpoint for the trial is overall survival. The expected median overall survival for the control arm is 8.5 months based on the assumption that approximately 25% of patients will receive bevacizumab and the remainder will receive chemotherapy in the control arm. In this trial we are evaluating evidence for immunologic mechanisms of disease control and we will perform a detailed molecular analysis of RNA expression, IDH phenotypes and MGMT methylation status in resected tumors. We will

 

102


Table of Contents

continue to monitor blood for viral RNA, DNA and for Toca FC levels. This clinical trial is being conducted in the United States, Canada, Israel and South Korea. The principal investigator in the United States is Timothy Cloughesy, M.D., director of the neuro-oncology program at the University of California, Los Angeles.

Because overall survival is the primary endpoint, we did not request a Special Protocol Assessment from the FDA. At our Type B meeting with the FDA, we and the FDA discussed the design of the trial and we subsequently finalized the protocol based upon the FDA’s feedback. We also discussed the possibility of providing the data from the Phase 2 portion of this clinical trial to the FDA prior to initiation of the Phase 3 portion of the trial. The FDA indicated that they would be willing to meet with us in an end of Phase 2 meeting to review the data if the results appear compelling. Based upon our discussions with the FDA, we believe such data could serve as the basis for regulatory approval depending on the results we see in the Phase 2 portion.

In February 2017, the FDA granted Toca 511 & Toca FC Breakthrough Therapy Designation for the treatment of recurrent HGG. Our Breakthrough Therapy Designation application was based on data from three Phase 1 ascending-dose clinical trials involving 126 patients with recurrent brain cancer. The clinical data included results published in Science Translational Medicine, including safety data, patient survival data and data regarding durable, complete or partial tumor shrinkage as determined by independent radiology review. In addition, preclinical information was provided to the FDA supporting a novel immunological mechanism of action involving the depletion of immune-suppressive myeloid cells in the tumor microenvironment.

Breakthrough Therapy Designation indicates that preliminary clinical evidence demonstrates the drug may have substantial improvement on one or more clinically significant endpoints over available therapy. Breakthrough Therapy Designation intensifies FDA involvement to ensure an efficient drug development program and is an organizational commitment from the FDA to involve its senior managers.

Ongoing Intravenous Clinical Trial

In July 2016, we initiated a Phase 1b clinical trial in various types of metastatic solid cancer, including colorectal, pancreatic, breast, lung, melanoma and renal to confirm the selective tumor transduction with the CD gene and CD protein expression following Toca 511 delivery already documented in HGG with intravenous delivery. New diagnoses of these cancers are estimated to exceed 700,000 per year in the United States and 5.4 million per year worldwide. In our metastatic cancer trial we plan to evaluate safety, presence of Toca 511 genes in tumors of patients with widely-disseminated disease, immunologic activity in blood and tumor such as changes in CD4, CD8 and immune-suppressive myeloid cells, and clinical activity such as tumor response and clinical benefit. We also plan, in this clinical trial, to evaluate Toca 511 & Toca FC in combination with one or more checkpoint inhibitors.

Planned Clinical Trials

In early 2018, we plan to initiate a Phase 1b clinical trial evaluating Toca 511 & Toca FC in patients with newly diagnosed HGG. The primary goals of this study will be to evaluate the safety and preliminary efficacy of Toca 511 delivered at the time of resection and Toca FC subsequently delivered in conjunction with radiation and temozolomide.

Preclinical Studies of Toca 511 and 5-FC

We believe our preclinical studies support the clinical development of Toca 511 & Toca FC in brain cancers both as a stand-alone regimen and in combination with current treatments. During preclinical testing of Toca 511 we observed that treatment with Toca 511 and 5-FC had two powerful mechanisms of action: direct killing of cancer cells and activation of the immune system against the cancer cells. 5-FC, which we use in our preclinical studies, is the active component of the Toca FC tablets we use in humans.

 

103


Table of Contents

We have observed in in vitro viral-spreading studies that increasing the ratio of Toca 511 virus particles to tumor cells, referred to as multiplicity of infection, or MOI, increases the initial infection rate and the subsequent rate of spread.

In a mouse glioma (Tu 2449 glioma cell line) growing intracranially (within the cranium) in mice with a normal immune system, treatment with Toca 511 and 5-FC resulted in increased median survival compared to control even at either relatively low Toca 511 (10^3 transducing units, TU) or low 5-FC doses (100 mg/kg/day). The treatment effect was observed to be dose dependent with maximum improvement in median survival achieved with higher doses of Toca 511 (10^5 or 10^6 TU) and higher doses of 5-FC (500-1000 mg/kg/day). When 5-FC was administered to one group of mice at one tenth the 5-FC dose (100 mg/kg/day) compared to the typical 5-FC dose (1000 mg/kg/day) in combination with the same dose of Toca 511 (E5), the survival was approximately 40% rather than the approximately 90% observed at the higher 5-FC dose (black arrow shown below).

The minimum effective dose of Toca 511 in mouse models (10^5 TU/g brain) is similar, on a species adjusted basis, to the dose chosen for use in our ongoing Phase 2/3 clinical trial and the doses showing tumor response and increased median survival in our Phase 1 resection injection trial.

Ascending Doses of Toca 511 and 5-FC Increases Survival

LOGO

Tu-2449 glioma cells in mice

 

 

E3, E4, E5 = 10^3, 10^4, 10^5 TU/ gm brain, respectively.

Additionally, cell viability assays in human and mouse glioma Toca 511 infected cell lines show dose-dependent killing with 5-FC. Toca 511 infected human cells showed marked killing at clinically achievable concentrations of 5-FC (approximately 100 µg/mL) and control cells transduced with a vector that does not contain CD showed no loss of viability at the same 5-FC concentration (100 µg/mL).

Preclinically, durable remissions are produced in immune competent mice even after stopping 5-FC, but immune deficient rodent models do not have durable benefits after stopping 5-FC, supporting an immune mechanism for long-term survival. Also, mice with long-term remission develop anti-cancer immunity evidenced by rejection of the identical tumor implanted in a new location. Preclinical models showed that this rejection was T cell-mediated.

When human glioma tumors growing in immune deficient (nude) mice are treated with Toca 511 followed by 5-FC, the tumors shrink dramatically on each 5-FC cycle but grow back immediately upon stopping the treatment with 5-FC. The tumors can be controlled, but rarely eliminated. This is illustrated in the figure below where the tumor implant is monitored in the same animals over time by external imaging, showing that the tumor continues to be present and regrow after each cycle of 5-FC.

 

104


Table of Contents

In immune deficient mice Toca 511 and 5-FC controlled but did not eliminate human brain cancer cells

 

LOGO

In contrast, when syngeneic glioma cell line tumors growing in animals with a normal immune system were treated with Toca 511 and only a few cycles of 5-FC, the tumors cleared permanently even if 5-FC cycles were stopped. This suggests the immune cells activated against the implanted tumors were generated. Subsequent experiments using adoptive cell transfer, or ACT, of immune cell subsets confirmed that this effect was T cell mediated.

In mice with a normal immune system and syngeneic glioma, Toca 511 and 5-FC activated anti-cancer immunity through several cycles of 5-FU-mediated cell killing

 

LOGO

Tumor remains cleared, despite stopping FC treatment

 

105


Table of Contents

In the experiment shown below, animals survived, apparently tumor-free, for approximately one year and were then re-challenged with the same tumor in the flank. These re-implanted tumors were rejected by the mice. Rejection of rechallenged tumors involved CD8 and CD4 anti-tumor T cells. Tumors in naïve animals grew unchecked. Rejection of the re-implanted tumor was attenuated by the treatment of mice with antibodies against CD4 alone and more so with CD4 and CD8. We believe the rejection of tumors at a remote site (flank not brain) implanted after almost one year, is evidence for the induction of durable systemic immunity against the cancer induced by prior Toca 511 and 5-FC treatment.

Rejection of re-challenge with same tumor in mouse model

 

 

LOGO

“Cured” mice developed systemic immunity against the rechallenged cancer as shown by rejection of tumor implanted in the flank.

Animals which had previously cleared Tu-2449 intracranial tumors through treatment with Toca 511 and 5-FC (termed “immunized”) were used for ACT into recipient mice bearing intracranial Tu-2449 tumors, shown below. Before transfer, immunized splenocytes were separated or fractionated. Animals received one of the following: unfractionated splenocytes from immunized (black) or naïve (orange) mice, purified T cells from immunized spleens (green) or immunized splenocytes depleted of T cells (blue).

Kaplan Meier survival curves in mice carrying intracranial tumors and infused with cells from “cured” mice show the anti-tumor effect is T cell mediated

LOGO

In a subcutaneous glioma model treated with Toca 511 & 5-FC, tumor size decreased, shown below. In this model, MDSCs were depressed while CD4 (helper) and CD8 (killer) T cells were increased, conducive for an anti-cancer immune activation.

 

106


Table of Contents

Toca 511 and 5-FC reduces tumor burden in mouse glioma

 

LOGO

 

Tumor burden expressed as tumor volume (mm 3 ) over time (days post tumor implant).

5-FC treatment cycles are shown below the graph and collection dates are indicated by black arrows and labeled as days post 5-FC start (n=5).

Toca 511 & 5-FC activate Immune System in Tumor Micro-Environment

 

LOGO

TAM

 

LOGO

 

Tumor tissue obtained on day 14 in subcutaneous glioma model.

 

107


Table of Contents

Toca 511 and 5-FC treatment reduces immune-suppressive myeloid cells six days following treatment initiation which we believe results in, or permits, the increase in T cells in the tumor 14 days following treatment initiation as shown below.

Toca 511 and 5-FC activate Immune System in Tumor Micro-Environment

 

LOGO

In a separate experiment, interferon gamma (IFN g , a cytokine with known immune cell effector function and a marker for activated CD8 T cells) expression was analyzed in CD8 cytotoxic T cells which were collected from animals bearing Toca 511-pretransduced Tu-2449 tumors. Those animals that were treated with 5-FC had significantly greater numbers (approximately two-fold) of CD8 T cells that expressed IFN g compared to animals that received placebo.

Cytokine profiles support T cell function enhancement after Toca 511 and 5-FC

 

LOGO

The effect of Toca 511 and 5-FC on MDSCs was also investigated in a colorectal brain metastases model. When immune competent animals with metastatic colorectal cancer transduced with Toca 511 in the brain were treated with one cycle of 5-FC, the animals experienced a dramatic reduction in MDSCs in both brain tumors and spleen as shown below. We believe MDSCs originate in the cancer microenvironment; some of these can escape the tumor through the blood stream and end up in the spleen.

 

108


Table of Contents

MDSC level after Toca 511 and one cycle of 5-FC

 

LOGO

Preclinical Combination Studies with Existing Treatments in HGG

Because Toca 511 & Toca FC has been well tolerated in clinical trials to date, we believe it could be added to established treatment combinations without additional toxicity. Standard of care for newly diagnosed HGG is surgery followed by radiation therapy and an alkylating drug, temozolomide. We believe preclinical data support the thesis that Toca 511 & Toca FC has the potential to work in combinations with standard therapies for brain cancer giving added benefit. We believe this likely happens because 5-FU starves the cell of one of the building blocks of DNA, and treatments that result in DNA breaks such as alkylating agents and radiation are especially effective when combined with 5-FU. For example, an additive long-term survival advantage was observed when submaximal temozolomide in combination with submaximal Toca 511 and 5-FC was administered to mice bearing an intracranial, temozolomide-sensitive glioma tumor (U-87 model). Similarly, combination treatment of Toca 511 and 5-FC plus radiation in pre-established tumors in mice showed markedly improved survival compared to a single cycle of either treatment alone in a radio-resistant human U-87 malignant glioma subline (U87EGFRvIII), as shown below. We believe our data support the further development of Toca 511 & Toca FC in first line therapy where patients routinely receive temozolomide and radiation after surgery.

 

LOGO

 

Rad in the chart means radiation; PBS means phosphate-buffered saline, or placebo.

Recurrent HGG is typically treated with oral chemotherapy drugs, such as lomustine or temozolomide, bevacizumab, radiation or further surgery. In preclinical models, we have demonstrated the compatibility and additive and/or synergistic effects of Toca 511 and 5-FC with these therapies. This combination of preclinical studies supports the use of Toca 511 & Toca FC in combination with existing treatments in clinical trials in HGG.

The cooperative therapeutic activity between radiation treatment and 5-FU is commonly employed in the treatment of radiation-sensitive tumors, for example in many gastrointestinal tumors, supporting the use of Toca 511 & Toca FC in other radiation settings.

Preliminary preclinical data supports that there may be therapeutic advantages in using Toca 511 & Toca FC in combination with some checkpoint inhibitors.

 

109


Table of Contents

Preclinical Studies in Other Cancer Types

Our pipeline of proprietary programs has the potential to be applicable to a wide variety of cancers. For example, we have demonstrated biodistribution, tumor shrinkage, and long-term survival in colorectal, breast and bladder cancers in preclinical studies, in addition to our brain cancer models with an RRV containing CD and 5-FC.

Based on preclinical data, we believe Toca 511 & Toca FC has the potential to be effective in treating most cancer types. First, most human cancer cell lines that have been tested are permissive for Toca 511 and sensitive to Toca 511 and 5-FC at clinically relevant concentrations of 5-FC. Also, we have conducted in vivo studies in numerous cancer types, and the studies show that Toca 511 spreads through tumors, including after intravenous infusions into animals with highly-metastatic cancers. For example, in a metastatic colorectal cancer model with numerous lesions in the liver (below left), an RRV containing the GFP gene shows that intravenous administration of RRV is selectively present in the tumor tissue and leaves normal liver uninfected. Tumor metastases are identified by luciferase-based bioluminescence which closely overlays with the location of RRV expressing GFP (below right).

 

LOGO

Images of same liver in colorectal cancer metastases model after intravenous RRV delivery

In this animal model, as in animals with the same colorectal cancer metastases (above) in the brain, Toca 511 and 5-FC caused tumor shrinkage, long-term survival and the generation of anti-tumor immunity sufficient to prevent re-challenge (as shown below). The treated mice had an apparent 56% cure rate and such animals showed a dramatic decrease in the number of MDSCs in the tumor microenvironment and, overall, generated an anti-tumor immune response based on their ability to reject reimplanted tumors. We believe these cell culture and additional animal studies support the view that Toca 511 & Toca FC is generally active against cancer and drives our decision to evaluate this treatment against various types of cancers in clinical trials.

Survival, cure rates and anti-tumor responses in colorectal cancer model

 

 

LOGO

CT26-luciferase liver metastases model treated with Toca 511 (intravenous) and 5-FC (500 mg/kg administered twice a day, or BID, for five consecutive days out of every seven days)

 

110


Table of Contents

Comparison of peak 5-FU levels in tumors and plasma after systemic administration or treatment with either 5-FU or Toca 511 and 5-FC

Toca 511 and 5-FC creates high concentrations of 5-FU in the tumor especially compared to the low levels in the blood stream in several models leading to drug activity with minimal side effects. Systemic 5-FU treatment of humans generates low levels of 5-FU in the tumor and high levels in the blood stream leading to systemic toxicity and limited anti-cancer activity. In contrast, in the rat glioma model with Toca 511 and 5-FC (800 mg/kg/day, human equivalent dose 129 mg/kg/day), the peak 5-FU levels in brain tumor and plasma were 69 µg/g and 0.4 µg/mL respectively (tumor to plasma ratio = 189).

Toca 511 & 5-FC yields sustained high levels of 5-FU directly in tumors - minimizing systemic exposure

 

Setting

   Treatment    Tumor 5-FU
(µg/g)
   Plasma 5-FU
(µg/g)

Rat F98 glioma 1

   Toca 511 and 5-FC    69    0.4

Human Colon 2

   5-FU    0.1-2.8    52

 

1   Data on file.

 

2   Peters GJ., et al. Cancer Chemother. Pharmacol., 1993, 31(4):269-276.

Comparison of peak 5-FU levels in tumor and plasma after systemic administration of 5-FU or treatment with Toca 511 and 5-FC.

In a mouse colon cancer CT26 liver metastasis model with Toca 511 and 5-FC at maximum 5-FC doses, the peak 5-FU levels in tumor and plasma were 74 µg/g and 10 µg/mL respectively (ratio = 7.4). Treatment with Toca 511 and 5-FC at this dose resulted in significantly improved median survival compared to control, a 56% cure rate, induction of anti-tumor immune response, as described above, and no gastrointestinal, or GI, toxicity. Also, as described below, no hematologic toxicity was observed with this treatment. Both of these models support the excellent therapeutic index observed for Toca 511 and 5-FC.

Thus, we expect treatment with Toca 511 & Toca FC to yield high levels of intratumoral 5-FU in metastatic tumor as well as primary tumors compared to systemic 5-FU. Based on this data, in the metastatic setting, we expect these high levels of 5-FU to overcome potential resistance to prior 5-FU-based treatment.

In the same CT26 model described above, treatment with intravenous 5-FU (20 mg/kg) did not improve overall median survival compared to control and resulted in significant hematologic toxicity including lymphopenia (p<0.05), as shown below, and gastrointestinal toxicity (diarrhea and weight loss). The effects of systemic 5-FU on lymphocytes may reduce potential benefits of 5-FU effects on MDSCs. Also displayed are the values for hematologic cells (white blood cells, neutrophils and platelets) including immunologic cells (lymphocytes) with Toca 511 and 5-FC treatment, all within normal limits.

 

111


Table of Contents

Systemic 5-FU: significant toxicity but no survival benefit

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

CT26-luciferase liver metastases model treated with systemic 5-FU (20 mg/kg administered BID for five consecutive days out of every 14 days)

Manufacturing

Our lead product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC, consists of a biological component and a drug component, which are separately manufactured and are both covered by our proprietary intellectual property. The

 

112


Table of Contents

process for Toca 511 manufacturing and testing has been developed internally and we believe that the process itself and the expertise to design and implement this process as well as the testing are significant assets. The process and the vector composition are covered by patents, patent applications and trade secrets. The process for Toca FC (extended release 5-FC) was also designed internally. We rely on third-party contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, for both of these manufacturing processes to produce our final product for clinical use, as currently we do not own or operate manufacturing facilities. In addition we utilize contract testing organizations, or CTOs, for the establishment and performance of validated product release assays for Toca 511 & Toca FC material. For Toca FC and Toca 511, we require that our CMOs produce bulk drug substances and finished drug products compliant with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, requirements and all other applicable laws and regulations. We plan to release material with appropriately qualified assays by our CTOs, who we require to operate under cGMP. We will retain final responsibility for product release and maintain an appropriate quality assurance capability to meet this need. We will continue to rely on CMOs and CTOs to manufacture and perform release testing, respectively, of our products for commercial sale. We maintain agreements with manufacturers and testing laboratories that include confidentiality and intellectual property provisions to protect our proprietary rights related to our product candidates and testing methods.

We use a viral producer cell line to create Toca 511 and currently rely on a sole-source CMO to manufacture Toca 511. We believe that our current manufacturing capacity for Toca 511 will be sufficient to support our ongoing and planned clinical trials.

Manufacturing for the Toca FC component generally encompasses both the chemical synthesis of the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, and its formulation and fill/finish of the final product. We currently utilize two CMOs for the production of the API and a CMO for the manufacture of the final drug product tablets. One API site is in the United States and the other is in Europe. Our final drug product tablets are manufactured in Canada. We expect these preparations to supply sufficient Toca FC drug substance to complete the planned clinical trials. We believe we have the manufacturing capacity to supply the drug product tablets for our ongoing and planned clinical trials.

We currently have no plans to build our own manufacturing capacity to manufacture Toca 511 or Toca FC.

License and Collaboration Agreements

Laboratory Services and License Agreement with Siemens

In November 2011, we entered into a laboratory services and license agreement with Siemens, which we amended in June 2015, pursuant to which we agreed to engage Siemens (i) to develop and perform certain in vitro diagnostic assays in connection with the cancer therapy trials of Toca 511 & Toca FC, (ii) concurrently and/or thereafter, to further develop, obtain FDA approval for, and perform one or more of such in vitro diagnostic assays as drug monitoring diagnostics for Toca 511 & Toca FC as Toca 511 & Toca FC receives marketing approval from the FDA, and (iii) following FDA approval of such in vitro diagnostic assay as a monitoring diagnostic, to perform such in vitro diagnostic monitoring assays as necessary in connection with post-marketing clinical trials of Toca 511 & Toca FC and, if appropriate, as commercial diagnostic tests. We granted Siemens the licensed intellectual property covered by the agreement on an exclusive and non-exclusive basis, depending on Siemens’ use of such intellectual property.

Under the terms of the agreement, Siemens paid us an initial upfront payment of $0.5 million. Additionally, beginning with the first commercial sale of a product that has received approval for clinical use under the agreement, Siemens will pay us a royalty in the 10-20 percent range of net assay revenue with respect to approved designated assay products and net sales revenue with respect to approved in vitro diagnostic products, until the fifth anniversary of such commercial sale, subject to certain reductions. Beginning with the first

 

113


Table of Contents

commercial sale of Toca 511 or Toca FC, we will pay a royalty to Siemens in the low single-digit percentage range on net product sales of Toca 511 & Toca FC for sales up to the mid-nine-digit dollar range per year, until the fifth anniversary of such commercial sale.

The term of this agreement will continue until the expiration of all payment obligations. The agreement provides that it may be terminated by either party upon written notice to the other party in the event of the other party’s material breach of the agreement if such breach remains uncured for 45 days, or in the event the other party files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, is adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent after all appeals are exhausted, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or fails to discharge or have dismissed within 60 days an involuntary petition in bankruptcy filed against it. If market approval is rejected by the FDA, Siemens must provide us with prompt written notice. Should the parties be unable to reach mutual agreement regarding regulatory strategy within 20 business days of such notice, then either party may terminate the agreement upon written notice to the other party. Siemens may terminate the agreement for any reason upon 90 days prior written notice to us, provided that, notwithstanding such termination, Siemens must continue to provide the laboratory services for any of our trials the protocol for which has been submitted to FDA until the conclusion of such pre-approval trial. Siemens may also terminate the agreement if, after using commercially reasonable efforts, certain assay specifications are not achieved. If Siemens terminates the agreement for breach of contract by us, the licenses granted to Siemens will survive such termination and will become non-exclusive, perpetual and irrevocable, provided that Siemens will have the right to terminate any such license at any time upon written notice to us. If the agreement expires, or if the agreement is terminated by us for breach of contract by Siemens or for failure to reach an agreement on regulatory strategy, the restriction in the license granted to activities outside of the territory will terminate, and we will have the right to pursue development and commercialization of companion diagnostics for products with one or more other partners in the territory, and to grant to such other partners sublicenses of our rights under the agreement. If the agreement is terminated by either party for failure to reach an agreement on regulatory strategy, or by Siemens by 90 days written notice, for a minimum of 45 days after the later of (i) the termination date or (ii) completion of any required post-termination laboratory services and delivery to us of all results thereof, Siemens must retain any stocks of qualified reagents for the assays that remain as of Siemens’ completion of such laboratory services, and, upon our request made at any time during such 45-day period, Siemens must deliver such remaining stocks to us, provided that we shall have executed documentation reasonably satisfactory to Siemens acknowledging that the use of such reagents is restricted to investigational use pursuant to our IND, and any other use permitted by, and in compliance with, applicable laws, regulatory guidelines and regulatory approvals.

License Agreement with USC

In October 2007, we entered into a license agreement with the University of Southern California, or USC, pursuant to which we received a worldwide, exclusive license to, among other things, manufacture and market products utilizing inventions related to our RRV platform and other key technology.

Under the terms of the agreement, we paid an initial license fee to USC in the low six-digit dollar range and issued to USC shares of our common stock in an amount equal to the low single-digit percent range of all the number of shares of common stock issued at the time shares were issued to our six founders prior to the date of the agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, we owe USC a royalty in the low single-digit percent range of our and our sub-licensee’s net sales of products covered by the agreement. In addition, we owe USC an additional royalty in the low single-digit percent range of revenue from our sub-licensees. Once our and our sub-licensees net sales reach an amount in the mid-seven digit dollar range, the minimum annual royalty payment due to USC will be in the low six-digit dollar range. Our royalty obligations continue on a licensed product-by-licensed product and country-by-country basis until the expiration of the last valid claim in the licensed patent covering a licensed product in such country.

The term of this agreement will continue until all of our royalty payment obligations have expired unless terminated earlier. The agreement provides that it may be terminated by either party upon written notice to the

 

114


Table of Contents

other party in the event of the other party’s material breach of the agreement if such breach remains uncured for 45 days. We may terminate the agreement without cause upon 45 days’ advance written notice to USC. USC may also terminate the agreement upon notice to us upon (i) the declaration by a court of competent jurisdiction that we are bankrupt and our assets are to be liquidated pursuant to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code; (ii) upon the filing or institution by us of bankruptcy, liquidation or receivership proceedings under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code; (iii) upon an assignment of a substantial portion of our assets for the benefit of creditors; or (iv) in the event a receiver or custodian is appointed in bankruptcy for all or substantially all of our business; provided, however, that in the case of any involuntary proceeding, such right to terminate shall only become effective if the proceeding is not dismissed within 120 days after the filing thereof. Upon termination of the agreement, all rights granted to or provided by each party to the other shall automatically and irrevocably revert to the granting party.

Grants

We have received grants from the following entities: National Institutes of Health, Voices Against Brain Cancer, Musella Foundation, Accelerate Brain Cancer Cure, Inc., National Brain Tumor Society, American Brain Tumor Association, Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma Research Foundation, and Internal Revenue Service — Qualifying Therapeutic Discovery Project Program.

Sales and Marketing

We currently own exclusive worldwide development and commercial rights to our therapeutic product candidates and underlying viral technology platforms. We plan to build at the appropriate time a commercial infrastructure targeting oncologists, neuro-oncologists and neurosurgeons and related clinicians and health care workers in leading and regional cancer centers in the United States.

We anticipate that our commercial infrastructure will be built around a “high-touch” model to maximize patient access to our products. In addition to an internal team of dedicated medical sales, marketing, medical affairs, reimbursement, and commercial operations personnel we anticipate leveraging external capabilities such as contract pharmacy services. It is possible that a Risk Evaluation Mitigation Strategy program, or REMS, will be required for our products.

For our lead product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC for HGG, we have established a base of scientific familiarity with leading physicians in the United States, EU, Canada, South Korea, Israel and Japan. If we obtain regulatory approval, we expect that the base of familiarity we have built with leading international brain cancer centers during the conduct of our clinical trials, including the Toca 5 trial, will help drive market acceptance of our product. We believe that the majority of patients undergoing treatment for HGG in the United States are treated at approximately 60 brain cancer centers in the United States, many of which have participated in our clinical trials. Therefore, we believe a highly specialized, relatively small, medically-focused sales force, in addition to medical science liasons, will be sufficient to support the commercialization of our product.

Outside the United States, we may build our own commercial infrastructure or consider opportunities to enter into out-licensing or co-promotion agreements with other pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies to develop and/or commercialize our product candidates outside the United States.

We currently have very limited sales and marketing or distribution capabilities or in-house personnel specializing in these functions.

Intellectual Property

Intellectual property is of vital importance in our field and in biotechnology generally. We seek to protect and enhance proprietary technology, inventions, and improvements that are commercially important to the

 

115


Table of Contents

development of our business by seeking, maintaining, and defending patent rights, whether developed internally or licensed from third parties.

We will also seek to rely on regulatory protection afforded through Orphan-Drug Designations, data exclusivity, market exclusivity and patent term extensions where available.

We have obtained Orphan-Drug Designation for Toca 511 & Toca FC for the treatment of GBM, which makes the product eligible for a period of orphan drug exclusivity, if approved in this indication, under certain conditions. We believe that approval under a biologics license application, or BLA, will be eligible for 12 years of market exclusivity in the United States, 10 years of market exclusivity in Europe and significant durations in other markets, which would be complementary to any relevant patent exclusivity.

Through licensing and developing our own portfolio, and as of March 2017, we have rights to eight issued patents in the United States, two of which are assigned to us and six of which are exclusively licensed to us, and 50 issued and granted patents in foreign countries, 32 of which are assigned to us and 18 of which are exclusively licensed to us, 16 patent applications in the United States, of which 15 are assigned to us and one is exclusively licensed to us, and 59 patent applications in foreign countries, all of which are assigned to us, which we believe will provide coverage on our technology platform and product candidates until approximately 2030. The Company files intellectual property it believes to be key to its business at a minimum in jurisdictions including the United States, Europe and Japan. Our original core technology was licensed from the University of Southern California, or USC, and The Regents of the University of California. Families within the portfolio are directed to our RRV technology platform, the modified CD gene that we use in Toca 511, various other therapeutic modalities and genes for use with RRV, manufacturing methods for RRV, the extended release Toca FC formulation, various combination therapies with Toca 511 & Toca FC and other agents, intravenous administration of RRV and diagnostic assays for detection of RRV.

We possess significant knowledge relating to the construction, manufacture, development and protection of gene therapy products. Certain intellectual property we aim to protect through a trade secret strategy.

Competition

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, and the immunotherapy subsector, are characterized by rapid evolution of technologies, fierce competition and strong defense of intellectual property. A wide variety of institutions, including large pharmaceutical companies, specialty biotechnology companies, academic research departments and public and private research institutions, are actively developing potentially competitive products and technologies. We face substantial competition from biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies developing products in immunotherapy and in our lead indication.

Companies developing other immunotherapy products generally fall within the following categories:

 

    diversified pharmaceutical companies developing immunotherapies, including checkpoint inhibitors: AstraZeneca plc, Bristol-Myers Squibb Co., Celgene Corporation, F. Hoffman-La Roche AG, GlaxoSmithKline plc, Merck & Co., Inc., Novartis AG, Pfizer Inc. and Sanofi SA;
    companies aimed at stimulating immune responses: Argos Therapeutics, Inc., Aduro Biotech, Inc., Advaxis, Inc., Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Immune Design Corp., Incyte Corporation, NantKwest, Inc, New Link Genetic Corporation, Northwest Biotherapeutics, Inc., Stemline Therapeutics Inc., and Trillium Therapeutics Inc.;
    companies developing CAR and TCR T cells: Adaptimmune Therapeutics plc, Bellicum Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Cellectis S.A., Juno Therapeutics, Inc., Kite Pharma, Inc. and Novartis AG; and
    companies developing virus-based technology: Amgen, Inc. (Imlygic (talimogene laherparepvec) approved by the FDA in 2015), Vascular Biogenics Ltd, DNAtrix, Inc., Ziopharm Oncology, Inc., and Duke University.

 

116


Table of Contents

Approved treatments for HGG or GBM, a subset of HGG, include surgery, radiation and chemotherapy, the most widely used being temozolomide. Other approved treatments include the carmustine implant (marketed as Gliadel wafer by Arbor Pharmaceuticals, LLC ), bevacizumab (marketed as Avastin by Genentech, Inc.), and NovoCure Limited’s personal electric field device, marketed as Optune (approved for the treatment of GBM). In addition to approved therapies, we expect that Toca 511 & Toca FC will compete with product candidates that we are aware of in clinical development by third parties, including nivolumab and ipilimumab (being developed as monocolonal antibodies targeting immune checkpoints, PD-1 and CTLA-4, for the treatment of GBM by Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.; currently in Phase 3 clinical trials), pembrolizumab (being developed as a monocolonal antibody targeting PD-1 for the treatment of GBM by Merck & Co., Inc.; currently in Phase 2 clinical trials), ABT414 (being developed as a monocolonal antibody targeting EGFR for the treatment of GBM by AbbVie Biotherapeutics Corporation; currently in Phase 2 clinical trials), VB-111 (being developed as an antiangiogenic agent delivered with adenovirus for recurrent GBM by Vascular Biogenics Ltd.; currently in Phase 3 clinical trials under a special protocol assessment), VAL-083 (a bi-functional alkylating agent in development for recurrent GBM by DelMar Pharmaceuticals Inc.; currently in Phase 1/2 clinical trials), TPI-207 (a 3 rd generation taxane in combination with bevacizumab in development for recurrent GBM by Cortice Biosciences; currently in Phase 1/2 clinical trials), martizomib (an alkylating proteasome inhibitor in development for GBM by Celgene Corporation in collaboration with Triphase Accelerator Corporation; currently in Phase 1 clinical trials), Ad-RTS-HIL-12 with veledimex in development for recurrent GBM by Ziopharm Oncology Inc.; currently in Phase 1 clinical trials, SL-701 (a GBM vaccine in development by Stemline Therapeutics Inc.; currently in Phase 2 clinical trials), PVSRIPO (being studied by Duke University as a modified oncolytic polio virus), and a CAR T cells (being studied in Phase 1 clinical trials by University of Pennsylvania and City of Hope against EGFRvIII and interleukin-13 receptor alpha 2, respectively).

Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize may compete with existing and new therapies that may become available in the future. The availability of reimbursement from government and other third-party payers will also significantly affect the pricing and competitiveness of our products.

Many of our competitors, either alone or with strategic partners, have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources than we do. Accordingly, our competitors may be more successful than we are in obtaining approval for treatments and achieving widespread market acceptance, rendering our treatments obsolete or non-competitive. Accelerated mergers and acquisitions activity in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. These companies also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials and acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

Our commercial opportunity could be substantially limited in the event that our competitors develop and commercialize products that are more effective, safer, less toxic, more convenient or cheaper than our comparable products. In geographies that are critical to our commercial success, competitors may also obtain regulatory approvals before us, resulting in our competitors building a strong market position in advance of our product’s entry. We believe the competitive factors that will determine the success of our programs will be the efficacy, safety, pricing and reimbursement, and convenience of our product candidates.

Government Regulation

Our most advanced product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC, is subject to regulation as a combination product in the U.S., which means that it is comprised of both a drug product and a biologic product. If marketed individually, each component would be subject to different regulatory pathways and reviewed by different Centers within the FDA. A combination product, however, is assigned to a Center that will have primary

 

117


Table of Contents

jurisdiction over its regulation based on a determination of the combination product’s primary mode of action, which is the single mode of action that provides the most important therapeutic action. In the case of our Toca 511 & Toca FC product candidate, we believe that the primary mode of action is attributable to the biologic component of the product, which means that the Food and Drug Administration’s Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, or CBER, has primary jurisdiction over premarket development. We have had formal communication with the Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, or CDER, acknowledging that CBER will be the lead review agency while CDER will be a consulting agency for the Toca FC product component. Accordingly, we are investigating Toca 511 & Toca FC pursuant to a single IND and we plan to seek approval of the combination product through a single BLA. Based on our discussions with the FDA to date, we do not anticipate that the FDA will require a separate marketing authorization for Toca FC, the small molecule drug component of the combination.

Combination products comprised of biological products, such as gene therapy products, and small molecule drugs, are subject to regulation under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FD&C Act, and the Public Health Service Act, or PHS Act, and other federal, state, local, and foreign statutes and regulations. Both the FD&C Act and the PHS Act and their corresponding regulations govern, among other things, the testing, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, labeling, packaging, storage, record keeping, distribution, reporting, advertising, and other promotional practices involving combination products. In the United States, before clinical testing of such combination products, we must submit an IND to the FDA, which reviews the clinical protocol, and the IND must become effective before clinical studies may begin. In some instances, we must also submit our protocols to the U.S. National Institutes of Health, or NIH, through its Recombinant DNA Advisory Committee, or RAC, before initiating clinical testing of gene therapy products. FDA approval also must be obtained before marketing of combination products. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local, and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

Within the FDA, CBER regulates gene therapy products. CBER works closely with the NIH and its RAC, which makes recommendations to the NIH on gene therapy issues and engages in a public discussion of scientific, safety, ethical and societal issues related to proposed and ongoing gene therapy protocols. The FDA and the NIH have published guidance documents with respect to the development and submission of gene therapy protocols, including informed consent documents. The FDA also has published guidance documents related to, among other things, gene therapy products in general, their preclinical assessment, observing patients involved in gene therapy studies for delayed adverse events, potency testing, and chemistry, manufacturing and control information in gene therapy INDs.

Ethical, social, and legal concerns about gene therapy, genetic testing, and genetic research could result in additional regulations restricting or prohibiting the processes we may use. Federal and state agencies, congressional committees and foreign governments have expressed interest in further regulating biotechnology. More restrictive regulations or claims that our products are unsafe or pose a hazard could prevent us from commercializing any products. New government requirements may be established that could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our product candidates under development. It is impossible to predict whether legislative changes will be enacted, regulations, policies, or guidance changed, or interpretations by agencies or courts changed, or what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

U.S. Combination Products Development Process

The process required by the FDA before a biological product, including our Toca 511 & Toca FC combination product candidate, may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

    completion of nonclinical laboratory tests and animal studies according to good laboratory practices, or GLPs, and applicable requirements for the humane use of laboratory animals or other applicable regulations;

 

118


Table of Contents
    submission to the FDA of an application for an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;
    performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials according to the FDA’s regulations commonly referred to as good clinical practices, or GCPs, and any additional requirements for the protection of human research patients and their health information, to establish the safety, purity, and potency of the proposed biological product for its intended use;
    submission to the FDA of a BLA for marketing approval that includes substantive evidence of safety, purity, and potency from results of nonclinical testing and clinical trials;
    satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities where the components of the combination product are produced and tested to assess compliance with cGMP requirements to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity;
    potential FDA audit of the nonclinical and clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the BLA; and
    FDA review and approval, or licensure, of the BLA.

Before testing any product candidate, including a gene therapy product, in humans, the product candidate enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical tests, also referred to as nonclinical studies, include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies to assess the potential safety and activity of the product candidate. The conduct of certain preclinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements including GLPs.

Where a gene therapy study is conducted at, or sponsored by, institutions receiving NIH funding for recombinant DNA research, a protocol and related documentation has to be submitted to and the clinical trial registered with the NIH Office of Biotechnology Activities, or OBA, pursuant to the NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules, or NIH Guidelines. Compliance with the NIH Guidelines is mandatory for investigators at institutions receiving NIH funds for research involving recombinant DNA, however many companies and other institutions not otherwise subject to the NIH Guidelines voluntarily follow them. The NIH is responsible for convening the RAC, a federal advisory committee, which discusses protocols that raise novel or particularly important scientific, safety or ethical considerations at one of its quarterly public meetings. Current NIH guidelines specify that RAC review of human gene transfer protocols should be limited to cases in which an oversight body, such as an Institutional Biosafety Committee or an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, determines that a protocol would significantly benefit from RAC review, and has been determined to meet certain additional criteria. The OBA will notify the FDA and the sponsor of the RAC’s decision regarding the necessity for full public review of a gene therapy protocol. RAC proceedings and reports are posted to the OBA web site and may be accessed by the public.

The clinical trial sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and a proposed clinical protocol, to the FDA as part of the IND. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA places the clinical trial on a clinical hold within that 30-day time period. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. With gene therapy protocols, if the FDA allows the IND to proceed, but the RAC decides that full public review of the protocol is warranted, the FDA will request at the completion of its IND review that sponsors delay initiation of the protocol until after completion of the RAC review process. The FDA may also impose clinical holds on a product candidate at any time before or during clinical trials due to safety concerns or non-compliance. If the FDA imposes a clinical hold, trials may not recommence without FDA authorization and then only under terms authorized by the FDA. Accordingly, we cannot be sure that submission of an IND will result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to begin, or that, once begun, issues will not arise that suspend or terminate such trials.

Clinical trials involve the administration of the product candidate to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of qualified investigators, generally physicians not employed by or under the clinical trial sponsor’s

 

119


Table of Contents

control. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, patient selection and exclusion criteria, and the parameters to be used to monitor patient safety, including stopping rules that assure a clinical trial will be stopped if certain adverse events should occur. Each protocol and any amendments to the protocol must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Clinical trials must be conducted and monitored in accordance with the FDA’s regulations comprising the GCP requirements, including the requirement that all patients provide informed consent. Further, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an independent IRB at or servicing each institution at which the clinical trial will be conducted. An IRB is charged with protecting the welfare and rights of clinical trial participants and considers such items as whether the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the form and content of the informed consent, which must be signed by each clinical trial patient or his or her legal representative, and must monitor the clinical trial until completed. Clinical trials involving biological product candidates also must be reviewed by an institutional biosafety committee, or IBC, a local institutional committee that reviews and oversees basic and clinical research conducted at that institution. The IBC assesses the safety of the research and identifies any potential risk to public health or the environment.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:

 

    Phase 1 .    The investigational product candidate is initially introduced into healthy human patients and tested for safety. In the case of some products for severe or life-threatening diseases, especially when the product candidate may be inherently too toxic to be ethically administered to healthy volunteers, the initial human testing is often conducted in patients; gene therapy is usually administered to patients in Phase 1 trials. This is also true in situations where toxicity can only be judged in patients with disease. An evaluation for preliminary evidence of efficacy can be performed at this time.
    Phase 2 .    The investigational product candidate is evaluated in a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to evaluate preliminarily the efficacy of the product candidate for specific targeted diseases, and to generate hypotheses for the dosage tolerance, optimal dosage, and dosing schedule.
    Phase 3 .    Clinical trials are undertaken to evaluate further dosage, clinical efficacy, potency, and safety in an expanded patient population at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit ratio of the product candidate and provide an adequate basis for product labeling.

Post-approval clinical trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These clinical trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication, particularly for long-term safety follow-up. The FDA recommends that sponsors observe patients for potential gene therapy-related delayed adverse events with agents such as those we are developing for a period of up to 15 years, including a minimum of five years of annual examinations followed by ten years of annual queries, either in person or by questionnaire, of clinical trial patients.

During all phases of clinical development, regulatory agencies require extensive monitoring and auditing of all clinical activities, clinical data, and clinical trial investigators. Annual progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted to the FDA. Written IND safety reports must be promptly submitted to the FDA, the NIH and the investigators for serious and unexpected adverse events, any findings from other trials, tests in laboratory animals or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk for human patients, or any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. The sponsor must submit an IND safety report within 15 calendar days after the sponsor determines that the information qualifies for expedited reporting. The sponsor also must notify the FDA of any unexpected fatal or life-threatening suspected adverse reaction within seven calendar days after the sponsor’s initial receipt of the information. Phase 1, Phase 2, and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA, the sponsor, or its data safety monitoring board may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the patients are being exposed to an

 

120


Table of Contents

unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the investigational product candidate has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and completed clinical trial results to public registries. Sponsors of clinical trials of FDA-regulated products, including biologics, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information, which is publicly available at www.clinicaltrials.gov. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved. The NIH and the FDA have a publicly accessible database, the Genetic Modification Clinical Research Information System, which includes information on gene therapy trials and serves as an electronic tool to facilitate the reporting and analysis of adverse events on these trials.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and also develop additional information about the physical characteristics of the components of a combination product as well as finalize processes for manufacturing the components in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. To help reduce the risk of the introduction of adventitious agents with use of biological products, the PHS Act emphasizes the importance of manufacturing control for products whose attributes cannot be precisely defined. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, the sponsor must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality, potency and purity of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the components of a combination product candidate do not undergo unacceptable deterioration over their shelf life.

U.S. Review and Approval Processes

After the completion of clinical trials of an investigational biologic product, FDA approval of a BLA must be obtained before commercial marketing of the product. The BLA must include results of product development, laboratory, and animal studies, human trials, information on the manufacture and composition of the product, proposed labeling and other relevant information. In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, a BLA or supplement to a BLA must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the combination product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may grant deferrals for submission of data or full or partial waivers. Unless otherwise required by regulation, PREA does not apply to any product for an indication for which orphan Designation has been granted. Currently we have Orphan-Drug Designation for Toca 511 & Toca FC for the treatment of GBM. The testing and approval processes require substantial time and effort and there can be no assurance that the FDA will accept the BLA for filing and, even if filed, that any approval will be granted on a timely basis, if at all.

Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, as amended, each BLA must be accompanied by a significant user fee. The FDA adjusts the PDUFA user fees on an annual basis. PDUFA also imposes annual product fees and annual establishment fees on facilities used to manufacture prescription drugs or biologics. Fee waivers or reductions are available in certain circumstances, including a waiver of the application fee for the first application filed by a small business. Additionally, no user fees are assessed on BLAs for products designated as orphan drugs, unless the application also includes a non-orphan indication.

Within 60 days following submission of the application, the FDA reviews a BLA submitted to determine if it is substantially complete before the agency accepts it for filing. The FDA may refuse to file any BLA that it deems incomplete or not properly reviewable at the time of submission and may request additional information.

 

121


Table of Contents

In this event, the BLA must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application also is subject to an initial filing review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review of the BLA. The FDA reviews the BLA to determine, among other things, whether the proposed product is safe and potent, or effective, for its intended use, and has an acceptable purity profile, and whether the product is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP to assure and preserve the product’s identity, safety, strength, quality, potency and purity. The FDA may refer applications for novel products or products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions. During the product approval process, the FDA also will determine whether a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, is necessary to assure the safe use of the product. If the FDA concludes that a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the BLA must submit a proposed REMS; the FDA will not approve the BLA without a REMS, if required.

Before approving a BLA, the FDA will inspect the facilities at which the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in substantial compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving a BLA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites, to assure that the clinical trials were conducted in compliance with GCP requirements. To assure cGMP, GLP and GCP compliance, an applicant must incur significant expenditure of time, money, and effort in the areas of training, record keeping, production, and quality control.

Notwithstanding the submission of relevant data and information, the FDA may ultimately decide that the BLA does not satisfy its regulatory criteria for approval and deny approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive and the FDA may interpret data differently from how we interpret the same data. If the agency decides not to approve the BLA in its present form, the FDA will issue a complete response letter that usually describes all of the specific deficiencies in the BLA identified by the FDA. The deficiencies identified may be minor, for example, requiring labeling changes, or major, for example, requiring additional clinical trials. Additionally, the complete response letter may include recommended actions that the applicant might take to place the application in a condition for approval. If a complete response letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the BLA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application.

If a product candidate receives regulatory approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. Further, the FDA may require that certain contraindications, warnings, or precautions be included in the product labeling. The FDA may impose restrictions and conditions on product distribution, prescribing, or dispensing in the form of a risk management plan, or otherwise limit the scope of any approval. In addition, the FDA may require post marketing clinical trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials, designed to assess further a biological product’s safety and effectiveness, and testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products that have been commercialized.

One of the performance goals agreed to by the FDA under the PDUFA is to review 90% of original standard BLAs within 10 months of the 60 day filing date and 90% of original priority BLAs within six months of the 60 day filing date, whereupon a review decision is to be made. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates for standard and priority BLAs and its review goals are subject to change from time to time. The review process and the PDUFA goal date may be extended by three months if the FDA requests or the BLA sponsor otherwise provides additional information or clarification regarding information already provided in the submission within the last three months before the PDUFA goal date.

 

122


Table of Contents

Orphan-Drug Designation

Under the Orphan-Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biological product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug or biological product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product. Orphan product designation must be requested before submitting a BLA. After the FDA grants orphan product designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. We have been granted Orphan-Drug Designation by the FDA for Toca 511 & Toca FC for the treatment of GBM, which is a subset of HGG, the indication that we are initially pursuing. Orphan product designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process. There can be no assurance that we will receive Orphan-Drug Designation for additional indications or for any additional product candidates.

If a product candidate that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan product exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug or biological product for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan exclusivity. Competitors, however, may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity. Orphan product exclusivity also could block the approval of one of our products for seven years if a competitor obtains approval of the same biological product as defined by the FDA or if our product candidate is determined to be contained within the competitor’s product for the same indication or disease. If a drug or biological product designated as an orphan product receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what is designated, it may not be entitled to orphan product exclusivity.

Expedited Development and Review Programs

The FDA has four programs in place intended to facilitate and expedite development and review of new drugs and biologics intended to address unmet medical needs in the treatment of serious or life-threatening conditions: Fast Track Designation, Breakthrough Therapy Designation, accelerated approval, and priority review designation.

The Fast Track program is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing a new product if it is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and it demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for such a disease or condition. Fast Track Designation applies to the combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a new drug or biologic may request the FDA to designate the drug or biologic as a Fast Track product at any time during the clinical development of the product. Unique to a Fast Track product, the FDA may consider for review sections of the marketing application on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the application, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the application and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the application. We have received Fast Track Designation of Toca 511 & Toca FC for the treatment of patients with recurrent HGG, to improve their overall survival.

A new product can receive Breakthrough Therapy Designation if it is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that it may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. A Breakthrough Therapy Designation conveys all of the features of Fast Track Designation in addition to more

 

123


Table of Contents

intensive FDA guidance on an efficient development program, organizational commitment involving senior managers, and eligibility for priority review. Specifically, FDA intends to expedite the development and review of a Breakthrough Therapy by, where appropriate, intensively involving senior managers and experienced review staff in a proactive collaborative, cross-disciplinary review. Where appropriate, FDA also intends to assign a cross-disciplinary project lead for the review team to facilitate an efficient review of the development program. The FDA notes that a compressed drug development program still must generate adequate data to demonstrate that the drug or biologic meets the statutory standard for approval. Omitting components of the development program that are necessary for such a determination can significantly delay, or even preclude, marketing approval.

The FDA has granted Toca 511 & Toca FC Breakthrough Therapy Designation for the treatment of recurrent HGG. Our Breakthrough Therapy Designation application was based on data from three Phase 1 ascending-dose clinical trials involving 126 patients with recurrent brain cancer. The clinical data included results published in Science Translational Medicine, including safety data, patient survival data and data regarding durable, complete or partial tumor shrinkage as determined by independent radiology review. In addition, preclinical information was provided to the FDA supporting a novel immunological mechanism of action involving the depletion of immune-suppressive myeloid cells in the tumor microenvironment.

Breakthrough Therapy Designation indicates that preliminary clinical evidence demonstrates the drug may have substantial improvement on one or more clinically significant endpoints over available therapy. Breakthrough Therapy Designation intensifies FDA involvement to ensure an efficient drug development program and is an organizational commitment from the FDA to involve its senior managers. We have up to six months after receiving the Breakthrough Therapy Designation to request an Initial Comprehensive Multidisciplinary meeting to discuss the drug development program. This initial meeting is a Type B meeting, used to discuss the overarching, high-level plan for drug development. The discussion will include topics such as planned clinical trials and endpoints, any resizing or adaptations to the trials, plans for expediting the manufacturing development strategy and studies that potentially could be completed after approval. When Breakthrough Therapy Designation has been granted, the FDA is encouraged to meet regularly with the sponsor and subsequent meetings are considered Type B meetings and are established based on the needs of the program.

The FDA may grant Accelerated Approval to a product candidate for a serious or life-threatening condition upon a determination that the product candidate has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or an effect on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. Accelerated approval is usually contingent on a sponsor’s agreement to conduct adequate and well-controlled additional post-approval trials to verify and describe the product’s clinical benefit. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product.

Fast Track Designation, Breakthrough Therapy Designation, and accelerated approval do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development process.

An application for a product candidate may be eligible to obtain Priority Review Designation if it is intended to treat a serious condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness. The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of an application for a new product designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review. A Priority Review Designation means FDA’s goal is to take action on the marketing application within six months (compared to 10 months under standard review) of the 60-day filing date. Priority Review Designation does not change the standards for approval but may expedite the review process.

 

124


Table of Contents

Post-Approval Requirements

Maintaining post-approval compliance with applicable federal, state, and local statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Rigorous and extensive FDA regulation of combination products continues after approval, particularly with respect to cGMP. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production and distribution of clinical and commercial quantities of any products that we may commercialize. Manufacturers of our products are required to comply with applicable requirements in the cGMP regulations, including quality control and quality assurance and maintenance of records and documentation. Other post-approval requirements applicable to combination products include reporting of cGMP deviations that may affect the identity, potency, purity and overall safety of a distributed product, record-keeping requirements, reporting of adverse effects, reporting updated safety and efficacy information, and complying with electronic record and signature requirements. After a BLA is approved, the product also may be subject to official lot release. As part of the manufacturing process, the manufacturer is required to perform certain tests on each lot of the product before it is released for distribution. If the product is subject to official release by the FDA, the manufacturer submits samples of each lot of product to the FDA together with a release protocol showing a summary of the history of manufacture of the lot and the results of all of the manufacturer’s tests performed on the lot. The FDA also may perform certain confirmatory tests on lots of some products, such as viral vaccines, before releasing the lots for distribution by the manufacturer. In addition, the FDA conducts laboratory research related to the regulatory standards on the safety, purity, potency, and effectiveness of combination products.

We also must comply with the FDA’s advertising and promotion requirements, such as those related to direct-to-consumer advertising, the prohibition on promoting products for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the product’s approved labeling (known as “off-label use”), industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the internet. Discovery of previously unknown problems or the failure to comply with the applicable regulatory requirements may result in restrictions on the marketing of a product or withdrawal of the product from the market as well as possible civil or criminal sanctions. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant or manufacturer to administrative or judicial civil or criminal sanctions and adverse publicity. FDA sanctions could include refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, clinical hold, warning or untitled letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, mandated corrective advertising or communications with doctors, debarment, restitution, disgorgement of profits, or civil or criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

Manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved products are required to register the establishments where the approved products are made with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMPs and other laws. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance. Discovery of problems with a product after approval may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer, or holder of an approved BLA, including withdrawal of the product from the market. In addition, changes to the manufacturing process or facility generally require prior FDA approval before being implemented. Other types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications and additional labeling claims, are also subject to further FDA review and approval.

U.S. Patent Term Restoration

Depending upon the timing, duration, and specifics of the FDA approval of the use of our product candidates, some of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent restoration term of up to five years as

 

125


Table of Contents

compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. However, patent term restoration cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. The patent term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of a BLA plus the time between the submission date of a BLA and the approval of that application. Only one patent applicable to an approved biological product is eligible for the extension and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we may intend to apply for restoration of patent term for one of our currently owned or licensed patents to add patent life beyond its current expiration date, depending on the expected length of the clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of the relevant BLA.

Biosimilars and Exclusivity

The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products shown to be highly similar to, or interchangeable with, an FDA-licensed reference biological product. The FDA has issued several guidance documents outlining an approach to review and approval of biosimilars.

Biosimilarity, which requires that there be no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity, and potency, can be shown through analytical studies, animal studies, and a clinical study or studies. Interchangeability requires that a product is biosimilar to the reference product and the product must demonstrate that it can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product in any given patient and, for products that are administered multiple times to an individual, the biologic and the reference biologic may be alternated or switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biologic. However, complexities associated with the larger, and often more complex, structures of biological products, as well as the processes by which such products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation of the abbreviated approval pathway that are still being worked out by the FDA.

The BPCIA includes, among other provisions:

 

    A 12-year exclusivity period from the date of first licensure of the reference product, during which approval of a 351(k) application referencing that product may not be made effective;
    A four-year exclusivity period from the date of first licensure of the reference product, during which a 351(k) application referencing that product may not be submitted; and
    An exclusivity period for certain biological products that have been approved through the 351(k) pathway as interchangeable biosimilars;

The BPCIA also establishes procedures for identifying and resolving patent disputes involving applications submitted under section 351(k) of the PHS Act.

A biological product can also obtain pediatric market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing exclusivity periods and patent terms. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection or patent term, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric clinical trial in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a clinical trial.

The BPCIA is complex and only beginning to be interpreted and implemented by the FDA. In addition, recent government proposals have sought to reduce the 12-year reference product exclusivity period. Other aspects of the BPCIA, some of which may impact the BPCIA exclusivity provisions, have also been the subject of recent litigation. As a result, the ultimate impact, implementation, and meaning of the BPCIA is subject to uncertainty.

 

126


Table of Contents

Additional U.S. Regulation

In the United States, our activities are potentially subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including but not limited to, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, other divisions of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, for instance the Office of Inspector General, the U.S. Department of Justice, or DOJ, and individual U.S. Attorney offices within the DOJ, and state and local governments. For example, sales, marketing and scientific/educational grant programs must comply with the anti-fraud and abuse provisions of the Social Security Act, the false claims laws, the physician payment transparency laws, the privacy and security provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and similar state laws, each as amended.

In addition to the foregoing, state and federal laws regarding environmental protection and hazardous substances, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Resource Conservancy and Recovery Act and the Toxic Substances Control Act, may affect our business. These and other laws govern our use, handling and disposal of various biological, chemical, and radioactive substances used in, and wastes generated by, our operations. If our operations result in contamination of the environment or expose individuals to hazardous substances, we could be liable for damages and governmental fines. We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable environmental laws and that continued compliance therewith is unlikely to have a material adverse effect on our business. We cannot predict, however, how changes in these laws may affect our future operations.

Federal and State Fraud and Abuse Laws

In the United States, our activities are potentially subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including but not limited to, CMS, other divisions of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, for instance, the Office of Inspector General, DOJ, and individual U.S. Attorney offices within the DOJ, and state and local governments. These federal and state laws, which generally will not be applicable to us or our product candidates unless and until we obtain FDA marketing approval for any of our product candidates, include, among others, anti-kickback statutes, false claims statutes, transparency laws, privacy and regulation regarding providing drug samples, sales and marketing activities and our relationships with customers and payors as follows.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, individuals and entities from knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting, or receiving any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, recommending, ordering, or arranging for the purchase, lease, recommendation or order of any health care item or service reimbursable, in whole or in part, under Medicare, Medicaid, or other federally financed healthcare programs. This statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on one hand and prescribers, purchasers, and formulary managers on the other. Although there are a number of statutory exemptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common activities from prosecution, the exemptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases, or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exemption or safe harbor. Additionally, the intent standard under the Anti-Kickback Statute was amended by the Affordable Care Act to a stricter standard such that a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Further, the Affordable Care Act codified case law that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act.

HIPAA created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud or to obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations or promises, any money or property owned by, or under the control or custody of, any

 

127


Table of Contents

healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payers, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by trick, scheme or device, a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

Federal false claims and civil monetary penalties laws, including the federal civil False Claims Act, prohibit, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false, fictitious or fraudulent claim for payment to, or approval by, the federal government, or knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used, a false statement to get a false claim paid. Several pharmaceutical and other health care companies have been prosecuted under these laws for allegedly providing free product to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal programs for the product. Other companies have been prosecuted for causing false claims to be submitted because of the company’s marketing of the product for unapproved, and thus non-reimbursable, uses.

The majority of states also have statutes or regulations similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and false claims laws, which apply to items and services, reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payer.

We may also be subject to data privacy and security regulations by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, including the final Omnibus Rule published on January 25, 2013, imposes requirements on certain types of entities, including mandatory contractual terms, relating to the privacy, security, and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA’s security standards and certain privacy standards directly applicable to business associates, which are independent contractors or agents of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also created four new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, many state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in specified circumstances, many of which differ from each other and from HIPAA in significant ways and may not have the same requirements, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Additionally, the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act under the Affordable Care Act, and its implementing regulations, require that certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biological and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with certain exceptions, annually report to CMS information related to certain payments or other transfers of value made or distributed to physicians and teaching hospitals, or to entities or individuals at the request of, or designated on behalf of, the physicians and teaching hospitals and to report annually certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Failure to submit timely, accurately, and completely the required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year and up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”. Certain states also mandate implementation of compliance programs, impose restrictions on pharmaceutical manufacturer marketing practices, and/or require the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation, and other remuneration to healthcare providers and entities.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the exceptions and safe harbors, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Such a challenge could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these or any other health regulatory laws that may apply to us, we may be subject to, without limitation, significant penalties, including the imposition of significant civil,

 

128


Table of Contents

criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

In addition, as part of the sales and marketing process, pharmaceutical companies frequently provide samples of approved products to physicians. This practice is regulated by the FDA and other governmental authorities, including, in particular, requirements concerning record keeping and control procedures. Any failure to comply with the regulations may result in significant criminal and civil penalties as well as damage to our credibility in the marketplace.

Coverage and Reimbursement

In many of the markets where we may do business in the future, the prices of pharmaceutical products are subject to direct price controls (by law) and to reimbursement programs with varying price control mechanisms. In the United States, significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any product candidates for which we obtain product approval. Often private payers follow the coverage and reimbursement decisions of the Medicare program, and it is difficult to predict how CMS may decide to cover and reimburse approved products, especially novel products, and those determinations are subject to change.

Moreover, the process for determining whether a third-party payer will provide coverage for a drug product may be separate from the process for setting the price of a drug product or for establishing the reimbursement rate that such a payer will pay for the drug product. Third-party payers may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the FDA-approved drugs for a particular indication. A decision by a third-party payer not to cover our product candidates could reduce physician utilization of our products once approved. A payer’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payer’s determination to provide coverage for a drug product does not assure that other payers will also provide coverage for the drug product. Coverage and reimbursement for new products can differ significantly from payer to payer. As a result, the coverage determination process will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payer separately and will be a time-consuming process. Additionally, third-party reimbursement may not be available or may not be adequate to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.

The marketability of any product candidates for which we or our collaborators receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payers fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. In addition, an emphasis on cost containment measures in the United States has increased and we expect will continue to increase the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing. Third-party payers are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of drugs, medical devices and medical services, in addition to questioning safety and efficacy. If these third-party payers do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our products after FDA approval or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products at a profit. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we or our collaborators receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

Healthcare Reform

In March 2010, President Obama enacted the Affordable Care Act, which has the potential to substantially change healthcare financing and delivery by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impact the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry. The Affordable Care Act will impact existing government healthcare programs and may result in the development of new programs.

 

129


Table of Contents

Among the Affordable Care Act’s provisions of importance to the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, in addition to those otherwise described above, are the following:

 

    an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents apportioned among these entities according to their market share in some government healthcare programs;
    an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, to 23.1% and 13% of the average manufacturer price for most branded and generic drugs, respectively and capped the total rebate amount for innovator drugs at 100% of the Average Manufacturer Price, or AMP;
    a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for certain drugs and biologics, including our product candidates, that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected;
    extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations;
    expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to additional individuals and by adding new mandatory eligibility categories for individuals with income at or below 133% of the federal poverty level, thereby potentially increasing manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability;
    a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;
    expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;
    a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research;
    establishment of a Center for Medicare Innovation at CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending that began on January 1, 2011; and
    a licensure framework for follow on biologic products.

There have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act. As a result, there have been delays in the implementation of, and action taken to repeal or replace, certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act. In January 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order directing federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the Affordable Care Act to waive, defer, grant exemptions from or delay the implementation of any provision of the Affordable Care Act that would impose a fiscal or regulatory burden on states, individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. Further, in January 2017, Congress adopted a budget resolution for fiscal year 2017, or the Budget Resolution, that authorizes the implementation of legislation that would repeal portions of the Affordable Care Act. Following the passage of the Budget Resolution, in March 2017, the U.S. House of Representatives introduced legislation known as the American Health Care Act, or the AHCA, which, if enacted, would amend or repeal significant portions of the Affordable Care Act. Among other changes, the AHCA, would repeal the annual fee on certain brand prescription drugs and biologics imposed on manufacturers and importers, eliminate penalties on individuals and employers that fail to maintain or provide minimum essential coverage and create refundable tax credits to assist individuals in buying health insurance. The AHCA would also make significant changes to Medicaid by, among other things, making Medicaid expansion optional for states, repealing the requirement that state Medicaid plans provide the same essential health benefits that are required by plans available on the exchanges, modifying federal funding, including implementing a per capita cap on federal payments to states, and changing certain eligibility requirements.

 

130


Table of Contents

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. For example, in August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the fiscal year 2012 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and, due to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, will remain in effect through 2025 unless additional Congressional action is taken. Further, in January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

We anticipate that the Affordable Care Act and other legislative reforms will result in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product, if covered, and could seriously harm our business. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare and other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payers. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our products. In addition, it is possible that there will be further legislation or regulation that could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Environmental Regulation

In addition to the foregoing, state and federal laws regarding environmental protection and hazardous substances, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Resource Conservancy and Recovery Act and the Toxic Substances Control Act, may affect our business. These and other laws govern our use, handling and disposal of various biological, chemical, and radioactive substances used in, and wastes generated by, our operations. If our operations result in contamination of the environment or expose individuals to hazardous substances, we could be liable for damages and governmental fines. We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable environmental laws and that continued compliance therewith is unlikely to have a material adverse effect on our business. We cannot predict, however, how changes in these laws may affect our future operations.

U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, to which we are subject, prohibits corporations and individuals from engaging in certain activities to obtain or retain business or to influence a person working in an official capacity. It is illegal to pay, offer to pay or authorize the payment of anything of value to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party, or political candidate in an attempt to obtain or retain business or to influence otherwise a person working in an official capacity.

Government Regulation Outside of the United States

In addition to regulations in the United States, we will be subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing, among other things, clinical trials and any commercial sales and distribution of our products. Because biologically sourced raw materials are subject to unique contamination risks, their use may be subjected to different types of restrictions in different countries.

Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain the required approvals from regulatory authorities in foreign countries prior to the commencement of clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. Certain countries outside of the United States have a similar process that requires the

 

131


Table of Contents

submission of a clinical trial application equivalent to an IND prior to the commencement of human clinical trials. In the European Union, for example, a clinical trial authorization, or CTA, must be submitted to each country’s national health authority and an independent ethics committee, much like the FDA and the IRB, respectively. Once the CTA is approved in accordance with a country’s requirements, clinical trials may start.

The requirements and process governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing, and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, the clinical trials are to be conducted in accordance with GCP, applicable regulatory requirements, and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension, or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution in those countries.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our business activities. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, as of the date of this prospectus, we do not believe we are party to any claim or litigation the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in San Diego, California. Our current leased facility encompasses approximately 17,000 square feet of laboratory and office space. The lease for this facility expires in February 2018. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our current needs and that this facilities lease can be renewed, or that suitable additional alternative spaces will be available in the future, on commercially reasonable terms.

Research and Development

Our research and development expenses were $19.2 million and $27.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

Employees

As of December 31, 2016, we had 61 full-time employees, 18 of whom have Ph.D. or M.D. degrees. Of these full-time employees, 49 employees are engaged in research and development activities and 12 employees are engaged in finance and general management activities including accounting, contracts, human resources, information technology, investor relations, marketing and business development. We have no collective bargaining agreements with our employees and we have not experienced any work stoppages. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

 

132


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and directors as of March 1, 2017.

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Martin J. Duvall

     54      Chief Executive Officer and Director

Harry E. Gruber, M.D.

     64      President, Research and Development and Director

Dennis N. Berman

     66      Executive Vice President, Corporate Development and Director

Thomas E. Darcy

     66      Executive Vice President and Director

Asha Das, M.D.

     52     

Vice President, Clinical Development and Medical Affairs and acting Chief Medical Officer

Mark Foletta

     56      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Douglas Jolly, Ph.D.

     69      Executive Vice President, Research and Pharmaceutical Development

Non-Employee Directors

     

Faheem Hasnain (1) (2) (3)

     58      Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Franklin M. Berger (1) (3)

     67      Director

Lori Kunkel, M.D. (2)

     59      Director

David Parkinson, M.D. (1)

     66      Director

Paul Schimmel, Ph.D. (2)

     76      Director

 

(1) Member of the audit committee.

 

(2) Member of the compensation committee.

 

(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Martin J. Duvall has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since November 2016. Prior to joining us, Mr. Duvall served as Executive Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer of ARIAD Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a publicly-held biotechnology company, from September 2011 to June 2016. From December 2010 to September 2011, he served as Senior Vice President and General Manager for the oncology franchise at Merck & Co., Inc., a publicly-held healthcare company. Prior to that, he served in similar capacities at Abraxis Bioscience, Inc., a publicly-held biotechnology company, and MGI Pharma, Inc., a publicly-held biopharmaceutical company, and in positions of increasing responsibility at Sanofi US, a publicly-held biotechnology company. Mr. Duvall received his B.S. degree in chemistry from Muhlenberg College, his M.A. degree in chemistry from Johns Hopkins University and his M.B.A. from the University of Kansas. We believe that Mr. Duvall’s experience in managing and building biotechnology companies qualifies him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Harry E. Gruber, M.D. has served as our President, Research and Development since November 2016 and as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. Dr. Gruber served as our Chief Executive Officer from August 2007 to November 2016 and served as Chairman of our board of directors from August 2007 to October 2014. Dr. Gruber is a co-founder of Tocagen and has been the co-founder and/or co-inventor of key technology for the following publicly-held companies: Gensia Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, Viagene Inc., a gene therapy company, Aramed, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, INTERVU Inc., a technology company, and Kintera, Inc., a technology company. Dr. Gruber holds a B.A. and an M.D. from the University of Pennsylvania and trained in Internal Medicine, Biochemical Genetics and Rheumatology/Immunology at the University of California, San Diego, where he subsequently joined the medical school faculty until founding Gensia Inc. We believe that Dr. Gruber’s experience in founding, managing and building biotechnology and high tech companies qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

 

133


Table of Contents

Dennis N. Berman has served as our Executive Vice President, Corporate Development and as a member of our board of directors since December 2007. Mr. Berman is a co-founder of Tocagen. Prior to joining us, he was an Executive Vice President, Director and co-founder of Kintera, Inc., a technology company, where he served for seven years. Prior to co-founding Kintera, Inc., Mr. Berman was Vice President of Corporate Development of INTERVU Inc., a technology company, where he oversaw strategic alliances and financings. Prior to INTERVU Inc., Mr. Berman was a partner in large law firms. Mr. Berman received his Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Pennsylvania and his Bachelor of Science degree from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Berman also holds a General Course Certificate from the London School of Economics and received his Juris Doctor from Harvard Law School. We believe that Mr. Berman’s experience in founding and managing companies and his legal expertise qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Berman has tendered his resignation as an executive officer and member of our board of directors effective as of the day immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

Thomas E. Darcy has served as our Executive Vice President and as a member of our board of directors since August 2007 and served as our Chief Financial Officer from August 2007 to February 2017. Mr. Darcy is a co-founder of Tocagen. Prior to joining us, Mr. Darcy served for over five years as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Science Applications International Corporation, or SAIC, a publicly-held science and technology company. Mr. Darcy also served as a director and chairman of the audit committee of McAfee, Inc., a publicly-held technology company, for over three years until its sale to Intel Corporation in February 2011. Mr. Darcy also currently serves as a director and chairman of the audit committee of Lytx, Inc., a privately-held technology company, and the San Diego County YMCA. Prior to SAIC, he was a Partner in the accounting firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, where he served as the Managing Partner of both the West and Southwest Region Audit and Business Advisory Service Technology practices, as well as the Managing Partner of the San Diego office. Mr. Darcy is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive) in the state of California and graduated from San Diego State University with a B.S. in Accounting. We believe that Mr. Darcy’s board, financial and management expertise qualifies him to serve as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Darcy has notified us that he intends to resign as our Executive Vice President shortly following the closing of this offering but he will remain a member of our board of directors.

Asha Das, M.D. has served as our acting Chief Medical Officer since May 2016 and has served as our Vice President, Clinical Development and Medical Affairs since April 2015. From April 2008 to April 2015, Dr. Das served in positions of increasing responsibility at Genentech Inc., a biotechnology company and member of the Roche Group, initially as Associate Medical Director and ultimately as Group Medical Director. From 2005 to 2008, Dr. Das served as Associate Medical Director at Eisai Inc., a pharmaceutical company. Prior to that, Dr. Das was head of the neuro-oncology program at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center. Dr. Das is certified in neurology by the American Board of Psychiatry and Neurology and in the sub-specialty of neuro-oncology by the United Council for Neurologic Subspecialties and previously served as a clinical fellow in neuro-oncology at Massachusetts General Hospital. Dr. Das has completed a residency in neurology at Cornell Medical Center and has held academic appointments at the University of California, Los Angeles; University of California, San Francisco; and National University of Singapore. Dr. Das obtained her M.D. and bachelor’s degree from Cornell University.

Mark Foletta has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since February 2017. Prior to joining us, Mr. Foletta served as the Interim Chief Financial Officer of Biocept, Inc., a publicly-held diagnostics company, from August 2015 to July 2016. Mr. Foletta served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Amylin, a publicly-held biopharmaceutical company, from March 2006 until October 2012 and as Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Amylin from March 2000 until March 2006. Mr. Foletta serves as a member of the board of directors, chairman of the audit committee and member of the nominating and governance committee of Regulus Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly-held biopharmaceutical company, as lead director of the board of directors and chairman of the audit committee of DexCom, Inc., a publicly-held medical device company and as a member of the board of directors and chairman of the audit committee of Amn Healthcare Services, Inc., a publicly-held healthcare workforce and staffing company, and Viacyte, Inc., a privately-held biotechnology company.

 

134


Table of Contents

Mr. Foletta previously served as a member of the board of directors of Ambit Biosciences Corporation and Anadys Pharmaceuticals, Inc., each a publicly-held biopharmaceutical company. Mr. Foletta received a B.A. from the University of California, Santa Barbara. He is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive) and a member of the Corporate Directors Forum.

Douglas Jolly, Ph.D. has served as our Executive Vice President, Research and Pharmaceutical Development since December 2007. Dr. Jolly is a co-founder of Tocagen and an internationally recognized expert in the field of gene therapy and its pharmaceutical application. Over the last 25 years he has been a senior biotechnology executive involved in translating gene-based products from research through clinical development at the following companies: Viagene, Inc., where he was also a co-founder, Chiron Corporation, Oxford BioMedica plc, where he ran the U.S. subsidiary, BioMedica Inc., and Advantagene, Inc. Before entering the biopharmaceutical industry, Dr. Jolly pursued his academic career in biophysics and molecular biology at the Weizmann Institute, Harvard Medical School, Scripps Clinic, the University of California, San Diego and The French National Institute for Health and Medical Research, INSERM, in Paris, France. Dr. Jolly holds a Ph.D. in Biochemistry from the University of Glasgow. Dr. Jolly is a board member, chairman of the Industrial Liaison Committee, and also currently serves as a member of the Translational Medicine Committee, of the American Society of Gene & Cell Therapy.

Non-Employee Directors

Faheem Hasnain has served as the Chairman of our board of directors since October 2014. Mr. Hasnain served as President, Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the board of directors of Receptos, Inc., or, Receptos, a publicly-held biopharmaceutical company, from November 2010 until the company’s acquisition by Celgene Corporation in August 2015. Prior to joining Receptos, Mr. Hasnain was the President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Facet Biotech Corporation, or Facet Biotech, a publicly-held biology driven antibody company with a focus in multiple sclerosis and oncology. He held that position from December 2008 until the company’s acquisition by Abbott Laboratories in April 2010. Prior to joining Facet Biotech, Mr. Hasnain was President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of PDL BioPharma, Inc. from October 2008 until Facet Biotech was spun off from PDL BioPharma, Inc. in December 2008. From October 2004 to September 2008, Mr. Hasnain served at Biogen Idec Inc., a publicly-held biotechnology company specializing in neurological disorders, autoimmune disorders and cancer, most recently as Executive Vice President in charge of the oncology/rheumatology strategic business unit. Prior to Biogen Idec Inc., Mr. Hasnain held roles with Bristol Myers Squibb, where he was President of the Oncology Therapeutics Network, and for 14 years at GlaxoSmithKline and its predecessor organizations. Mr. Hasnain serves on the board of directors of Kura Oncology, Inc. and Vital Therapies, Inc. and previously served as a member of the board of directors of Ambit Biosciences Corporation, Seragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Tercica, Inc., Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Pernix Sleep, Inc. and Somaxon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mr. Hasnain received a B.H.K. and B.Ed. from the University of Windsor Ontario in Canada. We believe that Mr. Hasnain is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his years of experience with drug discovery and development and his experience as a biotechnology executive.

Franklin M. Berger has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2014. Since 2008, Mr. Berger has served as an independent consultant to biopharmaceutical companies rendering strategic and financial advice as the Managing Director of FMB Research. Mr. Berger worked at Sectoral Asset Management as a founder of the small-cap focused NEMO Fund from January 2007 through June 2008. From May 1998 to March 2003, he served at J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., most recently as Managing Director, Equity Research and Senior Biotechnology Analyst. Previously, Mr. Berger served in similar capacities at Salomon Smith Barney and Josephthal & Co. Mr. Berger also serves on the boards of directors of Immune Design Corp., BELLUS Health, Inc., ESSA Pharma Inc., Proteostasis Therapeutics, Inc. and Five Prime Therapeutics, Inc., each of which is a publicly-held biotechnology company. Mr. Berger previously served as a member of the board of directors of Seattle Genetics, Inc., Asterias Biotherapeutics, Inc. and Aurinia Pharmaceuticals, Inc., publicly-held biopharmaceutical companies, as well as Emisphere Technologies, Inc., BioTime, Inc. and VaxGen, Inc., each of which were publicly-held biopharmaceutical companies during Mr. Berger’s service as a director. Mr. Berger

 

135


Table of Contents

received his B.A. in International Relations and his M.A. in International Economics from Johns Hopkins University and received his M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School. We believe that Mr. Berger is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his financial background and experience as an equity analyst in the biotechnology industry.

Paul Schimmel, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2015. Dr. Schimmel is the Hahn Professor of Molecular Biology and Chemistry at The Scripps Research Institute, a position he has held since 2001. Dr. Schimmel co-founded Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, a publicly-held biopharmaceutical company, and currently serves as a member of the company’s board of directors. He also serves as a member of the board of directors of aTyr Pharma, Inc., a publicly-held biopharmaceutical company. In addition, Dr. Schimmel co-founded and served as a founding director of Cubist Pharmaceuticals, a publicly-held biopharmaceutical company, acquired by Merck and Co. He previously served as a member of the board of directors of Alkermes plc, Sirtris Pharmaceuticals, acquired by GlaxoSmithKline, RepliGen Corporation and Momenta Pharmaceuticals, Inc., which are all publicly-held biopharmaceutical companies. Prior to joining The Scripps Research Institute, Dr. Schimmel was the MacArthur professor of biophysics and biochemistry at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He also served as chairman for the division of biological chemistry at the American Chemical Society and is an elected member of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, the National Academy of Sciences, the American Philosophical Society and the Institute of Medicine. Dr. Schimmel received his Ph.D. from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and his bachelor’s degree from Ohio Wesleyan University. He conducted his post-doctoral work at Stanford University. We believe that Dr. Schimmel is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his years of experience with biotechnology enterprises and with cellular mechanisms.

David Parkinson, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2015. Since January 2016, Dr. Parkinson has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of ESSA Pharma, Inc., a publicly-held biopharmaceutical company. Dr. Parkinson is also a venture advisor at New Enterprise Associates, a venture capital fund, a company he has been with since June 2012. Dr. Parkinson has more than twenty years of experience in oncology clinical development, including leading clinical activities at Amgen and Novartis for the cancer therapeutics Gleevec, Femara, Zometa, Kepivance and Vectibix. Dr. Parkinson presently serves on the board of directors of Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Cerulean Pharma Inc., ESSA Pharma Inc. and 3S Bio, each a biopharmaceutical company, and previously served on the board of directors of Facet Biotech and Ambit Biosciences Corporation, a biopharmaceutical company acquired by Daiichi Sankyo. Among other prior roles, Dr. Parkinson was Vice President of Oncology Development at Amgen, Vice President of Global Clinical Oncology Development at Novartis and Senior Vice President at Biogen Idec, leading oncology research and development. Previously, Dr. Parkinson worked at the National Cancer Institute for almost a decade, including serving as chief of the Investigational Drug Branch. He has also served as the chairman of the FDA Biologics Advisory Committee. Dr. Parkinson received his M.D. from University of Toronto Faculty of Medicine. We believe that Dr. Parkinson is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his years of experience with drug development.

Lori Kunkel, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2015. From October 2013 to October 2014 she was the acting Chief Medical Officer of Loxo Oncology, Inc. Prior to that role she was the Chief Medical Officer of Pharmacyclics LLC, the Chief Medical Officer of Proteolix, Inc., and the Vice President of Clinical Development at Xencor, Inc., each a biopharmaceutical company. Prior to these positions she was a clinical scientist at Genentech, a biopharmaceutical company, where she worked on the development of RITUXAN. Additionally, as a clinical drug development specialist, Dr. Kunkel has advised multiple clients including Chiron, Genentech/Roche, Salmedics, and currently is an advisor to Stemcentrx, Inc. and Amphivena Therapeutics, each a biopharmaceutical company. Prior to joining the biotechnology industry, Dr. Kunkel spent ten years in academic medicine and served as a faculty member at the Bone Marrow Transplant Unit in the Division of Hematology/Oncology at University of California, Los Angeles. Dr. Kunkel serves on the board of directors of Loxo Oncology, Inc., a publicly-held biotechnology company, Curis, Inc., a publicly-held biotechnology company, and Harpoon Therapeutics, Inc., a privately-held biotechnology company. Dr. Kunkel received her medical degree from University of Southern California and her bachelor’s degree in biology from University of California, San Diego. She is board certified in internal medicine and held board certifications in hematology and oncology. We believe that Dr. Kunkel is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her years of experience with clinical drug development.

 

136


Table of Contents

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are organized under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of nine members and, effective as of the day immediately prior to the closing of this offering, will consist of eight directors. The primary responsibilities of our board of directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Our board of directors meets on a regular basis and on an ad hoc basis as required.

Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors other than Mr. Duvall, Dr. Gruber, Mr. Berman and Mr. Darcy are independent directors, as defined by Rule 5605(a)(2) of The NASDAQ Listing Rules.

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the completion of this offering, respectively, we will divide our board of directors into three classes, as follows:

 

    Class I, which will consist of Mr. Darcy, Dr. Gruber and Dr. Schimmel, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018;
    Class II, which will consist of Mr. Berger, Dr. Kunkel and Dr. Parkinson, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019; and
    Class III, which will consist of Mr. Duvall and Mr. Hasnain, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020.

At each annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will serve until the third annual meeting following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The authorized size of our board of directors is currently nine members and, effective as of the day immediately prior to the closing of this offering, will be decreased to eight members. The authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed between the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. Our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of our voting stock.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors is currently chaired by Mr. Hasnain who has authority, among other things, to call and preside over board of directors meetings, to set meeting agendas and to determine materials to be distributed to the board of directors. Accordingly, the Chairman has substantial ability to shape the work of the board of directors. We believe that separation of the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer reinforces the independence of the board of directors in its oversight of our business and affairs. In addition, we have a separate chair for each committee of our board of directors. The chair of each committee is expected to report annually to our board of directors on the activities of their committee in fulfilling their responsibilities as detailed in their respective charters or specify any shortcomings should that be the case.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

The audit committee of our board of directors is primarily responsible for overseeing our risk management processes on behalf of our board of directors. Going forward, we expect that the audit committee will receive reports from management at least quarterly regarding our assessment of risks. In addition, the audit committee reports regularly to our board of directors, which also considers our risk profile. The audit committee and our board of directors focus on the most significant risks we face and our general risk management strategies. While our board of directors oversees our risk management, management is responsible for day-to-day risk management processes. Our board of directors expects management to consider risk and risk management in

 

137


Table of Contents

each business decision, to proactively develop and monitor risk management strategies and processes for day-to-day activities and to effectively implement risk management strategies adopted by the audit committee and our board of directors. We believe this division of responsibilities is the most effective approach for addressing the risks we face and that our board of directors’ leadership structure, which also emphasizes the independence of our board of directors in its oversight of its business and affairs, supports this approach.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Mr. Berger, Mr. Hasnain and Dr. Parkinson. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee satisfies The NASDAQ Stock Market and SEC independence requirements. Mr. Berger serves as the chair of our audit committee. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

    evaluating the performance, independence and qualifications of our independent auditors and determining whether to retain our existing independent auditors or engage new independent auditors;
    reviewing and approving the engagement of our independent auditors to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;
    monitoring the rotation of partners of our independent auditors on our engagement team as required by law;
    prior to engagement of any independent auditor, and at least annually thereafter, reviewing relationships that may reasonably be thought to bear on their independence, and assessing and otherwise taking the appropriate action to oversee the independence of our independent auditor;
    reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports, including the disclosures contained under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and discussing the statements and reports with our independent auditors and management;
    reviewing, with our independent auditors and management, significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation and matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our financial controls;
    reviewing with management and our independent auditors any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding material developments;
    establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls, accounting or auditing matters and other matters;
    preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;
    reviewing and providing oversight of any related-person transactions in accordance with our related person transaction policy and reviewing and monitoring compliance with legal and regulatory responsibilities, including our code of business conduct and ethics;
    reviewing our major financial risk exposures, including the guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and risk management are implemented;
    reviewing on a periodic basis our investment policy; and
    reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis the performance of the audit committee and the audit committee charter.

Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Berger qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and meets the financial sophistication requirements of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. In making this determination, our board has considered Mr. Berger’s prior experience, business acumen and independence. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically meet privately with our audit committee.

 

138


Table of Contents

We believe that the composition and functioning of our audit committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and NASDAQ rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Dr. Schimmel, Dr. Kunkel and Mr. Hasnain. Dr. Schimmel serves as the chair of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our compensation committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, is an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code, and satisfies The NASDAQ Stock Market independence requirements. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

    reviewing, modifying and approving (or if it deems appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) our overall compensation strategy and policies;
    reviewing and making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers;
    reviewing and approving (or if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers and assessing their performance against these goals and objectives;
    reviewing and approving (or if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) the equity incentive plans, compensation plans and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modifying, amending or terminating existing plans and programs;
    evaluating risks associated with our compensation policies and practices and assessing whether risks arising from our compensation policies and practices for our employees are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us;
    reviewing and making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding the type and amount of compensation to be paid or awarded to our non-employee board members;
    establishing policies with respect to votes by our stockholders to approve executive compensation as required by Section 14A of the Exchange Act and determining our recommendations regarding the frequency of advisory votes on executive compensation, to the extent required by law;
    reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation consultants, legal counsel and other advisors as required by Section 10C of the Exchange Act;
    administering our equity incentive plans;
    establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements;
    reviewing the competitiveness of our executive compensation programs and evaluating the effectiveness of our compensation policy and strategy in achieving expected benefits to us;
    reviewing and making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding the terms of any employment agreements, severance arrangements, change in control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers;
    reviewing with management and approving our disclosures under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in our periodic reports or proxy statements to be filed with the SEC, to the extent such caption is included in any such report or proxy statement;
    preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement; and
    reviewing and assessing on an annual basis the performance of the compensation committee and the compensation committee charter.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our compensation committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and NASDAQ rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

 

139


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Mr. Hasnain and Mr. Berger. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of this committee satisfies the NASDAQ Stock Market independence requirements. Mr. Hasnain serves as the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

 

    identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve on our board of directors consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors;
    determining the minimum qualifications for service on our board of directors;
    evaluating director performance on the board and applicable committees of the board and determining whether continued service on our board is appropriate;
    evaluating, nominating and recommending individuals for membership on our board of directors;
    evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to our board of directors;
    considering and assessing the independence of members of our board of directors;
    developing a set of corporate governance policies and principles, including a code of business conduct and ethics, periodically reviewing and assessing these policies and principles and their application and recommending to our board of directors any changes to such policies and principles;
    considering questions of possible conflicts of interest of directors as such questions arise; and
    reviewing and assessing on an annual basis the performance of the nominating and corporate governance committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee charter.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our nominating and corporate governance committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and NASDAQ rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our current or former executive officers serves as a member of the compensation committee. None of our officers serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year on the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our compensation committee. Prior to establishing the compensation committee, our full board of directors made decisions relating to compensation of our officers. For a description of transactions between us and members of our compensation committee and affiliates of such members, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or person performing similar functions. Following this offering, a current copy of the code will be available on the Corporate Governance section of our website, www.tocagen.com.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, limits the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation and its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability for any:

 

    breach of his or her duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
    act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

140


Table of Contents
    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
    transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, will remain available under Delaware law. These limitations also do not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that we will indemnify our directors and executive officers and may indemnify other officers, employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding and also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in connection with their services to us, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws permit such indemnification. We have obtained a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, will require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or executive officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

Except as otherwise disclosed under the heading “Legal Proceedings” in the “Business” section of this prospectus, at present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

 

141


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2016, which consist of our principal executive officer, our former principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers, are:

 

    Martin J. Duvall, our Chief Executive Officer;
    Harry E. Gruber, M.D., our President, Research and Development;
    Thomas E. Darcy, our Executive Vice President and former Chief Financial Officer; and
    Asha Das, M.D., our Vice President, Clinical Development and Medical Affairs and acting Chief Medical Officer.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and principal position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($) (1)
    Option
awards

($) (2)
    All other
compensation

($) (3)
    Total
($)
 

Martin J. Duvall

    2016       67,692             3,033,440       18,468       3,119,600  

Chief Executive Officer

           

Harry E. Gruber, M.D. (4)

    2016       355,796             259,274       750       615,820  

President, Research and Development

           

Thomas E. Darcy

    2016       303,495             156,929       17,301       477,725  

Executive Vice President and former Chief Financial Officer

           

Asha Das, M.D.

    2016       313,712             20,469       7,360       341,541  

Vice President, Clinical Development and Medical Affairs and acting Chief Medical Officer

           

 

(1) As of the date of this prospectus, the amount of discretionary cash bonuses earned by our named executive officers for 2016 has not yet been determined. We expect to determine and pay such bonuses on or before April 30, 2017. For more information, see below under “—Bonus Compensation.”

 

(2) In accordance with SEC rules, this column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock option awards granted during 2016. These amounts have been computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are described in Note 7 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the named executive officer upon the vesting of the stock options, the exercise of the stock options, or the sale of the common stock underlying such stock options.

 

(3) This column reflects term life insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of each of the named executive officers. For Mr. Darcy, this column reflects $489 for such life insurance premiums and $16,812 paid by us to Mr. Darcy to be used for the cost of his medical insurance maintained through PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as a retired partner of that firm. In addition, this column includes $6,610 and $18,468 for reimbursed relocation expenses for Dr. Das and Mr. Duvall, respectively. The insurance benefits, except for those to Mr. Darcy, are provided to the named executive officers on the same terms as provided to all of our regular full-time employees. For more information regarding these benefits, see below under “— Perquisites, Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits.”

 

(4) Dr. Gruber served as our principal executive officer until November 2016.

Annual Base Salary

The base salary of our named executive officers is generally determined and approved at the end of each March or in connection with the commencement of employment of the executive, by our board of directors. As of December 31, 2016, base salaries for our named executive officers, which became effective as of April 1, 2016, are provided below.

 

Name

   2016 Base Salary ($)  

Martin J. Duvall

     400,000  

Harry E. Gruber, M.D.

     356,500 (1)  

Thomas E. Darcy

     304,100 (1)  

Asha Das, M.D.

     315,000 (1)  

 

(1) From January 1, 2016 to March 31, 2016, Dr. Gruber’s annual base salary rate was $348,200, Mr. Darcy’s annual base salary rate was $297,000 and Dr. Das’ annual base salary rate was $305,000.

 

142


Table of Contents

Bonus Compensation

From time to time our board of directors or compensation committee may approve bonuses for our named executive officers based on individual performance, company performance or as otherwise determined appropriate. In 2016, our executive officers, other than Mr. Duvall, were not entitled to any target or minimum bonus and no specific performance goals or bonus program were established for our named executive officers.

Pursuant to Mr. Duvall’s employment agreement, he is entitled to an annual bonus of up to 40% of his annual base salary based on achievement of individual and/or corporate performance targets, metrics and/or objectives to be determined and approved by the board of directors or the compensation committee thereof.

As of the date of this prospectus, the amount of bonuses earned by our named executive officers for 2016 has not yet been determined. We expect to determine and pay these bonuses on or before April 30, 2017.

Equity-Based Incentive Awards

Our equity-based incentive awards are designed to align our interests and those of our stockholders with those of our employees and consultants, including our named executive officers. The board of directors is responsible for approving equity grants. As of the date of this prospectus, stock option awards were the only form of equity awards we granted to our named executive officers.

We have historically used stock options as an incentive for long-term compensation to our named executive officers because they are able to profit from stock options only if our stock price increases relative to the stock option’s exercise price, which exercise price is set at the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. We may grant equity awards at such times as our board of directors determines appropriate. Our executives generally are awarded an initial grant in the form of a stock option in connection with their commencement of employment with us. Additional grants may occur periodically in order to specifically incentivize executives with respect to achieving certain corporate goals or to reward executives for exceptional performance.

Prior to this offering, we have granted all stock options pursuant to our 2009 Plan. Following this offering, we will grant equity incentive awards under the terms of our 2017 Plan. The terms of our equity plans are described below under “— Equity Benefit Plans.”

All options are granted with an exercise price per share that is no less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant of such award. Our stock option awards generally vest over a four-year period and may be subject to acceleration of vesting and exercisability under certain termination and change in control events. See “— Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.”

In June 2016, the board of directors granted an option to purchase 190,000 shares of common stock to Dr. Gruber, an option to purchase 115,000 shares of common stock to Mr. Darcy and an option to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock to Dr. Das. Each of these options has an exercise price of $2.17 per share and is subject to a four-year vesting schedule, with 25% vesting as of April 1, 2017 and the balance vesting monthly over the remaining 36 months, subject to the respective optionholder’s continued service with us. The options for Dr. Gruber and Mr. Darcy provide for full acceleration of all of the shares subject to the option in the event of a change in control. The option for Dr. Das provides for vesting acceleration of up to 25% of the shares subject to the option in the event of a change in control and for the acceleration of up to 25% of the shares subject to the option in the event of Dr. Das’ death or disability.

In November 2016, the board of directors granted an option to purchase 2,130,075 shares of common stock to Mr. Duvall, in connection with the commencement of his employment. This option has an exercise price of $2.40 per share and is subject to a four-year vesting schedule, with 25% vesting on November 1, 2017 and the balance vesting monthly over the remaining 36 months, subject to Mr. Duvall’s continued service with us. This option provides for full acceleration of all of the shares in the event of a change of control and the acceleration of 25% of the shares in the event of of Mr. Duvall’s death or disability.

 

143


Table of Contents

In November 2016, the board of directors also granted an option to purchase an additional 1,065,037 shares of common stock to Mr. Duvall, in connection with the commencement of his employment. This option also has an exercise price of $2.40 per share and shall vest upon the achievement of development and regulatory milestones, subject to Mr. Duvall’s continued service with us. In the event of a change of control that occurs prior to the vesting of the shares subject to this option, the board of directors shall have discretion to accelerate vesting, in whole or in part, based on progress towards the milestones.

Agreements with Named Executive Officers

In March 2015, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Dr. Das, our acting Chief Medical Officer. Dr. Das’ employment under the agreement is at will and may be terminated at any time by us or by her. Under the terms of the agreement, Dr. Das was initially entitled to receive an annual base salary of $305,000 and an option to purchase 250,000 shares of our common stock under our 2009 Plan, which was granted on May 12, 2015. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on April 29, 2016 (the first anniversary of Dr. Das’ commencement of employment) and the remaining shares vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to Dr. Das’ continued service, as defined in the 2009 Plan. The option provides for vesting acceleration of up to 25% of the shares subject to the option in the event of a change in control and for vesting acceleration of up to 25% of the shares subject to the option in the event of Dr. Das’ death or disability.

In October 2016, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Duvall, our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Duvall’s employment under the agreement is at will and may be terminated at any time by us or by him. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Duvall is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $400,000. The agreement provides for a target bonus of up to 40% of Mr. Duvall’s annual base salary, as described above under “— Bonus Compensation” and provides for the options to purchase shares of common stock described above under “— Equity-Based Incentive Awards.” In addition, the agreement provided for reimbursement of up to $100,000 for Mr. Duvall’s relocation expenses which he will have to repay if he resigns from the Company at any time prior to November 1, 2017. If we terminate Mr. Duvall’s employment without cause (other than due to his death or disability) or if Mr. Duvall resigns for good reason at any time, we are obligated to pay Mr. Duvall, subject to receiving an effective release and waiver of claims from him, (1) severance payments in the form of continuation of his base salary then in effect (ignoring any decrease that forms the basis for his resignation for good reason, if applicable) for 18 months, and (2) continued health insurance coverage under the Company’s group health plans under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 or the state equivalent until the earliest of (i) the end of the 18 month severance period, (ii) the expiration of his eligibility for the continuation coverage, or (iii) the date when he becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment. In addition, if we terminate Mr. Duvall’s employment without cause (other than due to his death or disability) or if Mr. Duvall resigns for good reason at any time, Mr. Duvall shall receive an extension of the period of time following which he may exercise vested shares subject to outstanding equity awards until the date that is the earlier of (i) the original expiration date of such award and (ii) 18 months following such termination or resignation.

For the purposes of Mr. Duvall’s employment agreement, “cause” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) his commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) his attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) his intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between him and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company that has not been cured, if curable, within fifteen (15) days after written notice from the board of directors of such violation; (iv) his unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) his gross misconduct that has not been cured, if curable, within fifteen (15) days after written notice from the board of directors requesting that the he cure such misconduct. For purposes of Mr. Duvall’s employment agreement, “good reason” means voluntary resignation of employment with us within 30 days of the occurrence of one or more of the following undertaken by us without Mr. Duvall’s consent, after we fail to remedy the condition within a 30 day cure period: (1) a material reduction in his base salary (i.e. a reduction of at least 10% of base salary (unless pursuant to a salary reduction

 

144


Table of Contents

program applicable generally to the Company’s similarly situated employees)); (2) a material reduction in his authority, duties or responsibilities; (3) a material reduction in the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom he is required to report, including a requirement that he reports to a corporate officer or employee instead of reporting directly to the board of directors; (4) from and after the earlier to occur of (x) the one year anniversary of the commencement of his employment and (y) the date on which he relocates his primary residence to San Diego county, California, a relocation of his principal place of employment to a place that increases his one-way commute by more than 50 miles as compared to his then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation (excluding regular travel in the ordinary course of business); and (5) a breach of a material provision of the employment agreement by the Company.

We have not entered into employment agreements with any of our other named executive officers and each of our named executive officers’ employment is at will and may be terminated by us at any time. Any potential payments and benefits due upon a qualifying termination of employment or a change in control are further described below under “— Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control

Regardless of the manner in which a named executive officer’s service terminates, each named executive officer is entitled to receive amounts earned during his or her term of service, including unpaid salary and unused vacation, as applicable. In addition, Mr. Duvall is entitled to receive certain benefits upon our termination of his employment without cause or his resignation for good reason, as provided above under “— Agreements with Named Executive Officers.”

Each of our named executive officers holds stock options that were granted subject to the general terms of our 2009 Plan. A description of the termination and change in control provisions in our 2009 Plan and applicable to the stock options granted to our named executive officers is provided below under “— Equity Benefit Plans” and “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” and above under “—Equity-Based Incentive Awards.”

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth certain information regarding equity awards granted to our named executive officers that remain outstanding as of December 31, 2016.

 

            Option Awards (1)  
     Grant Date      Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable (#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(#)
    Option
Exercise
Price
($) (2)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Martin J. Duvall

     11/16/2016              2,130,075 (3)     $ 2.40        11/15/2026  
     11/16/2016              1,065,037 (4)     $ 2.40        11/15/2026  

Harry E. Gruber, M.D.

     3/14/2013        760,000       $ 0.57        3/13/2023  
     06/10/2016              190,000 (5)     $ 2.17        06/09/2026  

Thomas E. Darcy

     3/14/2013        460,000         $ 0.57        3/13/2023  
     06/10/2016              115,000 (6)     $ 2.17        06/09/2026  

Asha Das, M.D.

     05/12/2015        104,166 (7)       145,834 (7)     $ 1.68        05/11/2025  
     06/10/2016              15,000 (8)     $ 2.17        06/09/2026  

 

(1) All of the outstanding stock option awards were granted under and subject to the terms of the 2009 Plan, described below under “— Equity Benefit Plans.” As of December 31, 2016, each option award becomes exercisable as it becomes vested and all vesting is subject to the executive’s continuous service with us through the vesting dates and the potential vesting acceleration described above under “— Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control.”

 

145


Table of Contents
(2) All of the stock option awards were granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors.

 

(3) 532,518 shares will vest on November 1, 2017 and 44,376.56 shares will vest on the 1 st day of each month commencing thereafter and ending on November 1, 2020.

 

(4) The shares shall vest upon the achievement of three separate development and regulatory milestones (with one-third of the shares vesting upon the achievement of each milestone).

 

(5) 47,500 shares will vest on April 1, 2017 and 3,958.33 shares will vest on the 1 st  day of each month commencing thereafter and ending on April 1, 2020.

 

(6) 28,750 shares will vest on April 1, 2017 and 2,395.83 shares will vest on the 1 st  day of each month commencing thereafter and ending on April 1, 2020.

 

(7) 62,500 shares vested on April 29, 2016 and 5,208.33 shares vest on the 29 th  day of each month commencing thereafter and ending on April 29, 2019.

 

(8) 3,750 shares will vest on April 1, 2017 and 312.50 shares will vest on the 1 st  day of each month commencing thereafter and ending on April 1, 2020.

Option Repricings

We did not engage in any repricings or other modifications or cancellations to any of our named executive officers’ outstanding equity awards during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

Perquisites, Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits

Our named executive officers, during their employment with us, are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, group term life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees. In addition, we provide a medical cash subsidy to Mr. Darcy who does not participate in our medical benefit plan due to his preexisting participation in the PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP medical plan as described above. We provide a 401(k) plan to our employees, including our named executive officers, as discussed in the section below entitled “— 401(k) Plan.”

We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers, except in limited circumstances. We do, however, pay the premiums for medical, dental, group term life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance for all of our employees, including our named executive officers. Our board of directors may elect to adopt qualified or nonqualified benefit plans in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a defined contribution employee retirement plan, or 401(k) plan, for our employees. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same basis as our other employees. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Code. The 401(k) plan provides that each participant may contribute up to the lesser of 100% of his or her compensation or the statutory limit, which is $18,000 for calendar years 2016 and 2017. Participants that are 50 years or older can also make “catch-up” contributions, which in calendar years 2016 and 2017 may be up to an additional $6,000 above the statutory limit. We currently do not make matching contributions into the 401(k) plan on behalf of participants. Participant contributions are held and invested, pursuant to the participant’s instructions, by the plan’s trustee.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We do not maintain nonqualified defined contribution plans or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans. Our board of directors may elect to provide our officers and other employees with nonqualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

 

146


Table of Contents

Equity Benefit Plans

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors and stockholders approved and adopted the 2017 Plan in             . No awards may be granted under the 2017 Plan prior to the date of the underwriting agreement for this offering. On and after such date, no further grants will be made under the 2009 Plan.

Stock Awards .    The 2017 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, and other forms of equity compensation, which we refer to collectively as stock awards. Additionally, the 2017 Plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards. ISOs may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants of us and our affiliates.

Share Reserve .    Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2017 Plan after the 2017 Plan becomes effective is              shares, which is the sum of (1)              new shares, plus (2) the number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2009 Plan at the time our 2017 Plan becomes effective, plus (3) any shares subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards that would have otherwise returned to our 2009 Plan (such as upon the expiration or termination of a stock award prior to vesting). Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2017 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2018 (assuming the 2017 Plan becomes effective before such date) and continuing through and including January 1,         , by     % of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2017 Plan is             shares.

No person may be granted stock awards covering more than              shares of our common stock under our 2017 Plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value on the date the stock award is granted. Additionally, no person may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than             shares or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $        . Such limitations are designed to help assure that any deductions to which we would otherwise be entitled with respect to such awards will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to any covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. In addition, the maximum number of shares of our common stock subject to stock awards granted under the 2017 Plan during any one calendar year to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid by us to such non-employee director during such calendar year for service on our board of directors, will not exceed $         in total value, or, with respect to the calendar year in which a non-employee director is first appointed or elected to our board of directors, $        .

If a stock award granted under the 2017 Plan expires or otherwise terminates for any reason prior to exercise or settlement, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2017 Plan. In addition, the following types of shares under the 2017 Plan may become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2017 Plan: (1) shares that are forfeited to or repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested; (2) shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes; or (3) shares used to pay the exercise or purchase price of a stock award. Shares issued under the 2017 Plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought by us on the open market. As of the date hereof, no awards have been granted and no shares of our common stock have been issued under the 2017 Plan.

Administration .    Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2017 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, and (2) determine the

 

147


Table of Contents

number of shares of common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of the 2017 Plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to herein as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under our 2017 Plan. Subject to the terms of our 2017 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to reduce the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding stock award, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Stock Options .    ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2017 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2017 Plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2017 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

Tax Limitations On Incentive Stock Options .    The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans and the stock plans of any of our affiliates may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards .    Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for

 

148


Table of Contents

(1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) services rendered to us or our affiliates, or (3) any other form of legal consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock that has not vested will be forfeited or repurchased by us upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards .    Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Stock Appreciation Rights .    Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2017 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2017 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provides otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards .    The 2017 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to a covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. To help assure that the compensation attributable to performance-based awards will so qualify, our compensation committee can structure such awards so that stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only after the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

The performance goals that may be selected include one or more of the following: (1) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (2) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (3) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (4) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (5) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (6) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (7) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements,

 

149


Table of Contents

other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (8) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation, other non-cash expenses and changes in deferred revenue; (9) total stockholder return; (10) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (11) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (12) stock price; (13) margin (including gross margin); (14) income (before or after taxes); (15) operating income; (16) operating income after taxes; (17) pre-tax profit; (18) operating cash flow; (19) sales or revenue targets; (20) increases in revenue or product revenue; (21) expenses and cost reduction goals; (22) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (23) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (24) market share; (25) cash flow; (26) cash flow per share; (27) cash balance; (28) cash burn; (29) cash collections; (30) share price performance; (31) debt reduction; (32) implementation or completion of projects or processes (including, without limitation, discovery of a preclinical drug candidate, recommendation of a drug candidate to enter a clinical trial, clinical trial initiation, clinical trial enrollment and dates, clinical trial results, regulatory filing submissions (such as IND, BLA and NDA), regulatory filing acceptances, regulatory or advisory committee interactions, regulatory approvals, and product supply); (33) stockholders’ equity; (34) capital expenditures; (35) financings; (36) operating profit or net operating profit; (37) workforce diversity; (38) growth of net income or operating income; (39) employee retention; (40) initiation of studies by specific dates; (41) budget management; (42) submission to, or approval by, a regulatory body (including, but not limited to the FDA) of an applicable filing or a product; (43) regulatory milestones; (44) progress of internal research or development programs; (45) progress of partnered programs; (46) partner satisfaction; (47) timely completion of clinical trials; (48) milestones related to research development (including, but not limited to, preclinical and clinical studies), product development and manufacturing; (49) expansion of sales in additional geographies or markets; (50) research progress, including the development of programs; (51) strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property; (52) filing of patent applications and granting of patents; and (53) and to the extent that an award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by our board of directors.

The performance goals may be based on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise (1) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (2) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, we will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (a) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (b) to exclude exchange rate effects; (c) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (d) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (e) to exclude the effects of any “items of an unusual nature or of infrequency of occurrence or non-recurring items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (f) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (g) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (h) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (i) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (j) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (k) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; (l) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item; and (m) to exclude the effects of the timing of acceptance for review and/or approval of submissions to the FDA or any other regulatory body. In addition, we retain the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of the goals. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Other Stock Awards .    The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

 

150


Table of Contents

Changes to Capital Structure .    In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2017 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs, (4) the class and maximum number of shares subject to stock awards that can be granted to any person in a calendar year (as established under the 2017 Plan pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code), and (5) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions .    In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions (or a change in control, as described below), the plan administrator has the discretion to take any of the following actions with respect to stock awards:

 

    arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;
    arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;
    accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the transaction;
    arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us;
    cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board of directors may deem appropriate; or
    make a payment equal to the excess of (a) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award immediately prior to the effective time of the transaction, over (b) the exercise price otherwise payable by the participant in connection with such exercise.

Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

Under the 2017 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

Change in Control .    In addition to the above, the plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control. Under the 2017 Plan, a change in control is generally (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction; (2) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or its parent); (3) a consummated sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially of our assets; (4) a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation; or (5) when a majority of our board of directors becomes comprised of individuals who were not serving on our board of directors on the date of adoption of the 2017 Plan, or the incumbent board, or whose nomination, appointment, or election was not approved by a majority of the incumbent board then still in office.

Amendment and Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2017 Plan, provided that such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. No ISOs may be granted after the 10th anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2017 Plan.

 

151


Table of Contents

2009 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors and our stockholders approved our 2009 Plan in March 2009. The 2009 Plan was subsequently amended by our board of directors and stockholders, most recently in November 2016. As of December 31, 2016, there were 1,188,934 shares remaining available for the grant of stock awards under our 2009 Plan and there were outstanding stock options covering a total of 9,563,465 shares that were granted under our 2009 Plan.

After the effective date of the 2017 Plan, no additional awards will be granted under the 2009 Plan, and all outstanding awards granted under the 2009 Plan that are repurchased, forfeited, expire or are canceled will become available for grant under the 2017 Plan in accordance with its terms.

Stock awards .    The 2009 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs, NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance stock awards and other stock awards, or collectively, stock awards. With the exception of ISOs, all stock awards may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants of us and our affiliates. ISOs may be granted only to employees. We have only granted stock options under the 2009 Plan.

Share Reserve .    As of the date of this prospectus, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to stock awards under the 2009 Plan is 11,159,300 and the maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2009 Plan is 22,318,600 shares.

If a stock award granted under the 2009 Plan is forfeited to us because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for vesting, such shares will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2009 Plan. In addition, shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes and shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock option will become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2009 Plan. Shares issued under the 2009 Plan may be authorized but unissued or reacquired common stock, including shares repurchased by us on the open market.

Administration .    Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2009 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2009 Plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to herein as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under our 2009 Plan. Subject to the terms of our 2009 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to reduce the exercise price of any outstanding stock option, cancel any outstanding stock option in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Stock Options .    ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2009 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2009 Plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2009 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause,

 

152


Table of Contents

the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service, with respect to employee optionholders. The option term may be extended in the event that exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 18 months following the date of death. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following the cessation of service. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate upon the termination date. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

Tax Limitations On Incentive Stock Options .    The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

Changes to Capital Structure .    In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (a) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan, (b) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs, and (c) the class and number of shares and price per share of stock subject to all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions .    In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, unless otherwise provided in a stock award or other written agreement between us and the holder of a stock award, the plan administrator has the discretion to take any of the following actions with respect to stock awards:

 

    arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or its parent company;
    arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to the shares covered by the stock award to the surviving or acquiring entity or its parent company;
    accelerate the vesting and exercisability, if applicable, of the stock award and provide for its termination at or prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;
    arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us with respect to the shares covered by the stock award; or
    make a payment in such form determined by our board of directors equal to the excess of (a) the value of the property the holder of the stock award would have received upon exercise of the stock award over (b) any exercise price otherwise payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions thereof or all holders of stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

 

153


Table of Contents

Under the 2009 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally the occurrence of (1) any consolidation or merger with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization; (2) any transaction or series of related transactions to which we are a party in which in excess of 50% of our voting power is transferred; or (3) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets.

Change in Control .    The plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control. Our form of award agreement for employees who are not founders provides for the acceleration of up to 25% of the shares subject to the option in the event of a change in control, as defined in the 2009 Plan, and for the acceleration of up to 25% of the shares subject to the option in the event of the holder’s death or disability, as defined in the 2009 Plan. Our form of award agreement for founders and non-employee directors provides for the acceleration of up to 100% of the shares subject to the option in the event of a change in control.

Under the 2009 Plan, a change in control is generally (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets; (2) a merger or consolidation in which we are not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation in which stockholders immediately before the merger or consolidation have, immediately after the merger or consolidation, a majority of the voting power of the surviving corporation); (3) a reverse merger in which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise (other than a reverse merger in which stockholders immediately before the merger have, immediately after the merger, a majority of the voting power of the surviving corporation); or (4) any transaction or series of related transactions in which in excess of 50% of our voting power is transferred, other than the sale by us of stock in transactions the primary purpose of which is to raise capital for our operations and activities.

Amendment and Termination .    The 2009 Plan will terminate on March 22, 2019. However, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2009 Plan, provided that such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent.

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors and stockholders adopted the ESPP in             . The ESPP will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the date of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The purpose of the ESPP is to retain the services of new employees and secure the services of new and existing employees while providing incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates.

Share Reserve .    Following this offering, the ESPP authorizes the issuance of             shares of our common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, from January 1, 2018 (assuming the ESPP becomes effective before such date) through January 1,          by the least of (a)     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, (b)             shares, or (c) a number determined by our board of directors that is less than (a) and (b). The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. As of the date hereof, no shares of our common stock have been purchased under the ESPP.

Administration .    Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer the ESPP to our compensation committee. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings of purchase rights to eligible employees. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may

 

154


Table of Contents

specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll Deductions .    Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings for the purchase of our common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock will be purchased for accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share equal to the lower of (a) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering or (b) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

Limitations .    Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the ESPP, as determined by our board of directors: (a) customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week, (b) customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year or (c) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a period of time (not to exceed two years). No employee may purchase shares under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering for each year such a purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code.

Changes to Capital Structure .    In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or similar transaction, the board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to (a) the class and number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (b) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (c) the class and number of shares and purchase price of all outstanding offerings and purchase rights and (d) the class and number of shares that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing offering.

Corporate Transactions .    In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, including the consummation of: (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or other disposition of more than 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction where we do not survive the transaction, and (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within 10 business days prior to such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

Plan Amendments, Termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances any such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

Director Compensation

Historically, we have not paid cash compensation to any of our non-employee directors for service on our board of directors. As set forth below, we did pay equity compensation to our non-employee directors in 2016 for service on our board of directors.

 

155


Table of Contents

In June 2016, we granted Faheem Hasnain an option to purchase 106,250 shares of common stock, Franklin M. Berger an option to purchase 70,850 shares of common stock, Paul Schimmel, Ph.D. an option to purchase 36,500 shares of common stock, David Parkinson, M.D. an option to purchase 28,650 shares of common stock and Lori Kunkel, M.D. an option to purchase 18,250 shares of common stock, each at an exercise price of $2.17 per share. Each option is subject to a four-year vesting schedule, with 25% vesting after the first year and the balance vesting monthly over the remaining 36 months, subject to the respective optionholder’s continued service with us. Each option provides for full acceleration of all of the shares subject to the option in the event of a change in control.

We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse all of our non-employee directors for their travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

The following table sets forth in summary form information concerning the compensation that we paid or awarded during the year ended December 31, 2016 to each of our non-employee directors. None of our non-employee directors earned or were paid any cash during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

NAME

   Option
Awards
($) (1)(2)
     Total
($)
 

Faheem Hasnain

     144,989        144,989  

Franklin M. Berger

     96,682        96,682  

Paul Schimmel, Ph.D.

     49,808        49,808  

David Parkinson, M.D.

     39,096        39,096  

Lori Kunkel, M.D.

     24,904        24,904  

 

(1) In accordance with SEC rules, this column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock option awards granted in 2016 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are described in Note 7 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the non-employee director upon the vesting of the stock option awards, the exercise of the stock option awards or the sale of the common stock underlying such stock option awards.

 

(2) As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate number of shares outstanding under all options to purchase our common stock held by our non-employee directors were: Mr. Hasnain: 162,500; Mr. Berger: 108,333; Dr. Schimmel: 57,291; Dr. Parkinson: 52,083; and Dr. Kunkel: 39,062.

Our board of directors adopted a new compensation policy in                               that will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering and will be applicable to all of our non-employee directors. This compensation policy provides that each such non-employee director will receive the following compensation for service on our board of directors:

 

    an annual cash retainer of $            ;
    an additional cash retainer of $             to the chairman of the board of directors;
    an additional cash retainer of $             to the lead independent director of the board of directors;
    an additional annual cash retainer of $            , $             and $             for service as a member of the audit committee, compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee, respectively;
    an additional annual cash retainer of $            , $             and $             for service as chairman of the audit committee, compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee, respectively;
    an initial option grant to purchase             shares of our common stock for each non-employee director who first joins our board of directors, on the date of commencement of service on the board, vesting over a three year period following the grant date; and
    an annual option grant to purchase             shares of our common stock for each non-employee director serving on the board of directors on the date of our annual stockholder meeting, vesting one year following the grant date.

 

156


Table of Contents

Each of the option grants described above will vest and become exercisable subject to the director’s continuous service to us, provided that each option will vest in full upon a change in control (as defined under our 2017 Plan). The term of each option will be 10 years, subject to earlier termination as provided in the 2017 Plan, except that the post-termination exercise period will be for 12 months from the date of termination, if such termination is other than for death, disability or cause. The options will be granted under our 2017 Plan, the terms of which are described in more detail above under “— Equity Benefit Plans — 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.”

 

157


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2014 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under “Executive And Director Compensation.”

Preferred Stock Financings

Series H Convertible Preferred Stock

From January 2014 through September 2015, we entered into a series of subscription agreements with various investors, pursuant to which we issued and sold to such investors an aggregate of 8,041,275 shares of our Series H convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.25 per share, and received gross proceeds of approximately $42.2 million.

The subscription agreements in these convertible preferred stock financings contained, among other things, certain transfer restrictions and a voting agreement pursuant to which each investor granted to our former chief executive officer, Harry E. Gruber, M.D., Dr. Gruber’s designee or our current chief executive officer, Martin J. Duvall, the right to vote all of the shares of our capital stock held by such investor in the same manner as the majority of the holders of shares of our outstanding common stock. Such voting rights will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

The participants in these convertible preferred stock financings included the following members of our board of directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them. The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of convertible preferred stock issued to these related parties in these convertible preferred stock financings:

 

Participants

   Shares of
Series H
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
 

Directors

  

Paul Schimmel, Ph.D.

     161,906  

Greater than 5% stockholders

  

Irwin Mark Jacobs and Joan Klein Jacobs Family Trust UA dated 6/2/80

     571,428  

Convertible Note Financing

From November 2016 through February 2017 we issued and sold to investors, convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $10.9 million. The convertible promissory notes carry an interest rate of 7% per annum.

 

158


Table of Contents

The participants in this convertible note financing included the following executive officers and members of our board of directors, or entities affiliated with them:

 

Participants

   Aggregate
Principal
Amount of
Notes
 

Executive Officers and Directors

  

Franklin M. Berger

   $ 250,000  

Martin J. Duvall

   $ 35,000  

Faheem Hasnain (1)

   $ 1,000,000  

 

(1) Note held by Faheem Hasnain and Marie Hasnain Co-Trustees of the Hasnain Revocable Trust, dated February 19, 2010.

Employment and Consulting Arrangements

In March 2015, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Dr. Das, our Vice President, Clinical Development and Medical Affairs, and acting Chief Medical Officer, and in October 2016, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Duvall, our Chief Executive Officer. These agreements are described in the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation.”

In May 2016, we entered into a consulting agreement with Dr. Skillings, our former Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer, pursuant to which she provides clinical development and medical affairs consulting services to us. Pursuant to her consulting agreement, Dr. Skillings is compensated for services rendered as requested from time to time. In connection with Dr. Skillings’ transition from an employee to a consultant to the company, 50% of the unvested shares subject to outstanding options held by Dr. Skillings were canceled, effective May 20, 2016.

In February 2017, we entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Berman in connection with his resignation as our Executive Vice President, Corporate Development, which resignation will be effective as of the day immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Pursuant to the separation agreement, Mr. Berman agreed to a release of claims against the company and is entitled to receive (1) a lump sum payment equal to his base salary from the period that begins on the effective date of his resignation and ends on December 31, 2017 plus any discretionary bonus awarded to him by our board of directors for 2016, less standard payroll deductions and withholdings, (2) health insurance premiums through December 31, 2017, (3) acceleration of the vesting of a portion of his stock options and (4) an extension of the post-termination exercise period of his vested stock options until March 31, 2019.

In February 2017, we entered into an employment agreement with Mark Foletta, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Foletta’s employment under the agreement is at will and may be terminated at any time by us or by him. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Foletta is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $350,000 and the agreement provides for a target bonus of up to 40% of his base salary, based on achievement of individual and/or corporate performance targets, metrics and/or objectives to be determined and approved by the board of directors or compensation committee thereof. The agreement provides for the grant to Mr. Foletta of an option to purchase up to 480,493 shares of our common stock, of which 25% of the shares will vest on February 27, 2018 and the balance will vest over the remaining 36 months, subject to Mr. Foletta’s continued service with us, and subject to full acceleration of all of the shares in the event of a change of control and the acceleration of 25% of the shares in the event of Mr. Foletta’s death or disability. The agreement also provides for the grant to Mr. Foletta of an option to purchase up to 236,661 additional shares of our common stock, which shall vest upon the achievement of development and regulatory milestones, subject to his continued service with us and subject to the acceleration of vesting in the event that a change of control occurs prior to the vesting of the shares, at the discretion of the board of directors and based on progress towards the milestones. Both options have exercise prices of $2.19 per share. The agreement also provides that, if we

 

159


Table of Contents

terminate Mr. Foletta’s employment without cause (other than due to his death or disability) or if Mr. Foletta resigns for good reason at any time, we are obligated to pay Mr.Foletta, subject to receiving an effective release and waiver of claims from him, (1) severance payments in the form of continuation of his base salary then in effect (ignoring any decrease that forms the basis for his resignation for good reason, if applicable) for 12 months, and (2) continued health insurance coverage under the Company’s group health plans under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 or the state equivalent until the earliest of (i) the end of the 12 month severance period, (ii) the expiration of his eligibility for the continuation coverage, or (iii) the date when he becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment. In addition, if we terminate Mr. Foletta’s employment without cause (other than due to his death or disability) or if Mr. Foletta resigns for good reason at any time, Mr. Foletta shall receive an extension of the period of time following which he may exercise vested shares subject to outstanding equity awards until the date that is the earlier of (i) the original expiration date of such award and (ii) 12 months following such termination or resignation. For the purposes of Mr. Foletta’s employment agreement, “cause” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) his commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) his attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) his intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between him and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company that has not been cured, if curable, within fifteen (15) days after written notice from the board of directors of such violation; (iv) his unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) his gross misconduct that has not been cured, if curable, within fifteen (15) days after written notice from the board of directors requesting that the he cure such misconduct. For purposes of Mr. Foletta’s employment agreement, “good reason” means voluntary resignation of employment with us within 30 days of the occurrence of one or more of the following undertaken by us without Mr. Foletta’s consent, after we fail to remedy the condition within a 30 day cure period: (1) a material reduction in his base salary (i.e. a reduction of at least 10% of base salary (unless pursuant to a salary reduction program applicable generally to the Company’s similarly situated employees)); (2) a material reduction in his authority, duties or responsibilities; (3) a material reduction in the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom he is required to report, including a requirement that he reports to a corporate officer or employee other than the chief executive officer; (4) a relocation of his principal place of employment to a place that increases his one-way commute by more than 50 miles as compared to his then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation (excluding regular travel in the ordinary course of business); and (5) a breach of a material provision of the employment agreement by the Company.

Stock Options Granted to Executive Officers and Directors

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and directors, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, as described in “Management — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons

We have adopted a written related-person transactions policy that sets forth our policies and procedures regarding the identification, review, consideration and oversight of “related-person transactions.” For purposes of our policy only, a “related-person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we and any “related person” are participants involving an amount that exceeds $120,000.

 

160


Table of Contents

Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee, consultant or director are not considered related-person transactions under this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director, nominee to become a director or a holder of more than five percent of our common stock, including any of their immediate family members and affiliates, including entities owned or controlled by such persons.

Under the policy, where a transaction has been identified as a related-person transaction, management must present information regarding the proposed related-person transaction to our audit committee (or, where review by our audit committee would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors) for review. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, all of the parties thereto, the direct and indirect interests of the related persons, the purpose of the transaction, the material facts, the benefits of the transaction to us and whether any alternative transactions are available, an assessment of whether the terms are comparable to the terms available from unrelated third parties and management’s recommendation. To identify related-person transactions in advance, we rely on information supplied by our executive officers, directors and certain significant stockholders. In considering related-person transactions, our audit committee or another independent body of our board of directors takes into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

 

    the risks, costs and benefits to us;
    the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;
    the terms of the transaction;
    the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and
    the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties.

In the event a director has an interest in the proposed transaction, the director must recuse himself or herself from the deliberations and approval.

 

161


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;
    each of our directors;
    each of our named executive officers; and
    all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information under the column entitled “Before Offering” is based on 61,364,956 shares of common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2017, assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 46,163,605 shares of common stock, which will occur in connection with the completion of this offering. The percentage ownership information under the column entitled “After Offering” is based on the sale of             shares of common stock in this offering and takes into account the conversion of $10.9 million of outstanding principal underlying convertible promissory notes, plus accrued interest thereon, that we issued between November 2016 and February 2017, which will automatically convert upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of          shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $         (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on                 , 2017. The following table does not reflect any potential purchases pursuant to the directed share program or otherwise in this offering, which purchases, if any, will increase the percentage of shares owned after the offering.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before April 1, 2017, which is 60 days after January 31, 2017. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o Tocagen Inc., 3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230, San Diego, California 92109.

 

162


Table of Contents

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
     Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 
            Before Offering     After Offering  

5% or Greater Stockholders

       

Irwin Mark Jacobs and Joan Klein Jacobs Family Trust

       

UA dated 6/2/80

     3,811,428        6.2  

Harry E. Gruber, M.D. (1)

     3,517,500        5.7  

Douglas Jolly, Ph.D. (2)

     3,425,000        5.5  

Directors and Named Executive Officers

       

Martin J. Duvall (3)

            *    

Harry E. Gruber, M.D. (1)

     3,517,500        5.7  

Thomas E. Darcy (4)

     3,038,750        4.9  

Asha Das, M.D. (5)

     123,541        *    

Dennis N. Berman (6)

     2,103,750        3.4  

Faheem Hasnain (7)

     207,812        *    

Franklin M. Berger (8)

     138,545        *    

Paul Schimmel, Ph.D. (9)

     314,515        *    

David Parkinson, M.D. (10)

     67,057        *    

Lori Kunkel, M.D. (11)

     51,437        *    

All current executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons) (12)

     12,987,937        20.2  

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

(1) Consists of (a) 2,710,000 shares of common stock owned by The Harry Edward Gruber and Joan Diane Cunningham Trust, dated 7/12/1988 and (b) 807,500 shares of common stock that Dr. Gruber has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 31, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Pursuant to (i) that certain Voting Agreement, dated December 20, 2007, by and among us, Dr. Gruber and certain other holders of our capital stock, and (ii) the subscription agreements entered into between us and the purchasers of shares of our convertible preferred stock in connection with our convertible preferred stock financings, Dr. Gruber has voting control and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over all of the shares of our capital stock (except in certain circumstances, the shares of capital stock held by Mr. Darcy). However, such voting rights will terminate upon the completion of this offering so shares that he has voting control over pursuant to such agreements prior to the completion of this offering are not included.

 

(2) Consists of (a) 2,700,000 shares of common stock owned by Dr. Jolly, (b) 150,000 shares of common stock owned by his son, Alexander Jolly, (c) 150,000 shares of common stock owned by his daughter, Marianna Jolly, and (d) 425,000 shares of common stock that Dr. Jolly has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 31, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Dr. Jolly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Alexander Jolly and Marianna Jolly.

 

(3) The number of shares beneficially owned after the offering includes             shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of convertible promissory notes in the principal amount of $35,000 plus accrued interest upon the completion of this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on                 , 2017. Pursuant to the subscription agreements entered into between us and the purchasers of shares of our convertible preferred stock in connection with our convertible preferred stock financings, Mr. Duvall has voting control and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over all of the shares of our capital stock held by holders of our convertible preferred stock. However, such voting rights will terminate upon the completion of this offering so shares that he has voting control over pursuant to such agreement prior to the completion of this offering are not included.

 

(4) Consists of (a) 2,550,000 shares of common stock owned by Thomas Eric Darcy and Janet E. Darcy, Trustees of the Darcy Family Trust dated September 21, 2005 and (b) 488,750 shares of common stock that Mr. Darcy has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 31, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.

 

(5) Consists of 123,541 shares of common stock that Dr. Das has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 31, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.

 

(6) Consists of (a) 1,700,000 shares of common stock owned by The Berman Family Trust dated August 8, 2000 and (b) 403,750 shares of common stock that Mr. Berman has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 31, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.

 

(7) Consists of 207,812 shares of common stock that Mr. Hasnain has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 31, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. The number of shares beneficially owned after the offering includes             shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,000,000 plus accrued interest held by Faheem Hasnain and Marie Hasnain Co-Trustees of the Hasnain Revocable Trust, Dated February 19, 2010 upon the completion of this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on                 , 2017.

 

163


Table of Contents
(8) Consists of 138,545 shares of common stock that Mr. Berger has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 31, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. The number of shares beneficially owned after the offering includes              shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $250,000 plus accrued interest upon the completion of this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on                 , 2017.

 

(9) Consists of (a) 28,410 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock owned by NFS/FMTC FBO Paul Schimmel Rollover IRA, (b) 25,000 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock owned by Paul Schimmel Prototype PSP Paul R. Schimmel, TTEE U/A dtd 01/01/1999 FBO Paul Schimmel, (c) 25,000 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock owned by Schimmel Revocable Trust Paul R. Schimmel, Trustee Cleo Schimmel, Trustee U/A dtd 9/6/2000, (d) 161,906 shares of Series H convertible preferred stock owned by Dr. Schimmel and (e) 74,229 shares of common stock that Dr. Schimmel has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 31, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.

 

(10) Consists of 67,057 shares of common stock that Dr. Parkinson has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 31, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.

 

(11) Consists of 51,437 shares of common stock that Dr. Kunkel has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of January 31, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.

 

(12) Consists of the shares described in footnotes (1) through (11).

 

164


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. All of our authorized preferred stock upon the completion of this offering will be undesignated. The following is a summary of the rights of our common and preferred stockholders and some of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the completion of this offering, respectively, and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This summary is not complete. For more detailed information, please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Common Stock

Outstanding Shares

As of December 31, 2016, there were 15,197,601 shares of common stock issued and outstanding held of record by 76 stockholders. This amount excludes our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, which will convert into 46,163,605 shares of common stock in connection with the completion of this offering. Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016, and assuming (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, (2) the issuance by us of convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $10.9 million between November 2016 and February 2017 and the conversion of such principal plus accrued interest which will automatically convert upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of          shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $         (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on                 , 2017 and (3) the issuance by us of             shares of common stock in this offering, there will be             shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

As of December 31, 2016, there were 9,563,465 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under our equity incentive plan. In addition, as discussed below, as of December 31, 2016, there were 5,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an outstanding warrant and 68,572 shares of our Series H convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, which will become exercisable for 68,572 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, as described below.

Voting

Our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors, and does not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our

 

165


Table of Contents

debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2016, there were 46,163,605 shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding, held of record by 670 stockholders. In connection with the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will be converted into 46,163,605 shares of our common stock. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated to delete all references to such shares of convertible preferred stock. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of convertible preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control that may otherwise benefit holders of our common stock and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

In June 2013, we issued a warrant to purchase 5,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.57 per share to Voices Against Brain Cancer, or VABC, in connection with our consulting agreement with VABC. The warrant is subject to vesting such that 1/4 th of the total shares subject to the warrant vested on June 5, 2014 and 1/48 th of the total shares subject to the warrant vest monthly thereafter, provided that VABC continues to provide services to us through each such vesting date. As of December 31, 2016, 4,375 shares of our common stock were vested and issuable upon exercise of the warrant. The warrant provides for cashless exercise at the option of the holder, and also contains provisions for the adjustment of the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant and of the exercise price in the event of stock dividends, splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, combinations or exchanges of shares, separations, reorganizations, liquidations or the like. The warrant terminates upon the earlier of (i) June 5, 2023, (ii) immediately prior to the effective time of a change in control, as defined in the warrant, and (iii) 90 days after the date of the expiration or termination of our consulting agreement with VABC.

 

166


Table of Contents

In October 2015, we issued warrants to purchase shares of our Series H convertible preferred stock to Oxford and SVB, in connection with the Loan Agreement. As of the date of this prospectus, the warrants are exercisable for up to 68,572 shares of Series H convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $5.25 per share. In connection with the completion of this offering, the warrants become exercisable for up to 68,572 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $5.25 per share. These warrants expire on October 30, 2025 and, upon such date, they will be automatically exercised pursuant to the net exercise provision, if the fair market value of the exercise shares is greater than the exercise price. In addition, these warrants terminate if not exercised in connection with certain acquisitions of our company. These warrants contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the aggregate number of shares issuable upon exercise in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, consolidations, diluting issuances or certain acquisitions where an acquiring entity refuses to assume the warrants.

Grants

In June 2013, we received a grant pursuant to a research and development grant agreement with VABC. Pursuant to that grant agreement, we may be required to pay back the amount of the grant to VABC if we reach certain milestones for sales of therapies covered by the grant agreement. Under the grant agreement, after our initial public offering, if the milestones are met, instead of being paid in cash, VABC has the option to be paid back the grant amount in full or in part by receiving shares of our common stock, at a price per share equal to the closing stock price for our common stock on the first business day prior to such conversion date. After our initial public offering, we also have the right to elect to pay back the grant amount in full by issuing shares of our common stock.

Registration Rights

The holders of our capital stock do not have the right to require us to register with the SEC any such shares of capital stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or Section 203. Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

    prior to such time the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
    upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
    at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

167


Table of Contents

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

    any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
    any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;
    subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
    subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and
    the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the completion of this offering, respectively, may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws:

 

    permit our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate (including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control);
    provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;
    provide that the board of directors or any individual director may only be removed with cause and the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of our then outstanding common stock;
    provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;
    divide our board of directors into three classes;
    require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;
    provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;
    do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);
    provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, our Chief Executive Officer or by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors; and
   

provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach

 

168


Table of Contents
 

of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors or officers to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

The amendment of any of these provisions, with the exception of the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and designate any rights, preferences and privileges thereto, would require approval by the holders of at least 66-2/3% of our then-outstanding common stock.

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

We have applied for listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “TOCA.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

 

169


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016, upon the completion of this offering and assuming (1) the 1-for-             reverse stock split of all outstanding shares of our capital stock, (2) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 46,163,605 shares of common stock, (3) the issuance by us of convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $10.9 million between November 2016 and February 2017 and the conversion of such principal amount plus accrued interest which will automatically convert upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of          shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $         (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on                 , 2017, (4) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock and (5) no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, an aggregate of              shares of common stock will be outstanding. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless held by an affiliate of ours. Except as set forth below, the remaining              shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements. In addition, any shares sold in this offering to entities affiliated with our existing stockholders and directors will be subject to lock-up agreements. These remaining shares will generally become available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    no restricted shares will be eligible for immediate sale upon the completion of this offering;
    up to              restricted shares will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 or Rule 701 upon expiration of lock-up agreements 180 days after the date of this offering; and
    the remainder of the restricted shares will be eligible for sale from time to time thereafter upon expiration of their respective holding periods under Rule 144, as described below, but could be sold earlier if the holders exercise any available registration rights.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has held their shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, provided current public information about us is available. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has held their shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the completion of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available. Beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of restricted shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering; or
    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

 

170


Table of Contents

Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 held by our affiliates are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.

Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of our restricted shares have entered into lock-up agreements as described below and their restricted shares will become eligible for sale at the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

Under Rule 701, shares of our common stock acquired upon the exercise of currently outstanding options or pursuant to other rights granted under our stock plans may be resold by:

 

    persons other than affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject only to the manner-of-sale provisions of Rule 144; and
    our affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject to the manner-of-sale and volume limitations, current public information and filing requirements of Rule 144, in each case, without compliance with the six-month holding period requirement of Rule 144.

As of December 31, 2016, options to purchase a total of 9,563,465 shares of common stock were outstanding, of which 3,907,120 were vested. Of the total number of shares of our common stock issuable under these options, substantially all are subject to contractual lock-up agreements with us or the underwriters described below under “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale at the expiration of those agreements unless held by an affiliate of ours.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, along with our directors, executive officers and all of our other stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders, have agreed that for a period of 180 days, after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Leerink Partners LLC and Evercore Group L.L.C. and subject to specified exceptions, we or they will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock. Leerink Partners LLC and Evercore Group L.L.C. have advised us that they have no current intent or arrangement to release any of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

After this offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers and/or directors, may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

Registration Rights

The holders of our capital stock do not have any rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act.

 

171


Table of Contents

Equity Incentive Plans

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan, the 2017 Plan and the ESPP. The registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.

 

172


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following discussion describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxes that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, nor does it address any state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences or U.S. federal tax consequences other than income taxes (such as U.S. federal estate or gift tax consequences). Rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Code such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, broker-dealers and traders in securities, commodities or currencies, U.S. expatriates, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons that hold our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “conversion transaction,” or other risk reduction strategy, holders deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, holders who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, holders who are subject to the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare contribution tax, partnerships and other pass-through entities, and investors in such pass-through entities or entities that are treated as disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (regardless of their places of organization or formation). Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and Treasury regulations, published administrative pronouncements, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof. Such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder holds our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

The following discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice for any Non-U.S. Holders under their particular circumstances. Persons considering the purchase of our common stock pursuant to this offering should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common stock in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences and any U.S. federal non-income tax consequences.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of common stock that is not a U.S. Holder. A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (b) a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (c) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (d) a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. Also, partnerships and their partners, or other entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and their equity holders (regardless of their place of organization or formation) and entities that are treated as disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (regardless of their place of organization or formation) are not addressed by this discussion and are, therefore, not considered to be Non-U.S. Holders for the purposes of this discussion.

 

173


Table of Contents

Distributions on Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, distributions, if any, made on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) and will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E, or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity, Treasury regulations and the relevant tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide such certification to us, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you should consult with your own tax advisor to determine if you are able to obtain a refund or credit if any excess amount is withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment that such holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to us (or, if stock is held through a financial institution or other agent, to such agent). In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates, unless a specific treaty exemption applies. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments.

To the extent distributions on our common stock, if any, exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will first reduce your adjusted basis in our common stock as a non-taxable return of capital, but not below zero, and then any excess will be treated as gain and taxed in the same manner as gain realized from a sale or other disposition of common stock as described in the next section.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless (a) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment that such holder maintains in the United States), (b) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (c) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation,” or a USRPHC, within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such holder’s holding period.

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (a) above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, unless a specific treaty exemption applies, and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (a) above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in (b) above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which

 

174


Table of Contents

gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States), provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. With respect to (c) above, in general, we would be a USRPHC if interests in U.S. real estate constituted (by fair market value) at least half of our assets. We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we are treated as a USRPHC, gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly and constructively, no more than 5% of our common stock at all times within the shorter of (a) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (b) the holder’s holding period and (2) our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market within the meaning of applicable Treasury regulations. There can be no assurance that our common stock will continue to qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market.

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Generally, we or certain financial middlemen must report information to the IRS with respect to any dividends we pay on our common stock including the amount of any such dividends, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder to whom any such dividends are paid. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Dividends paid by us (or our paying agents) to a Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding. U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, Form W-8BEN-E or Form W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Under current U.S. federal income tax law, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock effected within the United States or through certain U.S.-related brokers, unless the holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, Form W-8BEN-E or Form W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. For information reporting purposes, certain brokers with substantial U.S. ownership or operations will generally be treated in a manner similar to U.S. brokers.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. If backup withholding is applied to you, you should consult with your own tax advisor to determine if you are able to obtain a tax refund or credit with respect to the amount withheld.

Foreign Accounts

A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% may apply to dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable rules), including when the foreign financial institution holds our common stock on behalf of a Non-U.S. Holder, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which may include certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing these withholding and reporting requirements may be subject to different rules. This U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% will also apply to dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with

 

175


Table of Contents

either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in our common stock.

The withholding provisions described above generally apply to payments of dividends, and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock after December 31, 2018.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, AS WELL AS TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX LAWS.

 

176


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Leerink Partners LLC and Evercore Group L.L.C. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below and as joint bookrunning managers for this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares
 

Leerink Partners LLC

  

Evercore Group L.L.C.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of the shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering of the shares, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed by the representatives.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      Without Option      With Option  

Public offering price

   $                   $                   $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $                   $                   $               

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $                   $                   $               

We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $        . We also have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to $         for their FINRA counsel fee. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110, this reimbursed fee is deemed underwriting compensation for this offering.

 

177


Table of Contents

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to              additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and all of our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, without first obtaining the written consent of Leerink Partners LLC and Evercore Group L.L.C. on behalf of the underwriters. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

    offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;
    sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;
    purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;
    grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;
    otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;
    request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock; or
    enter into any swap or other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock, whether any such swap, agreement or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “TOCA.”

Determination of Offering Price

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

    the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;
    our financial information;
    the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;
    an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;
    the present state of our development; and
    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

 

178


Table of Contents

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on The NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to              shares, or the reserved shares, offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our executive officers,

 

179


Table of Contents

directors, employees, existing stockholders and other individuals associated with us and members of their families through a directed share program. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not purchased through the directed share program will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Some of the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us and our affiliates, for which they may in the future receive customary fees, commissions and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

  A. to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  B. to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

  C. in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

 

180


Table of Contents

We, the representatives and each of our and the representatives’ and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly, any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

181


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, San Diego, California. The underwriters are being represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, San Diego, California.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our financial statements at December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years then ended, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing us at 3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230, San Diego, California 92109 or telephoning us at (858) 412-8400.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.tocagen.com, at which, following the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference in, and is not part of, this prospectus.

 

182


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Index to Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4  

Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5  

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-7  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Tocagen Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Tocagen Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the Standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Tocagen Inc. at December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, California

March 9, 2017

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

                 Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity

December 31,
2016
 
     December 31,    
     2015     2016    
                 (unaudited)  

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,150     $ 5,510    

Marketable securities

     50,760       25,735    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,295       1,216    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     60,205       32,461    

Property and equipment, net

     445       743    

Other assets

     1,525       2,147    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 62,175     $ 35,351    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 1,300     $ 1,666    

Accrued liabilities

     3,890       5,437    

Notes payable, current portion

     600       7,200    

Deferred license revenue

     54       45    

Deferred grant funding

     91       34    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     5,935       14,382    

Notes payable, net of current portion

     16,873       10,241    

Convertible promissory notes payable (due to related parties of $0 and $1,025 at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)

           3,398    

Convertible promissory notes subscription liability

           140    

Long-term portion of deferred license revenue

     108       68    

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

     176       126    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     23,092       28,355    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

      

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; authorized shares — 48,600,000 and 51,000,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; issued and outstanding shares — 46,163,605 at December 31, 2015 and 2016; aggregate liquidation preferences of $131,720 at December 31, 2015 and 2016; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma at December 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     131,413       131,413     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Common stock, $0.001 par value; authorized shares — 70,100,000 and 77,800,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; issued and outstanding shares — 15,165,391 and 15,197,601 at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; 61,361,206 shares issued and outstanding pro forma at December 31, 2016 (unaudited)

     15       15       61  

Additional paid-in capital

     2,225       3,568       134,935  

Accumulated deficit

     (94,512     (128,000     (128,000

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (58            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (92,330     (124,417   $ 6,996  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 62,175     $ 35,351    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2016  
              

License revenue

   $ 51     $ 49  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     19,172       27,218  

General and administrative

     3,833       4,522  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     23,005       31,740  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (22,954     (31,691
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

    

Interest income

     126       215  

Interest expense (related party interest expense of $0 and $15 at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)

     (339     (2,052

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     111       50  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (102     (1,787
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (23,056     (33,478

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Net unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     (52     58  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (23,108   $ (33,420
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (1.53   $ (2.21
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     15,056,358       15,180,140  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (0.55
    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       61,343,745  
    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balance at December 31, 2014

    39,787,568     $ 97,973       15,012,377     $ 15     $ 1,006     $ (71,456   $ (6   $ (70,441

Issuance of Series H convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    6,376,037       33,440                                      

Exercise of stock options

                153,014             157                   157  

Stock-based compensation

                            1,062                   1,062  

Other comprehensive loss

                                        (52     (52

Net loss

                                  (23,056           (23,056
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

    46,163,605       131,413       15,165,391       15       2,225       (94,512     (58     (92,330

Cumulative effect of accounting change

                            10       (10            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2016

    46,163,605       131,413       15,165,391       15       2,235       (94,522     (58     (92,330

Exercise of stock options

                32,210             10                   10  

Stock-based compensation

                            1,323                   1,323  

Other comprehensive income

                                        58       58  

Net loss

                                  (33,478           (33,478
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

    46,163,605     $ 131,413       15,197,601     $ 15     $ 3,568     $ (128,000   $     $ (124,417
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows

(In Thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2015                  2016        
               

Operating activities

     

Net loss

   $ (23,056    $ (33,478

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

     

Stock-based compensation

     1,062        1,323  

Depreciation

     232        255  

Noncash interest expense

     94        570  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     (111      (50

Amortization of premium (discount) on investments, net

     5        (9

Gain on disposal of property and equipment

     (15      (20

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

     

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (1,072      (157

Accounts payable

     571        586  

Accrued liabilities

     1,301        1,547  

Deferred license revenue

     (51      (49

Deferred grant funding

     (2      (57
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (21,042      (29,539
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investing activities

     

Proceeds from the sale/maturity of marketable securities

     35,158        48,095  

Purchase of marketable securities

     (59,870      (23,003

Purchase of property and equipment

     (231      (525

Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment

     15         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (24,928      24,567  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financing activities

     

Proceeds from issuance of convertible promissory notes payable, net of issuance costs

            3,374  

Proceeds from convertible promissory note subscriptions

            140  

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable, net of issuance costs

     17,666         

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs

     33,075         

Principal payments on notes payable

            (600

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     157        10  

Cash paid for deferred debt and equity issuance costs

     (982      (592
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     49,916        2,332  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     3,946        (2,640

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     4,204        8,150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 8,150      $ 5,510  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

     

Cash paid for interest

   $ 124      $ 1,460  

Noncash investing and financing activities:

     

Deferred equity issuance costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     543        226  

Fair value of preferred stock warrants issued in connection with notes payable

     287         

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

            28  

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

Tocagen Inc. (Tocagen or the Company) is a clinical-stage, cancer-selective gene therapy company focused on developing first-in-class, broadly-applicable product candidates designed to activate a patient’s immune system against their own cancer from within. The Company’s cancer-selective gene therapy platform is built on retroviral replicating vectors (RRVs) which are designed to selectively deliver therapeutic genes into the DNA of cancer cells. Tocagen’s gene therapy approach is designed to fight cancer through immunotherapeutic mechanisms of action without the autoimmune toxicities commonly experienced with other immunotherapies.

From inception through December 31, 2016, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to developing its gene therapy platform and its lead product candidate, Toca 511 & Toca FC, as well as raising capital and building its infrastructure. The Company has not generated revenues from its principal operations.

Liquidity and Adoption of FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 205-40

For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company has adopted as required the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern, which requires that management evaluate whether there are relevant conditions and events that in aggregate raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to meet its obligations as they become due within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. Under this standard, management’s assessment shall not take into consideration the potential mitigating effects of management’s plans that have not been fully implemented as of the date the financial statements are issued.

The Company has a limited operating history and the sales and income potential of the Company’s business and patient markets are unproven. The Company has experienced net losses and negative cash flows from operating activities since its inception. As of December 31, 2016 the Company had an accumulated deficit of $128.0 million and working capital of $18.1 million available to fund future operations. As the Company continues to incur net losses, its transition to profitability is dependent upon the successful development, approval, and commercialization of its product candidates and achieving a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s cost structure. The Company may never achieve profitability, and unless and until it does, the Company will continue to need to raise additional capital.

In performing the first step of the assessment under ASC Topic 205-40, the Company considered that its future operations anticipate an initial public offering or alternative form of equity or debt financing. The Company also considered that new collaborations or selectively partnering its technology or programs may provide other sources of capital. However, there can be no assurances that additional funding or other sources of capital will be available on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all. Without the financing or capital described above, and without consideration of management’s other plans to control costs, continued net losses as anticipated raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern under the first step of the assessment.

In performing the second step of this assessment, the Company is required to evaluate whether it has other plans to mitigate the conditions to alleviate the substantial doubt about its ability to meet its obligations as they become due. In performing this step, due to inherent uncertainty, management did not consider its planned sources of funding. Management has also developed a plan to implement cost cutting measures commencing in the second quarter of 2017 to reduce its working capital requirements assuming no additional planned financing. The plan includes a delay in hiring and additional reductions in personnel-related costs, the curtailment of certain of the Company’s development activities and other discretionary expenditures that are within the Company’s

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

control. Any of the actions contemplated by the implementation of this plan, if required, could have an adverse impact on the Company’s ability to achieve certain of its planned objectives during 2017, and thus, materially harm the Company’s business.

Management has evaluated that if required, it is probable that the cost cutting measures described above can be effectively implemented during the second quarter of 2017, and that when implemented will allow the Company to meet its obligations as they become due within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued.

Use of Estimates

The Company’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP), which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and expenses and related disclosures during the reporting period. Significant estimates in the Company’s financial statements relate to clinical trial accruals, the valuation of equity awards, and the development period used for license revenue recognition. Estimates are periodically reviewed in light of changes in circumstances, facts and experience. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2016 assumes the automatic conversion of all the outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the completion of this proposed offering. The pro forma stockholders’ equity was prepared as though the completion of the proposed offering had occurred on December 31, 2016. Shares issued in the proposed offering, any related net proceeds and shares issued upon the conversion of all outstanding principal plus accrued interest related to convertible promissory notes payable upon completion of this proposed offering are excluded from the pro forma information.

Unaudited pro forma net loss per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all the outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, or the date of original issuance, if later, and excludes the effect of the conversion of all outstanding principal plus accrued interest related to convertible promissory notes.

Segment Reporting

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in making decisions on how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business in one operating segment. No product revenue has been generated since inception and all assets are held in the United States.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities

Cash consists of the balance in a readily available checking account. Cash equivalents consist of certificates of deposit and money market funds with remaining maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase, and are considered highly liquid investments.

Marketable securities consist of certificates of deposit and U.S. Treasury securities that have original maturities greater than three months at the time of purchase. The Company classifies its investments as available-for-sale and records such assets at fair value in the balance sheet, with unrealized gains and losses, if any, reported in stockholders’ deficit. Realized gains and losses are calculated on the specific identification method and recorded to interest income.

A decline in the market value of any marketable security below cost that is determined to be other-than-temporary results in a revaluation of its carrying amount to fair value and a new cost basis for the security. Impairment losses are recognized in other expense in the statement of operations.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Off-Balance Sheet Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and marketable securities. The Company’s investment policy includes guidelines for the quality of the related institutions and financial instruments, and defines allowable investments that the Company may invest in, which the Company believes minimizes the exposure to concentration of credit risk.

The Company has no financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk of loss.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets primarily represent amounts related to insurance, clinical trial and manufacturing agreements, and investment interest receivable.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of furniture, fixtures, computers and software, laboratory and office equipment, and leasehold improvements. Property and equipment is stated at cost and depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets (three to five years) using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are depreciated using the straight-line method over the lesser of the remaining lease term or an estimated useful life of five years.

Costs of major additions and betterments are capitalized and depreciated on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to expense.

Deferred Equity Issuance Costs

Specific incremental costs directly attributable to a proposed or actual offering of securities are deferred and charged against the gross proceeds of the offering through additional paid-in capital. In the event the offering is discontinued, the deferred costs will be expensed in the period the offering is discontinued.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets consist of property and equipment. An impairment loss is recorded if and when events and circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts payable, notes payable, convertible promissory notes payable and preferred stock warrant liabilities.

The authoritative accounting guidance defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis. Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the authoritative accounting guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

  Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

 

  Level 2: Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and

 

  Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Clinical Trial Accruals

Expenses related to clinical studies are based on estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to the Company’s contract arrangements. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to the Company’s service providers will temporarily exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the clinical expense. Payments under some of these contracts depend on factors such as the successful enrollment of patients, site initiation and the completion of clinical milestones. The Company makes estimates of its accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in its financial statements based on facts and circumstances known at that time. In accruing service fees, the Company estimates the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from its estimate, the Company adjusts the accrual or prepaid expense balance accordingly.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is comprised of license revenue from the up-front payment that the Company received under its license and collaboration arrangement with Siemens (Note 8).

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Revenue is recognized for each unit of accounting when all of the following criteria are met:

 

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists
    Delivery of the Company’s obligations under the arrangement has occurred
    The seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable
    Collectability is reasonably assured

Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue in the Company’s balance sheets. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue. Amounts not expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as long-term deferred revenue.

The Company analyzes multiple-element arrangements based on the relevant authoritative guidance. Pursuant to the guidance, the Company evaluates multiple-element arrangements to determine (1) the deliverables included in the arrangement and (2) whether the individual deliverables represent separate units of accounting, or whether they must be accounted for as a combined unit of accounting. This evaluation involves subjective determinations and requires the Company to make judgments about the individual deliverables and whether such deliverables are separable from the other aspects of the contractual relationship. Deliverables are considered separate units of accounting provided that: (i) the delivered item(s) has value to the customer (a collaboration partner to date) on a standalone basis and (ii) if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in its control. In assessing whether an item has standalone value, the Company considers factors such as the research, manufacturing and commercialization capabilities of the collaboration partner and the availability of the associated expertise in the general marketplace. In addition, the Company considers whether the collaboration partner can use the other deliverable(s) for their intended purpose without the receipt of the remaining element(s), whether the value of the deliverable is dependent on the undelivered item(s) and whether there are other vendors that can provide the undelivered element(s).

Arrangement consideration that is fixed or determinable is allocated among the separate units of accounting using the relative selling price method. The Company determines the estimated selling price for units of accounting within each arrangement using vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of selling price, if available, third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price if VSOE is not available, or best estimate of selling price (BESP) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The Company uses BESP to estimate the selling price, since it generally does not have VSOE or TPE of selling price for its units of accounting. Determining the BESP for a unit of accounting requires significant judgment. In developing the BESP for a unit of accounting, the Company considers applicable market conditions and relevant entity-specific factors, including factors that were contemplated in negotiating the agreement with the collaboration partner and estimated costs. The Company validates the BESP for units of accounting by evaluating whether changes in the key assumptions used to determine the BESP will have a significant effect on the allocation of arrangement consideration between multiple units of accounting.

The Company then applies the applicable revenue recognition criteria to each of the separate units of accounting in determining the appropriate period and pattern of recognition. If there is no discernible pattern of performance and/or objectively measurable performance measures do not exist, then the Company recognizes revenue under the arrangement on a straight-line basis over the period it expects to complete its performance obligations.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Research and Development Costs

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits, clinical trial costs, costs related to acquiring and manufacturing clinical trial materials, contract services, facilities costs, overhead costs, and depreciation. All research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Patent Costs

Costs related to filing and pursuing patent applications are recorded as general and administrative expense and expensed as incurred because recoverability of such expenditures is uncertain.

Grant Funding

The Company receives certain research and development funding through grants from nonprofit organizations that serve the brain cancer community. The Company evaluates the terms of each grant to assess the Company’s obligations, and such funding is recognized in the statement of operations as a reduction to research and development expense as the related costs are incurred to meet those obligations over the grant period. Certain grants contain repayment provisions contingent on future events, such as future revenue milestones related to the Company’s lead product candidate under development. For each repayment provision, the Company assesses if it is obligated to repay the funds provided by the other parties regardless of the outcome of the funded research and development. For each arrangement, the Company also reviews the repayment provisions to determine the likelihood of repayment at the execution of each grant and on an ongoing basis. If the likelihood of repayment of a grant is determined to be remote and the Company is not obligated to repay the funds regardless of the outcome of the funded research and development, the grant is recognized as a reduction to research and development expense as related costs are incurred over the grant period. The Company subsequently reviews the repayment provisions of each grant at each reporting date and will record a related grant repayment liability if and when such repayment obligation is determined to be probable. If, at the execution of a grant with repayment provisions, the probability of repayment is probable, the Company will record the grant as a liability until such time as the grant requirements have been satisfied and the repayment provisions have lapsed.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs incurred to obtain debt financing are deferred and are amortized over the term of the debt using the effective interest method. The costs are recorded as a reduction to the carrying value of the debt and the amortization expense is included in interest expense in the statement of operations.

Warrants for Shares of Preferred Stock

The Company accounts for warrants for shares of preferred stock with conversion features as liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets at their fair value on the date of issuance. The warrant liabilities are revalued at each balance sheet date until such instruments are exercised or expire, with changes in the fair value between reporting periods recorded as other income or expense in the statement of operations.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company provides a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets unless, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process whereby (i) management determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (ii) for those tax positions that meet the more likely-than-not recognition threshold, management recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. The Company will recognize interest and penalties in income tax expense if and when incurred.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

All components of comprehensive income (loss) are reported in the financial statements in the period in which they are recognized. Other comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, including unrealized gains and losses on investments. The Company’s only component of other comprehensive loss is unrealized gains (losses) on investments. Comprehensive gains (losses) have been reflected in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss for all periods presented.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense represents the cost of the grant date fair value of stock options granted to employees. For awards with time-based vesting provisions, the Company estimates the fair value of stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and recognizes the expense over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. For awards with performance-based vesting provisions, the Company estimates the fair value of stock option grants on the date of grant, or the date when all of the terms of the grant have been agreed to, if later, and recognizes the expense based on the probability of the occurrence of the individual milestones at each reporting period. The expense is recognized over the implicit service period that commences once management believes the performance criteria are probable of being met. The Company accounts for forfeitures when they occur, and reverses any compensation cost previously recognized for awards for which the requisite service has not been completed, in the period that the award is forfeited.

 

The Company accounts for stock options and stock warrants granted to non-employees using the fair value approach. These option and warrant grants are subject to periodic revaluation over their vesting terms.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic and diluted net loss per common share for the periods presented is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the respective periods, without consideration of common stock equivalents as they are antidilutive. Common stock equivalents that could potentially dilute earnings in the future are comprised of shares issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding principal and accrued interest related to convertible promissory notes payable upon the completion of this proposed offering, shares issuable upon the conversion of convertible preferred stock, options to purchase shares of common stock outstanding under the Company’s equity incentive plan and warrants for the purchase of shares of common and preferred stock. For all periods presented, there is no difference in the number of shares used to calculate basic and diluted shares outstanding due to the Company’s net loss position.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2015, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (ASU) that eliminates the requirement to categorize investments within the fair value hierarchy if their fair value is measured using the net asset value per share practical expedient in the FASB’s fair value measurement guidance. The amendments also limit certain disclosures to investments for which the entity has elected to measure at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient. The amendments were adopted January 1, 2016 and were applied retrospectively by removing from the fair value hierarchy any investments for which fair value is measured using the net asset value per share practical expedient. Adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In March 2016, the FASB issued a new ASU which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The update is effective for fiscal years and the interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. Amendments related to the timing of when excess tax benefits are recognized, minimum statutory withholding requirements and forfeitures are applied using a modified retrospective transition method by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity as of the beginning of the period in which the guidance is adopted. Amendments related to the presentation of employee taxes paid on the statement of cash flows when an employer withholds shares to meet the minimum statutory withholding requirement is applied retrospectively. Amendments requiring recognition of excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies in the statement of operations are applied prospectively. The Company elected to early adopt this guidance effective January 1, 2016 and made a policy election to account for forfeitures of unvested share-based awards as they occur which is a change from its prior accounting whereby forfeitures were estimated at the time of grant with stock-based compensation expense based on awards that were ultimately expected to vest. The Company recorded a cumulative-effect adjustment on January 1, 2016 to equity to eliminate the forfeiture reserve balance at December 31, 2015 of $10,000, resulting in an increase in its accumulated deficit and additional paid-in capital by $10,000 each.

In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance intended to reduce diversity in practice of identifying embedded derivatives in debt instruments. The new guidance clarifies that the nature of an exercise contingency is not subject to the “clearly and closely” criteria for purposes of assessing whether the call or put option must be separated from the debt instrument and accounted for separately as a derivative. This new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company elected to early adopt this guidance on July 1, 2016. Adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued new revenue recognition guidance which outlines a single comprehensive revenue model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. The guidance supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The guidance provides that an entity recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance will be effective on January 1, 2018 and earlier application is permitted only for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. The guidance allows for either a full retrospective adoption, in which the standard is applied to all of the periods presented, or a modified retrospective adoption, in which the standard is applied to the most current period presented in the financial statements. As of December 31, 2016, revenue has been generated exclusively from the

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Company’s license and collaboration arrangement with Siemens. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact that this guidance may have on its financial position and results of operations as it relates to this single arrangement, and expects to elect the modified retrospective adoption method.

In January 2016, the FASB issued new guidance that amends certain aspects of the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. The amendments include the elimination of the available-for-sale classification of equity investments and requires equity investments with readily determinable fair values to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income (loss). The new guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017, and requires a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company’s marketable securities are currently accounted for as available-for-sale financial instruments with changes in fair value recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). At the time of adoption, any amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to such financial instruments would be reclassified to non-operating income (expense) in the statement of operations. As of December 31, 2016, unrealized gains and losses related to these investments netted to zero.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that amends the existing accounting standards for leases. Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize for all leases, with the exception of short-term leases, a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

3. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

The following tables summarize the Company’s assets and liabilities that require fair value measurements on a recurring basis and their respective input levels based on the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements at End
of Period Using:
 

December 31, 2015

   Total      Quoted
Market
Prices for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Cash equivalents:

           

Certificates of deposit

   $ 2,880      $      $ 2,880      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable securities:

           

Certificates of deposit

   $ 38,779      $      $ 38,779      $  

U.S. Treasury securities

     11,981        11,981                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 50,760      $ 11,981      $ 38,779      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

   $ 176      $      $      $ 176  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fair Value Measurements at End
of Period Using:
 

December 31, 2016

   Total      Quoted
Market
Prices for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Cash equivalents:

           

Certificates of deposit

   $ 240      $      $ 240      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable securities:

           

Certificates of deposit

   $ 22,777      $      $ 22,777      $  

U.S. Treasury securities

     2,958        2,958                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 25,735      $ 2,958      $ 22,777      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

   $ 126      $      $      $ 126  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable Securities. For fair values determined by Level 1 inputs, which utilize quoted prices in active markets for identical assets, the level of judgment required to estimate fair value is relatively low. The fair values of investments in U.S. treasury securities were determined using Level 1 inputs.

 

Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs, which utilize data points that are observable such as quoted prices, interest rates and yield curves, require the exercise of judgment and use of estimates, that if changed, could significantly affect the Company’s financial position and results of operations. Investments in certificates of deposit are valued using Level 2 inputs. Level 2 securities are initially valued at the transaction price and subsequently valued and reported utilizing inputs other than quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly, such as quotes from third-party pricing vendors.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

There were no transfers in or out of Level 1 or Level 2 investments during the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2016.

At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016, the Company had investments in money market funds of $3.1 million and $2.2 million, respectively, that were measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) that have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The funds invest primarily in U.S. government securities.

Warrant Liabilities. The Company’s preferred stock warrants are accounted for as liabilities and measured at fair value on a recurring basis as they are convertible into preferred stock which is contingently redeemable under conditions that are not in the control of the Company. The Company estimates fair values of these warrant liabilities utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires Level 3 inputs.

Estimating fair values of derivative financial instruments, including Level 3 instruments, requires the use of significant and subjective inputs that may, and are likely to, change over the duration of the instrument with related changes in internal and external market factors, including changes in the estimated fair value of the Company’s equity securities.

The following assumptions were employed in estimating the value of the liabilities for Series H preferred stock warrants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model as of the following dates:

 

     October 30,
2015
(Issuance Date)
    December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2016
 

Risk-free interest rate

     2.16     2.27     2.38

Volatility

     85.7     90.0     77.8

Dividend Yield

     —         —         —    

Contractual term (in years)

     10.0       9.8       8.8  

A 10% increase in the fair value of preferred stock at December 31, 2016 would result in an aggregate increase in the estimated fair value of the preferred stock warrant liabilities of $15,000.

The following table summarizes the activity in liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs) (in thousands):

 

     Preferred Stock
Warrant Liabilities
 

Issuances

   $ 287  

Decrease in fair value

     (111
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     176  

Decrease in fair value

     (50
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 126  
  

 

 

 

Fair Values of Other Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and accounts payable, approximate their respective fair values due to their short-term nature. The carrying amount of the Company’s notes payable of $17.4 million at December 31, 2016 approximated their fair value as the terms of

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

the notes are consistent with the market terms of transactions with similar profiles of one of the lenders as of those dates (Level 3 inputs). The carrying amount of the Company’s convertible promissory notes payable of $3.4 million at December 31, 2016 approximated their fair value due to their recent issuance during November and December 2016 (Level 3 inputs).

 

4. Certain Financial Statement Caption Information

Marketable Securities

The following is a summary of the Company’s marketable securities (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2015

   Maturity
(in years)
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gain
     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
 

Certificates of deposit

     1 or less      $ 21,013      $      $ (9   $ 21,004  

Certificates of deposit

     >1 and <5        17,800               (25     17,775  

U.S. Treasury securities

     1 or less        7,011               (4     7,007  

U.S. Treasury securities

     >1 and <5        4,994               (20     4,974  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 50,818      $      $ (58   $ 50,760  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

   Maturity
(in years)
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gain
     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
 

Certificates of deposit

     1 or less      $ 19,299      $ 1      $ (2   $ 19,298  

Certificates of deposit

     >1 and <5        3,478        1              3,479  

U.S. Treasury securities

     1 or less        1,678                     1,678  

U.S. Treasury securities

     >1 and <5        1,280        4        (4     1,280  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 25,735      $ 6      $ (6   $ 25,735  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has classified all of its available-for-sale investment securities, including those with maturity greater than one year, as current assets on the balance sheet based on the highly liquid nature of these investment securities and because these investment securities are considered available for use in current operations.

There were no impairments considered other-than-temporary during the periods presented, as it is management’s intention and ability to hold the securities until a recovery of the cost basis or recovery of fair value. Gross realized gains and losses on sales of marketable securities were immaterial for all periods presented.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is comprised of (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2016  

Laboratory equipment

   $ 2,410      $ 2,841  

Computers, software and office equipment

     172        187  

Furniture and fixtures

     8        21  

Leasehold improvements

     108        108  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,698        3,157  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (2,253      (2,414
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 445      $ 743  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Depreciation expense was $0.2 million and $0.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities are comprised of (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2016  

Clinical trial expenses

   $ 1,584      $ 2,114  

Contract manufacturing services

     664        1,508  

Payroll and other employee-related expenses

     524        728  

Professional fees

     485        459  

Contract research services

     152        114  

Interest payable

     120        120  

Other

     361        394  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,890      $ 5,437  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

5. Notes Payable

Loan Agreement

On October 30, 2015, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the Loan Agreement) with two lenders whereby it borrowed $18.0 million (the Loans) on October 30, 2015. Balances under the Loan Agreement bear a floating rate of interest equal to the greater of 7.75% or the monthly prime rate plus 4.50% (7.75% and 8.00% at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively), and were due in 12 monthly interest-only payments through November 2016, followed by 30 equal monthly principal payments, together with applicable interest payments, with final maturity of the Loans in May 2019. Each Loan bears a final payment fee of 7.95% of the original principal amount due upon maturity.

The costs incurred to issue the Loans of $0.6 million were deferred and are included in the discount to the carrying value of the Loans in the accompanying balance sheets. The Loans also include a final payment fee of $1.4 million due at the earlier of prepayment or the maturity date of the Loans. The deferred costs and the final payment fee are amortized to interest expense over the expected term of the Loans using the effective interest method. The effective interest rates on the Loans at December 31, 2015 and 2016 are 10.94% and 11.19%, respectively.

The aggregate carrying amounts of the Loans are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2016  

Principal

   $ 18,000      $ 17,400  

Add: accreted liability for final payment fee

     66        462  

Less: unamortized discount

     (593      (421
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 17,473      $ 17,441  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The Loans are secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets other than its intellectual property, except rights to payment from the sale, licensing or disposition of such intellectual property. The Company is also required to maintain its primary operating accounts at all times with one of the lenders. The Loan Agreement contains customary conditions of borrowing, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness and make distributions to holders of its capital stock. Should an event of default occur, including the occurrence of a material adverse change, the Company could be liable for immediate repayment of all obligations under the Loan Agreement. The Company does not believe it is likely that a material adverse change will occur. At December 31, 2016, the Company was in compliance with the covenants contained in the Loan Agreement.

In connection with the issuance of the Loans in October 2015, the Company issued detachable, fully vested warrants to purchase an aggregate of 68,572 shares of Series H Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $5.25 per share to the lenders. The warrants are exercisable at any time through October 2025. The grant-date fair value of the warrants of $0.3 million was recorded as a liability, with a reduction to the carrying value of the Loans, and which is being recognized as additional interest expense over the remaining term of the Loans.

Convertible Promissory Notes Payable and Subscription Liability

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company issued convertible promissory notes payable (the Convertible Notes) to investors aggregating $3.4 million. The Convertible Notes include $1.0 million issued to members of the Company’s board of directors and $25,000 issued to the Company’s chief executive officer. The Convertible Notes, which bear interest at 7% per annum, are unsecured and are subordinated to the Company’s Loans. Principal and interest are due on November 21, 2018, unless the Company elects to extend the maturity date of the Convertible Notes to a date on or before November 21, 2019.

At December 31, 2016, the aggregate carrying amount of the Convertible Notes is $3.4 million, which is net of an unamortized discount of $34,000. The effective interest rate on the Convertible Notes at December 31, 2016 is 7.54%.

At December 31, 2016, the Company had $140,000 in subscriptions for Convertible Notes from investors for which the notes had not yet been issued. This amount is recorded as a convertible promissory note subscription liability in the balance sheet as of that date.

Subsequent to December 31, 2016, between January 1, 2017 and February 8, 2017, the Company issued Convertible Notes to investors in an aggregate principal amount of $7.5 million, of which $250,000 was issued to a member of the Company’s board of directors and $10,000 was issued to the Company’s chief executive officer.

The Convertible Notes provide for mandatory share-settlement of all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest as follows: (1) upon a qualifying financing event whereby the Company issues shares of its preferred stock to investors, the Convertible Notes automatically convert into shares of the same class of preferred stock at an amount equal to the price per share at which the preferred stock was issued to the investors; (2) upon the closing of a qualifying initial public offering (IPO), the Convertible Notes automatically convert into shares of common stock at an amount equal to the per share purchase price paid by the public in the IPO; (3) immediately prior to the closing of a qualifying change of control transaction, the Convertible Notes automatically convert into shares of the latest-issue preferred stock determined by dividing (i) the sum of (x) 110% of the outstanding principal plus (y) accrued and unpaid interest by (ii) the last price paid by the investors of such series of preferred stock; or (4) upon the maturity date, the Convertible Notes automatically

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

convert into shares of the latest-issue preferred stock determined by dividing the outstanding principal and interest by the last price paid by investors for the purchase of such series of preferred stock.

Future maturities of the Company’s Loans, including the final payment fee, and the Convertible Notes are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ended December 31,

      

2017

   $ 7,200   

2018

     10,611   

2019

     4,431   
  

 

 

 
     22,242   

Unaccreted balance for final payment fee on Loans

     (969

Unamortized discounts

     (455

Accrued interest on Convertible Notes

     21   
  

 

 

 
     20,839   

Less current portion

     (7,200
  

 

 

 

Noncurrent portion

   $ 13,639   
  

 

 

 

 

6. Convertible Preferred Stock and Common Stock

In February 2015, the Company increased its authorized common and preferred stock to 68,100,000 and 46,600,000 shares, respectively. In September 2015, the Company increased its authorized common and preferred stock to 70,100,000 and 48,600,000 shares, respectively. In June 2016, the Company increased its authorized common stock to 72,900,000 shares. In July 2016, the Company increased its authorized common and preferred stock to 75,300,000 and 51,000,000, respectively. In November 2016, the Company increased its authorized common stock to 77,800,000 shares, and the authorized preferred stock remained at 51,000,000 shares.

 

Convertible Preferred Stock

The authorized, issued and outstanding shares, and liquidation preference of convertible preferred stock by series as of December 31, 2015 are as follows (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

     6,700,000         6,700,000       $ 6,700   

Series B

     8,676,800         8,676,800         10,846   

Series C

     5,697,601         5,697,601         9,116   

Series C-1

     1,578,948         1,578,948         3,000   

Series D

     3,888,375         3,888,375         7,777   

Series E

     2,485,250         2,485,250         9,941   

Series F

     5,904,501         5,904,501         25,980   

Series G

     2,432,068         2,432,068         12,160   

Series H

     9,600,000         8,800,062         46,200   

Undesignated

     1,636,457                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     48,600,000         46,163,605       $ 131,720   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company issued 6,376,037 shares of its Series H convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.25 per share for net proceeds of $33.4 million, which is net of $34,000 in issuance costs.

The authorized, issued and outstanding shares, and liquidation preference of convertible preferred stock by series as of December 31, 2016 are as follows (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

     6,700,000        6,700,000      $ 6,700  

Series B

     8,676,800        8,676,800        10,846  

Series C

     5,697,601        5,697,601        9,116  

Series C-1

     1,578,948        1,578,948        3,000  

Series D

     3,888,375        3,888,375        7,777  

Series E

     2,485,250        2,485,250        9,941  

Series F

     5,904,501        5,904,501        25,980  

Series G

     2,432,068        2,432,068        12,160  

Series H

     12,000,000        8,800,062        46,200  

Undesignated

     1,636,457                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     51,000,000        46,163,605      $ 131,720  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company records each series of convertible preferred stock based upon gross proceeds on the respective dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. A right to receive payment will only occur upon the liquidation or winding up of the Company, a greater than 50% change of control or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company. As this right to receive payment is considered a deemed liquidation outside the control of the Company, all shares of convertible preferred stock have been presented outside of permanent equity in accordance with accounting guidance for redeemable securities. Further, the Company is not adjusting the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock as it is uncertain whether or when a redemption event will occur. Adjustments to increase the carrying values will be made if it becomes probable that such redemption will occur.

Dividends

The holders of the convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common stock, noncumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors has not declared any dividends.

Liquidation Preferences

The holders of the convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive a liquidation payment, before any distribution or payment to the holders of common stock, pari passu on a pro rata basis per share until the holders have received an amount equal to the applicable original purchase price per share of convertible preferred stock.

 

Conversion

The convertible preferred stock is convertible into common stock on a one-to-one basis at any time, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, and automatically converts into common stock upon the consent of a

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

majority of the holders of outstanding convertible preferred stock or, for any series of convertible preferred stock, a majority of the holders of such series, or upon a public offering with aggregate proceeds to the Company of at least $10 million. The convertible preferred stock also includes anti-dilution provisions making it subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events.

Shares of the Series G and H convertible preferred stock are also subject to transfer restrictions until the earlier of a registration under the Securities Act covering the proposed disposition, the closing date of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its common stock registered under the Securities Act, and the closing date of an acquisition or asset transfer.

Voting

All series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock vote together with the common stock on an as-converted basis and all holders of convertible preferred stock have granted the Company’s President of Research and Development (R&D) and former CEO, Harry E. Gruber, Dr. Gruber’s designee or the Company’s current CEO, Martin J. Duvall, their proxy for voting on their behalf in the same manner as the majority of the holders of shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock for so long as the Company is privately held.

Common Stock

The Company had 15,165,391 and 15,197,601 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. All of the holders of common stock have granted the Company’s President of R&D and former CEO, Harry E. Gruber, their proxy for voting on their behalf while the Company is privately held, and all shares of common stock include a 180-day lock-up provision upon a public offering of the common stock of the Company.

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

Common stock reserved for future issuance at December 31, 2015 and 2016 is as follows and excludes shares issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding principal and accrued interest related to convertible promissory notes payable upon the completion of this proposed offering:

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2016  

Conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock

     46,163,605        46,163,605  

Common stock options issued and outstanding

     5,098,671        9,563,465  

Common stock authorized for future stock based awards

     385,938        1,188,934  

Common stock warrant issued and outstanding

     5,000        5,000  

Conversion of preferred stock warrants issued and outstanding

     68,572        68,572  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     51,721,786        56,989,576  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7. Equity Incentive Plan and Stock-Based Compensation

Equity Incentive Plan

The Company’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the 2009 Plan), provides for the issuance of stock options, restricted stock awards and other equity based awards to employees, directors and consultants of the

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Company. In June 2016, the Company increased its authorized common stock reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan by 2,800,000 shares. In November 2016, the Company increased its authorized common stock reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan by 2,500,000 shares. As of December 31, 2016, awards for up to 10,752,399 shares of common stock are reserved under the 2009 Plan, of which 9,563,465 shares are reserved for issuance upon exercise of granted and outstanding stock options and 1,188,934 shares are available for future grants.

All grants of common stock options under the 2009 Plan expire in 10 years. Grants with time-based vesting provisions are subject to a four-year vesting schedule with 25% vesting after the first year, and the balance vesting monthly over the remaining 36 months. At December 31, 2016, the Company had 1,065,037 options outstanding that were identified as performance-based options with performance milestones to be mutually agreed upon at a later date.

All option holders have granted the Company’s President of R&D and former CEO, Harry E. Gruber, their proxy for voting common stock received upon exercise of options while the Company is privately held, and all such shares of common stock will include a customary 180-day lock-up provision upon a public offering of the common stock of the Company.

 

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the 2009 Plan:

 

     Shares
Subject to
Options
    Weighted-Average
Exercise Price per
Share
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term

(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

(in thousands)
 

Balance outstanding at December 31, 2015

     5,098,671     $ 1.03        

Granted

     4,779,712     $ 2.32        

Exercised

     (32,210   $ 0.32        

Canceled or forfeited

     (282,708   $ 2.10        
  

 

 

         

Balance outstanding at December 31, 2016

     9,563,465     $ 1.64        7.9      $ 5,957  
  

 

 

         

Time-Based Options at December 31, 2016:

          

Outstanding

     8,498,428     $ 1.55        7.7      $ 5,957  

Vested and expected to vest

     8,498,428     $ 1.55        7.7      $ 5,957  

Exercisable

     3,907,120     $ 0.77        5.7      $ 5,569  

Performance-Based Options at December 31, 2016:

          

Outstanding

     1,065,037     $ 2.40        9.9      $  

Vested and expected to vest

         $             $  

Exercisable

         $             $  

The weighted-average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, was $1.97 and $1.40, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, was $0.9 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value of options is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the fair value of the Company’s common stock for those options that had exercise prices lower than the fair value of the Company’s common stock. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, was $160,000 and $62,000, respectively.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Time-Based Stock Options

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of the employee stock option grants with time-based vesting provisions were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2015      2016  

Assumptions:

     

Risk-free interest rate

     1.61%        1.63%  

Expected volatility

     73.5% to 86.8%        73.3% to 73.5%  

Expected term (in years)

     6.1        6.1  

Expected dividend yield

             

Risk-free interest rate . The Company bases the risk-free interest rate assumption on U.S. Treasury constant maturities with maturities similar to those of the expected term of the award being valued.

Expected volatility . Due to the Company’s lack of a public market for the trading of its common stock and lack of company-specific historical or implied volatility data, the Company has based its estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a group of similar companies in the life sciences industry whose shares are publicly traded. The Company selects the peer group based on comparable characteristics, including development stage, product pipeline, and enterprise value. The Company computes historical volatility data using the daily closing prices for the selected companies’ shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of the stock-based awards. The Company will continue to apply this process until sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its own stock price become available.

Expected term. As a nonpublic entity, the Company has elected to estimate the expected term of its employee stock options as the midpoint between the requisite service period and the contractual term of the option.

Expected dividend yield . The Company bases the expected dividend yield assumption on the fact that it has never paid, and does not expect to pay, dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Company calculates the estimated fair value of each non-employee stock option award at the date of grant using Black-Scholes option pricing model with the assumptions generally consistent with those used for employee stock options, with the exception of expected term, which is over the contractual life.

Performance-Based Options

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had 1,065,037 options outstanding that were identified as performance-based options with the performance milestones to be mutually agreed upon at a later date. The measurement date for the determination of fair value is not deemed to have occurred until all of the terms of the award are agreed to, therefore, no expense for these options was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2016.

On February 8, 2017, the vesting terms were mutually agreed to and provide for vesting upon the achievement of three separate development and regulatory milestones, with one-third of the options vesting upon the achievement of each milestone.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense only for awards that were expected to vest and recorded cumulative adjustments for actual forfeitures that differed from those estimates in the period that the estimates were revised. Beginning January 1, 2016, upon adoption of new accounting guidance, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures recognized as they occurred. Total share-based compensation expense of $1.1 million and $1.3 million was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Unrecognized compensation expense at December 31, 2016 for time-based stock options was $6.2 million which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.3 years.

Common Stock Warrant

In June 2013, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 5,000 shares of common stock. The award was granted in exchange for consulting services provided by a non-employee pursuant to standalone award agreement that is independent of the 2009 Plan. The stock warrant expires in 10 years, has an exercise price of $0.57 per share, and is subject to a four-year vesting schedule with 25% vesting after the first year, and the balance vesting monthly over the remaining 36 months. The Company has calculated the estimated fair value of the non-employee stock warrant award at the date of grant using Black-Scholes option pricing model with the assumptions generally consistent with those used for employee stock options, with the exception of expected term, which is over the contractual life. The stock warrant is subject to periodic revaluation over its vesting term. As of December 31, 2016, the expense recognized for the stock warrant issued was immaterial.

The warrant holder has granted the Company’s President of R&D and former CEO, Harry E. Gruber, its proxy for voting common stock to be received upon exercise of the warrant while the Company is privately held, and all such shares of common stock will include a customary 180-day lock-up provision upon a public offering of the common stock of the Company.

 

8. License and Collaboration Agreements

Siemens License and Collaboration

In November 2011, the Company entered into a laboratory services and license agreement with Siemens, which was amended in June 2015, pursuant to which the Company agreed to engage Siemens (i) to develop and perform certain in vitro diagnostic assays in connection with the cancer therapy trials of Toca 511 & Toca FC, (ii) concurrently and/or thereafter, to further develop, obtain FDA approval for, and perform one or more of such in vitro diagnostic assays as companion diagnostics for Toca 511 & Toca FC after Toca 511 & Toca FC have received marketing approval from the FDA, and (iii) following FDA approval of such in vitro diagnostic assay as a companion diagnostic, to perform such in vitro diagnostic monitoring assays as necessary in connection with post-marketing clinical trials of Toca 511 & Toca FC. The Company granted Siemens the licensed intellectual property covered by the agreement on an exclusive and non-exclusive basis, depending on Siemens’ use of such intellectual property.

Under the terms of the agreement, Siemens paid the Company an initial upfront payment of $0.5 million in December 2011. Under the terms of the June 2015 amendment, the Company is required to reimburse Siemens for 50% of future costs of the new assay development. Additionally, beginning with the first commercial sale of a product that has received approval for clinical use under the agreement, Siemens will pay the Company a royalty in the 10-20 percent range of net assay revenue with respect to approved designated assay products and net sales revenue with respect to approved in vitro diagnostic products, until the fifth anniversary of such commercial sale, subject to certain reductions. Beginning with the first commercial sale of Toca 511 or Toca FC, the Company will pay a royalty to Siemens in the low single-digit percentage range on net product sales of Toca 511 & Toca FC for sales up to the mid nine-digit dollar range per year, until the fifth anniversary of such commercial sale.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

In order to account for multiple-element arrangements, the Company identified the deliverables within the agreement and evaluated which deliverables represent units of accounting. The deliverables under the agreement included (i) a license under the Company’s licensed intellectual property, (ii) transfer of existing assays, (iii) training, and (iv) collaboration (i.e., the Company’s technical/regulatory support) with Siemens for its development of clinical assays to be used as companion diagnostics for the Company’s brain cancer product candidate. The collaboration arrangement does not contain a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s).

Based on the terms of the agreement, the Company identified one single unit of accounting for the deliverables and the up-front payment was allocated to it. The up-front payment is being recognized as license revenue on a straight-line basis over the estimated development period, and royalty revenue and royalty expenses will thereafter be recorded as earned and incurred, respectively.

USC Technology License

In October 2007, the Company entered into a license agreement with the University of Southern California (USC) pursuant to which the Company received a worldwide, exclusive license to, among other things, manufacture and market products utilizing the inventions claimed and described in the patents as described in the agreement.

Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid an initial license fee to USC and issued to USC shares of the Company’s common stock. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company owes USC a royalty in the low single-digit percent range of the Company’s and the Company’s sub-licensees’ net sales of products covered by the agreement. In addition, the Company owes USC an additional royalty in the low single-digit percent range of revenue from its sub-licensees. Once the Company’s and its sub-licensees’ net sales reach an amount in the mid seven-digit dollar range, the minimum annual royalty payment due to USC will be in the low six-digit dollar range. The Company’s royalty obligations continue on a licensed product-by-licensed product and country-by-country basis until the expiration of the last valid claim in the licensed patent covering a licensed product in such country. In October 2010, the Company exercised its option under the agreement to reduce the royalty rate to a lower single-digit percent range.

 

9. Grant Agreements

As of December 31, 2016, the Company was awarded grants from nonprofit organizations and the U.S. federal government to fund its research and development as follows (in thousands):

 

Award Date

  

Awarded by

   Funds
Received
 

July 15, 2009

   Accelerate Brain Cancer Cure, Inc. (ABC2)    $ 150  

June 1, 2010

   National Brain Tumor Society      200  

April 21, 2011

   American Brain Tumor Association (ABTA)      200  

June 6, 2012

   Musella Foundation      50  

September 26, 2012

   National Institutes of Health      261  

May 10, 2013

   Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma Research Foundation      25  

June 5, 2013

   Voices Against Brain Cancer (VABC)      300  

November 6, 2014

   Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma Research Foundation      102  

May 31, 2015

   Musella Foundation      80  
     

 

 

 
      $ 1,368  
     

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The grants listed below contain repayment provisions contingent on future events which the Company reviewed at the execution of each grant and continues to review on an ongoing basis to determine the likelihood of repayment.

ABC2 Grant

Terms of the ABC2 Grant include a revenue share clause whereby an amount up to a maximum of $0.2 million is payable to ABC2 if and when net sales of the Company’s initial product candidate reach a total of $5.0 million within 10 years of the ABC2 Grant date. In addition, the ABC2 Grant includes a conversion option whereby the payment amount may be converted to common stock under certain circumstances. As the Company has not recognized any such revenues, no repayment liability has been recorded as of December 31, 2016.

ABTA Grant

Terms of the ABTA Grant include a revenue share clause whereby an amount up to a maximum of $0.2 million is payable to ABTA if and when net sales of the Company’s initial product candidate reach a total of $5.0 million within 10 years of the ABTA Grant date. As the Company has not recognized any such revenues, no repayment liability has been recorded as of December 31, 2016.

VABC Grant

Terms of the VABC Grant include a recovery clause whereby an amount up to a maximum of $0.3 million is payable to VABC if and when (1) net sales of the Company’s initial product candidate reach a total of $5.0 million within five years of the VABC Grant date, or (2) the Company enters into a definitive agreement for a favorable transaction resulting in (a) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s capital stock in a transaction other than an initial public offering, (b) a favorable merger transaction of the Company with another entity, or (c) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets for cash within a certain time period. In addition, the VABC Grant includes a conversion option whereby the payment may be converted to common stock under certain circumstances. As none of the recovery payment events were considered probable to occur as of December 31, 2016, no repayment liability has been recorded.

 

10. Income Taxes

The Company has not recorded a current or deferred tax expense or benefit for the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2016.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

The (benefit) provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pretax income as a result of the following differences:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2015             2016      

Federal statutory rate

     34.0     34.0

Adjustments for tax effects of:

    

State taxes, net

     5.6     5.6

Permanent adjustments

     (4.8 )%      (5.4 )% 

Net operating loss carryovers not recognized

     (33.3 )%      (32.8 )% 

Valuation allowance

     (1.7 )%      (1.1 )% 

Other

     0.2     (0.3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

         %  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2016  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 97      $ 52  

Deferred license revenue

     55        38  

Share-based compensation

     635        1,062  

Accrued liabilities and other

     810        796  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     1,597        1,948  

Less valuation allowance

     (1,597      (1,948
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of its deferred tax assets. Based upon the Company’s history of operating losses, the Company has concluded that it is more likely than not that the benefit of its deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2016. During each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, the valuation allowance increased by $0.4 million.

The Company has federal and California net operating loss carryforwards which may be available to offset future income tax liabilities. As of December 31, 2016, the Company has federal and California net operating loss carryforwards of $109.5 million and $41.5 million, respectively. The federal and state net operating losses begin to expire in 2028 unless previously utilized. Excluded from the California net operating loss carryforward are net operating losses for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 that were impacted by a California Supreme Court ruling on December 31, 2015. This ruling clarified how companies are allowed to apportion income or losses in the state. The Company has not completed an analysis to determine the re-apportionment of its losses to California using the required single sales factor market sourcing method for 2013 through 2016 as a result of the ruling. When this analysis is finalized, the Company plans to update its California net operating loss carryforward accordingly.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has federal and California research and development tax credit carryforwards of $15.1 million and $3.9 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credits begin to expire in 2028 unless previously utilized. The California credits do not expire.

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code (the Code) Sections 382 and 383, annual use of a company’s net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be limited if there is a cumulative change in ownership of greater than 50% within a three-year period. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on the value of the Company immediately prior to the ownership change. Subsequent ownership changes may further affect the limitation in future years. The Company has completed several equity offerings since its inception which may have resulted in a change in control as defined by Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, or could result in a change in control in the future. The Company has not completed a Section 382 and 383 analysis regarding the limitation of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards. Until such an analysis has been completed, the Company has removed the deferred tax assets for net operating losses of $39.7 million and federal and California research and development credits of $17.7 million from its deferred tax asset schedule, and has recorded a corresponding decrease to its valuation allowance. When this analysis is finalized, the Company plans to update its unrecognized tax benefits accordingly. The Company does not expect this analysis to be completed within the next 12 months and, as a result, the Company does not expect that the unrecognized tax benefits will change within 12 months of this reporting date. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits will not impact the Company’s effective tax rate.

The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties relating to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, there were no accruals for interest or penalties for uncertain tax positions.

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. and state jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s tax years beginning 2007 to date are subject to examination by federal and California taxing authorities due to the carry forward of unutilized net operating losses and R&D tax credits. To the extent the Company has tax attribute carryforwards, the tax years in which the attribute was generated may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service or state tax authorities to the extent utilized in a future period.

 

11. Retirement Plan

The Company sponsors an employee savings plan that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the IRC. Participating employees may defer up to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. Additionally, the Company may elect to make contributions into the savings plan at its sole discretion. The Company has not made any contributions for the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2016.

 

12. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases its laboratory and office space under an operating lease that expires in February 2018. Rent expense under the lease was $0.3 million and $0.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Future minimum obligations under all non-cancelable operating lease commitments at December 31, 2016 are $0.4 million and $65,000 during 2017 and 2018, respectively.

The Company enters into service agreements with an indemnification clause in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to the clause, the Company indemnifies, defends, holds harmless, and agrees to reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by third party claims arising out of the indemnified party’s performance of service. The term of these indemnification clauses is perpetual any time after execution of the

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Tocagen Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification clauses is unlimited. The Company has not incurred costs to defend lawsuits pursuant to these indemnification clauses.

 

13. Net Loss Per Share

Potentially dilutive securities not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share, because to do so would be anti-dilutive, are as follows (in common stock equivalent shares) and excludes shares issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding principal and accrued interest related to the convertible promissory notes:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2015      2016  

Convertible preferred stock (as-converted)

     46,163,605         46,163,605   

Common stock options

     5,098,671         9,563,465   

Common stock warrant

     5,000         5,000   

Convertible preferred stock warrants (as-converted)

     68,572         68,572   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     51,335,848         55,800,642   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the pro forma net loss per common share (in thousands, except share and per share data) and excludes the effect of shares issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding principal and accrued interest related to convertible promissory notes payable upon the completion of this proposed offering:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2016
 

Numerator

  

Net loss

   $ (33,478
  

 

 

 

Denominator

  

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     15,180,140   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted-average effect of conversion of convertible preferred stock

     46,163,605   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     61,343,745   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.55
  

 

 

 

 

14. Subsequent Events

For purposes of the financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and the year then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events for recognition and measurement purposes through March 9, 2017, the date the financial statements were issued. Except as described below or elsewhere in these financial statements, the Company has concluded that no events or transactions have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2016 that require disclosure.

Stock Option Grants

On March 6, 2017, the Company granted 717,154 options to purchase common stock under the 2009 Plan, each with an exercise price of $2.19.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

             Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

                    , 2017

 

 

Leerink Partners

Evercore ISI

Stifel

Through and including                     , 2017 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by Tocagen Inc., or the Registrant, in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and The NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 

     Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 9,997

FINRA filing fee

     *  

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

     125,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *

Legal fees and expenses

     *

Accounting fees and expenses

     *

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *

Miscellaneous expenses

     *
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *
  

 

 

 

 

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The Registrant is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred.

The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the completion of this offering, respectively, provide for the indemnification of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:

 

    transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;
    act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
    unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or
    breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as currently in effect, includes such a provision, and the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering will include such a provision. Expenses incurred by any officer or director in defending any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition shall be paid by the Registrant upon delivery to it of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the Registrant.

Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant has entered into indemnity agreements with each of its directors and executive officers, that require the Registrant to indemnify such persons against any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’, witness or other professional fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (including derivative actions), whether actual or threatened, to which any such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer or is or was acting or serving as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Registrant or any of its affiliated enterprises. Under these agreements, the Registrant is not required to provided indemnification for certain matters, including:

 

    indemnification beyond that permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law;
    indemnification for any proceeding with respect to the unlawful payment of remuneration to the director or officer;
    indemnification for certain proceedings involving a final judgment that the director or officer is required to disgorge profits from the purchase or sale of the Registrant’s stock;
    indemnification for proceedings involving a final judgment that the director’s or officer’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct or a breach of his or her duty of loyalty, but only to the extent of such specific determination;
    indemnification for proceedings or claims brought by an officer or director against us or any of the Registrant’s directors, officers, employees or agents, except for claims to establish a right of indemnification or proceedings or claims approved by the Registrant’s board of directors or required by law;
    indemnification for settlements the director or officer enters into without the Registrant’s consent; or
    indemnification in violation of any undertaking required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, or in any registration statement filed by the Registrant.

The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise disclosed under the heading “Legal Proceedings” in the “Business” section of the prospectus included in this registration statement, there is at present no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of the Registrant’s directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and the Registrant is not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

The Registrant has an insurance policy in place that covers its officers and directors with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

The Registrant plans to enter into an underwriting agreement which provides that the underwriters are obligated, under some circumstances, to indemnify the Registrant’s directors, officers and controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

Set forth below is information regarding securities issued and options granted by us since January 1, 2014 that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us, for such securities and options and information relating to the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(1) From January 2014 through September 2015, we entered into a series of subscription agreements with various investors, pursuant to which we issued and sold to such investors an aggregate of 8,041,275 shares of our Series H convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.25 per share, and received gross proceeds of approximately $42.2 million.

(2) In October 2015, we issued warrants to purchase shares of our series H convertible preferred stock in connection with our loan and security agreement. As of the completion of this offering, these warrants are exercisable for up to 68,572 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.25 per share.

(3) From November 2016 through February 2017, we issued convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $10.9 million to investors pursuant to a series of note purchase agreements.

(4) From January 1, 2014 to the effective date of this registration statement, we granted stock options under our 2009 equity incentive plan, as amended, or the 2009 Plan, to purchase up to an aggregate of 7,923,866 shares of our common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.19 per share. From January 1, 2014 to the effective date of this registration statement, 232,394 shares of common stock were issued upon the exercise of options granted to certain employees, directors and consultants and the payment of $188,086 to us was made.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (1) through (3) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) in that the issuance of securities to the accredited investors did not involve a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor under Rule 501 of Regulation D. No underwriters were involved in these transactions.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraph (4) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on either Rule 701 in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701 or Section 4(2) in that the issuance of securities to the accredited investors did not involve a public offering. The recipients of such securities were our employees, directors or bona fide consultants and received the securities under our 2009 Plan.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

(b) Financial statement schedules.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of California, on the 9th day of March, 2017.

 

TOCAGEN INC.

By:        

 

/s/ Martin J. Duvall

 

Martin J. Duvall

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Martin J. Duvall and Mark Foletta, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments), and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Martin J. Duvall

Martin J. Duvall

  

Chief Executive Officer and
Member of the Board of Directors

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 9, 2017

/s/ Mark Foletta

Mark Foletta

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  March 9, 2017

/s/ Faheem Hasnain

Faheem Hasnain

   Chairman of the Board of Directors   March 9, 2017

/s/ Franklin M. Berger

Franklin M. Berger

   Member of the Board of Directors   March 9, 2017

/s/ Dennis N. Berman

Dennis N. Berman

   Member of the Board of Directors   March 9, 2017

/s/ Thomas E. Darcy

Thomas E. Darcy

   Member of the Board of Directors   March 9, 2017

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Harry E. Gruber, M.D.

Harry E. Gruber, M.D.

   Member of the Board of Directors   March 9, 2017

/s/ Lori Kunkel, M.D.

Lori Kunkel, M.D.

   Member of the Board of Directors   March 9, 2017

/s/ David Parkinson, M.D.

David Parkinson, M.D.

   Member of the Board of Directors   March 9, 2017

/s/ Paul Schimmel, Ph.D.

Paul Schimmel, Ph.D.

   Member of the Board of Directors   March 9, 2017

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

number

  

Description of document

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
  3.3    Bylaws, as currently in effect.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to become effective upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1†    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated June 5, 2013, issued to Voices Against Brain Cancer.
  4.3*    Research and Development Grant Agreement, dated June 5, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Voices Against Brain Cancer.
  4.4    Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated October 30, 2015, issued to Oxford Finance LLC.
  4.5    Warrant to Purchase Stock, dated October 30, 2015, issued to Silicon Valley Bank.
  5.1†    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1+    Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Registrant and its directors and officers.
10.2+    Tocagen Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and Forms of Option Grant Notice, Option Agreement and Notice of Exercise thereunder, as amended.
10.3+    Form of Tocagen Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and Forms of Stock Option Grant Notice, Option Agreement and Notice of Exercise thereunder.
10.4+    Form of Tocagen Inc. 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.5+    Form of Tocagen Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
10.6+    Offer Letter, dated March 3, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Asha Das, M.D.
10.7*    Laboratory Services and License Agreement, effective as of November 17, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
10.8*    First Amendment to Laboratory Services and License Agreement, effective as of June 19, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
10.9*    License Agreement, effective as of October 22, 2007, by and between the Registrant and University of Southern California.
10.10    Lease, dated July 21, 2008, by and between the Registrant and BMR-3030 Bunker Hill Street LLC, as amended through Sixteenth Amendment to Lease, dated July 5, 2016.
10.11    Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 30, 2015, by and among the Registrant, Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.12+    Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 27, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Martin J. Duvall.
10.13+    Executive Employment Agreement, dated February 27, 2017, by and between the Registrant and Mark Foletta.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2†    Consent of Cooley LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.
24.1    Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

 

To be filed by amendment.

 

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

* Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.

Exhibit 1.1

TOCAGEN INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

[●] Shares of Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[●], 2017

Leerink Partners LLC

Evercore Group L.L.C.

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o    Leerink Partners LLC

299 Park Avenue, 21st floor

New York, NY 10171

c/o    Evercore Group L.L.C.

2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Tocagen Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), confirms its agreement with Leerink Partners LLC (“ Leerink”), Evercore Group L.L.C. (“ Evercore ”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule  A hereto (collectively, the “ Underwriters ,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for which Leerink and Evercore are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “ Representatives ”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) set forth in Schedule  A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [●] additional shares of Common Stock. The aforesaid [●] shares of Common Stock (the “ Initial Securities ”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [●] shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “ Option Securities ”) are herein called, collectively, the “ Securities .”

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Underwriting Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) has been executed and delivered.

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-[●]), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”). Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“ Rule 430A ”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “ 1933 Act Regulations ”) and Rule 424(b) (“ Rule 424(b) ”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time such registration statement became effective but that


is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) is herein called the “ Rule 430A Information .” Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430A Information, is herein called the “ Registration Statement .” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein called the “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement is herein called a “ preliminary prospectus .” The final prospectus, in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities is herein called the “ Prospectus .” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“ EDGAR ”).

As used in this Agreement:

“Applicable Time” means [    :00 [P./A.]M.], New York City time, on [●], 2017 or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.

“General Disclosure Package” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the most recent preliminary prospectus that is distributed to investors prior to the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule  B -1 hereto, all considered together.

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“ Rule 433 ”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“ Rule 405 ”)) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show for an offering that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

“Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “ bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (a “ Bona Fide Electronic Road Show ”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule  B -2 hereto.

“Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

“Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act.

“Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405.

 

2


SECTION 1.     Representations and Warranties .

(a)     Representations and Warranties by the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time (as defined below) and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

(i)     Registration Statement and Prospectuses . Each of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued by the Commission under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued by the Commission and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted by the Commission or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

The Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, and the filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus with the Commission have been duly authorized by and on behalf of the Company, and the Registration Statement has been duly executed pursuant to such authorization.

(ii)     Accurate Disclosure . Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Applicable Time, none of (A) the General Disclosure Package, (B) any individual Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, nor (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto, including any prospectus wrapper) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein. For

 

3


purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the first paragraph under the heading “Underwriting—Commissions and Discounts,” the information in the first, second, third and fourth paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting—Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids” and the information under the heading “Underwriting—Electronic Distribution,” in each case contained in the Prospectus (collectively, the “ Underwriter Information ”).

(iii)     Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified. The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) of the 1933 Act Regulations such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h) of the 1933 Act Regulations) is required in connection with the offering of the Securities. Any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the 1933 Act or that was prepared by or behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Except for the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule B-2 hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to the Representatives before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without the prior consent of the Representatives, prepare, use or refer to, any issuer free writing prospectus.

(iv)     Testing-the-Waters Materials . The Company (A) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act and (B) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule B-3 hereto.

(v)     Company Not Ineligible Issuer . At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

(vi)     Emerging Growth Company Status. From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any Person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the 1933 Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”).

(vii)     Independent Accountants . The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package

 

4


and the Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

(viii)     Financial Statements . The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, comply as to form in all material respects with Regulation S-X under the 1933 Act and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”). GAAP has been applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except in the case of unaudited interim financial statements, which are subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and exclude certain footnotes as permitted by applicable rules of the Commission. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations.

(ix)     Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 . The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”) which the Company is required to comply with as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and is actively taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (taking into account all exemptions and phase-in periods provided under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act and otherwise under applicable law).

(x)     No Material Adverse Effect . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company, (C) there have been no material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, entered into by the Company and (D) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

(xi)     Good Standing of the Company . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing (to the extent such concept is recognized) in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether

 

5


by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xii)     Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, (A) pursuant to this Agreement, (B) pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (C) pursuant to the conversion of convertible securities or exercise of options referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus). The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company were issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

(xiii)     Authorization of Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(xiv)     Authorization and Description of Securities . The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. The Common Stock conforms in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same. No holder of Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder.

(xv)     Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the 1933 Act pursuant to this Agreement, other than those rights that have been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and have been waived.

(xvi)     Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts . The Company is not (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject (collectively, “ Agreements and Instruments ”), except for any such defaults that have been waived in writing by the applicable counterparty as of the date of this Agreement or any such default that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties, assets or operations (each, a “ Governmental Entity ”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including

 

6


the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described therein under the caption “ Use of Proceeds ”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Company or any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity. As used herein, a “ Repayment Event ” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company.

(xvii)     Listing . The Securities have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, subject to notice of issuance.

(xviii)     Absence of Labor Dispute . No labor dispute with the employees of the Company exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, in either case, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xix)     Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity (including, without limitation, any action, suit proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “ FDA ”)) now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect its properties or assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company is a party or of which any of its properties or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xx)     Accuracy of Exhibits . There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described and filed as required.

(xxi)     Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock

 

7


Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”).

(xxii)     Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Company possesses such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “ Governmental Licenses ”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by it, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except where the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxiii)     Title to Property . The Company has good and marketable title to all real property owned by it and good title to all other properties owned by it (other than Intellectual Property (as defined below) which is addressed by Section 1(a)(xxiv)), in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (A) are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company, and under which the Company holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and the Company has not received any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.

(xxiv)     Title to Intellectual Property . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company owns or has valid, binding and enforceable licenses or other rights under the patents, patent applications, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “ Intellectual Property ”) reasonably necessary for, or used in the conduct, or the proposed conduct, of the business of the Company in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; the patents, trademarks, and copyrights, if any, included within the Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company (the “ Company Intellectual Property ”) are valid, enforceable, and subsisting; other than as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (A) the Company is not obligated to pay a material royalty, grant a license to, or provide other material consideration to any third party in connection with the Company Intellectual Property, (B) the Company has not received any notice of any claim of infringement, misappropriation or conflict with any asserted rights of others with respect to any of the Company’s product candidates, services, processes or the Company Intellectual Property, other than those that, singly or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (C) to the knowledge of the Company, neither the sale nor use

 

8


of any of the discoveries, inventions, product candidates, services or processes of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus do or will, to the knowledge of the Company, infringe, misappropriate or violate any right or valid patent claim of any third party, (D) none of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company in material violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, upon any of its officers, directors or employees or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons, (E) each person who is or was an employee or contractor of the Company and who is or was involved in the creation or development of any Company Intellectual Property has signed an agreement containing an assignment to the Company of such person’s rights in and to such Company Intellectual Property, (F) to the knowledge of the Company, no third party has any ownership right in or to any Intellectual Property that is claimed to be owned by the Company, other than any co-owner of any patent constituting Intellectual Property who is listed on the records of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the “ USPTO ”) or any foreign or international patent authority and any co-owner of any patent application constituting Intellectual Property who is named in such patent application, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no third party has any ownership right in or to any Intellectual Property in any field of use that is exclusively licensed to the Company, other than any licensor to the Company of such Intellectual Property, (G) there is no material infringement by third parties of any Company Intellectual Property, (H) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s rights in or to the Company Intellectual Property, and (I) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any Company Intellectual Property. The Company is in compliance in all material respects with the terms of each agreement pursuant to which Intellectual Property has been licensed to the Company, and all such agreements are in full force and effect.

(xxv)     Patents and Patent Applications . All patents and patent applications owned by or licensed to the Company or under which the Company has rights have, to the knowledge of the Company, been duly and properly filed and maintained in all material respects; to the knowledge of the Company, the parties prosecuting such patent applications have complied with their duty of candor and disclosure to the USPTO or any foreign or international patent authority in connection with such applications; and the Company is not aware of any facts required to be disclosed to the USPTO or any foreign or international patent authority that were not disclosed to the USPTO or any foreign or international patent authority and which would preclude the grant of a patent in connection with any such application or would reasonably be expected to form the basis of a finding of invalidity with respect to any patents that have issued with respect to such applications.

(xxvi)     FDA Compliance . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company: (A) has not received any FDA Form 483, notice of adverse finding, warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or notice from the FDA or any Governmental Entity alleging or asserting material noncompliance with any Health Care Laws (as defined below) or any Governmental Licenses required by any such Health Care Laws (“ Authorizations ”); (B) possesses all material Authorizations and such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and the Company is not in material violation of any term of any such Authorizations; (C) has not received notice that the FDA or any Governmental Entity has taken, is taking or intends to take action to limit, suspend, modify or revoke any material Authorizations and has no knowledge that the FDA or any Governmental Entity is considering such action; and (D) has filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all material reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments as required by any Health Care Laws or Authorizations and that all such material reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or

 

9


amendments were materially complete and correct on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission).

(xxvii)     Compliance with Health Care Laws . The Company has operated and currently is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Health Care Laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, (i) the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. §§ 301 et seq.) (the “ FFDCA ”); (ii) all applicable federal, state, local and all applicable foreign healthcare related fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the U.S. Physician Payments Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7h), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 3729 et seq.), the criminal False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), all criminal laws relating to healthcare fraud and abuse, including but not limited to 18 U.S.C. Sections 286 and 287, the healthcare fraud criminal provisions under the U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“ HIPAA ”) (42 U.S.C. §§ 1320d et seq.), the exclusion laws (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7), and the civil monetary penalties law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a), (iii) Medicare (Title XVIII of the Social Security Act), and Medicaid (Title XIX of the Social Security Act); (iv) HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (42 U.S.C. §§ 17921 et seq.); (v) the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 201 et seq.); (vi) the regulations promulgated pursuant to such laws; and (vii) any other similar local, state, federal, or foreign laws (collectively, the “ Health Care Laws ”). Neither the Company, nor any of its officers or directors, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, its employees or agents have engaged in activities which are, as applicable, cause for false claims liability, civil penalties, or mandatory or permissive exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, or any other state or federal healthcare program. The Company has not received notice or other correspondence of any claim, action, suit, audit, survey, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action (“ Action ”) from any court or arbitrator or Governmental Entity or third party alleging or asserting noncompliance with any Health Care Law applicable to the Company or Authorizations , and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such Action is threatened. The Company is not a party to and does not have any ongoing reporting obligations pursuant to any corporate integrity agreement, deferred prosecution agreement, monitoring agreement, consent decree, settlement order, plan of correction or similar agreement with or imposed by any governmental or regulatory authority. Additionally, neither the Company, nor any of its officers or directors, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, its employees, has been excluded, suspended or debarred from participation in any U.S. state or federal health care program or human clinical research or is subject to a governmental inquiry, investigation, proceeding, or other any other Action that could reasonably be expected to result in debarment, suspension, or exclusion.

(xxviii)     Environmental Laws . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or as would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) the Company is not in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “ Hazardous Materials ”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”), (B) the Company has all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and is in compliance with their

 

10


requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company threatened, administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company and (D) there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Company relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

(xxix)     Accounting Controls . The Company maintains internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13-a15 and 15d-15 under the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act (the “ 1934 Act Regulations ”)) and a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(xxx)     Tests and Preclinical and Clinical Trials . The studies, tests and preclinical and clinical trials conducted by or on behalf of the Company were and, if still ongoing, are being conducted in all material respects in accordance with experimental protocols, procedures and controls pursuant to accepted professional scientific standards and all Authorizations and Health Care Laws, including, without limitation, the FFDCA and 21 C.F.R. Parts 50, 54, 56, 58, and 312; the descriptions of the results of such studies, tests and trials contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are accurate and complete in all material respects and fairly present the data derived from such studies, tests and trials; except to the extent disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not aware of any studies, tests or trials, the results of which the Company believes reasonably call into question the study, test, or trial results described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and, except to the extent disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company has not received any notices or correspondence from the FDA or any Governmental Entity requiring the termination or suspension of any studies, tests or preclinical or clinical trials conducted by or on behalf of the Company, other than ordinary course communications with respect to modifications in connection with the design and implementation of such trials, copies of which communications have been made available to you.  

(xxxi)     Taxes . All United States federal and state income tax returns and other material tax returns of the Company required by law to be filed have been filed and all taxes, if any, shown by such returns and other material taxes otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in conformity with GAAP. There is no pending dispute with any taxing authority relating to any of such returns and, to the knowledge of the Company, no deficiencies for taxes of the Company have been assessed or proposed by any taxing authority. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of any income and

 

11


corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not materially and adversely affect the Company.

(xxxii)     Insurance . The Company carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute and similar size engaged in the same or similar business, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

(xxxiii)     Investment Company Act . The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”).

(xxxiv)     Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would reasonably be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

(xxxv)     Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ FCPA ”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company has and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure continued compliance therewith.

(xxxvi)     Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

12


(xxxvii)     OFAC . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or representative of the Company is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) currently the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor is the Company located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions; and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to joint venture partners or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

(xxxviii)     Lending Relationship . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company (i) does not have any material lending or other relationship with any banking or lending affiliate of any Underwriter and (ii) does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

(xxxix)     Statistical and Market-Related Data . Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate in all material respects and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

(xl)     Rating of Debt Securities . The Company has no debt securities or preferred stock that is rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act).

(xli)     No Broker Fees . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the offering of the Securities contemplated hereby.

(xlii)     Lock-Up Agreements . All outstanding securities of the Company are subject to (A) market stand-off provisions contained in one or more subscription agreements or option agreements entered into by and among the Company and its securityholders for a period of at least 180 days from the date of the Prospectus or (B) lock-up agreements described in Section 5(i) hereof.

(xliii)     Subsidiaries . The Company has no subsidiaries (as defined in Rule 405).

(b)     Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

13


SECTION 2.     Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

(a)     Initial Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule  A , that number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule  A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(b)     Option Securities . In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [●] shares of Common Stock, at the price per share set forth in Schedule  A , less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted may be exercised for 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time upon notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “ Date of Delivery ”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but any Date of Delivery after the Closing Time shall not be later than seven full business days nor earlier than two full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(c)     Payment . Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 12670 High Bluff Drive, San Diego, CA 92130, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at [10:00] A.M. (New York City time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “ Closing Time ”). Delivery of the Initial Securities at the Closing Time shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Company. Delivery of the Option Securities on each such Date of Delivery shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of the Securities to be purchased by them (which delivery shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct). It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for their accounts, to accept

 

14


delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. Each of Leerink and Evercore, individually and not as representatives of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 3.     Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a)     Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will notify the Representatives as soon as practicable, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(b)     Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“ Rule 172 ”), would be) required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representatives notice of such event, (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representatives with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the

 

15


Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company has given the Representatives notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or the 1934 Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

(c)     Delivery of Registration Statements . The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(d)     Delivery of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(e)     Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company will use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may reasonably designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(f)     Rule 158 . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earning statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

(g)     Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in all material respects in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds.”

(h)     Listing . The Company will use its best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the Nasdaq Global Market.

 

16


(i)     Restriction on Sale of Securities . During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing, (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (iii) publicly announce an intention to effect any such swap, agreement or other transaction described in clauses (i) and (ii). The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder; (B) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a convertible security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to existing employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (D) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any existing non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; or (E) the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto.

(j)     Lock-Up Release or Waiver . The Company shall enforce the market stand-off provisions contained in the subscription agreements and option agreements entered into by and among the Company and its securityholders, and shall enter stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar for a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus against the transfer of any securities of the Company acquired by such securityholders prior to the date of the Prospectus. During such 180-day period, the Company shall not waive such market stand-off provisions or stop transfer instructions without the prior written consent of the Representatives. If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 5(i) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit  C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(k)     Reporting Requirements . The Company, during the period when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and 1934 Act Regulations. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Securities as may be required under Rule 463 under the 1933 Act.

(l)     Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Representatives will be deemed to have consented to the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses listed on Schedule  B-2 hereto and any “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed by the Representatives. The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Representatives as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as

 

17


defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

(m)     Testing-the-Waters Materials . If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

(n)     Emerging Growth Company Status . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 3(i).

SECTION 4.     Payment of Expenses .

(a)     Expenses . The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(e) hereof, including filing fees and up to $15,000 of the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of a “Blue Sky Survey” and any supplement thereto, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged by the Company in connection with the road show presentations, and travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, (it being understood and agreed that the Underwriters will pay all of the travel, lodging and other expenses of the Underwriters or any of their employees or representatives incurred by them in connection with the “road show” and the Underwriters will pay 50% of the costs of any aircraft or other transportation chartered in connection with the “road show”, the other 50% of which will be paid by the Company), (viii) the filing fees incident to, and up to $30,000 of the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of

 

18


the sale of the Securities, (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the Nasdaq Global Market, and (x) the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Securities made by the Underwriters caused by a breach of the representation contained in the third sentence of Section 1(a)(ii).

(b)     Termination of Agreement . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i), Section 9(a)(iii) or Section 10 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their reasonably documented out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters; provided however that if this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives pursuant to Section 10, the Company shall have no obligation to reimburse any out-of-pocket expenses of the Underwriters that have failed to purchase the Securities that they have agreed to purchase hereunder.

SECTION 5.     Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the Company delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

(a)     Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information . The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, shall have become effective and, at the Closing Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto shall have been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus shall have been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes shall have been instituted or be pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company shall have complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

(b)     Opinion of Counsel for Company . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinion and negative assurance letter, each dated the Closing Time, of Cooley LLP, counsel for the Company, together with the opinion of Gavrilovich, Dodd & Lindsey, LLP, special counsel for the Company with respect to intellectual property, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letters for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibits  A-1 and A-2 hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(c)     Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinion and negative assurance letter, each dated the Closing Time, of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Company and certificates of public officials.

 

19


(d)     Officers’ Certificate . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the principal executive officer of the Company and of the principal financial officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.

(e)     Accountant’s Comfort Letter . At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from Ernst & Young LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(f)     Bring-down Comfort Letter . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from Ernst & Young LLP a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

(g)     Approval of Listing . At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(h)     No Objection . FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.

(i)     Lock-up Agreements . At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit  B hereto signed by the Company’s directors, officers and securityholders set forth on Exhibit D hereto.

(j)     Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities . In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

(i)     Officers’ Certificate . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the principal executive officer of the Company and of the principal financial officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(d) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

(ii)     Opinion of Counsel for Company . If requested by the Representatives, the opinion and negative assurance letter of Cooley LLP, counsel for the Company, together with the

 

20


opinion of Gavrilovich, Dodd & Lindsey, LLP, special counsel for the Company with respect to intellectual property, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinions and negative assurance letter required by Section 5(b) hereof.

(iii)     Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . If requested by the Representatives, the opinion and negative assurance letter of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion and negative assurance letter required by Section 5(c) hereof.

(iv)     Bring-down Comfort Letter . If requested by the Representatives, a letter from Ernst & Young LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

(k)     Additional Documents . At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any) counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

(l)     Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15 and 16 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6.     Indemnification .

(a)     Indemnification of Underwriters . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “ Affiliate ”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

(i)    against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives), as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included (A) in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication,

 

21


the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (“ Marketing Materials ”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or in any Marketing Materials of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(ii)    against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives), as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;

(iii)    against any and all expense whatsoever (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives), as incurred, reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b)     Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(c)     Actions against Parties; Notification . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the

 

22


consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d)     Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

SECTION 7.     Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as

 

23


one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule  A hereto and not joint.

SECTION 8.     Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

SECTION 9.     Termination of Agreement .

(a)     Termination . The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, in the judgment of the Representatives, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in U.S. or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the Nasdaq Global Market, or (iv) if trading generally on the NYSE Amex or the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq Global Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial

 

24


banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or with respect to Clearstream or Euroclear systems in Europe, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

(b)     Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15 and 16 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 10.     Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “ Defaulted Securities ”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

(i)    if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

(ii)    if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and the Company to sell, the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

SECTION 11.     Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to Leerink at One Federal Street, Floor 37, Boston, MA 02110, attention of John I. Fitzgerald, Esq. (facsimile: 617-918-4664) and to Evercore at 55 East 52 nd Street, New York, NY 10055, attention of Kenneth A. Masotti, Esq. (facsimile: 212-857-3101); and notices to the Company shall be directed to it at 3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230, San Diego, CA 92109, attention of Martin J. Duvall (facsimile: [●]).

SECTION 12.     No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of

 

25


the initial public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or its stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and the Company has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

SECTION 13.     Parties . This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

SECTION 14.     Waiver of Trial by Jury . The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 15.     GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

SECTION 16.     Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity . Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be instituted in (i) the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan or (ii) the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “ Specified Courts ”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court, as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

26


SECTION 17.     TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

SECTION 18.     Partial Unenforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

SECTION 19.     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 20.     Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 21.     Entire Agreement . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

27


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,

TOCAGEN INC.

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED

      As of the date first above written:

LEERINK PARTNERS LLC

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

EVERCORE GROUP L.L.C.

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule  A hereto.

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO U NDERWRITING A GREEMENT ]


SCHEDULE A

The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[●].

The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $[●], being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $[●] per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(b) for dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

 

Name of Underwriter

   Number of
Initial  Securities
 

Leerink Partners LLC

  

Evercore Group L.L.C.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 


SCHEDULE B-1

Pricing Terms

1.    The Company is selling [●] shares of Common Stock.

2.    The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [●] shares of Common Stock.

3.    The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[●].


SCHEDULE B-2

Free Writing Prospectuses

[None]


SCHEDULE B-3

List of Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

[None]


Exhibit A-1

FORMS OF OPINION AND NEGATIVE ASSURANCE LETTER OF COMPANY COUNSEL


Exhibit A-2

FORM OF OPINION OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY COUNSEL


Exhibit B

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

Lock-Up Agreement

         , 2017

Leerink Partners LLC

Evercore Group L.L.C.

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o Leerink Partners LLC

299 Park Avenue, 21st floor

New York, NY 10171

c/o Evercore Group L.L.C.

2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Re: Proposed Public Offering by Tocagen Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, a stockholder, officer and/or director of Tocagen Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), understands that Leerink Partners LLC (“ Leerink ”) and Evercore Group L.L.C. (“ Evercore ” and, together with Leerink, the “ Representatives ”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with the Company providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) of shares (the “ Securities ”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”). In recognition of the benefit that such an offering will confer upon the undersigned as a stockholder, an officer and/or a director of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each underwriter to be named in the Underwriting Agreement (collectively, the “ Underwriters ”) that, during the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the date that is 180 days from the date of the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “ Lock-Up Securities ”), or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of the Lock-Up Securities, or file or cause to be filed any registration statement in connection therewith, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (1) the Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver


of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (2) the Company will agree in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (i) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (ii) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Representatives, provided, in each case, that (1) the Representatives receive a signed lock-up agreement for the balance of the Lock-Up Period from each donee, trustee, distributee, or transferee, as the case may be, (2) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (3) such transfers are not required to be reported with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and (4) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period):

 

 

(i)

as a bona fide gift or gifts;

 

 

(ii)

to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin);

 

 

(iii)

as a distribution or other transfer by a partnership to its partners or former partners or by a limited liability company to its members or retired members or by a corporation to its stockholders or former stockholders or to any wholly-owned subsidiary of such corporation;

 

 

(iv)

to the undersigned’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned;

 

 

(v)

pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

 

 

(vi)

by will or intestate succession upon the death of the undersigned; or

 

 

(vii)

to the Company in satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation.

Furthermore, no provision in this letter shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit (1) the transfer of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities to the Company in connection with the termination of the undersigned’s services to the Company, provided that any filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act made in connection with such transfer shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause (1); (2) the exercise or exchange by the undersigned of any option or warrant to acquire any shares of Common Stock or options to purchase shares of Common Stock, in each case for cash or on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, pursuant to any stock option, stock bonus or other stock plan or arrangement; provided, however, that the underlying shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter and that any filing

 

-2-


under Section 16 of the Exchange Act made in connection with such exercise or exchange shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that (a) the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause (2) and (b) no shares were sold by the reporting person; (3) the transfer of Lock-Up Securities upon the completion of a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s securities involving a change of control of the Company; provided, however, that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, such securities held by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter; and (4) the conversion of outstanding preferred stock of the Company into shares of Common Stock, provided that any such shares received upon such conversion shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall prevent the undersigned from establishing a 10b5-1 trading plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“ 10b5-1 Trading Plan ”) or from amending an existing 10b5-1 Trading Plan so long as there are no sales of Lock-Up Securities under any such 10b5-1 Trading Plan during the Lock-Up Period; and provided that, the establishment of a 10b5-1 Trading Plan or the amendment of a 10b5-1 Trading Plan shall only be permitted if (i) the establishment or amendment of such plan is not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the Securities Exchange Commission, or otherwise and (ii) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding the establishment or amendment of such plan.

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions. This lock-up agreement shall automatically terminate, and the undersigned shall be released from the undersigned’s obligations hereunder, upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (i) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, the Company advises the Representatives in writing that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering; (ii) the Company files an application to withdraw the registration statement related to the Public Offering; (iii) the Underwriting Agreement is executed but is terminated prior to the closing of the Public Offering (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination), or (iv) September 30, 2017, in the event that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by such date.

This agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-3-


Very truly yours,

 

 

Name of Security Holder ( Print exact name )

By:

   
 

Signature

If not signing in an individual capacity:

 

 

Name of Authorized Signatory (Print )

 

 

Title of Authorized Signatory (Print )

(indicate capacity of person signing if signing as custodian, trustee, or on behalf of an entity)

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO L OCK -U P A GREEMENT ]


Exhibit C

FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO SECTION 3(j)

Tocagen Inc.

[Date]

Tocagen Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Leerink Partners LLC and Evercore Group L.L.C., the joint book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [●] shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [●] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [DATE], and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


Exhibit D

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT SIGNATORIES

Exhibit 3.1

FIFTEENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TOCAGEN INC.

Martin Duvall, hereby certifies that:

ONE:     The original name of this company is Tocagen Inc. The date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was August 24, 2007.

TWO:     He is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of Tocagen Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE:     The Certificate of Incorporation of this company is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

I.

The name of this company is Tocagen Inc. (the “ Company ” or the “ Corporation ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of this Company in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801, and the name of the registered agent of this Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

A.     The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 128,800,000 shares, 77,800,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) and 51,000,000 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”). The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of one tenth of one cent ($0.001) per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of one tenth of one cent ($0.001) per share.

B.     The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of any or all of the unissued and undesignated shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each

 

1.


such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such Designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Company entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis), unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of Designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

C.     Six million seven hundred thousand (6,700,000) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ”.

D.     Eight million six hundred seventy-six thousand eight hundred (8,676,800) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ”.

E.     Five million six hundred ninety-seven thousand six hundred one (5,697,601) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ”.

F.     One million five hundred seventy-eight thousand nine hundred forty-eight (1,578,948) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series C-1 Preferred Stock ”.

G.     Three million eight hundred eighty-eight thousand three hundred seventy-five (3,888,375) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ”.

H.     Two million four hundred eighty-five thousand two hundred fifty (2,485,250) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series E Preferred Stock ”.

I.     Five million nine hundred four thousand five hundred one (5,904,501) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series F Preferred Stock ”.

J.     Two million four hundred thirty-two thousand sixty-eight (2,432,068) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series G Preferred Stock ”.

K.     Twelve million (12,000,000) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series H Preferred Stock ” (collectively, with the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock and the Series G Preferred Stock, the “ Series Preferred ”).

 

2.


L.     The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series Preferred are as follows:

 

  1.

D IVIDEND R IGHTS .

(a)     Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time, holders of Series Preferred, in preference to the holders of Common Stock and on a pari passu basis, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of five percent (5%) of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) of a series of Series Preferred per annum on each outstanding share of Series Preferred. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board and shall be non-cumulative.

(b)     The “ Original Issue Price ” (i) of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be one dollar ($1.00) per share, (ii) of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be one dollar twenty-five cents ($1.25) per share, (iii) of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be one dollar sixty cents ($1.60) per share, (iv) of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall be one dollar ninety cents ($1.90) per share, (v) of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be two dollars ($2.00) per share, (vi) of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be four dollars ($4.00) per share, (vii) of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be four dollars forty cents ($4.40) per share, (viii) of the Series G Preferred Stock shall be five dollars ($5.00) per share and (ix) of the Series H Preferred Stock shall be five dollars twenty-five cents ($5.25) per share (each as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof).

(c)     So long as any shares of Series Preferred are outstanding, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time, the Company shall not pay or declare any dividend, whether in cash or property, or make any other distribution on the Common Stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Common Stock until all dividends as set forth in Section 1(a) above, if any such dividends are declared by the Board, on the Series Preferred shall have been paid or declared and set apart, except for:

(i)     acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to equity incentive plans or agreements which permit the Company to repurchase such shares at cost (or the lesser of cost or fair market value) upon termination of services to the Company;

(ii)     acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares; or

(iii)     distributions to holders of Common Stock in accordance with Sections 3 and 4.

(d)     The provisions of Section 1(c) shall not apply to a dividend payable solely in Common Stock to which the provisions of Section 5(f) hereof are applicable, or any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the Company that is approved by the Board.

 

3.


(e)     California Code Sections 502 and 503 shall not apply with respect to distributions on shares junior to the Series Preferred as they relate to repurchases of shares of Common Stock upon termination of employment or service as a consultant or director.

 

  2.

V OTING R IGHTS .

(a)      General Rights. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, each holder of shares of the Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could be converted (pursuant to Section 5 hereof) immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company. Any and all voting rights of each holder of shares of the Series Preferred is expressly subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Series Preferred shall vote together with the Common Stock at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders and not as a separate class, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock.

(b)      Election of Board of Directors.

(i)     No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the Company is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law (“ CGCL ”). During such time or times that the Company is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder desires. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

(ii)     During such time or times that the Company is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, one or more directors may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for that director as provided above; provided, however , that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire

 

4.


number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

 

  3.

L IQUIDATION R IGHTS .

(a)     Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time, upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (each, a “ Liquidation Event ”), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock, the holders of Series Preferred shall each be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution for each share of Series Preferred held by them, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price for such shares of Series Preferred (as adjusted by the Board for stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations and the like after the filing date hereof) plus all declared and unpaid dividends on such shares of Series Preferred. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time, if, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series Preferred of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(a), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(b)     After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Series Preferred as set forth in Section 3(a) above, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock.

 

  4.

A SSET T RANSFER OR A CQUISITION R IGHTS .

(a)     In the event that the Company is a party to an Acquisition or Asset Transfer (as hereinafter defined), then each holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive, for each share of Series Preferred then held, out of the proceeds of such Acquisition or Asset Transfer, the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event with respect to such shares if such shares had been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Acquisition or Asset Transfer.

(b)     For the purposes of this Section 4: (i) “ Acquisition ” shall mean (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity in substantially the same proportions (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; or (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; and (ii) “ Asset Transfer ” shall mean a sale (or a lease, exclusive license or other disposition) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

5.


(c)     In any Acquisition or Asset Transfer, if the consideration to be received is securities of a corporation or other property other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board on the date such determination is made.

 

  5.

C ONVERSION R IGHTS .

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time, the holders of the Series Preferred shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a)      Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5, any shares of Series Preferred may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the Conversion Rate then in effect for such series of Series Preferred (determined as provided in Section 5(b)) by the number of shares of such series of Series Preferred being converted.

(b)      Series Preferred Conversion Rate. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series Preferred (the “ Conversion Rate ”) shall be (i) for the Series A Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Series A Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, with such Conversion Price calculated as provided in Section 5(c), (ii) for the Series B Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Series B Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price of the Series B Preferred Stock, with such Conversion Price calculated as provided in Section 5(c), (iii) for the Series C Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Series C Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred Stock, with such Conversion Price calculated as provided in Section 5(c), (iv) for the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, with such Conversion Price calculated as provided in Section 5(c), (v) for the Series D Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Series D Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock, with such Conversion Price calculated as provided in Section 5(c), (vi) for the Series E Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Series E Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock, with such Conversion Price calculated as provided in Section 5(c), (vii) for the Series F Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Series F Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock, with such Conversion Price calculated as provided in Section 5(c), (viii) for the Series G Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Series G Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price of the Series G Preferred Stock, with such Conversion Price calculated as provided in Section 5(c) and (ix) for the Series H Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Series H Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price of the Series H Preferred Stock, with such Conversion Price calculated as provided in Section 5(c).

 

6.


(c)      Series Preferred Conversion Price. The conversion price for each series of Series Preferred shall initially be the Original Issue Price for such series of the Series Preferred (in each case, the “ Conversion Price ”). Such initial Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 5. All references to the Conversion Price herein shall thereafter mean the Conversion Price as so adjusted.

(d)      Mechanics of Conversion. Each holder of Series Preferred who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5 shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number and series of shares of Series Preferred being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Series Preferred being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any such holder of Series Preferred. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

(e)      Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If at any time or from time to time on or after the date of the filing hereof (the “ Filing Date ”) the Company effects a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock without a corresponding subdivision of the Series Preferred, the Conversion Price for each series of Series Preferred in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date the Company combines the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares without a corresponding combination of the Series Preferred, the Conversion Price for each series of Series Preferred in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 5(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f)      Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Filing Date the Company pays to holders of Common Stock a dividend or other distribution in additional shares of Common Stock without a corresponding dividend or other distribution to holders of any series of Series Preferred, the Conversion Price for such series of Series Preferred then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance, as provided below:

(i)     The Conversion Price for such series of Series Preferred shall be adjusted by multiplying such Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

7.


(A)     the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance, and

(B)     the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

(ii)     If the Company fixes a record date to determine which holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution, the Conversion Price for such series of Series Preferred shall be fixed as of the close of business on such record date and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be calculated immediately prior to the close of business on such record date; and

(iii)     If such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price for such series of Series Preferred shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price for such series of Series Preferred shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 5(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

(g)      Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, Substitution, Reorganization, Merger or Consolidation. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Filing Date the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of any series of Series Preferred is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer as defined in Section 4 or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend provided for elsewhere in this Section 5), in any such event each holder of such series of Series Preferred shall then have the right to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of such series of Series Preferred could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of such series of Series Preferred after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section 5 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price of such series of Series Preferred then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of such series of Series Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(h)      Sale of Shares Below Conversion Price.

(i)     If at any time or from time to time on or after the date that the first share of Series H Preferred Stock is issued, but prior to September 30, 2013 (the “ Anti-dilution Termination Date ”), the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this Section 5(h) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined in Section 5(h)(v) below) other than as provided in Section 5(e), 5(f) or 5(g) above, for

 

8.


an Effective Price (as defined in Section 5(h)(v) below) less than the then effective Conversion Price for the Series H Preferred Stock (each, a “ Qualifying Series H Dilutive Issuance ”), then and in each such case, the then existing Conversion Price for Series H Preferred Stock shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issuance or sale, to a price equal to such Effective Price.

(ii)     Any adjustment to the Conversion Price for the Series H Preferred Stock required by this Section 5(h) shall be rounded to the nearest one cent ($0.01) per share. Any adjustment otherwise required by this Section 5(h) that is not required to be made due to the preceding sentence of this Section 5(h)(ii) shall be included in any subsequent adjustment to the Conversion Price for such Series H Preferred Stock. In addition to the foregoing, in the event that any adjustment pursuant to this Section 5(h) to the Conversion Price for the Series H Preferred Stock otherwise results in a Conversion Price less than five dollars ($5.00) per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like), then such Conversion Price shall be automatically adjusted to be equal to five dollars ($5.00) per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like).

(iii)     For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 5(h), the aggregate consideration received by the Company for any issuance or sale of securities (the “ Aggregate Consideration ”) shall: (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the gross amount of cash received by the Company before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issuance or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Company, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board, and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as defined below) or rights or options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration which covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

(iv)     For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 5(h), if the Company issues or sells (x) Preferred Stock or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities convertible into, Additional Shares of Common Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as “ Convertible Securities ”) or (y) rights or options for the purchase of Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price (defined below) of such Additional Shares of Common Stock is less than the Conversion Price for a series of Series Preferred, in each case the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof (except with respect to any changes to the Effective Price as a result of this Section 5(h) for any such series of Series Preferred which occur after the Anti-dilution Termination Date, as applicable, hereof) which changes shall not have any effect on a previously issued series of Series Preferred for which an adjustment would otherwise have been required) and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the

 

9.


consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities plus:

(A)     in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options; and

(B)     in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion thereof (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities); provided that if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, the Company shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses.

(C)     If the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further, that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities.

(D)     No further adjustment of the Conversion Price for a series of Series Preferred, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the Conversion Price for a series of Series Preferred as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price for such series of Series Preferred which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of such series of Series Preferred.

(v)     For the purpose of making any adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series H Preferred Stock required under this Section 5(h), “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or

 

10.


deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h) (including shares of Common Stock subsequently reacquired or retired by the Company), other than:

(A)     shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred;

(B)     shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued after the Filing Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to stock purchase, equity incentive or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board;

(C)     shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Filing Date;

(D)     shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition, strategic alliance or similar business combination approved by the Board;

(E)     shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement or debt financing from a bank or financial institution or lending source approved by the Board;

(F)     shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued to third-party service providers in exchange for or as partial consideration for services rendered to the Company;

(G)     shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued after the Anti-dilution Termination Date;

(H)     shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including (i) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements or (ii) technology transfer or development arrangements; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Board; and

(I)     shares of Common Stock which the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series H Preferred agree in writing shall not constitute Additional Shares of Common Stock.

References to Common Stock in the subsections of this clause (v) above shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h). The “ Effective Price ” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this Section 5(h), into the Aggregate Consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issue under this Section 5(h), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event that the number of shares of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the Effective Price cannot be ascertained at the time of issuance, such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed

 

11.


issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the Effective Price, as applicable, ascertainable.

(vi)     In the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Series H Dilutive Issuance (the “ First Series H Dilutive Issuance ”), then in the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Series H Dilutive Issuance other than the First Series H Dilutive Issuance as a part of the same transaction or series of related transactions as the First Series H Dilutive Issuance (a “ Subsequent Series H Dilutive Issuance ”), then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Series H Dilutive Issuance the Conversion Price for the Series H Preferred Stock shall be reduced to the Conversion Price for the Series H Preferred Stock that would have been in effect had the First Series H Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Series H Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Series H Dilutive Issuance.

(vii)     For the avoidance of doubt and except with respect to any adjustments resulting from Section 5(h)(iv)(D), to the extent that the issuance, prior to the Anti-dilution Termination Date but after the Filing Date, of a series of Series Preferred, including any new series of Preferred Stock (the “ Diluting Series ”) results in an adjustment to a Conversion Price for a previously issued series of Series Preferred (the “ Diluted Series ”), no adjustments to the Conversion Price of the Diluting Series which occurs after the Anti-dilution Termination Date pursuant to this Section 5(h) will result in any adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Diluted Series.

(i)      Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price for a series of Series Preferred or the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of a series of Series Preferred, if such series of Series Preferred is then convertible pursuant to this Section 5, the Company, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and shall, upon request, prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of such series of Series Preferred so requesting at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the Conversion Price for such a series of Series Preferred at the time in effect, (iii) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (iv) the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon conversion of such series of Series Preferred. Failure to request or provide such notice shall have no effect on any such adjustment.

(j)      Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition or other capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any Asset Transfer, or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of

 

12.


the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of Series Preferred at least five (5) days prior to (x) the record date, if any, specified therein; or (y) if no record date is specified, the date upon which such action is to take effect (or, in either case, such shorter period approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series Preferred) a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

(k)      Automatic Conversion.

(i)     Each share of Series Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Conversion Price for each series of Series Preferred, (A) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series Preferred (or each share of any series of Series Preferred shall be automatically converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Conversion Price for such series of Series Preferred upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such series of Series Preferred), or (B) immediately upon the closing of a public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $10,000,000 (a “ Qualified Public Offering ”). Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(ii)     Upon the occurrence of either of the events specified in Section 5(k)(i) above, the outstanding shares of Series Preferred shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series Preferred are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Series Preferred, the holders of Series Preferred shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series Preferred surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

 

13.


(l)      Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series Preferred. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series Preferred by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined by the Board) on the date of conversion.

(m)      Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, the Company will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(n)      Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 5 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail by or facsimile by the Company, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

(o)      Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series Preferred so converted were registered.

 

  6.

N O R EISSUANCE O F S ERIES P REFERRED .

No share or shares of Series Preferred acquired by the Company by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued.

V.

A.     The liability of the directors of the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B.      The Company is authorized to provide indemnification of agents (as defined in Section 317 of the CGCL) for breach of duty to the Company and its stockholders through bylaw provisions or through agreements with the agents, or through stockholder resolutions, or

 

14.


otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 317 of the CGCL, subject, at any time or times that the Company is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, to the limits on such excess indemnification set forth in Section 204 of the CGCL.

C.     Any repeal or modification of this Article V shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article V in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to liability.

D.     In the event that a member of the Board of Directors of the Company who is also a partner or employee of an entity that is a holder of Preferred Stock and that is in the business of investing and reinvesting in other entities, or an employee of an entity that manages such an entity (each, a “ Fund ”) acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other matter in such individual’s capacity as a partner or employee of the Fund or the manager or general partner of the Fund (and other than directly in connection with such individual’s service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company) and that may be an opportunity of interest for both the Company and such Fund (a “ Corporate Opportunity ”), then the Company (i) renounces any expectancy that such director or Fund offer an opportunity to participate in such Corporate Opportunity to the Company and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, waives any claim that such opportunity constituted a Corporate Opportunity that should have been presented by such director or Fund to the Company or any of its affiliates; provided, however , that such director acts in good faith.

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A.     The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed by the Board in the manner provided in the Bylaws, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and pursuant to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances.

B.     The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided however , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the Company.

C.     The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

* * * *

 

15.


FOUR:     This Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

FIVE:      This Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.

 

16.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , T OCAGEN I NC . has caused this Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President this 16th day of November, 2016.

 

T OCAGEN I NC .
Signature:  

/s/ Martin Duvall

Print Name:

 

Martin Duvall

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO F IFTEENTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED C ERTIFICATE OF I NCORPORATION OF T OCAGEN I NC .]

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

TOCAGEN INC.

Martin J. Duvall, hereby certifies that:

ONE: He is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of Tocagen Inc., a Delaware corporation.

TWO: The date of filing of said corporation’s original certificate of incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State was August 24, 2007.

THREE: The Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

I.

The name of this corporation is Tocagen Inc. (the “ Company ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 210,000,000 shares. 200,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, each having a par value of $0.001. 10,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of $0.001.

B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of any or all of the unissued and undesignated shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such Designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be

 

1.


permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of Designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

C. Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their vote; provided, however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) (including any certificate of Designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Preferred Stock are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of Designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

B. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full

 

2.


term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

C. Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

D. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by applicable law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

E. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (the “ Bylaws ”). Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

F. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

G. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company by written consent or electronic transmission.

 

3.


H. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

VI.

A. The liability of a director of the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

VII.

Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer or other employee of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws; or (4) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer or other employee of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

VIII.

A. The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in Section B of this Article VIII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

B. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Company required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of Designation filed with respect to a

 

4.


series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI or VIII of this Certificate of Incorporation.

* * * *

FOUR: This Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted and approved by the Board of Directors and by written consent of the stockholders in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL and written notice of such action has been given as provided in section 228 of the DGCL.

[Signature page follows]

 

5.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , Tocagen Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer this      day of             , 2017.

 

T OCAGEN I NC .

 

M ARTIN J. D UVALL
Chief Executive Officer

 

6.

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS

OF

TOCAGEN INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

Adopted August 28, 2007


BYLAWS

OF

TOCAGEN INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 131)

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 122(8))

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. If adopted, the corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 122(3))

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”). (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 211(a))

Section 5. Annual Meeting .

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

1.


Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 211(b)).

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial

 

2.


owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

(f) For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

 

3.


Section 6. Special Meetings .

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) or (iv) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than twenty percent (20%) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.

At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law (“CGCL”), stockholders holding five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding shares shall have the right to call a special meeting of stockholders as set forth in Section 18(b) herein.

(b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 222, 229, 232)

 

4.


Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 216)

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 222(c))

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a

 

5.


stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 211(e), 212(b))

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 217(b))

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 219)

Section 13. Action Without Meeting .

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 228)

(b) Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of

 

6.


Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 228)

(c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

(d) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8 § 228(d))

Section 14. Organization .

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote,

 

7.


present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office .

The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 141(b), 211(b), (c))

Section 16. Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(a))

Section 17. Term of Directors.

(a) Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(b) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL. During such time or times that the corporation is subject to

 

8.


Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

Section 18. Vacancies.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, provided, however , that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 223(a), (b)).

(b) At any time or times that the corporation is subject to §2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then

(i) any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or

(ii) the Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of the stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL, the term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor. (CGCL §305(c).

 

9.


Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 141(b), 223(d))

Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law (and assuming the corporation is not subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL), the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation, entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

(b) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

Section 21. Meetings

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-messaging system or other system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(g))

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place

 

10.


within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any two of the directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(g))

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(i))

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 229)

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 229)

Section 22. Quorum and Voting .

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(b))

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(b))

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting,

 

11.


if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(f))

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(h))

Section 25. Committees .

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(c))

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(c))

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §141(c))

 

12.


(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 141(c), 229)

Section 26. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer or President, or if the Chief Executive Officer or President is absent, the Chief Financial Officer, or if the Chief Financial Officer is absent, the most senior Vice President, (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 27. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer, all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Controllers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 122(5), 142(a), (b))

Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers .

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner

 

13.


removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(b), (e))

(b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(a))

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(a))

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(a))

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(a))

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the

 

14.


corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(a))

Section 29. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 30. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(b))

Section 31. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING

OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 103(a), 142(a), 158)

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

 

15.


Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 103(a), 142(a), 158).

Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 123)

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 158)

Section 35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 167)

Section 36. Transfers .

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 201, tit. 6, § 8- 401(1))

 

16.


(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 160 (a))

Section 37. Fixing Record Dates .

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a

 

17.


record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 213)

Section 38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 213(a), 219)

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 39. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 40. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting.

 

18.


Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 170, 173)

Section 41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 171)

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents .

(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether and to what extent indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

19.


(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding, provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests

 

20.


of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article XI or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, or executive officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

 

21.


(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 44. Notices .

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to

 

22.


stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 222, 232)

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 of these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 222)

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

 

23.


ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 45. Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

Section 46. Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of stock of the corporation or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw:

(a) If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of his shares of stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.

(b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however , that, with the consent of the stockholder, the corporation shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 46, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the corporation elects to purchase all of the shares or, with consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

(c) The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

(d) In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation

 

24.


receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

(e) In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, within the sixty-day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, transfer the shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

(f) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw:

(1) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family is or will be the general of limited partner(s) of such partnership or any limited liability company where the ultimate beneficial owner of such limited liability company is the stockholder, member of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such transfer.

(2) A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.

(3) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation or to any other stockholder of the corporation.

(4) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to a person who, at the time of such transfer, is an officer or director of the corporation.

(5) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.

(6) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its stockholders.

 

25.


(7) A transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners.

(8) A transfer by a stockholder which is a limited liability company to any or all of its members or former members.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw.

(g) The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any transfer by the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors. This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.

(h) Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of securities of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

(i) The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate on either of the following dates, whichever shall first occur:

(1) The date that is one (1) day prior to the tenth anniversary of the date of the original adoption by the corporation of these Bylaws;

(2) Upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

(3) In the event of a Change of Control of the corporation, which for the purposes of these Bylaws shall mean: (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Act), other than the corporation, a subsidiary of the corporation or a corporation employee benefit plan, including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the corporation representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the corporation’s then outstanding voting securities, except that any change in the beneficial ownership of the securities of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board, shall not be deemed to be a Change of Control; or (ii) a sale by the corporation of all or substantially all of its assets.

(j) The certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

 

26.


ARTICLE XV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 47. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §143)

ARTICLE XVI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 48. Annual Report.

(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Bylaw, the Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to each stockholder of the corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the corporation’s fiscal year. Such report shall include a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation. When there are more than 100 stockholders of record of the corporation’s shares, as determined by Section 605 of the CGCL, additional information as required by Section 1501(b) of the CGCL shall also be contained in such report, provided that if the corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the 1934 Act shall take precedence. Such report shall be sent to stockholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates.

(b) If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the corporation’s shares, the requirement of sending of an annual report to the stockholders of the corporation is hereby expressly waived.

 

27.

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

TOCAGEN INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Board of Directors ”), and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”).

Section 5. Annual Meetings.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the


time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) of these Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”), who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ 1934 Act ”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

(i) For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) of these Bylaws and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c) of these Bylaws. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee; (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee; (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee; (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition; (5) with respect to each nominee for election or re-election to the Board of Directors, include a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 5(e) of these Bylaws; and (6) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv) of these Bylaws. The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

(ii) Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14(a)-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) of these Bylaws, and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c) of these Bylaws. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other


than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv) of these Bylaws.

(iii) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) of these Bylaws must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 90 th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(iii), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iv) The written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) of these Bylaws shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “ Proponent ” and collectively, the “ Proponents ”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii) of these Bylaws); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii) of these Bylaws); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous 12 month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

For purposes of Sections 5 and 6 of these Bylaws, a “ Derivative Transaction ” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:


(w) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation;

(x) which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation;

(y) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes; or

(z) which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation,

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

(c) A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or (ii) of these Bylaws shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(iii) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class (as defined below) is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the corporation at least 10 days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(iii) of these Bylaws, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws, other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(iii) of these Bylaws, shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement


is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this Section 5, an “ Expiring Class ” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

(e) To be eligible to be a nominee for election or re-election as a director of the corporation pursuant to a nomination under clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, such proposed nominee or a person on such proposed nominee’s behalf must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 5(b)(iii) or 5(d) of these Bylaws, as applicable) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such proposed nominee and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) that has not been disclosed to the corporation in the questionnaire or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law; (ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director of the corporation that has not been disclosed therein; and (iii) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the corporation, and will comply with, all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the corporation.

(f) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws. Except as otherwise required by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E) of these Bylaws, to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are


not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.

(h) For purposes of Sections 5 and 6 of these Bylaws,

(i) public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act; and

(ii) affiliates ” and “ associates ” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”).

Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

(b) The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws. In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to such meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c) of these Bylaws. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.


(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. If sent via electronic transmission, notice is deemed given as of the sending time recorded at the time of transmission. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“ Certificate of Incorporation ”), or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where


otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; or (c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of clause (c) of this Section 11 shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the


number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting. No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or electronic transmission.

Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter


as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

Section 16. Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Classes of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18. Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however , that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.


Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the time of delivery to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

(b) Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

Section 21. Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least 24 hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three days before the date of the


meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum and Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 45 of these Bylaws for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.


Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director


attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

Section 27. Lead Independent Director. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Chairman is not an independent director, one of the independent directors, may be designated by the Board of Directors as lead independent director (“ Lead Independent Director ”) to serve until replaced by the Board of Directors. The Lead Independent Director will: with the Chairman of the Board of Directors, establish the agenda for regular Board meetings and serve as chairman of Board of Directors meetings in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors; establish the agenda for meetings of the independent directors; coordinate with the committee chairs regarding meeting agendas and informational requirements; preside over meetings of the independent directors; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the evaluation or compensation of the Chief Executive Officer is presented or discussed; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the performance of the Board of Directors is presented or discussed; and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Chairman of the Board of Directors .

Section 28. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Lead Independent Director, or if the Lead Independent Director is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer or director directed to do so by the Chairman, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 29. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of


offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 30. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Lead Independent Director has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Lead Independent Director, or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other


duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(g) Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 31. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 32. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.


Section 33. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 34. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 35. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 36. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock of the corporation, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by certificate in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President or any Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate


may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 37. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 38. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 39. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the


record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 40. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 41. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 36 of these Bylaws), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 42. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.


Section 43. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 44. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 45. Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person (except for officers) or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in


which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “ undertaking ”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “ final adjudication ”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 45 or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 45, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and officers under this Section 45 shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Section 45 to a director or officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within 90 days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because the director or officer has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or


officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section 45 or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer, or, if applicable, employee or other agent, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 45.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Section 45 shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Section 45 that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 45 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) The term “ proceeding ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(ii) The term “ expenses ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.


(iii) The term the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 45 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(iv) References to a “ director ,” “ officer ,” “ employee ,” or “ agent ” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(v) References to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Section 45.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 46. Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 of these Bylaws. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by U.S. mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.


(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person With Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 47. Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 45(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-


outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS OR EMPLOYEES

Section 48. Loans to Officers or Employees. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

ARTICLE XV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 49. Forum. Unless the corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the corporation; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the corporation to the corporation or the corporation’s stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against the corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or the Bylaws of the corporation; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Exhibit 4.2

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”). THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO SUCH SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

TOCAGEN INC.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

 

No. CW—1    June 5th, 2013

V OID A FTER J UNE  4 TH , 2023

T HIS C ERTIFIES T HAT , for value received, Voices Against Brain Cancer (the “ Holder ”), is entitled to subscribe for and purchase from T OCAGEN I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), 5,000 Exercise Shares at the Exercise Price (each subject to adjustment as provided herein). This Warrant is issued to Holder in connection with that certain Consulting Agreement, dated on even date herewith, by and between Holder and the Company (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Consulting Agreement ”).

1. D EFINITIONS . As used herein, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “Change in Control” means (a) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (b) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation in which stockholders immediately before the merger or consolidation have, immediately after the merger or consolidation, a majority of the voting power of the surviving corporation); (c) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of the Company’s Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise (other than a reverse merger in which stockholders immediately before the merger have, immediately after the merger, a majority of the voting power of the surviving corporation); or (d) any transaction or series of related transactions in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred, other than the sale by the Company of stock in transactions the primary purpose of which is to raise capital for the Company’s operations and activities.

(b) “Exercise Period” shall mean the period commencing with the date hereof and ending ten (10) years later, unless sooner terminated as provided below.

(c) Exercise Price ” shall mean $0.57 per Exercise Share subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5 below.

(d) Exercise Shares ” shall mean shares of the Company’s Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.

(e) Services ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Consulting Agreement.

 

1


2. V ESTING S CHEDULE AND E XERCISE OF W ARRANT .

2.1 Vesting Schedule. One fourth (1/4 th ) of the Exercise Shares shall vest and be eligible for purchase on the one- (1) year anniversary of the date hereof and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Exercise Shares shall vest and be eligible for purchase monthly thereafter until all of the Exercise Shares have vested, provided that Holder continues to provide Services to the Company. In addition, one fourth (1/4 th ) of the Exercise Shares (or all remaining unvested Exercise Shares, if less) shall vest and be eligible for purchase immediately prior to the effective time of a Change of Control. Upon expiration or termination of the Consulting Agreement, vesting of the Exercise Shares shall cease and this Warrant shall thereafter remain exercisable for up to that number of Exercise Shares as were vested as of the effective time of such expiration or termination.

2.2 Exercise of Warrant. The rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Exercise Period so long as the Exercise Shares for which this Warrant is being exercised are then vested and exercisable hereunder in accordance with Section 2.1, by delivery of the following to the Company at its address set forth above (or at such other address as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder):

(a) An executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto, which includes an agreement to become a party to the Voting Agreement (defined in the form of Notice of Exercise);

(b) Payment of the Exercise Price either in cash or by check; and

(c) This Warrant.

Upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, a certificate or certificates for the Exercise Shares so purchased, registered in the name of the Holder or persons affiliated with the Holder, if the Holder so designates, shall be issued and delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time after the rights represented by this Warrant shall have been so exercised. In the event that this Warrant is being exercised for less than all of the then-current number of Exercise Shares purchasable hereunder, the Company shall, concurrently with the issuance by the Company of the number of Exercise Shares for which this Warrant is then being exercised, issue a new Warrant exercisable for the remaining number of Exercise Shares purchasable hereunder.

The person in whose name any certificate or certificates for Exercise Shares are to be issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date on which this Warrant was surrendered and payment of the Exercise Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate or certificates, except that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open.

2.3 Net Exercise. Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the fair market value of one Exercise Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), in lieu of exercising this Warrant by payment of cash, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Warrant (or the

 

2


portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the properly endorsed Notice of Exercise (but solely with respect to Exercise Shares that are then vested and exercisable hereunder in accordance with Section 2.1) in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Exercise Shares computed using the following formula:

 

  

X = Y (A-B)

             A

Where X =    the number of Exercise Shares to be issued to the Holder
Y =    the number of Exercise Shares purchasable under the Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, that portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)
A =    the fair market value of one Exercise Share (at the date of such calculation)
B =    Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

For purposes of the above calculation, the fair market value of one Exercise Share shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however, that in the event that this Warrant is exercised pursuant to this Section 2.3 in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock, the fair market value per share shall be the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering.

3. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY AS TO E XERCISE S HARES . The Company covenants and agrees that all Exercise Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance, be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof. The Company further covenants and agrees that the Company will at all times during the Exercise Period, have authorized and reserved, free from preemptive rights, a sufficient number of shares of the series of equity securities comprising the Exercise Shares to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant. If at any time during the Exercise Period the number of authorized but unissued shares of such series of the Company’s equity securities shall not be sufficient to permit exercise of this Warrant, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of such series of the Company’s equity securities to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

4. R EPRESENTATIONS OF H OLDER .

4.1 Acquisition of Warrant for Personal Account. The Holder represents and warrants that it is acquiring the Warrant and the Exercise Shares solely for its account for investment and not with a view to or for sale or distribution of said Warrant or Exercise Shares or any part thereof. The Holder also represents that the entire legal and beneficial interests of the Warrant and Exercise Shares the Holder is acquiring is being acquired for, and will be held for, its account only.

 

3


4.2 Information and Sophistication. Holder hereby: (i) acknowledges that it has received all the information it has requested from the Company and it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire this Warrant and the Exercise Shares, (ii) represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the financial condition of the Company and the risks associated with the acquisition of this Warrant and the Exercise Shares and (iii) further represents that it has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risk of this investment.

4.3 Ability to Bear Economic Risk. Holder acknowledges that investment in the securities of the Company involves a high degree of risk, and represents that it is able, without materially impairing its financial condition, to hold the Exercise Shares for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

4.4 Securities Are Not Registered.

(a) The Holder understands that the Warrant and the Exercise Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) on the basis that no distribution or public offering of the stock of the Company is to be effected. The Holder realizes that the basis for the exemption may not be present if, notwithstanding its representations, the Holder has a present intention of acquiring the securities for a fixed or determinable period in the future, selling (in connection with a distribution or otherwise), granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the securities. The Holder has no such present intention.

(b) The Holder recognizes that the Warrant and the Exercise Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder recognizes that the Company has no obligation to register the Warrant or the Exercise Shares of the Company, or to comply with any exemption from such registration.

(c) The Holder is aware that neither the Warrant nor the Exercise Shares may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 adopted under the Act unless certain conditions are met, including, among other things, the existence of a public market for the shares, the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale following the required holding period under Rule 144 and the number of shares being sold during any three month period not exceeding specified limitations. Holder is aware that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company presently has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

4.5 Disposition of Warrant and Exercise Shares.

(a) The Holder further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any part of the Warrant or Exercise Shares in any event unless and until:

(i) The Company shall have received a letter secured by the Holder from the Securities and Exchange Commission stating that no action will be recommended to the Commission with respect to the proposed disposition;

 

4


(ii) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with said registration statement; or

(iii) The Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and if reasonably requested by the Company, the Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, for the Holder to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Warrant or Exercise Shares under the Act or any applicable state securities laws. The Company agrees that it will not require an opinion of counsel with respect to transactions under Rule 144 of the Act, except in unusual circumstances.

(b) The Holder understands and agrees that all certificates evidencing the shares to be issued to the Holder may bear the following legend:

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”). THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

4.6 Accredited Investor Status. The Holder has the business and financial experience to protect its own interests in connection with acquisition of this Warrant and the Exercise Shares.

5. A DJUSTMENT OF E XERCISE P RICE AND N UMBER OF E XERCISE S HARES . In the event of changes in the series of equity securities of the Company comprising the Exercise Shares by reason of stock dividends, splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, combinations or exchanges of shares, separations, reorganizations, liquidations, or the like, the number and class of Exercise Shares available under the Warrant in the aggregate and the Exercise Price shall be correspondingly adjusted to give the Holder of the Warrant, on exercise for the same aggregate Exercise Price, the total number, class, and kind of shares as the Holder would have owned had the Warrant been exercised prior to the event and had the Holder continued to hold such shares until after the event requiring adjustment; provided, however, that such adjustment shall not be made with respect to, and this Warrant shall terminate if not exercised prior to, the events set forth in Section 7 below. For purposes of this Section 5, the “ aggregate Exercise Price ” shall mean the aggregate Exercise Price payable in connection with the exercise in full of this Warrant. The form of this Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment in the number of Exercise Shares subject to this Warrant.

6. F RACTIONAL S HARES . No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant as a consequence of any adjustment pursuant hereto. All Exercise Shares (including fractions) to be issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the exercise would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after

 

5


aggregation, the exercise would result in the issuance of a fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuance of any fractional share, pay the Holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the product resulting from multiplying the then current fair market value of one Exercise Share by such fraction.

7. E ARLY T ERMINATION .

7.1 Change in Control. In the event of, at any time during the Exercise Period, a Change in Control, the Company shall provide to the Holder ten (10) days advance written notice of such Change in Control, and this Warrant shall terminate unless exercised immediately prior to the effective time of such Change in Control.

7.2 Termination of Consulting Agreement. In the event that the Consulting Agreement expires or is terminated at any time during the Exercise Period, this Warrant shall terminate on the ninetieth (90 th ) day after the date of such expiration or termination unless exercised prior to such termination.

8. M ARKET S TAND -O FF A GREEMENT . Holder shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Holder, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act (the “ Lock-Up Period ”) (or such longer period, not to exceed thirty-four (34) days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711). Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to such Common Stock (or other securities) until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 8 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, if Holder sells any Common Stock either (a) on the open market after the Company’s initial public offering under an effective registration statement filed under the Act or (b) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act, then, provided such sale otherwise complies with the terms of this Warrant, the shares of Common Stock so sold by Holder shall cease to be subject to the provisions of this Section 8.

9. N O S TOCKHOLDER R IGHTS . This Warrant in and of itself shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company.

10. T RANSFER OF W ARRANT . Subject to applicable laws and the restriction on transfer set forth on the first page and Section 4.5 of this Warrant, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, by the Holder in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon delivery of this Warrant and the form of assignment attached hereto to any transferee designated by Holder. The transferee shall sign an investment letter in form and substance satisfactory to the Company.

 

6


11. L OST , S TOLEN , M UTILATED OR D ESTROYED W ARRANT . If this Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company may, on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as it may reasonably impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination and tenor as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed. Any such new Warrant shall constitute an original contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

12. A MENDMENT . Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and Holder.

13. N OTICES , ETC . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at the address listed below and to Holder at the address provided to the Company or such other address as the Company or Holder may designate by 10 days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

14. A CCEPTANCE . Receipt of this Warrant by the Holder shall constitute acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions contained herein.

15. G OVERNING L AW . This Warrant and all rights, obligations and liabilities hereunder shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents, made and to be performed entirely within the State of California without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of June 5th, 2013.

 

T OCAGEN I NC .
By:   /s/ Harry Gruber

 

Name:   Harry Gruber

 

Title:   CEO

 

Address:   3030 Bunker Hill St., #230
  San Diego, CA 92109

 

7


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO: T OCAGEN I NC .

(1) ☐ The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ________ shares of Common Stock (the “ Exercise Shares ”) of Tocagen Inc. (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

☐ The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ________ shares of Common Stock (the “ Exercise Shares ”) of Tocagen Inc. (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the terms of the net exercise provisions set forth in Section 2.3 of the attached Warrant, and shall tender payment of all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

(2) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said Exercise Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

______________________________

(Name)

______________________________

______________________________

(Address)

(3) The undersigned and the Company hereby agree that the undersigned is a party to that certain Voting Agreement, dated December 20, 2007, between certain holders of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Voting Agreement ”) pursuant to which such holders of Common Stock grant to Harry Gruber, M.D. the power and authority to vote all shares of Common Stock represented by the Voting Agreement on all matters for which a vote of holders of Common Stock of the Company is required or requested as set forth in the Voting Agreement. The undersigned also agrees that, upon request, it will deliver to the Company a counterpart signature page to the Voting Agreement, duly executed by the Holder. The undersigned represents and agrees that it has had the opportunity to review and to seek the advise of legal counsel with respect to the Voting Agreement.

(4) The undersigned represents that (i) the aforesaid Exercise Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares; (ii) the undersigned is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision regarding its investment in the Company; (iii) the undersigned is experienced in making investments of this type and has such knowledge and background in financial and business matters that the undersigned is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment and protecting the undersigned’s own interests; (iv) the undersigned understands that Exercise Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Act, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein, and, because such securities have not been registered under the Act, they must be held indefinitely unless

 

1.


subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available; (v) the undersigned is aware that the aforesaid Exercise Shares may not be sold pursuant to Rule 144 adopted under the Act unless certain conditions are met and until the undersigned has held the shares for the number of years prescribed by Rule 144, that among the conditions for use of the Rule is the availability of current information to the public about the Company and the Company has not made such information available and has no present plans to do so; and (vi) the undersigned agrees not to make any disposition of all or any part of the aforesaid shares of Exercise Shares unless and until there is then in effect a registration statement under the Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with said registration statement, or, if reasonably requested by the Company, the undersigned has provided the Company with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, stating that such registration is not required.

(5) No Exercise Shares subject to the attached Warrant may be exercised prior to the vesting of such Exercise Shares in accordance with Section 2 of such Warrant.

 

 

(Date)

   

 

(Signature)

 

(Print name)

Signature of such person or entity listed in (2) above, if different than Holder:

 

 

(Date)

   

 

(Signature)

 

(Print name)

 

2.


ASSIGNMENT FORM

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to purchase shares.)

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

Name:  

 

(Please Print)

 

Address:  

 

(Please Print)

Dated:                      , 20     

 

Holder’s

Signature:

 

 

     

 

Holder’s

Address:

 

 

     

NOTE : The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

 

3.

Exhibit 4.3

***Text Omitted and Filed Separately

with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Confidential Treatment Requested

Under 17 C.F.R. Sections 200.80(b)(4)

and 230.406.

Voices Against Brain Cancer

Research and Development Grant Agreement for Tocagen Inc.

This Agreement, dated June 5, 2013, by and between Tocagen Inc. (“Tocagen”), a Delaware corporation with an address at 3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230, San Diego, CA 92109 and Voices Against Brain Cancer (“VABC”) a non-profit corporation with an address at Voices Against Brain Cancer 1375 Broadway, 3 rd Floor, New York, NY 10018.

WHEREAS, Tocagen is a biopharmaceutical company that is developing certain drugs based on a novel replicating gene transfer platform that may aid in the treatment of brain cancer (the “Brain Cancer Therapies”); and

WHEREAS, the Brain Cancer Therapies being developed by Tocagen are to be evaluated in patients with brain cancer (the “Brain Cancer Therapies Program”); and

WHEREAS, VABC is a nonprofit organization, described under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, whose charitable purpose is to find a cure for brain cancer; and

WHEREAS, VABC desires to fund the efforts of Tocagen in order to allow Tocagen to conduct further development and clinical trials of the Brain Cancer Therapies; and

WHEREAS, VABC believes that the conduct of laboratory and clinical trials of the Brain Cancer Therapies will further its mission by awarding Tocagen a Research and Development Grant.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Research and Development Grant . VABC is hereby awarding a Research and Development Grant to Tocagen (the “Grant”) at the level of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) to cover a […***…] period (the “Grant Period”), to be used by Tocagen during the Grant Period for research and development and clinical trials of the Brain Cancer Therapies.

2. Payment Installments . The payment of $300,000 (the “Grant Payment”) will be paid […***…] days from execution of this agreement via check. The Grant Period shall commence upon receipt of the Grant Payment by Tocagen.

3. Repayment of Unused or Improperly Used Funds . Any funds not expended or committed for the purpose of this Grant must be returned to VABC within […***…] days of the end of the Grant Period, unless a no-cost extension has been requested and approved. Written request for no-cost extension should include explanation for the extension, statement of the balance of Grant monies remaining, full accounting of funds extended, and anticipated disbursement of

 

 

***Confidential Treatment Requested

 

1


the remaining funds. VABC shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether to approve a no-cost extension.

4. Recovery of Grant Amount .

4.1 In the event the Brain Cancer Therapies are successfully brought to market and the Net Sales of the Brain Cancer Therapies equal or exceed the Benchmark within [ …***…] years of this Agreement, Tocagen shall, at the option of VABC, pay to VABC on the Realization Date or at any time prior to the Outside Date, an amount equal to the Grant, plus Interest (the “Grant Amount’’). For purposes of this agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

 

  (a) “Benchmark” shall mean the point at which the Net Sales of the Brain Cancer Therapies developed by Tocagen for humans have reached a total of […***…] ($[…***…]) Dollars.

 

  (b) “Net Sales” shall mean […***…].

 

  (c) “Realization Date” shall mean the […***…] anniversary of the date on which the Net Sales of the Brain Cancer Therapies developed by Tocagen reach the Benchmark.

 

  (d) “Interest” shall mean simple interest at the rate of […***…] ([…***…]%) per annum calculated on the amount of the Grant not previously converted pursuant to paragraph 5.

 

  (e) “Outside Date” shall mean the date which is […***…] years after the Realization Date.

4.2 In the event Tocagen enters into a definitive agreement for (i) a favorable sale of all or substantially all of the capital stock of Tocagen in a transaction other than an IPO; (ii) a favorable merger of Tocagen with another entity, prior to the Outside Date; or (iii) a favorable sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Tocagen for cash prior to the Outside Date, each a “Favorable Transaction”, Tocagen shall, at the option of VABC (“Favorable Transaction Option”), pay to VABC the Grant Amount. Before or at the time of its approval of Tocagen’s entry into a definitive agreement for a transaction that could potentially qualify as a Favorable Transaction. Tocagen’s board of directors shall solely determine, in good faith, whether or not such transaction qualifies as a Favorable Transaction. If the Favorable Transaction Option is not exercised by VABC prior to completion of the first such Favorable Transaction then VABC’s ability to recover the Grant Amount shall expire upon completion of such Favorable Transaction.

5. Conversion Option .

 

  (a) Conversion Option . In the event the Grant Amount is to be repaid to VABC pursuant to Paragraph 4.1 of this Agreement, VABC shall have the right, at any time on or before the Outside Date and subject to the Condition Precedent, to convert all or any part of the Grant Amount into common stock in Tocagen as hereinafter provided (the “Conversion Right”). Tocagen shall have the right at its sole option to provide for the conversion of the Grant Amount to shares of Tocagen’s common stock in the event of an IPO (defined below). The Conversion Right expires upon the earliest of (i) the date of completion of a

 

 

***Confidential Treatment Requested

 

2


  Change in Control (as defined in Schedule B hereto); (ii) the Outside Date; and (iii) the date of Tocagen’s payment of the Grant Amount to VABC.

 

  (b) Condition Precedent . VABC may exercise the Conversion Right provided that Tocagen has completed an initial public offering of common stock (the ‘IPO”) with proceeds to Tocagen from such offering of not less than
[…***…] ($[…***…]) dollars (before underwriting, discounts and expenses). The Conversion Right may be exercised simultaneously with the closing of the IPO or anytime before the Outside Date, subject to Tocagen’s sole determination, upon the advice of counsel, that an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 for such issuance is available.

 

  (c) Conversion Notice and Certificate Issuance . VABC may, at any time on or before the Outside Date, subject to Paragraph 5(a) and 5(b), deliver to Tocagen a written notice (the “Conversion Notice”) notifying Tocagen that (i) VABC elects to exercise its Conversion right on a date not less than […***…] or more than […***…] days after the notice; or (ii) VABC elects to exercises its Conversion Right simultaneously with an IPO (collectively the “Conversion Date”), in which event Tocagen shall cause all or a portion of the Grant Amount (subject to the partial Conversion provisions contained in subparagraph (d) below) to be converted into the common stock of Tocagen (the “Conversion”) on the Conversion Date. The Conversion Notice shall set forth the Conversion Date, and, if the Conversion is for less than the full Grant Amount, shall set forth the portion of the Grant Amount that will be converted into common stock. In the event the Conversion shall take place simultaneously with an IPO, the Conversion Notice need not specify an exact date for the Conversion but shall merely state that the Conversion Date will be upon the closing date of the IPO. As promptly as practicable after the Conversion Date, Tocagen shall issue and deliver to VABC, a duly issued stock certificate for Tocagen’s common stock for the Conversion set forth in the Conversion Notice. The Conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as of the close of business on the Conversion Date (or, in the case of a Conversion simultaneously with an IPO, upon the closing of such IPO), and VABC shall be deemed to have become the record owner of the common stock represented thereby on such date.

 

  (d) Partial Conversion . In the event of a partial Conversion, the outstanding Grant Amount will be reduced by the portion of the Grant Amount designated by VABC as being subject to the Conversion. All remaining amounts not converted to common stock as provided in subparagraph 5(e) below shall be subject to the provisions set forth in Paragraph 4.

 

  (e) Conversion Formula . In the event VABC exercises the Conversion Right, the Grant Amount shall, in the case of Conversion after an IPO, be converted to the common stock of Tocagen at a per share price equal to the closing stock price for one share of Tocagen common stock on the first trading day prior to the Conversion Date, and, in the case of Conversion simultaneously with an IPO, be converted to the common stock of Tocagen at the price-per-share to the public of Tocagen common stock in the IPO, in the event VABC exercises the Conversion Right, VABC agrees to accept the stock subject to any restrictions that are

 

 

***Confidential Treatment Requested

 

3


  applicable to holders of unregistered securities of Tocagen generally, including, without limitation, restrictions on VABC’s ability to transfer or dispose of Tocagen stock pursuant to applicable laws and regulations and the restrictions set forth on Schedule A annexed hereto. VABC agrees to execute and deliver to Tocagen any documents as may be reasonably requested by Tocagen and its counsel, in connection with the issuance of the Tocagen common stock.

6. Restrictions on Grant Provisions . Tocagen agrees that it will use the Grant exclusively for the research and development and clinical trials of the Brain Cancer Therapies. The Grant may not be used to lobby or otherwise attempt to influence legislation, to influence the outcome of any public election, or to carry on any voter registration drive.

7. Brain Cancer Therapies Program Interruption .

 

  (a) Tocagen shall promptly notify VABC if Tocagen elects to discontinue, substantially scale back or suspend the Brain Cancer Therapies Program for any reason at any time during the Grant Period.

 

  (b) If during the Grant Period, Tocagen interrupts the Brain Cancer Therapies Program for a period of [ …***…] or more for reasons not related to lack of scientific merit, then Tocagen promptly shall (a) provide VABC with a summary report on work performed under this agreement and (b) return to VABC any unused Grant funds.

8. Brain Cancer Therapies Program Updates . Tocagen will provide to VABC during the Grant Period […***…] financial statement and such other reports as Tocagen regularly provides to its stockholders. Reports on the Brain Cancer Therapies Program need not be separately prepared if the information distributed to stockholders as described in this Paragraph 8 provides sufficient detail of the Brain Cancer Therapies Program during the applicable period.

9. Events and Activities . Should VABC request, a Tocagen representative will participate in at least one VABC presentation annually during the Grant Period (e.g. annual meeting, scientific workshop, etc), which individual shall be designated by Tocagen and reasonably acceptable to VABC.

10. Public Relations . The parties agree to individual party and joint party public relations during the Grant Period as follows:

 

  (a) Following execution of this agreement, VABC may issue a press release announcing the Grant, subject to Tocagen’s pre-approval;

 

  (b) VABC and Tocagen may include each other on their websites at the discretion and review of the other party;

 

  (c) Neither party may use the name or mark of the other party for business development or fundraising purposes without the advanced approval of the other party, unless otherwise required to be disclosed under law or regulation; and

 

  (d) Tocagen has the right to publicize the Grant and VABC’s support for the Brain Cancer Therapies Program.

 

 

***Confidential Treatment Requested

 

4


11. Scientific Publications and Presentations . Tocagen will strive to publish the results of the Brain Cancer Therapies Program related activities and research in a peer-reviewed scientific journal and present its findings at scientific conferences as soon as possible during or after the Grant Period in a manner that will advance scientific knowledge; such publications or presentations being consistent with conservative practices of commercial pharmaceutical development entities to protect its intellectual property and market its products. Nothing in this agreement shall require Tocagen to publish confidential business information, incomplete information, or information not regularly publically disclosed by a commercial pharmaceutical development company.

12. Acknowledgements . Tocagen shall use reasonable efforts to make appropriate reference to VABC in all manuscripts, poster presentations, news releases, or company publications resulting from this Grant supported research.

13. Other Grant Terms . In its sole discretion, VABC has the right to terminate this agreement should Tocagen discontinue the Brain Cancer Therapies Program during the Grant Period. VABC shall provide Tocagen with 90 days notice of any decisions to terminate this agreement.

14. General Provisions .

 

  1. Notices . Any notice under this agreement shall be in writing, and shall be delivered either (i) by hand delivery, (ii) by certified United States mail, return receipt requested, or (iii) by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service address to the parties at the addresses set forth on the first page of this agreement or such other address as the parties request in writing.

 

  2. Successor and Assigns . All of the terms and provisions of this agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors, assigns, heirs, administrators, or other legal representatives of VABC and Tocagen.

 

  3. Changes in Law . Tocagen and VABC agree to work cooperatively to provide each other with any additional information arising from a change in applicable law, regulation, or rule.

 

  4. Modifications in Writing . This agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties. Any modifications of this agreement must be in writing and signed by an authorized officer/executive of both parties, which must be the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) or the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) in the case of Tocagen.

 

  5. Applicable Law . This agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of California.

 

  6. Entire Agreement . This agreement, together with the Consulting Agreement between the parties dated concurrently with this agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto. No oral representations or other agreements have been made by the parties except as stated herein and therein. This agreement may not be changed in any way except as herein provided, and no term or provision thereof may be waived except in writing signed by a duly authorized officer or agent, which shall be the CEO of CFO in the case of Tocagen. The titles of any paragraph of this agreement are for convenience only

 

5


  and shall not be deemed to limit, restrict or alter the content, meaning or effect thereof.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have, by duly authorized persons, executed this agreement, as of the date first above written.

 

T OCAGEN I NC .       V OICES A GAINST B RAIN C ANCER
By:  

/s/ Thomas E. Darcy

      By:  

/s/ Michael Klipper

Name:   Thomas E. Darcy       Name:   Michael Klipper
Title:   EVP and Chief Financial Officer       Title:   Chairman
Address:         Address:  
3030 Bunker Hill St., Suite 230       1375 Broadway, 3 rd Floor,
San Diego, CA 92109       New York, NY 10018
USA       USA
Attention: Chief Executive Officer      

Attention: Eric Lichtenstein

Email: elichtenstein@knight.com

Facsimile: +1 858-412-8499      

 

6


SCHEDULE A

M ARKET S TAND -O FF A GREEMENT . Stockholder shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock or other securities of Tocagen held by Stockholder, including the Stock (the “Restricted Securities”), during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of Tocagen filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Lock Up Period”), or such longer period, not to exceed 34 days after the expiration of such 180-day period, as the underwriters or Tocagen shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711. Stockholder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by Tocagen and/or the managing underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, Tocagen may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Restricted Securities until the end of such period. The underwriters of Tocagen’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Market Stand-off Agreement and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, if Stockholder sells any securities of Tocagen either (a) on the open market after Tocagen’s initial public offering under an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (b) pursuant to Rule 144 under such Act, then, provided such sale otherwise complies with the terms of this Market Stand-off Agreement, the securities so sold by Stockholder shall cease to be subject to the provisions of this Market Stand-off.

 

7


SCHEDULE B

“Change in Control” shall mean (a) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Tocagen; (b) a merger or consolidation in which Tocagen is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation in which stockholders immediately before the merger or consolidation have, immediately after the merger or consolidation, a majority of the voting power of the surviving corporation); (c) a reverse merger in which Tocagen is the surviving corporation but the shares of Tocagen’s Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by, virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise (other than a reverse merger in which stockholders immediately before the merger have, immediately after the merger, a majority of the voting power of the surviving corporation); or (d) any transaction or series of related transactions in which in excess of 50% of Tocagen’s voting power is transferred, other than the sale by Tocagen of stock in transactions the primary purpose of which is to raise capital for Tocagen’s operations and activities.

 

8

Exhibit 4.4

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    34,286
Type/Series of Stock:    Series H Preferred
Warrant Price:    $5.25 per share
Issue Date:    October 30, 2015
Expiration Date:    October 30, 2025 See also Section 5.1(b).
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith among Oxford Finance LLC, as Lender and Collateral Agent, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, including Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, OXFORD FINANCE LLC (“ Oxford ” and, together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

 

  X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

 

  Y = the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

 

1


  A = the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

 

  B = the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date,

 

2


then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one

 

3


Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table provided to Holder on the date hereof is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

 

4


(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein.

 

5


Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . Holder shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale of, any shares of the Company’s capital stock held by Holder during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Lock Up Period ”); (or such longer period, not to exceed 34 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or any other rule adopted by a governmental or regulatory body addressing a similar subject matter of such Rule). Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Holder’s securities until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 4.6 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holder shall only be subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.6 so long as each of the Company’s other shareholders are subject to the same requirements and restrictions.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Eastern time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing the securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO OXFORD FINANCE LLC DATED OCTOBER 30, 2015, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

6


5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Oxford of the executed Warrant, Oxford may transfer all or part of this Warrant to one or more of Oxford’s affiliates (each, an “ Oxford Affiliate ”), by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Oxford, any such Oxford Affiliate and any subsequent Holder, may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any other transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, the Oxford Affiliate(s) or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Oxford Finance LLC

133 N. Fairfax Street

Alexandria, VA 22314

Attn: Legal Department

Telephone: (703) 519-4900

Facsimile: (703) 519-5225

Email: LegalDepartment@oxfordfinance.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Tocagen Inc.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, CA 92109

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Telephone: 858-412-8403

Facsimile: (858) 412-8499

Email: tdarcy@tocagen.com

With a copy to :

Cooley LLP

Attn: Fred Muto

 

7


4401 Eastgate Mall

San Diego, CA 92121

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

“COMPANY”

 

TOCAGEN INC.
By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
  (Print)
Title:   EVP & CFO

“HOLDER”

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By:   /s/ Mark Davis
Name:   Mark Davis
  (Print)
Title:   Vice President – Finance, Secretary & Treasurer

 

[ Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock ]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                  shares of the Common/Series                  Preferred [circle one] Stock of TOCAGEN INC. (the “ Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ] Check in the amount of $              payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ] Other [Describe]                                                                                  

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

   
  Holder’s Name
   
   
  (Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:
 

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

Date:

   

 

Appendix 1


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Oxford Finance LLC hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:   [OXFORD TRANSFEREE]
Address:    
Tax ID:      

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by TOCAGEN INC. (the “ Company ”), on October      , 2015 (the “ Warrant ”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

Date:                                                                      

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, [OXFORD TRANSFEREE] makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

[OXFORD TRANSFEREE]
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

Appendix 2

Exhibit 4.5

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company:     TOCAGEN INC.

Number of Shares:   34,286, plus all Additional Shares which Holder is entitled to purchase pursuant to Section 1.7

Type/Series of Stock:   Series H Preferred

Warrant Price:   $5.25 per share

Issue Date:       October 30, 2015

Expiration Date: October 30, 2025    See also Section 5.1(b).
Credit Facility:   This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith among Oxford Finance LLC, as Lender and Collateral Agent, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, including Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

 

1


where:

 

  X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

 

  Y = the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

 

  A = the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

 

  B = the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any

 

2


sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d) As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

1.7 Additional Shares . Upon the funding of the Term B Loans (as defined in the Loan Agreement), the Company shall be deemed to have automatically granted to Holder, in addition to the number of Shares which this Warrant can otherwise be exercised for by Holder, the right to purchase that number of additional Shares, rounded upward to the nearest whole number, equal to (i) the amount of the Term B Loan made by Silicon Valley Bank on the funding date of the Term B Loan in respect of its Term B Commitment (as defined in the Loan Agreement), (ii) multiplied by two percent (2.00%), and (iii) divided by the Warrant Price (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2 below, such additional shares being called the “ Additional Shares ”).

 

3


SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

 

4


2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table provided to the Holder on the date hereof is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying

 

5


the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

6


4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . Holder shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale of, any shares of the Company’s capital stock held by Holder during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Lock Up Period ”); (or such longer period, not to exceed 34 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or any other rule adopted by a governmental or regulatory body addressing a similar subject matter of such Rule). Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Holder’s securities until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 4.6 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holder shall only be subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.6 so long as each of the Company’s other shareholders are subject to the same requirements and restrictions.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

7


THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED OCTOBER 30, 2015, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier

 

8


service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Tocagen Inc.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, CA 92109

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Telephone: 858-412-8403

Facsimile: (858) 412-8499

Email: tdarcy@tocagen.com

With a copy to :

Cooley LLP

Attn: Fred Muto

4401 Eastgate Mall

San Diego, CA 92121

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

9


5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

“COMPANY”

 

TOCAGEN INC.
By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
  (Print)
Title:   EVP & CFO

“HOLDER”

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:   /s/ Anthony Flores
Name:   Anthony Flores
  (Print)
Title:   Vice President

 

[ Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock ]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                  shares of the Common/Series                  Preferred [circle one] Stock of TOCAGEN INC. (the “ Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ] Check in the amount of $              payable to the order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ] Other [Describe]                                                                                  

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 
        Holder’s Name
 
 
        (Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:
 

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

Date:

   

 

Appendix 1

Exhibit 10.1

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

T HIS I NDEMNITY A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of              , 20    , is made by and between T OCAGEN I NC ., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (“ Indemnitee ”).

R ECITALS

A. The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals as directors, officers, employees and agents.

B. The Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) require that the Company indemnify its directors and officers, and empowers the Company to indemnify its employees and other agents, as authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “ Code ”), under which the Company is organized and such Bylaws expressly provide that the indemnification provided therein is not exclusive and contemplates that the Company may enter into separate agreements with its directors, officers and other persons to set forth specific indemnification provisions.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Bylaws, the Company’s other governing documents, and available insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and the Company has determined that Indemnitee and other directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company may not be willing to serve or continue to serve in such capacities without additional protection.

D. The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, as the case may be, and has proffered this Agreement to Indemnitee as an additional inducement to serve in such capacity.

E. Indemnitee is willing to serve, or to continue to serve, as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, as the case may be, if Indemnitee is furnished the indemnity provided for herein by the Company.

A GREEMENT

N OW T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

(a) Agent . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Agent ” of the Company means any person who: (i) is or was a director , officer, employee, agent, or other fiduciary of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or (ii) is or was serving at the request or for the convenience of, or representing the interests of, the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, as a director, officer, employee, agent, or other fiduciary of a foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

1.


(b) Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, (ii) individuals who on the date of this Agreement are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board ( provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board), or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(c) Expenses . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Expenses ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’, witness, or other professional fees and related disbursements, and other out-of-pocket costs of whatever nature, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, the Code or otherwise. The term “ Expenses ” shall also include reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which he or she is not compensated by the Company or any subsidiary or third party: (i) for any period during which Indemnitee is not an Agent, in the employment of, or providing services for compensation to, the Company or any subsidiary; and (ii) if the rate of compensation and estimated time involved is approved by the directors of the Company who are not parties to any action with respect to which Expenses are incurred, for Indemnitee while an Agent of, employed by, or providing services for compensation to, the Company or any subsidiary.

(d) Independent Counsel . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in

 

2.


an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(e) Liabilities . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Liabilities ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, judgments, damages, deficiencies, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines, assessments and amounts paid in settlement, including any interest and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payment under this Agreement.

(f) Proceedings . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ proceeding ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing, or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal in any case, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness, or otherwise by reason of: (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company; (ii) the fact that any action taken by Indemnitee (or a failure to take action by Indemnitee) or of any action (or failure to act) on Indemnitee’s part while acting as an Agent; or (iii) the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, and in any such case described above, whether or not serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses may be provided under this Agreement. If the Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a proceeding, this shall be considered a proceeding under this paragraph.

(g) Subsidiary . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ subsidiary ” means any corporation, limited liability company, or other entity, of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities or equity interests are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and one or more of its subsidiaries, and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as an Agent.

(h) Voting Securities . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

2. Agreement to Serve . Indemnitee will serve, or continue to serve, as the case may be, as an Agent, faithfully and to the best of his or her ability, at the will of such entity designated by the Company and at the request of the Company (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in the capacity Indemnitee currently serves such entity, so long as Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the governance documents of such entity, or until such time as Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation in writing; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement is intended as an employment agreement between Indemnitee and the Company or any of its

 

3.


subsidiaries or to create any right to continued employment of Indemnitee with the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any capacity.

The Company acknowledges that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby, in addition to and separate from its obligations to Indemnitee under the Bylaws, to induce Indemnitee to serve, or continue to serve, as an Agent, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an Agent.

3. Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification in Third Party Proceedings . Subject to Section 10 below, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time (but, to the fullest extent of the law, only to the extent that such amendment permits Indemnitee to broader indemnification rights than the Code permitted prior to adoption of such amendment), if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or otherwise involved in any proceeding, other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, for any and all Expenses and Liabilities (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses and Liabilities) incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such proceeding, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, the Bylaws, vote of its stockholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law.

(b) Indemnification in Derivative Actions and Direct Actions by the Company . Subject to Section 10 below, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time (but, fullest extent permitted by applicable law, only to the extent that such amendment permits Indemnitee to broader indemnification rights than the Code permitted prior to adoption of such amendment), if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or otherwise involved in any proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, against any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement, or appeal of such proceedings, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3(b) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware or any court in which the proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

4. Indemnification of Expenses of Successful Party . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in circumstances where indemnification is not available under

 

4.


Section 3(a) or 3(b), as the case may be, to the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) any proceeding and has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or part, including the dismissal of any action without prejudice, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses and Liabilities in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of such proceeding. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses and Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law.

5. Partial Indemnification; Witness Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses and Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding, but is precluded by applicable law or the specific terms of this Agreement to indemnification for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s acting as an Agent, a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6. Advancement of Expenses . To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within twenty (20) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice) and upon request of the Company, an undertaking to repay the advancement of Expenses if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. Advances shall be unsecured, interest free and without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses. Advances shall include any and all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee pursuing an action to enforce Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise and this right of advancement, including expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee acknowledges that the execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee shall, to the fullest extent required by law, repay the advance (without interest) if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The right to advances under this Section shall continue until final disposition of any proceeding, including any appeal therein. This Section 6 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 10(b).

 

5.


7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures .

(a) Notification of Proceeding . Indemnitee will notify the Company in writing promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the proceeding and the facts underlying the proceeding. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement.

(b) Request for Indemnification Payments . To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under the terms of this Agreement, and shall request payment thereof by the Company.

(c) Determination of Right to Indemnification Payments . Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the Section 7(b) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board of Directors: (1) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company; provided, however , that if there has been a Change in Control, then such determination shall be made by Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the board of directors of the Company who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee. Indemnification payments requested by Indemnitee under Section 3 hereof shall be made by the Company no later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the written request of Indemnitee. Claims for advancement of Expenses shall be made under the provisions of Section 6 herein.

(d) Application for Enforcement . In the event the Company fails to make timely payments as set forth in Sections 6 or 7(b) above, Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Agreement. In such an enforcement hearing or proceeding, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to prove that indemnification or advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee is not required under this Agreement or permitted by applicable law. Any determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, a committee thereof, Independent Counsel) or stockholders of the Company, that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall not be a defense by the Company

 

6.


to the action nor create any presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder.

(e) Indemnification of Certain Expenses . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred in connection with any hearing or proceeding under this Section 7 unless the Company prevails in such hearing or proceeding on the merits in all material respects.

8. Assumption of Defense . In the event the Company shall be requested by Indemnitee to pay the Expenses of any proceeding, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such proceeding, or to participate to the extent permissible in such proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee. Upon assumption of the defense by the Company and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same proceeding, provided that Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in such proceeding at Indemnitee’s sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Indemnitee’s counsel delivers a written notice to the Company stating that such counsel has reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel or otherwise actively pursued the defense of such proceeding within a reasonable time, then in any such event the fees and Expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to defend such proceeding shall be subject to the indemnification and advancement of Expenses provisions of this Agreement.

9. Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for Agents (“ D&O Insurance ”), Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such Agent under such policy or policies . If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has D&O Insurance in effect or otherwise potentially available, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

In the event of a change of control of the Company or the Company dissolving or liquidating (including being placed into receivership or entering the federal bankruptcy process and the like), the Company shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in providing insurance in respect of Indemnitee (directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary, employment practices or otherwise) for a period of at least six years thereafter (a “ Tail Policy ”). If such coverage is not placed with the incumbent insurance carriers using the policies that were in place at the time of the change of control or insolvency event, the Tail Policy shall be substantially comparable in scope and amount as the expiring policies, and the insurance carriers for the Tail Policy shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best ratings of the expiring policies.

10. Exceptions .

 

7.


(a) Certain Matters . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee on account of any proceeding with respect to: (i) remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it is determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law (and, in this respect, both the Company and Indemnitee have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission believes that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication, as indicated in Section 10(d) below); (ii) a final judgment rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting, disgorgement or repayment of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company against Indemnitee or in connection with a settlement by or on behalf of Indemnitee to the extent it is acknowledged by Indemnitee and the Company that such amount paid in settlement resulted from Indemnitee’s conduct from which Indemnitee received monetary personal profit, pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or other provisions of any federal, state or local statute or rules and regulations thereunder; (iii) a final judgment or other final adjudication that Indemnitee’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct (but only to the extent of such specific determination); or (iv) on account of conduct that is established by a final judgment as constituting a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which Indemnitee is not legally entitled. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, a final judgment or other adjudication may be reached in either the underlying proceeding or action in connection with which indemnification is sought or a separate proceeding or action to establish rights and liabilities under this Agreement.

(b) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought by Indemnitee against the Company or its Agents and not by way of defense, except (i) with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under this Agreement or under any other agreement, provision in the Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or (ii) with respect to any other proceeding initiated by Indemnitee that is either approved by the Board of Directors or Indemnitee’s participation is required by applicable law. However, indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors determines it to be appropriate.

(c) Unauthorized Settlements . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold consent to any proposed settlement; provided, however, that the Company may in any event decline to consent to (or to otherwise admit or agree to any liability for indemnification hereunder in respect of) any proposed settlement if the Company is also a party in such proceeding and determines in good faith that such settlement is not in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

(d) Securities Act Liabilities . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to

 

8.


indemnify Indemnitee or otherwise act in violation of any undertaking appearing in and required by the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or in any registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act. Indemnitee acknowledges that paragraph (h) of Item 512 of Regulation S-K currently generally requires the Company to undertake in connection with any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to submit the issue of the enforceability of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement in connection with any liability under the Securities Act on public policy grounds to a court of appropriate jurisdiction and to be governed by any final adjudication of such issue. Indemnitee specifically agrees that any such undertaking shall supersede the provisions of this Agreement and to be bound by any such undertaking.

(e) Prior Payments Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee under this Agreement for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, expect with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or indemnity policy.

11. Nonexclusivity and Survival of Rights . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under any provision of applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or other agreements, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and Indemnitee’s action as an Agent, in any court in which a proceeding is brought, and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased acting as an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators and assigns of Indemnitee. The obligations and duties of the Company to Indemnitee under this Agreement shall be binding on the Company and its successors and assigns until terminated in accordance with its terms. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her corporate status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the Code, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, by Indemnitee shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy by Indemnitee.

 

9.


12. Term . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) five (5) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as an Agent; or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any proceeding, including any appeal then pending, in respect to which Indemnitee was granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder.

No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against an Indemnitee or an Indemnitee’s estate, spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such five-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.

13. Subrogation . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who, at the request and expense of the Company, shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

14. Interpretation of Agreement . It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification and advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law.

15. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to Section 14 hereof.

16. Amendment and Waiver . No supplement, modification, amendment, or cancellation of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

17. Notice . Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice or demand which, by the provisions hereof, is required or which may be given to or served upon the parties hereto shall be in writing and, if by electronic transmission, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered when sent, if by overnight delivery, courier or personal delivery, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered upon actual delivery and, if mailed, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered three (3) business days after deposit in the United

 

10.


States mail, as registered or certified mail, with proper postage prepaid and addressed to the party or parties to be notified at the addresses set forth on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address(es) as a party may designate for itself by like notice). If to the Company, notices and demands shall be delivered to the attention of the Secretary of the Company.

18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware.

19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart need be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

20. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.

21. Entire Agreement . Subject to Section 11 hereof, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, the Code and any other applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, and does not diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

22. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

23. Consent to Jurisdiction . The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) agree to appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, an agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv)

 

11.


waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

12.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

TOCAGEN INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

INDEMNITEE

 

Signature of Indemnitee

 

Print or Type Name of Indemnitee

Exhibit 10.2

T OCAGEN I NC .

2009 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD : M ARCH  23, 2009

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : M ARCH  23, 2009

A MENDED BY THE B OARD : F EBRUARY  16, 2012

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : F EBRUARY  16, 2012

A MENDED BY THE B OARD : M ARCH  10, 2014

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : M ARCH  10, 2014

A MENDED BY THE B OARD : O CTOBER  21, 2014

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : O CTOBER  21, 2014

A MENDED BY THE B OARD : J UNE  10, 2016

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : J UNE  10, 2016

A MENDED BY THE B OARD : N OVEMBER  16, 2016

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : N OVEMBER  16, 2016

T ERMINATION D ATE : M ARCH  22, 2019

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Available Stock Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards, (iv) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (v) Stock Appreciation Rights, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, and (vii) Other Stock Awards.

(c) General Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards as set forth in Section 1(a), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Stock Awards.

2. D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) “Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in

 

1.


property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without receipt of consideration” by the Company.

(d) “Cause” means misconduct, including: (i) conviction of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty; (ii) participation in a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) willful and material breach of Participant’s duties that has not been cured within 30 days after written notice from the Company’s Board of Directors of such breach; (iv) material breach of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement that has not been cured within 30 days after written notice from the Company’s Board of Directors of such breach; or (v) death or disability. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated by reason of dismissal without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(e) “Change in Control” means (a) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (b) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation in which stockholders immediately before the merger or consolidation have, immediately after the merger or consolidation, a majority of the voting power of the surviving corporation); (c) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of the Company’s Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise (other than a reverse merger in which stockholders immediately before the merger have, immediately after the merger, a majority of the voting power of the surviving corporation); or (d) any transaction or series of related transactions in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred, other than the sale by the Company of stock in transactions the primary purpose of which is to raise capital for the Company’s operations and activities.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement approved by the Board between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

The Board may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s consent, amend the definition of “Change in Control” to conform to the definition of “Change in Control” under Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations thereunder.

(f) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.


(g) “Committee” means a committee of one (1) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 3(c).

(h) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(i) “Company” means Tocagen Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j) “Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

(k) “Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , if the corporation for which a Participant is rendering service ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such corporation ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status, such as from an employee of the Company to a consultant to an Affiliate or to a Director, shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy or in the written terms of the Participant’s leave of absence agreement.

(l) “Corporate Transaction” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization;

(ii) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; or

(iii) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

(m) “Current Participants” has the meaning provided in Section 10(c)(ii).

(n) “Director” means a member of the Board.

 

3.


(o) “Disability” means the inability of a Participant to engage in substantially gainful Company activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(p) Effective Date ” means the effective date of this Plan document, which is the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s stockholders.

(q) “Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(r) “Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(s) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(t) “Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date as set forth in Section 12, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(u) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

(v) “Good Reason” means, with respect to any particular Participant, any of the following actions taken without Cause by the Company or a successor corporation or entity without Participant’s consent: (i) substantial reduction of Participant’s (a) rate of cash compensation or (b) level of benefits pursuant to Company benefit plans, provided that any reduction of either (a) or (b) which proportionately effects all or substantially all similarly ranked employees shall not constitute “Good Reason” for purposes of this Agreement; (ii) failure or refusal of a successor to the Company to assume the Company’s obligations under this Agreement in the event of a Change in Control as defined below; or (iii) relocation of Participant’s principal place of employment to a place greater than 50 miles from Participant’s then current principal place of employment.

 

4.


(w) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(x) “JAMS” has the meaning provided in Section 3(f).

(y) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means any Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(z) “Officer” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(aa) “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(bb) “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(cc) “Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if permitted under the terms of this Plan, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(dd) “Other Stock Award” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 7(d).

(ee) “Other Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ff) “Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership” A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities; provided, however, that no such person or Entity shall be deemed to have relinquished ownership of securities solely by virtue of having entered into an agreement granting to any other person or Entity power to vote or direct the voting of such securities.

(gg) “Participant means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(hh) “Performance Stock Award” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 7(d).

(ii) “Plan” means this Tocagen Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

5.


(jj) “Restricted Stock Award” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 7(a).

(kk) “Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ll) “Restricted Stock Unit Award” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 7(b).

(mm) “Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(nn) “Rule 701” has the meaning provided in Section 5(c).

(oo) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(pp) “Share Reserve” has the meaning provided in Section 4(a).

(qq) “Stock Appreciation Right” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 7(c).

(rr) “Stock Appreciation Right Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ss) “Stock Award” means any right granted under the Plan, including an Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award or an Other Stock Award.

(tt) “Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(uu) “Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%).

 

6.


(vv) “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

3. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee, as provided in Section 3(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board or the Committee, to the extent delegated to the Committee pursuant to Section 3(c), shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; and (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vi) To amend the Plan, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, except as provided in Section 10(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy applicable law. Rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval.

 

7.


(viii) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible Employees with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options or to bring the Plan or Incentive Stock Options granted under it into compliance therewith.

(ix) To amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided, however, that the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without the affected Participant’s consent, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder.

(x) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

(xi) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(xii) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (1) the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding Option or the strike price of any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right under the Plan; (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (a) a new Option or Stock Appreciation Right under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (b) a Restricted Stock Award, (c) a Restricted Stock Unit Award, (d) an Other Stock Award, (e) cash, and/or (f) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion); or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

 

8.


(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers of the Company the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Officers and Employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be recipients of Stock Awards and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to Stock Awards granted to such Officers and Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(d), the Board may not delegate to an Officer authority to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock pursuant to Section 2(u) above.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board (or any Committee) in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

(f) Arbitration. Any dispute or claim concerning any Stock Awards granted (or not granted) pursuant to the Plan or any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the Plan shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding and confidential arbitration conducted pursuant to the rules of Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. ( “JAMS” ) in San Diego, California. All arbitration fees shall be divided pro rata among the respective parties to such arbitration. In addition to any other relief, the arbitrator may award to the prevailing party recovery of its attorneys’ fees and costs. By accepting a Stock Award, Participants and the Company waive their respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried by a judge or jury.

4. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to the provisions of Section 10(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards shall not exceed, in the aggregate, Eleven Million One Hundred Fifty-nine Thousand Three Hundred (11,159,300) shares of Common Stock (the “Share Reserve” ).

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If any (i) Stock Award shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, (ii) shares of Common Stock issued to a Participant pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Company’s reacquisition or repurchase rights under the Plan, including any forfeiture or repurchase caused by the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares, or (iii) Stock Award is settled in cash, or (iv) shares of Common Stock are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation and regrant provisions of Section 3(b)(xii), then the shares of Common Stock not issued under such Stock Award, or forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.

If any shares subject to a Stock Award are not delivered to a Participant because the Stock Award is exercised through a reduction of shares subject to the Stock Award ( i.e ., “net exercised”) or an appreciation distribution in respect of a Stock Appreciation Right is paid in shares of Common Stock, the number of shares subject to the Stock Award that are not delivered

 

9.


to the Participant shall remain available for subsequent issuance under the Plan. If any shares subject to a Stock Award are not delivered to a Participant because such shares are withheld in satisfaction of the withholding of taxes incurred in connection with the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or the issuance of shares under a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award or Other Stock Award, the number of shares that are not delivered to the Participant shall remain available for subsequent issuance under the Plan. If the exercise price of any Stock Award is satisfied by tendering shares of Common Stock held by the Participant (either by actual delivery or attestation), then the number of shares so tendered shall remain available for subsequent issuance under the Plan.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4, subject to the provisions of Section 10(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be double the number of shares of Common Stock in the Share Reserve.

(d) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company.

5. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

(c) Consultants. A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act (“ Rule 701 ”) because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

6. O PTION P ROVISIONS .

Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical; provided, however , that each Option Agreement shall include

 

10.


(through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Option Agreement; provided, however , that an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall be subject to the provisions of Section 5(b).

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 5(b) regarding Incentive Stock Options granted to Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such options are Incentive Stock Options) or is otherwise granted in a manner designed to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and applicable securities laws.

(c) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The methods of payment permitted by this Section 6(c) are:

(i) by cash or check;

(ii) bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(iii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iv) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(v) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided, further, however, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

 

11.


(vi) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

(d) Transferability of Options. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options as the Board shall determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board or provisions of the Option Agreement to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options shall apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option to such extent as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act at the time of the grant of the Option and in a manner consistent with applicable tax and securities laws.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order; provided, however , that if an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option shall be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option. In the absence of such a Designation, the executor or administrator of the Optionholder’s estate shall be entitled to exercise the Option.

(e) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this Section 6(e) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.

(f) Termination of Continuous Service. In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days unless such termination is for cause), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

 

12.


(g) Extension of Termination Date. An Optionholder’s Option Agreement may provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.

(h) Disability of Optionholder. In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months)), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

(i) Death of Optionholder. In the event that (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

(j) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Optionholder’s Option Agreement, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate upon the termination date of such Optionholder’s Continuous Service, and the Optionholder shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(k) Non-Exempt Employees . No Option granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

 

13.


(l) Early Exercise. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 9(i), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate.

(m) Right of Repurchase. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 9(i), the Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option.

(n) Right of First Refusal. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option. Such right of first refusal shall be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 9(i). Except as expressly provided in this Section 6(n) or in the Stock Award Agreement for the Option, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.

7. P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS OTHER THAN O PTIONS .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (ii) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (i) past or future services rendered to the Company or an Affiliate, or (ii) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded as a stock bonus ( i.e ., with no cash purchase price to be paid) to the extent permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. Subject to the repurchase limitation in Section 9(i), shares of Common Stock acquired under a Restricted Stock Award may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Continuous Service. Subject to the repurchase limitation in Section 9(i), in the event a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive, pursuant to a forfeiture condition, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the

 

14.


Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical, provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

 

15.


(vi) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(vii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

(c) Stock Appreciation Rights. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted as stand-alone Stock Awards or in tandem with other Stock Awards. The terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Right Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Stock Appreciation Right Agreements need not be identical; provided, however , that each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Term. No Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.

(ii) Strike Price. Each Stock Appreciation Right will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents. The strike price of each Stock Appreciation Right granted as a stand-alone or tandem Stock Award shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock equivalents subject to the Stock Appreciation Right on the date of grant.

(iii) Calculation of Appreciation. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of share of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) the strike price that will be determined by the Board at the time of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right.

(iv) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of such Stock Appreciation Right as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate; provided, however , that a Stock Appreciation Right that may be settled in shares of Common Stock shall be subject to the provision of Section 9(i).

 

16.


(v) Exercise. To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(vi) Non-Exempt Employees. No Stock Appreciation Right granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(vii) Payment . The appreciation distribution in respect of a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(viii) Termination of Continuous Service. In the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days unless such termination is for cause), or (B) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

(ix) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Participant’s Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate upon the termination date of such Participant’s Continuous Service, and the Participant shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Stock Appreciation Right from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(x) Extension of Termination Date. A Participant’s Stock Appreciation Right Agreement may provide that if the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than upon the Participant’s death, or Disability, or upon a Change in Control, if applicable) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.

 

17.


(xi) Disability of Participant. In the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

(xii) Death of Participant. In the event that (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, the Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the option upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Stock Appreciation Right is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

(xiii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan that are not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Stock Appreciation Rights will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that a Stock Appreciation Right that is to be paid wholly or partly in cash must be exercised and paid in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

(d) Performance Stock Awards . A Performance Stock Award is either a Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award that may be granted, may vest, or may be exercised based upon the attainment during a period of time selected by the Board of one or more performance goals established by the Board. Performance Stock Awards may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any period over which the attainment of performance goals are measured, the performance goals to be achieved during such period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such performance goals have been attained shall be conclusively determined by the Board, in its sole discretion.

 

18.


(e) Other Stock Awards . Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 6 and the preceding provisions of this Section 7. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

8. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

(c) No Obligation to Notify. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any holder of a Stock Award to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

9. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting an offer by the Company of Common Stock to any Participant under the terms of a Stock Award shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is actually received or accepted by the Participant.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such

 

19.


Stock Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any Stock Award Agreement shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(f) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (x) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (y) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(g) Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however, that no shares

 

20.


of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability); or (iii) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

(h) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.

(i) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase option shall be specified in the Stock Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase. The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock shall be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. However, the Company shall not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.

(j) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of employment or retirement, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(k) Compliance with Section 409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences described in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Board determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Board may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (1) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits

 

21.


provided with respect to the Award, or (2) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

10. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall proportionately and appropriately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 4(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 4(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. (Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without receipt of consideration” by the Company.)

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase option may be repurchased by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in a written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award:

(i) Stock Awards May Be Assumed. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards for Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Stock Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Corporate Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of a Stock Award or substitute a similar stock award for only a portion of a Stock Award. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution shall be set by the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.

(ii) Stock Awards Held by Current Participants. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar

 

22.


stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction (referred to as the “ Current Participants ”), the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, with respect to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the time at which such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), and such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction). If the acquisition agreement provides a procedure for the net exercise of Options at the closing of the Corporate Transaction, then the Optionholder who does not elect to exercise prior to closing shall be deemed to have agreed to the net exercise (including the deduction of the aggregate exercise price and applicable withholding taxes) and shall be deemed to have agreed to the terms and conditions of the acquisition agreement approved by the stockholders of the Company as if the Optionholder were a stockholder immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction including without limitation any escrow and indemnity provisions and appointment of a stockholders’ representative. No vested Restricted Stock Unit Award shall terminate pursuant to this Section 10(c)(ii) without being settled by delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof, or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board, prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction.

(iii) Stock Awards Held by Persons other than Current Participants. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue any or all outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by persons other than Current Participants, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Award may be exercised) shall not be accelerated and such Stock Awards (other than a Stock Award consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Corporate Transaction. No vested Restricted Stock Unit Award shall terminate pursuant to this Section 10(c)(iii) without being settled by delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof, or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board, prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction.

(iv) Payment for Stock Awards in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Stock Award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a Corporate Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Stock Award may not exercise such Stock Award but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the

 

23.


property the holder of the Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

(v) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

11. T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) Plan Term. Unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 3, the Plan automatically shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or approved by the stockholders of the Company, whichever is earlier. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

12. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date.

13. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of California shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

24.


TOCAGEN INC.

O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2009 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

Tocagen Inc. (the “Company” ), pursuant to its 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan” ), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Option Agreement, the Plan, the Notice of Exercise and the Voting Agreement, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:   

 

Date of Grant:   

 

Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:   

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):   

 

Total Exercise Price:   

 

Expiration Date:   

 

 

Type of Grant:      Incentive Stock Option 1    ☒      Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule :      Same as Vesting Schedule   
Vesting Schedule :   1/4 th of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date.
  1/48 th of the shares vest monthly thereafter over the next three years.
  1/4 th of the shares shall vest (or all remaining unvested shares at such time, whichever is less) in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan).
  1/4 th of the shares shall vest (or all remaining unvested shares at such time, whichever is less) in the event of the death or Disability (as defined in the Plan) of the Optionholder.
Payment:   By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
     By cash or check
     By bank draft or money order payable to the Company
     Pursuant to a Regulation T program if the Shares are publicly traded
     By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded
     By net exercise if the Company has established a procedure for net exercise at the time of such exercise

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Voting Agreement. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Voting Agreement set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

O THER A GREEMENTS :   

 

  

 

[Signatures on Following Page]

 

 

1

If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding incentive stock options granted to Optionholder by the Company) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.


T OCAGEN  I NC .     O PTIONHOLDER :

By:

 

 

   

 

  Signature       Signature

Title:

 

 

   

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 

     

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise, Voting Agreement


A TTACHMENT I

T OCAGEN I NC .

2009 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Tocagen Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. E XERCISE P RIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”). If permitted in your Grant Notice (i.e., the “Exercise Schedule” indicates that “Early Exercise” of your option is permitted) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the nonvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its


Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

4. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . In the event that you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended ( i.e. , a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, notwithstanding any other provision of your option.

5. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Bank draft or money order payable to the Company.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

(c) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(d) By a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from you to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided further, however , that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (1) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (2) shares are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (3) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations.

6. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable


upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

8. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the expiration of its term. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause or your Disability or death; provided, however , that (i) if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in Section 7, your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service and (ii) if (x) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (y) you terminate your Continuous Service within six (6) months after the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, and (z) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option shall not expire until the earlier of (A) the later of the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice or the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service or (B) the Expiration Date;

(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or your permanent and total disability, as defined in Section 22(e) of the Code. (The definition of disability in Section 22(e) of the Code is different from the definition of Disability under the Plan). The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.


9. E XERCISE .

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By exercising your option, you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); (or such longer period, not to exceed thirty-four (34) days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711); provided, however , that nothing contained in this Section 9(d) shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, if you sell any Common Stock either (a) on the open market after the Company’s initial public offering under an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act or (b) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, then, provided such sale otherwise complies with the terms of this Option Agreement, the shares of Common Stock so sold by you shall cease to be subject to the provisions of this Section 9(d).

10. T RANSFERABILITY .

(a) Subject to Section 10(b), in addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, you agree that you will not assign, hypothecate, donate,


encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in any portion of your option. After you have exercised your option, you agree that you will not assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in any Common Stock issued upon exercise except in compliance with the provisions herein and applicable securities laws. Furthermore, such Common Stock shall be subject to any right of first refusal in favor of the Company or its assignees that may be contained in the Company’s Bylaws. You hereby further acknowledge that you may be required to hold such Common Stock issued upon exercise hereunder indefinitely. During the period of time during which you hold such Common Stock, the value of the Common Stock may increase or decrease, and any risk associated with such Common Stock and such fluctuation in value shall be borne by you. Additionally, if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, the Board may permit you to transfer your option only to the extent permitted by Sections 421, 422 and 424 of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder. To the extent otherwise permitted pursuant to this Option Agreement, if your option is an Incentive Stock Option and you transfer the option pursuant to a domestic relations order, such option shall be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Option Agreement, the transfer of any or all of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option during your lifetime or on your death by will or intestacy to your spouse, child, father, mother, brother, sister, father-in-law, mother-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, grandfather, grandmother, grandchild, cousin, aunt, uncle, niece, nephew, stepchild, other bona fide done (whether or not related to you), or to a bona fide charitable organization where the transfer to such organization would qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, or to a trust, partnership, limited liability corporation or other similar estate planning vehicle for the benefit of you or any such person or organization, shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 10; provided that, in each such case, the transferee agrees in writing to receive and hold the Common Stock so transferred subject to all of the provisions of this Option Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 10, and there shall be no further transfer of such Common Stock except in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Option Agreement, for so long as the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option is subject to any right of first refusal in favor of the Company or its assignees that may be contained in the Company’s Bylaws, you agree that you shall not assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in such Common Stock to any entity that the Company’s Board determines in good faith to be a competitor of the Company. If you propose to assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in such Common Stock to any entity that is engaged in the research, development or commercialization of pharmaceutical products, you shall first give written notice thereof to the Company identifying such entity in order that the Company’s Board may make such determination. Such determination of the Board shall be final and binding upon you.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from an Option exercise. In the


absence of such Designation, the executor or administrator of your estate shall be entitled to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from an Option exercise in accordance with the terms of this Option Agreement.

11. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL . Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if your option is an Incentive Stock Option and the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at the time the Company elects to exercise its right is more beneficial to you than the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant, then the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant shall apply. The Company’s right of first refusal shall expire on the Listing Date. For purposes of this Agreement, Listing Date shall mean the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or traded on any established market.

12. R IGHT OF R EPURCHASE . To the extent provided in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.

13. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

14. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid variable award accounting). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding


sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.

15. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

16. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

17. V OTING A GREEMENT . As a condition to the entering into of this Option Agreement by the Company and effective upon your entering into this Option Agreement, without any further action on your part or the Company’s part, you and the Company hereby agree that you are a party to that certain Voting Agreement, dated December 20, 2007, between certain holders of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Voting Agreement ”) pursuant to which such holders of Common Stock grant to Harry Gruber, M.D. the power and authority to vote all shares of Common Stock represented by the Voting Agreement on all matters for which a vote of holders of Common Stock of the Company is required or requested as set forth in the Voting Agreement. You also agree that, upon request, you will deliver to the Company a counterpart signature page to the Voting Agreement, duly executed by you. You agree that you have had the opportunity to review and to seek the advise of your legal counsel with respect to the Voting Agreement.


A TTACHMENT II

2009 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN


A TTACHMENT III

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

T OCAGEN I NC .

Date of Exercise:                     

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):   Incentive  ☐                                     Nonstatutory  ☐  
Stock option dated:  

                    

Number of shares as to which option is exercised:  

                

Certificates to be issued in name of:  

                    

Total exercise price:  

$             

Value of payment delivered herewith:  

$             

 

Form of payment:

 

 

 

 

By cash or check

 

 
 

 

By bank draft or money order payable to the Company

 

 

 

Pursuant to a Regulation T program if the Shares are publicly traded

 

 

 

By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded 2

 

 

  By net exercise if the Company has established a procedure for net exercise at the time of such exercise

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of

 

2  

Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.


Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option.

I acknowledge that I am aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and have acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above (the “ Shares ”). I am purchasing the Shares for investment for my own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

I further acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of my investment intent as expressed herein.

I further acknowledge that the Shares must be held indefinitely unless the Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. I further acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with a legend or legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless the Shares are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

I am familiar with the provisions of Rule 144, under the Securities Act, as in effect from time to time, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer thereof (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. The Shares may be resold by me in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires, among other things: (i) the availability of certain public information about the Company and (ii) the resale occurring following the required holding period under Rule 144 after I have purchased, and made full payment for (within the meaning of Rule 144), the securities to be sold.

I further understand that at the time I wish to sell the Shares there may be no public market upon which to make such a sale, and that, even if such a public market then exists, the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirements of Rule 144, and that, in such event, I would be precluded from selling the Shares under Rule 144 even if the minimum holding period requirement had been satisfied.

I further warrant and represent that I have either (i) preexisting personal or business relationships, with the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons, or (ii) the capacity to protect my own interests in connection with the purchase of the Shares by virtue of the business or financial expertise of myself or of my professional advisors who are unaffiliated with and who are not compensated by the Company or any of its affiliates, directly or indirectly.

I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety (90) days after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded ( i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.


I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of this Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Shares or other securities of the Company held by me, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); (or such longer period, not to exceed thirty-four (34) days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711); provided, however , that nothing contained in this paragraph shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to my Shares until the end of such period. I agree that the underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this paragraph and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

I further acknowledge that, effective upon my entering into the Stock Option Agreement with the Company pursuant to which I am now exercising my stock option, I became a party to, and am presently and hereafter bound by, that certain Voting Agreement pursuant to which I have granted power and authority to vote all of the Shares to Harry Gruber, M.D. on all matters for which a vote of holders of the Common Stock of the Company is required or requested as set forth in such Voting Agreement. I also agree that, upon request, I will deliver to the Company a counterpart signature page to the Voting Agreement, duly executed by me. I agree that I have had the opportunity to review and to seek the advise of my independent legal counsel with respect to such Voting Agreement.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Name:  

 

Date:  

 


TOCAGEN INC.

O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2009 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

Tocagen Inc. (the “Company” ), pursuant to its 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan” ), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Option Agreement, the Plan, the Notice of Exercise and the Voting Agreement, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:   

 

Date of Grant:   

 

Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:   

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):   

 

Total Exercise Price:   

 

Expiration Date:   

 

 

Type of Grant:      Incentive Stock Option 1    ☒      Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule :      Same as Vesting Schedule   
Vesting Schedule :   1/4 th of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date.
  1/48 th of the shares vest monthly thereafter over the next three years.
  100% of the shares shall vest (or all remaining unvested shares at such time, whichever is less) in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan).
Payment :   By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
     By cash or check
     By bank draft or money order payable to the Company
     Pursuant to a Regulation T program if the Shares are publicly traded
     By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded
     By net exercise if the Company has established a procedure for net exercise at the time of such exercise

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Voting Agreement. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Voting Agreement set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

O THER A GREEMENTS :   

 

  

 

[Signatures on Following Page]

 

 

1  

If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding incentive stock options granted to Optionholder by the Company) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.


T OCAGEN I NC .     O PTIONHOLDER :

By:

 

 

   

 

  Signature       Signature

Title:

 

 

   

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 

     

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise, Voting Agreement


A TTACHMENT I

T OCAGEN I NC .

2009 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Tocagen Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. E XERCISE P RIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”). If permitted in your Grant Notice (i.e., the “Exercise Schedule” indicates that “Early Exercise” of your option is permitted) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the nonvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its


Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

4. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . In the event that you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended ( i.e. , a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, notwithstanding any other provision of your option.

5. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Bank draft or money order payable to the Company.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

(c) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(d) By a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from you to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided further, however, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (1) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (2) shares are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (3) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations.

6. W HOLE S HARE s. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable


upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

8. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the expiration of its term. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause or your Disability or death; provided, however , that (i) if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in Section 7, your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service and (ii) if (x) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (y) you terminate your Continuous Service within six (6) months after the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, and (z) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option shall not expire until the earlier of (A) the later of the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice or the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service or (B) the Expiration Date;

(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or your permanent and total disability, as defined in Section 22(e) of the Code. (The definition of disability in Section 22(e) of the Code is different from the definition of Disability under the Plan). The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.


9. E XERCISE .

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By exercising your option, you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); (or such longer period, not to exceed thirty-four (34) days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711); provided, however , that nothing contained in this Section 9(d) shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, if you sell any Common Stock either (a) on the open market after the Company’s initial public offering under an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act or (b) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, then, provided such sale otherwise complies with the terms of this Option Agreement, the shares of Common Stock so sold by you shall cease to be subject to the provisions of this Section 9(d).

10. T RANSFERABILITY .

(a) Subject to Section 10(b), in addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, you agree that you will not assign, hypothecate, donate,


encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in any portion of your option. After you have exercised your option, you agree that you will not assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in any Common Stock issued upon exercise except in compliance with the provisions herein and applicable securities laws. Furthermore, such Common Stock shall be subject to any right of first refusal in favor of the Company or its assignees that may be contained in the Company’s Bylaws. You hereby further acknowledge that you may be required to hold such Common Stock issued upon exercise hereunder indefinitely. During the period of time during which you hold such Common Stock, the value of the Common Stock may increase or decrease, and any risk associated with such Common Stock and such fluctuation in value shall be borne by you. Additionally, if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, the Board may permit you to transfer your option only to the extent permitted by Sections 421, 422 and 424 of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder. To the extent otherwise permitted pursuant to this Option Agreement, if your option is an Incentive Stock Option and you transfer the option pursuant to a domestic relations order, such option shall be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Option Agreement, the transfer of any or all of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option during your lifetime or on your death by will or intestacy to your spouse, child, father, mother, brother, sister, father-in-law, mother-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, grandfather, grandmother, grandchild, cousin, aunt, uncle, niece, nephew, stepchild, other bona fide done (whether or not related to you), or to a bona fide charitable organization where the transfer to such organization would qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, or to a trust, partnership, limited liability corporation or other similar estate planning vehicle for the benefit of you or any such person or organization, shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 10; provided that, in each such case, the transferee agrees in writing to receive and hold the Common Stock so transferred subject to all of the provisions of this Option Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 10, and there shall be no further transfer of such Common Stock except in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Option Agreement, for so long as the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option is subject to any right of first refusal in favor of the Company or its assignees that may be contained in the Company’s Bylaws, you agree that you shall not assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in such Common Stock to any entity that the Company’s Board determines in good faith to be a competitor of the Company. If you propose to assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in such Common Stock to any entity that is engaged in the research, development or commercialization of pharmaceutical products, you shall first give written notice thereof to the Company identifying such entity in order that the Company’s Board may make such determination. Such determination of the Board shall be final and binding upon you.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from an Option exercise. In the


absence of such Designation, the executor or administrator of your estate shall be entitled to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from an Option exercise in accordance with the terms of this Option Agreement.

11. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL . Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if your option is an Incentive Stock Option and the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at the time the Company elects to exercise its right is more beneficial to you than the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant, then the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant shall apply. The Company’s right of first refusal shall expire on the Listing Date. For purposes of this Agreement, Listing Date shall mean the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or traded on any established market.

12. R IGHT OF R EPURCHASE . To the extent provided in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.

13. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

14. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid variable award accounting). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding


sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.

15. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

16. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

17. V OTING A GREEMENT . As a condition to the entering into of this Option Agreement by the Company and effective upon your entering into this Option Agreement, without any further action on your part or the Company’s part, you and the Company hereby agree that you are a party to that certain Voting Agreement, dated December 20, 2007, between certain holders of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Voting Agreement ”) pursuant to which such holders of Common Stock grant to Harry Gruber, M.D. the power and authority to vote all shares of Common Stock represented by the Voting Agreement on all matters for which a vote of holders of Common Stock of the Company is required or requested as set forth in the Voting Agreement. You also agree that, upon request, you will deliver to the Company a counterpart signature page to the Voting Agreement, duly executed by you. You agree that you have had the opportunity to review and to seek the advise of your legal counsel with respect to the Voting Agreement.


A TTACHMENT II

2009 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN


A TTACHMENT III

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

T OCAGEN I NC .

Date of Exercise:                     

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):   Incentive  ☐                                     Nonstatutory  ☐  
Stock option dated:  

                    

Number of shares as to which option is exercised:  

                

Certificates to be issued in name of:  

                    

Total exercise price:  

$             

Value of payment delivered herewith:  

$             

 

Form of payment:

 

 

 

 

By cash or check

 

 
 

 

By bank draft or money order payable to the Company

 

 

 

Pursuant to a Regulation T program if the Shares are publicly traded

 

 

 

By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded 2

 

 

  By net exercise if the Company has established a procedure for net exercise at the time of such exercise

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of

 

2  

Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.


Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option.

I acknowledge that I am aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and have acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above (the “ Shares ”). I am purchasing the Shares for investment for my own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

I further acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of my investment intent as expressed herein.

I further acknowledge that the Shares must be held indefinitely unless the Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. I further acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with a legend or legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless the Shares are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

I am familiar with the provisions of Rule 144, under the Securities Act, as in effect from time to time, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer thereof (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. The Shares may be resold by me in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires, among other things: (i) the availability of certain public information about the Company and (ii) the resale occurring following the required holding period under Rule 144 after I have purchased, and made full payment for (within the meaning of Rule 144), the securities to be sold.

I further understand that at the time I wish to sell the Shares there may be no public market upon which to make such a sale, and that, even if such a public market then exists, the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirements of Rule 144, and that, in such event, I would be precluded from selling the Shares under Rule 144 even if the minimum holding period requirement had been satisfied.

I further warrant and represent that I have either (i) preexisting personal or business relationships, with the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons, or (ii) the capacity to protect my own interests in connection with the purchase of the Shares by virtue of the business or financial expertise of myself or of my professional advisors who are unaffiliated with and who are not compensated by the Company or any of its affiliates, directly or indirectly.

I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety (90) days after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded ( i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.


I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of this Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Shares or other securities of the Company held by me, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); (or such longer period, not to exceed thirty-four (34) days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711); provided, however , that nothing contained in this paragraph shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to my Shares until the end of such period. I agree that the underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this paragraph and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

I further acknowledge that, effective upon my entering into the Stock Option Agreement with the Company pursuant to which I am now exercising my stock option, I became a party to, and am presently and hereafter bound by, that certain Voting Agreement pursuant to which I have granted power and authority to vote all of the Shares to Harry Gruber, M.D. on all matters for which a vote of holders of the Common Stock of the Company is required or requested as set forth in such Voting Agreement. I also agree that, upon request, I will deliver to the Company a counterpart signature page to the Voting Agreement, duly executed by me. I agree that I have had the opportunity to review and to seek the advise of my independent legal counsel with respect to such Voting Agreement.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Name:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

T OCAGEN I NC .

2017 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS :                     

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS :                     

IPO D ATE :                     

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan. The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the Tocagen Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Prior Plan ”). From and after 12:01 a.m. Pacific time on the IPO Date, no additional stock awards will be granted under the Prior Plan. All Awards granted on or after 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the IPO Date will be granted under this Plan. All stock awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan.

(i) Any shares that would otherwise remain available for future grants under the Prior Plan as of 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the IPO Date (the “ Prior Plan’s Available Reserve ”) will cease to be available under the Prior Plan at such time. Instead, that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve will be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) and will be immediately available for grants and issuance pursuant to Stock Awards hereunder, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(ii) In addition, from and after 12:01 a.m. Pacific time on the IPO Date, any shares subject, at such time, to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan that (i) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement; (ii) are forfeited because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares or otherwise return to the Company; or (iii) are reacquired, withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of a stock award (such shares the “ Returning Shares ”) will immediately be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) as and when such shares become Returning Shares, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(b) Eligible Award Recipients. Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

(c) Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

(d) Purpose. The Plan, through the grant of Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and provide

 

1.


a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board. The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine: (A) who will be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award will be granted; (C) what type of Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, an Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an Award may be exercised or vest (or the time at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued in settlement thereof).

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not materially impair a Participant’s rights under the Participant’s then-outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent, except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or bringing the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan into compliance with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or ensuring that they are exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of

 

2.


Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will materially impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 162(m) of the Code regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees, (B) Section 422 of the Code regarding “incentive stock options” or (C) Rule 16b-3.

(viii) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided, however, that a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws or listing requirements.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

(xi) To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2) Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity

 

3.


or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee, as applicable). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii) Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance. The Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one (1) or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(x)(iii) below.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, and the following sentence regarding the annual increase, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards will not exceed [                ] shares (the “ Share Reserve ”), which number is the sum of (i) [                ] new shares, plus (ii) the number of shares subject to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve, plus (iii) the number of shares that are Returning Shares, as such shares become available from time to time.

 

4.


In addition, the Share Reserve will automatically increase on January 1 st of each year, for a period of not more than ten years, commencing on January 1 st of the year following the year in which the IPO Date occurs and ending on (and including) January 1, [2027], in an amount equal to [    ]% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31 st of the preceding calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to January 1 st of a given year to provide that there will be no January 1 st increase in the Share Reserve for such year or that the increase in the Share Reserve for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a). Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or, if applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, AMEX Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be [                ] shares of Common Stock.

(d) Section 162(m) Limitations . Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, at such time as the Company may be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, the following limitations shall apply.

(i) A maximum of [                ] shares of Common Stock subject to Options, SARs and Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award is granted may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any additional Options, SARs or Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award are granted to any Participant during any calendar year, compensation attributable to the exercise of such additional Stock Awards will not satisfy the requirements to be considered “qualified performance-based compensation” under

 

5.


Section 162(m) of the Code unless such additional Stock Award is approved by the Company’s stockholders.

(ii) A maximum of [                ] shares of Common Stock subject to Performance Stock Awards may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year (whether the grant, vesting or exercise is contingent upon the attainment during the Performance Period of the Performance Goals).

(iii) A maximum of $[        ] may be granted as a Performance Cash Award to any one Participant during any one calendar year.

(e) Limitation on Grants to Non-Employee Directors. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to Stock Awards granted under the Plan or otherwise during any one calendar year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid by the Company to such Non-Employee Director during such calendar year for service on the Board, will not exceed $[        ] in total value (calculating the value of any such Stock Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Stock Awards for financial reporting purposes), or, with respect to the calendar year in which a Non-Employee Director is first appointed or elected to the Board, $[        ]. The Board may make exceptions to the applicable limit in this Section 3(e) for individual Non-Employee Directors in extraordinary circumstances, as Board may determine in its discretion, provided that the Non-Employee Director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation.

(f) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

4. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

 

6.


5. P ROVISIONS R ELATING TO O PTIONS AND S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS .

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Purchase Price for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock

 

7.


issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR. To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided in the Plan, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulations Section 1.421-1(b)(2). If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, on the death

 

8.


of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a Designation, upon the death of the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit Designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such Designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

(f) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR (as applicable) within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date. If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received on exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of months (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

9.


(i) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(j) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l) Non-Exempt Employees . If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a

 

10.


non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

6. P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS OTHER THAN O PTIONS AND SAR S .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past or future services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform

 

11.


to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(c) Performance Awards .

(i) Performance Stock Awards . A Performance Stock Award is a Stock Award (covering a number of shares not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable (including that may be granted, may vest or may be exercised) contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the Participant’s completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if

 

12.


not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

(ii) Performance Cash Awards . A Performance Cash Award is a cash award (for a dollar value not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. At the time of grant of a Performance Cash Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. The Board may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

(iii) Board Discretion . The Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for a Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(iv) Section 162(m) Compliance . Unless otherwise permitted in compliance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” thereunder, the Committee will establish the Performance Goals applicable to, and the formula for calculating the amount payable under, the Award no later than the earlier of (a) the date 90 days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period, and (b) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, and in any event at a time when the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals remains substantially uncertain. Prior to the payment of any compensation under an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will certify the extent to which any Performance Goals and any other material terms under such Award have been satisfied (other than in cases where such Performance Goals relate solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock). Notwithstanding satisfaction of, or completion of any Performance Goals, the number of shares of Common Stock, Options, cash or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Performance Goals may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(d) Other Stock Awards . Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority

 

13.


to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares. The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however , that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes. The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

 

14.


(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

(f) Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(g) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that such Participant is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the

 

15.


Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(h) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(i) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

(j) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(k) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement

 

16.


evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(l) Clawback/Recovery . All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of an event constituting Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), (iv) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person pursuant to Sections 3(d), and (v) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution . Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Dissolution of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such Dissolution, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the

 

17.


Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the Dissolution is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. In the event of a Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board shall take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Transaction:

(i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Transaction);

(ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective date of the Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Transaction;

(iv) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

(v) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(vi) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise. For clarity, this payment may be zero ($0) if the value of the property is equal to or less than the exercise price. Payments under this provision may be delayed to the same extent that payment of consideration to the holders of Common Stock in connection with the Transaction is delayed as a result of escrows, earn outs, holdbacks or other contingencies.

 

18.


The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Board may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a Stock Award.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

10. P LAN T ERM ; E ARLIER T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board (the “ Adoption Date ”), or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated. Suspension or termination of the Plan will not impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant or as otherwise permitted in the Plan.

11. E XISTENCE OF THE P LAN ; T IMING OF F IRST G RANT OR E XERCISE .

The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date; provided, however , that no Stock Award may be granted prior to the IPO Date. In addition, no Stock Award will be exercised (or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Stock Award, or Other Stock Award, no Stock Award will be granted) and no Performance Cash Award will be settled unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval will be within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

12. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of California will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) Award ” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

(c) Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award.

 

19.


(d) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(f) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Adoption Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(g) Cause ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company, in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(h) Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, (C) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by any individual who is, on the IPO Date, either an executive officer or a Director (either, an “ IPO Investor ”) and/or any entity in which an IPO Investor has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting rights or participation in profits or capital

 

20.


contributions) of more than 50% (collectively, the “ IPO Entities ”) or on account of the IPO Entities continuing to hold shares that come to represent more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities as a result of the conversion of any class of the Company’s securities into another class of the Company’s securities having a different number of votes per share pursuant to the conversion provisions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; or (D) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; provided, however , that a merger, consolidation or similar transaction will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities;

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; provided, however , that a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the acquiring Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities;

(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company will otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation; or

 

21.


(v) individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member will, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of the Plan, the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company and the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however , that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply.

(i) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(j) Committee ” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(k) Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the common stock of the Company, having one vote per share.

(l) Company ” means Tocagen Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(m) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(n) Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will

 

22.


be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(o) Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(p) Covered Employee ” will have the meaning provided in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

(q) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(r) Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(s) Dissolution ” means when the Company, after having executed a certificate of dissolution with the State of Delaware (or other applicable state), has completely wound up its affairs. Conversion of the Company into a Limited Liability Company (or any other pass-through entity) will not be considered a “Dissolution” for purposes of the Plan.

(t) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

 

23.


(u) Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(v) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the IPO Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(x) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(y) Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(z) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(aa) Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not

 

24.


be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-K ”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(bb) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(cc) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(dd) Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(ee) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ff) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(gg) Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d).

(hh) Other Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ii) Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(jj) Own, ” “ Owned, ” “ Owner, ” “ Ownership ” means a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(kk) Participant ” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

 

25.


(ll) Performance Cash Award ” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(ii).

(mm) Performance Criteria ” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: (i) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (ii) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (iii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (iv) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (v) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (vi) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (vii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (viii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation, other non-cash expenses and changes in deferred revenue; (ix) total stockholder return; (x) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (xi) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (xii) stock price; (xiii) margin (including gross margin); (xiv) income (before or after taxes); (xv) operating income; (xvi) operating income after taxes; (xvii) pre-tax profit; (xviii) operating cash flow; (xix) sales or revenue targets; (xx) increases in revenue or product revenue; (xxi) expenses and cost reduction goals; (xxii) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (xxiii) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (xxiv) market share; (xxv) cash flow; (xxvi) cash flow per share; (xxvii) cash balance; (xxviii) cash burn; (xxix) cash collections; (xxx) share price performance; (xxxi) debt reduction; (xxxii) implementation or completion of projects or processes (including, without limitation, discovery of a pre-clinical drug candidate, recommendation of a drug candidate to enter a clinical trial, clinical trial initiation, clinical trial enrollment and dates, clinical trial results, regulatory filing submissions (such as IND, BLA and NDA), regulatory filing acceptances, regulatory or advisory committee interactions, regulatory approvals, and product supply); (xxxiii) stockholders’ equity; (xxxiv) capital expenditures; (xxxv) financings; (xxxvi) operating profit or net operating profit; (xxxvii) workforce diversity; (xxxviii) growth of net income or operating income; (xxxix) employee retention; (xl) initiation of studies by specific dates; (xli) budget management; (xlii) submission to, or approval by, a regulatory body (including, but not limited to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration) of an applicable filing or a product; (xliii) regulatory milestones; (xliv) progress of internal research or development programs; (xlv) progress of partnered programs; (xlvi) partner satisfaction; (xlvii) timely completion of clinical trials; (xlviii) milestones related to research development (including, but not limited to, preclinical and clinical studies), product development and manufacturing; (xlix) expansion of sales in additional geographies or markets; (l) research progress, including the development of programs; (li) strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property; (lii) filing of patent applications and granting of patents; and (liii) to the extent that an Award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by the Board.

(nn) Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative

 

26.


to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “items of an unusual nature or of infrequency of occurrence or non-recurring items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item; and (13) to exclude the effects of the timing of acceptance for review and/or approval of submissions to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration or any other regulatory body. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(oo) Performance Period ” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(pp) Performance Stock Award ” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(i).

(qq) Plan ” means this Tocagen Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

(rr) Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(ss) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a

 

27.


Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(tt) Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(uu) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(vv) Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(ww) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(xx) Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(yy) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(zz) Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award or any Other Stock Award.

(aaa) Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(bbb) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(ccc) Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(ddd) Transaction ” means a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control.

 

28.


Standard Form

T OCAGEN I NC .

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2017 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

Tocagen Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Stock Option Grant Notice, in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Optionholder:

   

 

 

Date of Grant:

   

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

   

 

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

   

 

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):

   

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

   

 

 

Expiration Date:

   

 

 

 

Type of Grant:   

  

Incentive Stock Option 1

  

  

Nonstatutory Stock Option

Exercise Schedule :   

  

Same as Vesting Schedule

  

  

Early Exercise Permitted

Vesting Schedule :   

[ One-fourth ( 1/4 th ) of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionholder’s Continuous Service as of each such date ]

Payment:   

By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):

  

  

By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company

  

  

Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the shares are publicly traded

  

  

By delivery of already-owned shares if the shares are publicly traded

  

  

If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

 

 

1  

If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

1.


Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding this option award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this option upon the terms and conditions set forth therein. By accepting this option, Optionholder consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

T OCAGEN I NC .     O PTIONHOLDER :

By:

 

 

   

 

Signature     Signature

Title:

 

 

   

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 

     

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

2


A TTACHMENT I

T OCAGEN I NC .

2017 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Tocagen Inc.(the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Subject to the provisions contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4. E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”). If permitted in your Grant Notice ( i.e. , the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

 

1


(a) a partial exercise of your option will be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise will be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you will enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Date of Grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price

 

2


not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

6. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

8. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in Section 7 above, your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, if during any part of such three (3) month period, the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)) below;

 

3


(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9. E XERCISE .

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By accepting your option you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate

 

4


compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rules or regulation (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this Section 9(d) will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 9(d). The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

10. T RANSFERABILITY . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a) Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(c) Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a Designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

11. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the

 

5


Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

12. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

13. T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the

 

6


“fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

14. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

15. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. In addition, your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.

16. O THER D OCUMENTS . You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

17. E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS . The value of this option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

18. V OTING R IGHTS . You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this option until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

19. S EVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be

 

7


unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

20. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

(c) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

(d) This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

*        *        *

This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Stock Option Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

8


A TTACHMENT II

2017 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

 

1


A TTACHMENT III

N OTICE OF E XERCISE

 

Tocagen Inc.

  

[Address]

  

Date of Exercise:                      

This constitutes notice to Tocagen Inc. (the “ Company ”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):

     Incentive  ☐      Nonstatutory  ☐ 

Stock option dated:

    

Number of Shares as to which option is exercised:

    

Certificates to be issued in name of:

    

Total exercise price:

   $                   $                

Cash payment delivered herewith:

   $                   $                

[Value of                  Shares delivered herewith 2 :

   $                   $             

[Value of                  Shares pursuant to net exercise 3 :

   $                   $             

[Regulation T Program (cashless exercise 4 ):

   $                   $             

 

 

2  

Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.

3  

The option must be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and the Company must have established net exercise procedures at the time of exercise, in order to utilize this payment method.

4  

Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option.

 

1


By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Tocagen Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

2


Double-Trigger Form

T OCAGEN I NC .

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2017 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

Tocagen Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Stock Option Grant Notice, in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Optionholder:

   

 

 

Date of Grant:

   

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

   

 

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

   

 

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):

   

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

   

 

 

Expiration Date:

   

 

 

 

Type of Grant :   

  

Incentive Stock Option 1

  

  

Nonstatutory Stock Option

Exercise Schedule :   

  

Same as Vesting Schedule

  

  

Early Exercise Permitted

Vesting Schedule :   

[ One-fourth ( 1/4 th ) of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionholder’s Continuous Service as of each such date and the potential vesting acceleration described in Section 1 of the Option Agreement ]

Payment :   

By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):

  

  

By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company

  

  

Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the shares are publicly traded

  

  

By delivery of already-owned shares if the shares are publicly traded

  

  

If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

 

 

1  

If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

1.


Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding this option award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this option upon the terms and conditions set forth therein. By accepting this option, Optionholder consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

T OCAGEN  I NC .     O PTIONHOLDER :

By:

 

 

   

 

  Signature       Signature

Title:

 

 

   

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 

     

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

2


A TTACHMENT I

T OCAGEN I NC .

2017 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Tocagen Inc.(the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Subject to the provisions contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. “ Double-Trigger” Vesting Acceleration Provision: If a Change in Control occurs and within one (1) month prior to, or within twelve (12) months after, the effective time of such Change in Control, your Continuous Service terminates due to an involuntary termination (not including death or Disability) without Cause or due to your voluntary termination with Good Reason, then, as of the date of termination of Continuous Service, the vesting and exercisability of your option will be accelerated in full.

(a) Good Reason ” means that one or more of the following are undertaken by the Company (or successor to the Company, if applicable) without your express written consent: (i) a material reduction in your annual base salary; provided, however , that Good Reason will not be deemed to have occurred in the event of a reduction in your annual base salary that is pursuant to a salary reduction program affecting substantially all of the employees of the Company and that does not adversely affect you to a greater extent than other similarly situated employees; (ii) a material reduction in your authority, duties or responsibilities; (iii) any failure by the Company to continue in effect any material benefit plan or program, including incentive plans or plans with respect to the receipt of securities of the Company, in which you were participating immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control (hereinafter referred to as “ Benefit Plans ”), or the taking of any action by the Company that would adversely affect your participation in or reduce your benefits under the Benefit Plans or deprive you of any fringe benefit that you enjoyed immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control; provided, however , that Good Reason will not be deemed to have occurred if the Company provides for your participation in benefit plans and programs that, taken as a whole, are comparable to the Benefit Plans; (iv) a relocation of your principal place of employment with the Company (or successor to the Company, if applicable) to a place that increases your one-way

 

1


commute by more than fifty (50) miles as compared to your then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation, except for required travel by you on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with your business travel obligations prior to the effective date of the Change in Control; or (v) a material breach by the Company of any provision of the Plan or the Option Agreement or any other material agreement between you and the Company concerning the terms and conditions of your employment or service with the Company.

(b) If any payment or benefit you would receive from the Company or otherwise in connection with a Change in Control or other similar transaction (a “ 280G Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then any such 280G Payment (a “ Payment ”) shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in your receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “ Reduction Method ”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for you. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “ Pro Rata Reduction Method ”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for you as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

Unless you and the Company agree on an alternative accounting firm, the accounting firm engaged by the Company for general tax compliance purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the change of control transaction triggering the Payment shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the change of control transaction, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder. The Company shall use

 

2


commercially reasonable efforts to cause the accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder to provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to you and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which your right to a 280G Payment becomes reasonably likely to occur (if requested at that time by you or the Company) or such other time as requested by you or the Company.

If you receive a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) of the first paragraph of this Section 1(b) and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, you shall promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) of the first paragraph of this Section 1(b) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) in the first paragraph of this Section 1(b), you shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4. E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”). If permitted in your Grant Notice ( i.e. , the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option will be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise will be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you will enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

 

3


(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Date of Grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

6. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the

 

4


issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

8. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in Section 7 above, your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, if during any part of such three (3) month period, the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)) below;

(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the

 

5


Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9. E XERCISE .

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By accepting your option you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rules or regulation (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this Section 9(d) will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 9(d). The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

6


10. T RANSFERABILITY . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a) Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(c) Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a Designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

11. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

12. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to

 

7


satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

13. T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

14. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

8


15. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. In addition, your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.

16. O THER D OCUMENTS . You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

17. E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS . The value of this option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

18. V OTING R IGHTS . You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this option until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

19. S EVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

20. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

 

9


(c) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

(d) This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

*        *        *

This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Stock Option Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

10


A TTACHMENT II

2017 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

 

1


A TTACHMENT III

N OTICE OF E XERCISE

 

Tocagen Inc.   

[Address]

  

Date of Exercise:                      

This constitutes notice to Tocagen Inc. (the “ Company ”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):

     Incentive  ☐      Nonstatutory  ☐ 

Stock option dated:

    

Number of Shares as to which option is exercised:

    

Certificates to be issued in name of:

    

Total exercise price:

   $                   $                

Cash payment delivered herewith:

   $                   $                

[Value of                  Shares delivered herewith 2 :

   $                   $             

[Value of                  Shares pursuant to net exercise 3 :

   $                   $             

[Regulation T Program (cashless exercise 4 ):

   $                   $             

 

2  

Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.

3  

The option must be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and the Company must have established net exercise procedures at the time of exercise, in order to utilize this payment method.

4  

Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option.

 

1


By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Tocagen Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

2


Non-Employee Director

T OCAGEN I NC .

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2017 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

Tocagen Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Stock Option Grant Notice, in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Optionholder:

   

 

 

Date of Grant:

   

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

   

 

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

   

 

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):

   

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

   

 

 

Expiration Date:

   

 

 

 

Type of Grant:   

  

Incentive Stock Option 1

  

  

Nonstatutory Stock Option

Exercise Schedule :   

  

Same as Vesting Schedule

  

  

Early Exercise Permitted

Vesting Schedule :

  

[                                  , subject to Optionholder’s Continuous Service as of each such date and the potential vesting acceleration described in Section 1 of the Option Agreement ]

Payment:   

By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):

  

  

By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company

  

  

Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the shares are publicly traded

  

  

By delivery of already-owned shares if the shares are publicly traded

  

  

If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

 

1  

If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

1.


Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Optionholder acknowledges of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding this option award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this option upon the terms and conditions set forth therein. By accepting this option, Optionholder consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

T OCAGEN I NC .

   

O PTIONHOLDER :

By:

 

 

   

 

  Signature       Signature

Title:

 

 

   

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 

     

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

2


A TTACHMENT I

T OCAGEN I NC .

2017 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Tocagen Inc.(the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

1. V ESTING .

(a) Subject to the provisions contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. If a Change in Control occurs and your Continuous Service has not terminated as of immediately prior to such Change in Control, the vesting and exercisability of your option will be accelerated in full.

(b) If any payment or benefit you would receive from the Company or otherwise in connection with a Change in Control or other similar transaction (a “ 280G Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then any such 280G Payment (a “ Payment ”) shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in your receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “ Reduction Method ”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for you. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “ Pro Rata Reduction Method ”).

 

1


Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for you as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

Unless you and the Company agree on an alternative accounting firm, the accounting firm engaged by the Company for general tax compliance purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the change of control transaction triggering the Payment shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the change of control transaction, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder to provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to you and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which your right to a 280G Payment becomes reasonably likely to occur (if requested at that time by you or the Company) or such other time as requested by you or the Company.

If you receive a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) of the first paragraph of this Section 1(b) and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, you shall promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) of the first paragraph of this Section 1(b) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) in the first paragraph of this Section 1(b), you shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in

 

2


the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4. E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”). If permitted in your Grant Notice ( i.e. , the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option will be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise will be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you will enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Date of Grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a

 

3


form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

6. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

8. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d));

(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)) below;

(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

4


If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9. E XERCISE .

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By accepting your option you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rules or regulation (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this Section 9(d) will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of

 

5


Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 9(d). The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

10. T RANSFERABILITY . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a) Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(c) Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a Designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

11. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

 

6


12. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

13. T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

14. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the

 

7


United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

15. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. In addition, your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.

16. O THER D OCUMENTS . You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

17. E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS . The value of this option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

18. V OTING R IGHTS . You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this option until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

19. S EVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

8


20. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

(c) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

(d) This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

*        *        *

This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Stock Option Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

9


A TTACHMENT II

2017 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

 

1


A TTACHMENT III

N OTICE OF E XERCISE

 

Tocagen Inc.

  
[Address]      Date of Exercise:                        

 

This constitutes notice to Tocagen Inc. (the “ Company ”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):

     Incentive  ☐      Nonstatutory  ☒ 

Stock option dated:

    

Number of Shares as to which option is exercised:

    

Certificates to be issued in name of:

    

Total exercise price:

   $               $                

Cash payment delivered herewith:

   $                   $                

[Value of                  Shares delivered herewith 2 :

   $                   $             

[Value of                  Shares pursuant to net exercise 3 :

   $                   $             

[Regulation T Program (cashless exercise 4 ):

   $                   $             

 

 

2  

Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.

3  

The option must be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and the Company must have established net exercise procedures at the time of exercise, in order to utilize this payment method.

4  

Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option.

 

1


By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Tocagen Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

2

Exhibit 10.4

T OCAGEN I NC .

2017 E MPLOYEE S TOCK P URCHASE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS :                     

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS :                     

 

1.

G ENERAL ; P URPOSE .

(a) The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain designated Related Corporations may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(b) The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of such Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

 

2.

A DMINISTRATION .

(a) The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical).

(ii) To designate from time to time which Related Corporations of the Company will be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(iii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iv) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vi) To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Related Corporations and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

1


(viii) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(c) The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee, the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

(d) All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.

S HARES OF C OMMON S TOCK S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed [                ] shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock that are automatically added on January 1st of each year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on the first January 1 following the year in which the IPO Date occurs and ending on (and including) January 1, [2027], in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) [    ]% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, and (ii) [                ] shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year to provide that there will be no January 1 st increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b) If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

 

4.

G RANT OF P URCHASE R IGHTS ; O FFERING .

(a) The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form

 

2


and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b) If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company: (i) each form will apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

(c) The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Purchase Period.

 

5.

E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation. Except as provided in Section 5(b), an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company or the Related Corporation, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company or the Related Corporation is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code.

(b) The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

 

3


(i) the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

(ii) the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(iii) the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c) No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

(d) As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(e) Officers of the Company and any designated Related Corporation, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate.

 

6.

P URCHASE R IGHTS ; P URCHASE P RICE .

(a) On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board, but in either case not exceeding 15% of such Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

(b) The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

 

4


(c) In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

(d) The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be not less than the lesser of:

(i) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

(ii) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

 

7.

P ARTICIPATION ; W ITHDRAWAL ; T ERMINATION .

(a) An Eligible Employee may elect to authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form provided by the Company. The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where applicable law requires that Contributions be deposited with a third party. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. If specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through the payment by cash or check prior to a Purchase Date.

(b) During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering shall thereupon terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent Offerings.

 

5


(c) Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason (subject to any post-employment participation period required by law) or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company will distribute to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions.

(d) During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary Designation as described in Section 10.

(e) Unless otherwise specified in the Offering, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

 

8.

E XERCISE OF P URCHASE R IGHTS .

(a) On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b) If any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock and such remaining amount is less than the amount required to purchase one share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will be held in such Participant’s account for the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the next Offering under the Plan, unless such Participant withdraws from or is not eligible to participate in such Offering, in which case such amount will be distributed to such Participant after the final Purchase Date, without interest. If the amount of Contributions remaining in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock is at least equal to the amount required to purchase one whole share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will not roll over to the next Offering and will instead be distributed in full to such Participant after the final Purchase Date of such Offering without interest.

(c) No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable federal, state, foreign and other securities and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 6 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all applicable laws, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed to the Participants without interest.

 

6


9.

C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

The Company will seek to obtain from each federal, state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

 

10.

D ESIGNATION OF B ENEFICIARY .

(a) The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such Designation of beneficiary. Any such Designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company.

(b) If a Participant dies, and in the absence of a valid beneficiary Designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

11.

A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; C ORPORATE T RANSACTIONS .

(a) In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock within ten business days prior to the Corporate Transaction

 

7


under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

 

12.

A MENDMENT , T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements, including any amendment that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to become Participants and receive Purchase Rights, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of awards available for issuance under the Plan, but in each of (i) through (v) above only to the extent stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements.

(b) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(c) Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the Plan complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

 

13.

E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the Board.

 

14.

M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

(a) Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until

 

8


the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

(c) The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation, or on the part of the Company or a Related Corporation to continue the employment of a Participant.

(d) The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of California without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

 

15.

D EFINITIONS .

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(c) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(d) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder .

(e) Committee ” means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(f) Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the common stock of the Company, having 1 vote per share.

(g) Company ” means Tocagen Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(h) “Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if

 

9


specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions.

(i) Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(j) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(k) Eligible Employee ” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(l) Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is “employed” for purposes of Section 423(b)(4) of the Code by the Company or a Related Corporation. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(m) Employee Stock Purchase Plan ” means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(n) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(o) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination , as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the

 

10


Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with applicable laws and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A of the Code.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(p) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(q) Offering ” means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “ Offering Document ” approved by the Board for that Offering.

(r) Offering Date ” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(s) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(t) Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

(u) Plan ” means this Tocagen Inc. 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(v) Purchase Date ” means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(w) Purchase Period ” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

(x) Purchase Right ” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(y) Related Corporation ” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(z) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

11


(aa) Trading Day ” means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the NYSE, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.

 

12

Exhibit 10.5

T OCAGEN I NC .

N ON -E MPLOYEE D IRECTOR C OMPENSATION P OLICY

Each member of the Board of Directors (the “Board” ) who is not also serving as an employee of or consultant to Tocagen Inc. ( “Tocagen” ) or any of its subsidiaries (each such member, an “Eligible Director” ) will receive the compensation described in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy for his or her Board service on and following the date of the underwriting agreement between Tocagen and the underwriters managing the initial public offering of the common stock of Tocagen (the “ Common Stock ”), pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced in such initial public offering (the “ Effective Date ”). This policy is effective as of the Effective Date and may be amended at any time in the sole discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board.

Annual Cash Compensation

The annual cash compensation amount set forth below is payable in equal quarterly installments, payable in arrears on the last day of each fiscal quarter in which the service occurred. If an Eligible Director joins the Board or a committee of the Board at a time other than effective as of the first day of a fiscal quarter, each annual retainer set forth below will be pro-rated based on days served in the applicable fiscal year, with the pro-rated amount paid for the first fiscal quarter in which the Eligible Director provides the service, and regular full quarterly payments thereafter. All annual cash fees are vested upon payment.

 

1.

Annual Board Service Retainer :

 

  a.

All Eligible Directors:                                 

 

  b.

Chairman of the Board Service Retainer (in addition to Eligible Director Service Retainer):                                 

 

  c.

Lead Independent Director Service Retainer (in addition to Eligible Director Service Retainer):                                 

 

2.

Annual Committee Member Service Retainer :

 

  a.

Member of the Audit Committee:                                 

 

  b.

Member of the Compensation Committee:                                 

 

  c.

Member of the Nominating & Governance Committee:                                 

 

3.

Annual Committee Chair Service Retainer (in addition to Committee Member Service Retainer) :

 

  a.

Chairman of the Audit Committee:                                 

 

  b.

Chairman of the Compensation Committee:                                 

 

  c.

Chairman of the Nominating & Governance Committee:                                 

Equity Compensation

The equity compensation set forth below will be granted under the Tocagen Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan” ), subject to the Tocagen stockholders’ approval of the Plan. All stock options granted under this policy will be nonstatutory stock options, with an exercise price per

 

1.


share equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) of the underlying Common Stock on the date of grant, and a term of ten years from the date of grant (subject to earlier termination in connection with a termination of service as provided in the Plan, provided that upon a termination of service other than for death, disability or cause, the post-termination exercise period will be 12 months from the date of termination).

1. Initial Grant : On the date of the Eligible Director’s initial election to the Board, for each Eligible Director who is first elected to the Board following the Effective Date (or, if such date is not a market trading day, the first market trading day thereafter), the Eligible Director will be automatically, and without further action by the Board or Compensation Committee of the Board, granted a stock option for                  shares (the “ Initial Grant ”). The shares subject to each Initial Grant will vest in equal monthly installments over a three year period such that the option is fully vested on the third anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the Eligible Director’s Continuous Service (as defined in the Plan) through each such vesting date and will vest in full upon a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan).

2. Annual Grant : On the date of each Tocagen annual stockholder meeting held after the Effective Date, for each Eligible Director who continues to serve as a non-employee member of the Board (or who is first elected to the Board at such annual stockholder meeting), the Eligible Director will be automatically, and without further action by the Board or Compensation Committee of the Board, granted a stock option for                  shares (the “ Annual Grant ”). In addition, each Eligible Director who is first elected to the Board following the Effective Date and other than at an annual stockholder meeting will be automatically, and without further action by the Board or Compensation Committee of the Board, granted an Annual Grant, pro rated for the number of months remaining until the next annual stockholder meeting. The shares subject to the Annual Grant will vest in equal monthly installments over the 12 months following the date of grant, provided that the Annual Grant will in any case be fully vested on the date of Tocagen’s next annual stockholder meeting, subject to the Eligible Director’s Continuous Service (as defined in the Plan) through such vesting date and will vest in full upon a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan).

 

2.

Exhibit 10.6

March 3, 2015

Dr. Asha Das

5 Heritage Place

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

Re:

Employment Terms

Dear Dr. Das,

Tocagen Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you the position of Vice President, Clinical Development and Medical Affairs on the following terms, and is looking forward to your joining our outstanding team.

You will be responsible for the duties described in Appendix A, and will report to our Chief Medical Officer. You will work as an exempt employee at our facility located in San Diego, California. Of course, the Company may change your position, duties, and work location from time to time in its discretion.

Your compensation rate will be $305,000 annually, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings, prorated for any partial year of employment on the basis of a 365-day fiscal year. You will be eligible for the Company’s standard health and welfare benefits, including medical and dental insurance. Details about these benefits will be provided in Summary Plan Descriptions and the Employee Handbook. The Company may change compensation and benefits from time to time in its discretion.

The Company is building a culture committed to excellence and the highest of ethical standards. We believe ownership of Tocagen Inc. common stock is a key element of supporting this culture, and this offer of employment includes an opportunity for you to be awarded stock options to acquire common stock in the Company. Specific information on the stock option component of your employment offer will be covered in a separate letter.

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by all Company policies and procedures, and acknowledge in writing that you have read and will comply with the Company’s Employee Handbook. As a condition of employment, you must read, sign and comply with the attached Employee Proprietary information and Inventions Agreement which, among other things, prohibits unauthorized use or disclosure of Company proprietary information and protects the Company’s rights in its intellectual property.

In your work for the Company, you will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company. You agree that you will not bring onto Company premises or use in your work for the Company any unpublished documents or property belonging to any former employer or third party that you are not authorized to use and disclose.

 

Tocagen Inc. 3030 Bunker Hill St., Suite. 230 San Diego, CA 92109 Main (858) 412-8400 Fax (858) 412-8499 www.tocagen.com


Dr. Asha Das-Page 2

March 3, 2015

 

You represent further that you have disclosed to the Company any contract you have signed that may restrict your activities on behalf of the Company. By accepting employment with the Company, you are representing that you will be able to perform your job duties within these guidelines.

Your employment relationship is at will. You may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying the Company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. Your employment at-will status can only be modified in a written agreement signed by you and by the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Executive Officer of the Company. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your right to work in the United States.

This letter, together with your Employee Proprietary Information and inventions Agreement, forms the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with the Company. The terms in this letter supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written. This letter agreement cannot be changed except in a written agreement signed by you and by the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

Please sign and date this letter and the enclosed Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement, and return them to me by March 10, 2015, if you wish to accept employment at the Company under the terms described above. If you accept our offer, we would like you to start on April 29, 2015. The Company asks that you provide a copy of your most recent paycheck from your previous employer on or before your start date.

We enthusiastically look forward to you joining us at Tocagen!

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Thomas E. Darcy

Thomas E. Darcy, Chief Financial Officer

Accepted:

 

/s/ Dr. Asha Das

   

3/7/2015

Dr. Asha Das

   

Date

 

Attachments:

 

Appendix A

 

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement


TOCAGEN INC.

Appendix A

Dr. Asha Das

Through the development of the Clinical Development (CD) and the Medical Affairs (MA) team, you will be accountable for Phase I-1V clinical and medical functions including: clinical development plan, clinical trial design and analysis, manuscripts, publications and external presentations. You will be responsible for leadership and management of early through late stage clinical program delivery according to agreed-upon deadlines and budgets. Working closely with the CMO, R&D, Regulatory, and Commercial teams, you will develop and execute clinical programs from early stage through full life cycle development. You will be responsible for the strategic resourcing of all Clinical/Medical Affairs areas of responsibility (excluding Clinical Operations/Biometrics). Positions in Clinical Development include medical monitors, clinical scientists, and medical writers.

The MA leadership role will involve creating, in 2015 and annually, a strategy for MA including life cycle management of the lead asset with tactical implementation including overall development and maintenance of “peer to peer” scientific relationships with critical stakeholders but not limited to key opinion leaders (KOLs) in health care, research, academia, and managed care organizations. Additional areas of responsibility for MA include: conference activities including management of abstract submissions and meeting presentations as well as playing a key role in the development and execution of the publication plan; the development and execution of the investigator-sponsored trials (1ST) as well as compassionate use and named patient protocols. MSLs will provide relevant disease state, study information and research findings regarding Company pipeline products, as well as current and expanding treatment in the area of oncology in addition to medical and educational strategies in collaboration with internal stakeholders; pairing educational and research needs with available resources and providing data in response to specific inquiries.

Duties and Responsibilities Include But Are Not Limited To:

 

 

Responsible for preparing clinical portions of new Drug Applications and Biologics License Applications, including protocols, investigator brochures, medical reports, efficacy and safety summaries, scientific rationales and benefit/risk ratios.

 

 

Develop and maintain key opinion leader relationships and serve as the clinical lead for advisory meetings.

 

 

Establish and maintain relationships with alliance partners, external service providers, investigators, and opinion leaders to optimize performance on clinical programs.

 

 

Prepare manuscripts for technical journals and make presentations at scientific meetings.

 

 

Participate in business development processes as needed.

 

 

Accountable for medical monitor activities for Phase I-IV studies (see Appendix B) through direct execution of activities or supervision of a medical monitor dependent on current staffing.

 

 

To execute the Medical Affairs strategic plan, you will build a team of internal (see Appendix C) and field based MSLs.

 

 

Accountable for clinical portion of regulatory documents such as Investigator Brochure update, and annual reports.

 

 

Accountable for pharmacovigilance for clinical projects including review and reporting of SAEs.

 

 

Perform other duties as required.


Appendix B

Medical Monitor Function/Scope:

The Medical Monitor is responsible for patient safety and provides medical guidance during study design and execution. In addition to study level activities, they participate on program teams, standing committees, review compounds for potential in-licensing, and provide assistance to new business development on market opportunity and target product profile. Generally provides clinical support across multiple programs comprised primarily of Phase I, Phase II, or Phase III studies; they oversee clinical trials to ensure compliance with GCP regulations and the safety of enrolled subjects. They may also be required to participate in design development strategy for a compound or group of compounds with multiple protocols designed to obtain world-wide approval. Plays an active role in the initiation of new investigational sites; will observe and quality assure surgical procedures. Serve as a medical/surgical liaison to ensure that the protocol is being faithfully adhered to, that all biosafety practices elaborated by the Institutional Biosafety Committee are being adhered to, and to report back to the team any observations that might be relevant in terms of improving safety or efficacy of the products.

Appendix C

Medical Science Liaison (in-house) Function/Scope:

The primary responsibility of the in house Medical Science Liaison (MSL) will be to provide overall development and support for Medical Affairs activities. The MSL will assist in the development and maintenance of “peer to peer” scientific relationships with critical stakeholder but not limited to key opinion leaders (KOLs) in health care, research, academia, and managed care organizations. Importantly the in house MSL will organize conference activities including management of abstract submissions and meeting presentations as well as playing a key role in the development and execution of the publication plan. In addition the in house MSL will play a leadership role in the development and execution of the investigator-sponsored trials (1ST) as well as compassionate use and named patient protocols. MSLs will provide relevant disease state, study information and research findings regarding Company pipeline products, as well as current and expanding treatment in the area of oncology.

The MSL will assist in the development of and delivery of clinical presentations to these stakeholders in a timely, ethical and customer -focused manner. In addition, the MSL will implement medical and educational strategies in collaboration with internal stakeholders; pairing educational and research needs with available resources and providing data in response to specific inquiries.


March 3, 2015

Dr. Asha Das

5 Heritage Place

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

Re:

Tocagen Stock Option Award

Dear Dr. Das,

Should you accept the offer of employment with Tocagen Inc. (the “Company”), and subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), the Company expects to award you an option to purchase 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price per share equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as determined by the Board as of the next stock option award date.

Your stock option award is currently expected to be made subject to the Company’s incentive plan and will be subject to various terms and conditions, including a four-year vesting schedule under which twenty-five percent (25%) of your stock option award will vest (become exercisable) after twelve months of employment, with the remainder vesting thereafter in equal monthly installments on the last calendar day of each month, until either fully vested or your employment ends, whichever occurs first.

The Company believes that employee equity ownership is an important element of our culture of excellence, and hopes you will share our view as a new Tocagen employee.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Thomas E. Darcy

Thomas E. Darcy, Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 10.7

***Text Omitted and Filed Separately

with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Confidential Treatment Requested

Under 17 C.F.R. Sections 200.80(b)(4)

and 230.406.

Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

LABORATORY SERVICES AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

(TOCAGEN AND SIEMENS)

This LABORATORY SERVICES AND LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), effective as of November 17, 2011 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc., a California corporation having its principal place of business at 511 Benedict Avenue, Tarrytown, NY 10591, United States of America (“Siemens”) and Tocagen Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware and having its principal place of business at 3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230, San Diego, CA 92109, United States of America (“Tocagen”). Siemens and Tocagen may be individually referred to as a “Party” or collectively as the “Parties” under this Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Tocagen is a biopharmaceutical company pursuing the discovery, development and commercialization of products for the treatment of cancer;

WHEREAS, Siemens operates a clinical laboratory located in Berkeley, California (the “Laboratory”) that holds accreditation under the Department of Health and Human Services Clinical Laboratory Improvement Act of 1988, as amended (“CLIA”), and is engaged in the business of developing and performing laboratory-developed tests (LDT’s);

WHEREAS, Tocagen desires to engage Siemens (i) to develop and perform certain in vitro diagnostic assays in connection with the Tocagen Trials of its cancer therapy Toca 511 and Toca FC, (ii) concurrently and/or thereafter, to further develop, obtain FDA approval for, and perform one or more of such in vitro diagnostic assays as companion diagnostics for Toca 511 and Toca FC after Toca 511 and Toca FC have received marketing approval from the FDA, and (iii) following FDA approval of such in vitro diagnostic assay as a companion diagnostic, to perform such in vitro diagnostic assays as necessary in connection with post-marketing clinical trials of Toca 511 and Toca FC; in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and other terms and conditions contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. DEFINITIONS.

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall, unless otherwise indicated, have the meanings set forth below:

 

1


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

1.1 “Affiliate” or “Affiliated” means, with respect to a Party, any other person or business entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Party. As used in this definition of “Affiliate,” the term “control” shall mean direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting or income interest in such business entity or having the power to govern, to determine the financial and operating policies, or to appoint the management of such business entity.

1.2 “Alliance Manager” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1.

1.3 “Approved IVD Product” means a Commercial IVD Product that has received Marketing Approval for clinical use in the Field in the Territory and is required or recommended as a companion diagnostic in the approved labeling for a Tocagen Product.

1.4 “Approved LDT” means a Commercial LDT that has received Marketing Approval for clinical use in the Field in the Territory and is required or recommended as a companion diagnostic in the approved labeling for a Tocagen Product.

1.5 “Approved Product” means an Approved LDT or an Approved IVD Product.

1.6 “Assays” means Clinical Assays, Designated Assays and Commercial Products.

1.7 “BLA/NDA” means a Biologics License Application, as described in 21 C.F.R. 601, et seq ., or any successor application thereto, or a New Drug Application, as defined in 21 C.F.R. 314, et seq ., or any successor application thereto; including, in each case, amendments or supplements thereto.

1.8 “Clinical Assay” means an in vitro diagnostic assay performed at the Laboratory in connection with a Tocagen Trial, which assay has not received Marketing Approval.

1.9 “Commercial Development Plan” means the written plan to be developed by the Parties for development of the Designated Assays into the Commercial LDTs.

1.10 “Commercial Development Program” shall mean the activities contemplated by Sections 5.2 and 5.3 hereof, as more fully described in the Commercial Development Plan. The Commercial Development Program will be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Development Plan.

1.11 “Commercial IVD Product” means an in vitro diagnostic (IVD) kit or product comprising the means to perform a Designated Assay as a companion diagnostic for a Tocagen Product, which kit or product would, after receipt of Marketing Approval, be sold to Third Party customers for end use.

1.12 “Commercial LDT” means a Designated Assay that would, after receipt of Marketing Approval, be performed at the Laboratory as a companion diagnostic for a Tocagen Product on behalf of Third Party customers as a commercial service offering.

1.13 “Commercial Product” means a Commercial LDT or a Commercial IVD Product.

 

  2   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

1.14 “Commercial Testing” has the meaning provided in Section 6.3(c).

1.15 “Commercially Reasonable Efforts” shall mean efforts and resources that would normally be used by a Party with respect to an item owned or being developed by it for commercial or other use which is of a similar market potential at a similar stage in its development or product life, taking into account matters of safety and efficacy; product profile; the competitiveness of the marketplace; the proprietary position of the product; the regulatory structure involved; the profitability of the applicable products; the value of the royalty payments to which such party may be entitled under this Agreement; and other relevant factors.

1.16 “Confidential Information” means information that relates to a Product or its development, manufacture, testing, Marketing Approval, pricing, marketing, sale or support, or other proprietary, confidential, or commercially sensitive information of a Party, which is disclosed to the other Party, including, but not limited to, technical, financial and business information, samples of compounds, the structure or chemical identity of compounds, the properties and utilities of compounds, manufacturing procedures, vendor relationships (including the terms thereof), manufacturing processes, manufacturing equipment, quality control procedures, methods or uses, and quality control standards.

1.17 “Designated Assays” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

1.18 “Diagnostics Joint Invention” means a Joint Invention that is neither a Tocagen Technology Joint Invention nor a Pharma Invention.

1.19 “Existing Assay” means any of the existing assays identified in Schedule 1.19 attached to this Agreement, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time by mutual written agreement of the Parties.

1.20 “Ex-US Diagnostics Partner” means any Third Party to which Tocagen grants a license or other rights to develop or commercialize, outside the Territory, any Assay, Approved Product, or other in vitro diagnostic assay intended for use as a companion diagnostic for Tocagen Product or Other Tocagen Product.

1.21 “FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration and any successor agency thereto.

1.22 “Field” means primary brain cancer in humans, subject to Section 5.5(b).

1.23 “First Commercial Sale” means:

(a) in the case of an Approved Product, the first sale for end use or consumption of such Approved Product in the Territory following the later of (i) Marketing Approval of such Approved Product for use as a companion diagnostic with a Tocagen Product, and (ii) Marketing Approval of such Tocagen Product; or

 

  3   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

(b) in the case of a Tocagen Product, the first sale for end use or consumption of such Tocagen Product in the Territory following Marketing Approval of such Tocagen Product.

Sale to an Affiliate or sublicensee shall not constitute a First Commercial Sale unless the Affiliate or sublicensee is the end user of the applicable Approved Product or Tocagen Product.

1.24 “Invention” means any conception, reduction to practice, discovery or invention, whether or not patentable, made by a Party or jointly by the Parties during the Term in performing the Trial Development Program, the Commercial Development Program (including performance of the Laboratory Services), or Commercial Testing.

1.25 “Joint Invention” means any Invention as to which at least one employee or consultant of Siemens and at least one employee or consultant of Tocagen are inventors (such inventorship to be determined in accordance with U.S. patent laws).

1.26 “Laboratory Services” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

1.27 “Marketing Approval” means:

(a) in the case of a Designated Assay, receipt from the FDA of such authorization, approval or clearance as is legally required to market and sell such Designated Assay for clinical use in the Field in the Territory as a companion diagnostic for a Tocagen Product, any such authorization, approval or clearance that is limited to performance of such Designated Assay at the Laboratory being referred to herein as “LDT Marketing Approval” and any such approval, authorization or clearance that authorizes the sale to Third Parties of the means to perform such Designated Assay being referred to herein as “IVD Marketing Approval”; and

(b) in the case of a Tocagen Product, FDA approval of a BLA/NDA for a Tocagen Product.

1.28 “Net Assay Revenue” means the gross amounts invoiced from the sale of the performance of Approved LDTs by Siemens for an independent Third Party in a bona-fide, arms-length transaction, after deducting (to the extent actually incurred and to the extent not already deducted in the amount invoiced): [ …***…].

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  4   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

1.29 “Net Product Sales” means the aggregate gross invoice price of (a) Approved IVD Products sold by Siemens, its Affiliates and its or their licensees, and (b) Tocagen Products sold by Tocagen, its Affiliates and its or their licensees, in each case, in the Territory to independent Third Parties in bona-fide, arm’s-length transactions, less the following amounts actually incurred, allowed or taken by such Party, its Affiliates or such licensees (to the extent attributable to the applicable Product and to the extent not already deducted in the amount invoiced): [ …***…]. Products used in commercially reasonable quantities for promotional or sampling purposes by a Party for which such Party receives no consideration, Products used in preclinical studies or clinical trials, and Products used in limited numbers in compassionate use programs shall not be considered in determining Net Product Sales.

1.30 “Other Tocagen Product” means any therapeutic product (other than a Tocagen Product) that is based on Tocagen’s retroviral technology and/or Tocagen’s cytosine deaminase technology.

1.31 “Pharma Invention” means any Invention, regardless of inventorship, that relates to the composition of matter or any formulation of, or any method of discovering, making or using, a Tocagen Product or Other Tocagen Product.

1.32 “Pivotal Trial” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.9.

1.33 “Product” means any Commercial IVD Product or Tocagen Product.

1.34 “Program” means all of the activities of the Parties pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Trial Development Program, the Laboratory Services, the Commercial Development Program and commercialization of the Commercial LDTs and Tocagen Products.

1.35 “Sample” means a patient sample obtained by or on behalf of Tocagen from a Tocagen Trial participant pursuant to the protocol for such Tocagen Trial and provided to Siemens for testing using the applicable Assays.

1.36 “Siemens Licensed IP” means: (a) all Inventions made solely by Siemens or its Affiliates (other than Pharma Inventions and Tocagen Technology Joint Inventions); and (b) all intellectual property rights in any of the foregoing.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  5   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

1.37 “Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

1.38 “Territory” means the United States of America.

1.39 “Third Party” means any entity other than Tocagen or Siemens or an Affiliate of either of them.

1.40 “Tocagen Licensed IP” means: (a) all technology owned or controlled by Tocagen as of the Effective Date or during the Term that is necessary or useful for the development, manufacture or use of Clinical Assays, Designated Assays or Commercial Products or for the development, manufacture, use or commercialization of Approved Products, including, without limitation, Tocagen Technology Joint Inventions; and (b) all intellectual property rights in any of the foregoing.

1.41 “Tocagen Product” means Toca 511 and/or Toca FC, each as defined below:

(a) “Toca 511” means Tocagen’s proprietary gene therapy product candidate known as Toca 511.

(b) “Toca FC” means any Tocagen product containing 5-FC (flucytosine).

1.42 “Tocagen Technology Joint Invention” means any Joint Invention that relates or is directed to any diagnostic assay for use with a Tocagen Product or Other Tocagen Product, but excluding any Pharma Invention.

1.43 “Tocagen Trial” means a Pre-Approval Trial or a Post-Marketing Trial, each as defined below:

(a) “Pre-Approval Trial” means any Phase 1, Phase 2 or Phase 3 clinical trial of a Tocagen Product in the Field that is conducted during the Term and the protocol for which expressly contemplates testing of trial subjects using an in vitro diagnostic assay as a companion diagnostic.

(b) “Post-Marketing Trial” means any post-marketing clinical trial of a Tocagen Product in the Field that is conducted during the Term and the protocol for which expressly contemplates testing of trial subjects using an in vitro diagnostic assay as a companion diagnostic.

1.44 “Trial Development Plan” means the written plan, the initial representative outline of which is attached as Exhibit A , established pursuant to Section 3.3 providing, as updated by mutual agreement of the Parties from time to time, for development of the Existing Assays into Commercial Products for use as companion diagnostics with Tocagen Products in the Field, which plan shall include a protocol for the performance of the Clinical Assays by Siemens in connection with the Tocagen Trials.

1.45 “Trial Development Program” means the activities contemplated by Section 3.3 hereof, as more fully described in the Trial Development Plan. The Trial Development Program will be conducted in accordance with the Trial Development Plan.

 

  6   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

1.46 “US Co-Exclusive Diagnostics Partner” has the meaning provided in Section 6.5.

2. CONDUCT OF PROGRAM

2.1 Alliance Managers . Tocagen and Siemens each shall appoint an individual (an “Alliance Manager”) to coordinate, and to be the primary contact between the Parties with respect to, the Trial Development Program and the Commercial Development Program. Each Party shall notify the other Party within [ …***…] days after the Effective Date of the appointment of its Alliance Manager and shall notify the other Party as soon as practicable upon changing this appointment.

2.2 Program Meetings . The Parties shall meet regularly (in person or by video, telephone or web conference) to review the performance by each Party of its responsibilities under this Agreement. It is expected that program review meetings will take place at least quarterly. Subjects for discussion at such meetings shall include, but not be limited to, the subjects listed on Schedule 2.2 hereto.

2.3 Commercially Reasonable Efforts . Each Party shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to accomplish the tasks assigned to it under this Agreement, the Trial Development Plan and the Commercial Development Plan, in each case using reasonable good faith efforts to do so within the time schedule set forth in the applicable document.

2.4 Costs Borne by Parties . During the Term, Siemens shall reimburse Tocagen for […***…]% ([…***…] percent) of the costs and expenses incurred by Tocagen for the prosecution and maintenance of the patents and patent applications covering the Existing Assays, Clinical Assays, Designated Assays, Commercial Products and Approved Products, as applicable, up to a maximum reimbursement in any Siemens fiscal year of $[…***…] ([…***…] Dollars). Siemens shall reimburse Tocagen for such costs and expenses within […***…] days of receipt of an invoice therefor. Tocagen shall promptly furnish such supporting documentation for such expenses as Siemens may reasonably request. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Trial Development Plan and the Commercial Development Plan, each Party will bear its own costs in performing the tasks it is required to perform in accordance with the Trial Development Plan and the Commercial Development Plan.

3. TRANSFER OF EXISTING ASSAYS AND DEVELOPMENT OF CLINICAL ASSAYS

3.1 Assay Transfer . Promptly following the Effective Date, Tocagen will provide to Siemens the detailed specifications, design control histories and materials for the Existing Assays. Following the completion of the technology transfer and during the Term, Siemens shall maintain design control with respect to the Clinical Assays.

3.2 Training . Tocagen will provide on-site training as required at the Laboratory to enable Siemens to perform the Existing Assays.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  7   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

3.3 Development . Tocagen and Siemens will collaborate in the attempt to develop Clinical Assays to be used as companion diagnostics for the Tocagen Products. Following completion of transfer of the Existing Assays to Siemens, Siemens shall submit to Tocagen a draft Trial Development Plan. The final Trial Development Plan shall be subject to mutual agreement of the Parties and shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of Tocagen and the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of Siemens MM Business Unit (or another Siemens officer with equivalent authority). Each party will conduct its responsibilities under the Trial Development Plan in a timely, competent and professional manner and in compliance with applicable law and will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to complete its responsibilities according to the timeframes, budgets and schedules listed in the Trial Development Plan. The Trial Development Plan shall include at least the following:

(a) Sample and data workflow and disclosure to Tocagen of all results of Laboratory Services;

(b) Timelines and formats for reporting results;

(c) Validation reports and technical protocols for the Clinical Assays;

(d) Reagent manufacturing plans, including qualified vendors, and timelines;

(e) Storage of retention vials of Samples by Siemens (including storage conditions) and access thereto by Tocagen;

(f) Provision by Tocagen of information regarding the assay materials identified in Schedule 3.3(f) attached hereto; and

(g) The portion of the protocol for each Tocagen Trial that is relevant to the provision of the Laboratory Services.

4. LABORATORY SERVICES FOR TRIALS

4.1 Laboratory Services; Number of Samples . Siemens shall (a) test Samples from each Pre-Approval Trial using the Clinical Assays specified in the protocol for such Pre- Approval Trial, (b) test Samples from each Post-Marketing Trial using the Clinical Assays, Designated Assay(s), Commercial Product(s) and/or Approved Product(s) specified in the protocol for such Post-Marketing Trial, and (c) perform ancillary services in connection with the foregoing testing (collectively, the “Laboratory Services”), each as described in the Trial Development Plan. It is specifically understood and agreed that the Clinical Assays are for investigational purposes. The expected number of tests to be performed with each type of Clinical Assay is set forth on Schedule 4.1 hereto, and the maximum number of tests required to be performed by Siemens with each such type of Clinical Assay shall not exceed [ …***…] percent ([…***…]%) of such expected number for such type of Clinical Assay.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  8   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

4.2 Protected Health Information . Neither Party shall provide any patient-identifiable information to the other Party in connection with any Tocagen Trial, except as expressly contemplated by the protocol for such Tocagen Trial, and Siemens shall not provide any patient-identifiable information to Tocagen in connection with clinical test services provided by Siemens to Third Parties. Each of Siemens and Tocagen covenants that it will respect and abide by all federal, state and local laws pertaining to confidentiality and disclosure with regard to all information or records obtained in the course of performing the Tocagen Trials or the Laboratory Services and shall permit access to such information or records only as authorized by law, including, without limitation, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) regulations (45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and 164) as to the protection and security of protected health information.

4.3 IRB Approval . Tocagen’s principal investigators for the Tocagen Trials shall be responsible for determining whether study information must be submitted to and approved by an appropriate Institutional Review Board (“IRB”), obtaining IRB review and approval if necessary and implementing IRB requirements, if any, relating to informed consent in connection with the performance by Siemens of the Laboratory Services. If an IRB raises any issues concerning the Laboratory Services, Tocagen shall promptly notify Siemens and work with Siemens and Tocagen’s principal investigators to resolve those issues. Tocagen shall submit all IRB approvals applicable to Laboratory Services and related documentation to Siemens for its review and records.

4.4 Compliance . Siemens shall conduct the Laboratory Services for each Tocagen Trial in accordance with the Trial Development Plan (including the portions of the protocol for such Tocagen Trial included in the Trial Development Plan) and in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidelines, including applicable FDA regulations, applicable quality system regulations as defined by 21 C.F.R. Part 820, and if applicable, current Good Laboratory Practices (21 C.F.R. Part 58) and current Good Clinical Practices. Siemens shall at all times during the Term maintain the CLIA accreditation of the Laboratory and each other facility where Laboratory Services are performed. Siemens will notify Tocagen of any planned or unplanned audits or inspections by regulatory or accreditation agencies and the results thereof within [ …***…] business days of such audits or inspections. In addition, if at any time during the Term, Siemens’ strategy to pursue “LDT Marketing Approval” is rejected by the FDA or the FDA otherwise requires that Siemens change such strategy, Siemens shall provide Tocagen with prompt written notice thereof, which shall in no event be more than […***…] business days from learning of such rejection or required change, and the Parties shall promptly discuss in good faith and attempt to mutually agree as to whether or not Siemens will seek IVD Marketing Approval of the Designated Assays. Should the Parties be unable to reach mutual agreement regarding regulatory strategy within
[…***…] business days of such notice, then either Party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other Party, provided that, notwithstanding such termination by either Party, Siemens shall continue to provide the Laboratory Services for any Pre-Approval Trial the protocol for which has been submitted to FDA until the conclusion of such Pre-Approval Trial.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  9   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

4.5 Record-Keeping . The Parties will maintain durable records, including backup files, of all data accumulated during the performance of, and in connection with, the Laboratory Services. Such records shall be maintained where necessary for submission to regulatory authorities and made available to the other Party and its authorized representatives for a period of at least [ …***…] following expiration or termination of this Agreement, or a longer period if required by law or regulation or either Party notifies the other in writing of such longer period. Following the retention period described above, neither party will destroy the records without first giving the other party prior written notice and the opportunity to further store the records at such party’s expense. Such records shall also be made available, as required by law, regulation, this Agreement, or any applicable clinical trial protocol, to competent health regulatory agencies, e.g., the FDA. Each Party shall notify the other Party promptly upon receipt of a request by a health regulatory agency to inspect the records.

4.6 Results . All data generated by Siemens or its employees, agents, consultants, or other representatives in the course of performing the Laboratory Services, whether in written, graphic or electronic form or contained in any computer database or in any computer readable form (collectively, the “Results”), will be co-owned by Tocagen and Siemens. Siemens shall record, or cause to be recorded, all Results in a timely, accurate and complete manner. All Results collected shall be delivered to Tocagen by Siemens in a timely manner throughout the performance of Laboratory Services. Subject to Section 8 hereof, Tocagen shall have the right to review, publish, disclose and use any Results as Tocagen, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, including, without limitation, in submission to the FDA or any foreign regulatory authority. Subject to Section 8 hereof, Siemens shall have the right to use any Results in submission to the FDA with respect to any Designated Assay as contemplated by the Trial Development Plan and the Commercial Development Plan or as otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties in writing. Any copyrightable work created in connection with the performance of the Services and contained in or relating to the Results will be considered a work made for hire, whether published or unpublished, and all rights therein will be the joint property of Tocagen and Siemens as co-authors and co-owners of copyright in such work.

4.7 FDA Requirements for Submissions . Each Party understands and agrees that if the Samples are intended to be used in connection with a submission to the FDA to obtain or maintain Marketing Approval of a Designated Assay, Commercial Product, Approved Product or Tocagen Product, the submitting Party must comply with applicable FDA regulations and requirements, including obtaining certain financial disclosure information from investigators and making certain disclosures with respect to certain financial arrangements between investigators and the submitting Party. Each Party agrees to cooperate fully with the other Party in complying with all such regulations, and agree(s) to fully and truthfully disclose any required information pursuant to such regulations.

4.8 Information Access for Regulators . It is understood and agreed that the FDA or other health authorities may require access to information regarding Tocagen Trials or Laboratory Services for the purposes of Sample collection by Tocagen, for purposes of obtaining or maintaining Marketing Approvals and for purposes of satisfying FDA or other health authority reporting requirements. Each of Tocagen and Siemens agree to take all necessary steps and actions to ensure such access pursuant to any applicable laws and regulations.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  10   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

4.9 Diligence . The Parties acknowledge that Tocagen expects to commence registration trial(s) of the Tocagen Product in the Field [ …***…] (the “Pivotal Trial”) which Tocagen believes will require the use of a companion diagnostic assay. Accordingly, Siemens will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to have available prior to the start of the Pivotal Trial Clinical Assays to support the performance of the Pivotal Trial with expected analytical performance characteristics. However, it is possible that Tocagen will be ready to initiate the Pivotal Trial earlier than expected. Accordingly, and notwithstanding the exclusivity of the license granted to Siemens pursuant to Section 6.3(a), Tocagen shall have the right to initiate the Pivotal Trial prior to availability of the Clinical Assay(s), in which event Tocagen may use a Third Party provider of laboratory testing services to perform the Existing Assays for the Pivotal Trial until such time as the Clinical Assay(s) are available. When the Clinical Assay(s) become available, Tocagen shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable (taking into account applicable regulatory requirements, patient safety, and the need to avoid any disruption of the Pivotal Trial), initiate an orderly transition of testing services for the Pivotal Trial to Siemens. For the avoidance of doubt, Tocagen’s use of a Third Party to perform the Existing Assays for the Pivotal Trial as contemplated by this Section 4.9 shall be without prejudice to Siemens’ right to receive royalties in accordance with Section 7.3.

4.10 Rights of Cross-Reference . Siemens hereby:

(a) grants to Tocagen, its Affiliates, and its licensees with respect to Tocagen Products, the right to cross-reference Siemens’ regulatory submissions and approvals pertaining to any Assay or Approved Product (the “Siemens Regulatory Filings”) for the purpose of obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals with respect to Tocagen Products and Other Tocagen Products anywhere in the world;

(b) grants to Tocagen, its Affiliates, and its Ex-US Diagnostics Partners the right to cross-reference the Siemens Regulatory Filings for the purpose of obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals outside the Territory with respect to any Assay, Approved Product, or other in vitro diagnostic assay intended for use as a companion diagnostic for any Tocagen Product or Other Tocagen Product; and

(c) grants to Tocagen, its Affiliates and the US Co-Exclusive Diagnostics Partner (if any) the right to cross-reference the Siemens Regulatory Filings for the purpose of obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals in the Territory with respect to any in vitro diagnostic assay developed outside of the Trial Development Program and Commercial Development Program and intended for use as a companion diagnostic for any Tocagen Product or Other Tocagen Product in the Territory; provided, however, that the grant of rights under this subparagraph (c) shall be effective only if and to the extent that FDA requires that Tocagen, any of its Affiliates or the US Co-Exclusive Diagnostics Partner cross-reference the Siemens Regulatory Filings.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  11   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Within [ …***…] business days after Tocagen’s written request, Siemens shall deliver to Tocagen for filing with FDA or any foreign regulatory authority designated by Tocagen such authorization letters as Tocagen deems necessary for the foregoing purposes, which shall be in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule 4.10, subject to such modifications as may be required by applicable law; provided, however, that if Tocagen proposes any material modifications to such form, Siemens shall be entitled to an additional […***…] business days for review and approval of the modified form; and provided, further, that Tocagen shall be responsible for obtaining any notarization, legalization or apostille that may be required for filing of any authorization letter with a foreign regulatory authority.

4.11 Assay Performance Comparison Program . If, subject to Tocagen’s compliance with Sections 5.4, 5.5(a) and/or 6.5, as applicable, Tocagen grants one or more Third Parties a license under Tocagen Licensed IP to commercialize in vitro diagnostics products as companion diagnostics for any Tocagen Product, then, at Tocagen’s written request, Siemens agrees to participate in a reasonable and customary program of method comparability/equivalence testing with such other Third Party licensees.

5. COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT

5.1 Commercial Development Plan . From time to time, as necessary, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith, mutually agree upon, and implement the Commercial Development Plan, including Designation of the assays to be developed as Commercial Products (“Designated Assays”). The final Commercial Development Plan shall be subject to mutual agreement of the Parties and shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of Tocagen and the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of Siemens MM Business Unit. It is expected that the Designated Assays will be a subset of the Clinical Assays.

5.2 Siemens Responsibilities . Siemens shall have the following responsibilities under the Commercial Development Plan:

(a) Siemens will perform all research and development and validation work necessary to develop the Designated Assays into Commercial Products.

(b) Siemens shall hold and maintain the assigned elements of the design history file (“DHF”) containing the development and all changes to the Commercial Product in accordance with 21 C.F.R. 820.30 and ISO 13485:2003 requirements. Design documents intended for DHF or regulatory submission as determined by Quality Assurance from both Parties must include Tocagen quality approval signatures. Siemens shall make all elements of the DHF held by Siemens available to Tocagen for inspection upon request. Any observed deviation shall be reviewed at program review meetings and corrected as required to the extent agreed by the Alliance Managers before transfer of the DHF material to Tocagen

(c) Siemens will make or have made materials and/or reagents for validation of Commercial Products and Approved Products. Materials and/or reagents must be procured from Siemens’ qualified vendors, and new lot numbers must be qualified before being put into use. Each batch/lot of material procured by Siemens must meet the

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  12   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

approved specifications for that material, and Siemens shall provide to Tocagen a reference standard from each such batch. Documentation of that compliance is required for production and release of reagents that are used in the Commercial Products and Approved Products. Siemens may rely on its suppliers to meet specifications where such suppliers provide evidence of conformity. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Siemens shall perform all quality control testing for Commercial IVD Products and Approved IVD Products according to test methods and acceptance criteria agreed with Tocagen.

(d) Siemens will establish Third-Party billing processes and infrastructure.

(e) Siemens will determine the use of existing CPT codes or apply for a new Local Coverage Decision for reimbursement of the Commercial Products and develop a strategy to ensure maximal coverage for and market access to the Approved Products including any necessary Health Economics Outcomes Research (“HEOR”) to demonstrate utility and cost effectiveness of the Commercial Products.

(f) Siemens will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to seek and obtain Marketing Approval in the Territory for the Designated Assays in accordance with the Commercial Development Plan and shall have the right to use and cross-reference such Tocagen clinical data regarding the Tocagen Product as is necessary for regulatory submissions with respect to Commercial Products and Approved Products in the Territory.

(g) To the extent legally permissible and consistent with any program established to comply with regulatory reporting requirements, Siemens through the Laboratory will offer testing services using the Approved Products and will bill patients and/or insurers for the performance of such testing services.

(h) Siemens will not sell any Commercial Product developed under this Agreement prior to the First Commercial Sale of a Tocagen Product, without Tocagen’s prior written consent. In the event Tocagen consents to such a sale, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and agree upon payments due to Tocagen for the sale of such assays.

(i) Subject to Section 4.9, upon the commencement of Tocagen’s Pivotal Trial, Siemens will be prepared to conduct the Designated Assays to support the Pivotal Trial and subsequent data submissions to the FDA as necessary for Marketing Approval of Tocagen Products.

5.3 Tocagen Responsibilities . Tocagen shall have the following responsibilities under the Commercial Development Plan:

(a) Once the regulatory strategy in the Commercial Development Plan is acceptable to FDA, Tocagen will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to pursue Marketing Approval of Tocagen Products.

 

  13   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

(b) Tocagen will develop marketing materials for any Tocagen Product that has received Marketing Approval that include, to the extent legally permissible and commercially reasonable, information regarding the Approved LDT’s and how to submit samples and orders to Siemens for such Approved LDT’s.

5.4 Ex-US Agreement . In the event that an Assay is required to be performed in one or more jurisdiction(s) outside the Territory in connection with the Tocagen Trials or otherwise in connection with the commercialization of a Tocagen Product in the Field in such jurisdiction(s), the Parties will discuss in good faith to reach an agreement applicable to such jurisdiction(s) between Tocagen and one or more of Siemens’ Affiliates operating qualified facilities in such jurisdiction(s). If, after a period of [ …***…] days, an agreement has not been reached, Tocagen may at its sole discretion undertake the necessary activities itself or initiate alternative partnership(s) with one or more Third Parties in such jurisdiction(s) on such terms as Tocagen, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

5.5 Right of First Negotiation for Additional Indications .

(a) During the Term, if Tocagen proposes to pursue partnership or collaboration with one or more Third Parties for the development and commercialization of companion diagnostics for Tocagen Product for any human indication outside the Field (each an “Additional Indication”) in the Territory, then before entering into an agreement with any Third Party regarding such partnership or collaboration, Tocagen shall notify Siemens in writing of such intent, which notice shall identify the Additional Indication. During the […***…]-day period following Siemens’ receipt of such notice, Tocagen shall, and it hereby does, grant to Siemens an exclusive right of first negotiation to enter into such partnership or collaboration for an Additional Indication in the Territory. Siemens may exercise such right of first negotiation upon written notice to Tocagen given at any time prior to the expiration of such […***…]-day period. In the event of such exercise, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith for up to an additional […***…] days regarding the consideration and other terms pursuant to which Tocagen would enter into such partnership or collaboration with Siemens for an Additional Indication in the Territory, and such exclusive right shall automatically be extended until the end of such […***…]-day negotiation period. If Siemens fails to exercise its right of first negotiation for an Additional Indication by the expiration of the […***…]-day notice period, or if Siemens timely exercises such right for an Additional Indication but the Parties fail to enter into a definitive agreement for such Additional Indication by the end of such […***…]-day negotiation period, then, in each case, such Additional Indication shall be deemed a “Waived Indication” for purposes of this Section 5.5, and Tocagen shall be free to negotiate with Third Parties and to enter into an agreement with any such Third Party for such Waived Indication in the Territory.

(b) If, during the Term and prior to initiation of the Pivotal Trial, Tocagen determines to postpone or cancel development of companion diagnostics for Tocagen Product in the Field in the Territory in favor of the development of companion diagnostics for Tocagen Product for an Additional Indication (other than a Waived Indication) in the Territory, then Tocagen shall notify Siemens in writing of such determination, which notice shall identify the Additional Indication. During the […***…]-day period following Siemens’ receipt of such

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  14   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

notice, Siemens shall have the right to substitute such Additional Indication for primary brain cancer for purposes of the definition of the “Field” hereunder. Siemens may exercise such right of substitution upon written notice to Tocagen given at any time prior to the expiration of such [ …***…]-day period, and upon such exercise the “Field” shall be deemed to mean such Additional Indication, instead of primary brain cancer.

5.6 No Commitment to Certain Activities . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.2, Tocagen acknowledges that as of the date hereof Siemens has no commitment to carry out the activities contemplated by paragraphs (d), (e) and (g) of said Section 5.2. If Siemens does not commit to carry out such activities by July 1, 2012, then Tocagen shall have the right to terminate this Agreement as provided in Section 9.4(b).

6. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

6.1 Tocagen Product Rights . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Siemens acknowledges that: (a) as between the Parties, the Tocagen Products and Other Tocagen Products are proprietary to Tocagen; (b) as between the Parties, Tocagen shall at all times be and remain the sole and exclusive owner of all right, title and interest in each Tocagen Product and Other Tocagen Product (including, without limitation, the composition or formulation of, or any method of discovering, making or using, any Tocagen Product or Other Tocagen Product, or any derivative thereof), including all patent and other intellectual property rights therein; (c) Siemens shall not acquire, by virtue of this Agreement or any activities contemplated hereby, any right, title, license or other interest in any Tocagen Product or Other Tocagen Product (including, without limitation, the composition or formulation of, or any method of discovering, making or using, any Tocagen Product or Other Tocagen Product, or any derivative thereof), or under any patent or other intellectual property rights controlled by Tocagen with respect to any of the foregoing; and (d) Tocagen shall at all times be free to use and dispose of rights to any Tocagen Product or Other Tocagen Product for any purpose without obligation to Siemens (other than Tocagen’s royalty obligations under Section 7.4).

6.2 Ownership of Program IP . Ownership of Inventions shall follow inventorship, as determined in accordance with U.S. patent law ( i.e. , a Party shall solely own Inventions made solely by one or more of its employees or consultants, and the Parties shall jointly own Joint Inventions), except as follows:

(a) All Pharma Inventions and Tocagen Technology Joint Inventions shall be solely owned by Tocagen, and Siemens hereby assigns to Tocagen all right, title and interest in and to all Pharma Inventions and Tocagen Technology Joint Inventions, including all intellectual property rights therein, without additional compensation beyond the payments expressly provided for herein. Tocagen hereby grants to Siemens, subject to the limitations expressly set forth in the last paragraph of Section 6.3, an irrevocable, perpetual, unrestricted, no-cost, non-exclusive license under the Tocagen Technology Joint Inventions with the right for Siemens to grant sublicenses solely in conjunction with the bona fide grant of a license under Siemens intellectual property. Siemens represents and warrants to Tocagen that each employee, agent, consultant and subcontractor of Siemens or any of its Affiliates involved in performing any activities in connection with

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  15   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

this Agreement is obligated to assign all of his/her/its right, title and interest in and to Pharma Inventions and Tocagen Technology Joint Inventions to Siemens. Siemens shall sign and deliver to Tocagen, and shall cause all such employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of Siemens and its Affiliates to sign and deliver to Tocagen, all writings and do all such things as may be necessary or appropriate to vest in Tocagen all right, title and interest in and to Pharma Inventions and Tocagen Technology Joint Inventions and to enable Tocagen to file and prosecute such patent applications in any country. Siemens will promptly disclose each Pharma Invention made in whole or in part by Siemens personnel, and each Tocagen Technology Joint Invention, to Tocagen in writing. Tocagen may, in its sole discretion, file and prosecute in its own name and, except to the extent expressly set forth in Section 2.4 in the case of Tocagen Technology Joint Inventions related or directed to Existing Assays, Clinical Assays, Designated Assays, Commercial Products and Approved Products, at its own expense, patent applications claiming or disclosing Pharma Inventions and Tocagen Technology Joint Inventions.

(b) All Diagnostics Joint Inventions shall be owned solely by Siemens, and Tocagen hereby assigns to Siemens all right, title and interest in and to all Diagnostics Joint Inventions, including all intellectual property rights therein. Siemens hereby grants to Tocagen an irrevocable, perpetual, unrestricted, no-cost, non-exclusive license under the Diagnostics Joint Inventions with the right for Tocagen to grant sublicenses solely in conjunction with the bona fide grant of a license under Tocagen Licensed IP or any Pharma Invention. Tocagen represents and warrants to Siemens that each employee, agent, consultant and subcontractor of Tocagen or any of its Affiliates involved in performing any activities in connection with this Agreement is obligated to assign all of his/her/its right, title and interest in and to Diagnostics Joint Inventions to Tocagen. Tocagen shall sign and deliver to Siemens, and shall cause all such employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of Tocagen and its Affiliates to sign and deliver to Siemens, all writings and do all such things as may be necessary or appropriate to vest in Siemens all right, title and interest in and to Diagnostics Joint Inventions and to enable Siemens to file and prosecute such patent applications in any country. Tocagen will promptly disclose each Diagnostics Joint Invention made in whole or in part by Tocagen personnel to Siemens in writing. Siemens may, in its sole discretion, file and prosecute in its own name and at its own expense, patent applications claiming or disclosing Diagnostics Joint Inventions.

(c) The data generated in the Tocagen Trials and the Post-Market Trials shall be owned as provided in Section 4.6.

6.3 Grant to Siemens . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Tocagen hereby grants to Siemens during the Term a license under the Tocagen Licensed IP:

(a) on an exclusive (subject to Section 4.9) basis solely to the extent necessary or useful to perform Clinical Assay(s) in the Laboratory, on biological samples taken from Pivotal Trial subjects pursuant to the protocol for such trial, for the purpose of generating data in support of an application for Marketing Approval of Tocagen Product;

 

  16   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

(b) on a non-exclusive basis solely to the extent necessary or useful to perform Siemens’ obligations under the Trial Development Plan and the Commercial Development Plan (including performance of the Laboratory Services) in the Field in the Territory;

(c) subject to Section 7.2(b), on a co-exclusive basis (with Tocagen, its Affiliates and the US Co-Exclusive Diagnostics Partner, if any) solely to the extent necessary or useful to make, have made, use, sell, or offer to sell Approved LDT’s in the Field in the Territory (such activities, collectively, “Commercial Testing”); and

(d) on a non-exclusive basis, solely to the extent necessary or useful to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, or distribute Approved IVD Products in the Territory.

The foregoing licenses include the right to sublicense solely to Affiliates of Siemens. Siemens shall at all times be responsible for the compliance of its Affiliates with this Agreement, and any non-compliance by any such Affiliate with this Agreement shall be deemed a breach of this Agreement by Siemens. For the avoidance of doubt, purchasers of Approved IVD Products sold by Siemens or a Siemens Affiliate in accordance with the licenses granted hereunder shall have the right under the Tocagen Licensed IP to use such Approved IVD Products for their intended purpose.

Nothing herein shall grant any rights to Siemens or its Affiliates under Tocagen Licensed IP or Tocagen Technology Joint Inventions to conduct, and Siemens covenants on behalf of itself and its Affiliates not to use any Tocagen Licensed IP or Tocagen Technology Joint Invention for the purpose of conducting, development or commercialization of (i) any in vitro diagnostic assay intended for use as a companion diagnostic with any product containing 5-FC (flucytosine), except for Tocagen Products as expressly set forth herein; or (ii) any in vitro diagnostic assay intended for use as a companion diagnostic with any Tocagen Product outside the Field, except as mutually agreed by the Parties in writing pursuant to Section 5.5(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, except for actions that may be required to comply with Section 5.2(g), Siemens shall have no obligation to prevent healthcare providers ordering Assay results from making off-label use of such results.

6.4 Grant to Tocagen . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Siemens hereby grants to Tocagen:

(a) a non-exclusive license, including the right to sublicense, under the Siemens Licensed IP solely to the extent necessary or useful to develop, make, have made, use, sell, have sold, offer for sale and import Tocagen Products and Other Tocagen Products. The license granted under this Section 6.4(a) shall include the right to sublicense solely in conjunction with the grant of a license under Tocagen-controlled intellectual property to develop, manufacture or commercialize Tocagen Products or Other Tocagen Products;

(b) a non-exclusive license under the Siemens Licensed IP solely to the extent necessary or useful to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, and import Assays, Approved Products and in vitro diagnostic products as companion diagnostics for Tocagen Products and Other Tocagen Products outside of the Territory and/or outside the

 

  17   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Field. The license granted under this Section 6.4(b) shall include the right to sublicense solely in conjunction with the grant of a license under Tocagen Licensed IP or any Pharma Invention; and

(c) subject to, and effective only as set forth in, Section 6.5 hereof, a non-exclusive license under the Siemens Licensed IP solely to the extent necessary or useful to enable Tocagen, its Affiliate and/or the US Co-Exclusive Diagnostics Partner (if any) to exercise the rights granted to Tocagen under Section 6.5. The license granted under this Section 6.4(c) shall include the right to sublicense to the US Co-Exclusive Diagnostics Partner solely in conjunction with the grant of a license under Tocagen Licensed IP or any Pharma Invention.

Nothing herein shall grant any rights to Tocagen to use Siemens Licensed IP to conduct development or commercialization, or authorize a Third Party to conduct development or commercialization, of Assays, Approved Products or in vitro diagnostic products in the Territory except as provided in Sections 6.3(c), 6.5, 6.6 and 9.5.

6.5 Second Testing Site . At any time, Tocagen may, by written notice to Siemens, request that Siemens establish additional CLIA-accredited clinical laboratory testing capability in the Territory for the performance of testing using the Assays used at the Laboratory at a location other than (and reasonably distant from) the Laboratory, either at a facility operated by Siemens or its Affiliate or through subcontracting to a Third Party (in either case, a “Second Site”). If Siemens wishes to establish a Second Site and is willing to commit to having such Second Site ready to perform Assays within an additional [ …***…] days, Siemens shall so inform Tocagen in writing (such notice, the “Second Site Commitment”) within […***…] days after receipt of such notice from Tocagen. If Siemens so notifies Tocagen, Siemens shall establish such Second Site within such […***…]-day period and thereafter maintain the availability and operability of such Second Site (or an alternative Second Site) thereafter during the Term. If Siemens either fails to deliver the Second Site Commitment by the end of such […***…]-day period, or delivers the Second Site Commitment within such […***…]-day period but fails to have such Second Site ready to perform Assays by the end of such […***…]-day period (subject to extension by mutual written agreement of the Parties), then, in either case, effective upon expiration of the applicable period, Tocagen shall have the right to establish CLIA-accredited clinical laboratory testing capability in the Territory through subcontracting to a single Third Party, selected by Tocagen in its sole discretion (the “US Co-Exclusive Diagnostics Partner”), to offer and perform testing using the Assays necessary for development and/or commercialization of Tocagen Product, including the right to grant the US Co-Exclusive Diagnostics Partner a license under the Tocagen Licensed IP and a sublicense under the Siemens Licensed IP for such purpose.

6.6 Reservation of Rights . Each Party expressly reserves the right to use and license its own intellectual property that is licensed to the other Party under this Article 6 ( i.e. , the Siemens Licensed IP or Tocagen Licensed IP) for any purpose other than the purpose for which the other Party has expressly been granted an exclusive license under this Article 6. Tocagen expressly reserves: (a) for itself, its Affiliates and, subject to Section 6.5, the US Co-Exclusive Diagnostics Partner (if any), the right to use the Tocagen Licensed IP for the purpose for which Siemens has been granted a co-exclusive license under Section 6.3(c); and (b) subject to

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  18   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Section 6.5, for itself and its Affiliates, the right to license the Tocagen Licensed IP to the US Co-Exclusive Diagnostics Partner for such purpose.

7. COMPENSATION .

7.1 Signing Payment . Siemens shall make a non-refundable, non-creditable, lump sum payment to Tocagen of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (the “Signing Payment”) within [ …***…] days after the Effective Date.

7.2 Royalties on Approved Products .

(a) Beginning with the First Commercial Sale of an Approved Product, Siemens shall pay royalties to Tocagen at the rate of […***…] percent ([…***…]%) on Net Assay Revenue with respect to Approved LDTs and Net Sales Revenue with respect to Approved IVD Products from the date of such First Commercial Sale until the fifth anniversary of such First Commercial Sale (the “Siemens Royalty Period”); provided that, on an Approved Product-by-Approved Product basis, subject to Section 7.2(b) below:

(i) except as set forth in subparagraph (ii) of this Section 7.2(a), there shall be excluded from the calculation of Net Assay Revenue and Net Sales Revenue any amounts attributable to an Approved Product for which, at the time of sale thereof, an alternative test acceptable and marketed for use as a companion diagnostic with a Tocagen Product in accordance with the approved labeling for the Tocagen Product (an “Alternative Test”) was commercially available in the Territory from a source other than Siemens and its Affiliates (a “Source”); and

(ii) for any portion of the Siemens Royalty Period for an Approved Product during which each Source from which an Alternative Test for such Approved Product is available is commercializing such Alternative Test pursuant to a royalty-bearing license from Tocagen under Tocagen-controlled intellectual property, no exclusion from the calculation of Net Assay Revenue or Net Sales Revenue (as applicable) with respect to such Approved Product shall be made pursuant to subparagraph (i) of this Section 7.2(a), and, instead, the royalty rate applicable to such Net Assay Revenue or Net Sales Revenue with respect to such Approved Product shall be reduced to the lowest rate payable to Tocagen by any Source with respect to sales of such Alternative Test (if lower than […***…]%).

(b) Effective as of the first day upon which Siemens first excludes any amounts attributable to any Approved LDT from the calculation of Net Assay Revenues under Section 7.2(a), the license granted to Siemens under Section 6.3(c) will automatically convert to a non-exclusive license.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  19   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

7.3 Royalties on Tocagen Products . Provided that Siemens completed performance of its obligations under the Trial Development Plan and Commercial Development Plan, then beginning with the First Commercial Sale of a Tocagen Product, Tocagen shall pay royalties to Siemens on Net Product Sales of Tocagen Products from the date of such First Commercial Sale until the fifth anniversary of such First Commercial Sale (the “Tocagen Royalty Term”), calculated separately for each of the five one-year periods of the Tocagen Royalty Term (each, a “Tocagen Royalty Year”) as follows: [ …***…]% of that portion of Net Product Sales in a Tocagen Royalty Year up to US $[…***…]. […***…] shall be due with respect to that portion of Net Product Sales in any Tocagen Royalty Year that are in excess of US $[…***…].

7.4 No Deductions . Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, it is understood and agreed that there shall be no deductions from the royalties payable under this Agreement.

7.5 Required Third Party Payments . If, after the Effective Date and during the Term, Siemens obtains a license under issued Third Party patents which Siemens reasonably determines upon the advice of patent counsel would, in the absence of such license, be infringed by performance of an Approved LDT in the Territory or sale of an Approved IVD Product in the Territory, then Siemens may offset […***…] percent ([…***…]%) of the royalties actually paid to such Third Party under such patent license with respect to sales of such Approved LDT or Approved IVD Product, as applicable, in the Territory against the royalties due Tocagen under Section 7.2 with respect to the particular Approved Product; provided that royalties payable under license agreement to which Siemens is a party as of the Effective Date shall not be deductible hereunder; and provided, further, that in no event shall the royalty payable by Siemens to Tocagen pursuant to Section 7.2 with respect to such Approved Product be reduced by more than […***…] percent ([…***…]%) in any calendar quarter as a result of any and all such offsets in the aggregate. Upon Tocagen’s request, Siemens shall deliver to Tocagen a true and complete copy of any such Third Party license agreement, provided that Siemens may redact from such copy any confidential or proprietary information that is not necessary for Tocagen to verify the calculation of royalties payable to Tocagen hereunder.

7.6 Royalties Payable Only Once . The obligation to pay royalties is imposed only once with respect to the same unit of a Product. Sales of Products between a Party and its Affiliates or permitted sublicensees, or among such Affiliates and permitted sublicensees, for resale shall not be considered in calculating Net Product Sales or Net Assay Revenue (as applicable), and only the subsequent resale of such Products to Third Parties shall be considered in the calculation of Net Product Sales or Net Assay Revenue (as applicable).

7.7 Royalty Reports and Accounting .

(a) Royalty Reports; Royalty Payments . The Party owing royalties under Section 7.2 or 7.3, as applicable (the “Paying Party”), shall deliver to the other Party (the “Payee”), within […***…] days after the end of each calendar quarter, reasonably detailed written accountings of the Paying Party’s Net Product Sales and/or Net Assay Revenue, as applicable (in each case, the “Net Amount”) during such calendar quarter. Such quarterly reports shall indicate the Net Amount (on a Product-by-Product basis),

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  20   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

and the resulting calculation of royalties. The Parties acknowledge that if both Parties have incurred royalty obligations during a calendar quarter, then, after each party has had a reasonable opportunity to review the other party’s written report of gross sales and Net Amounts for such quarter, the Parties may mutually agree to have the Paying Party owing the greater amount of royalties during such calendar quarter remit a net payment of the difference between the two royalty amounts rather than requiring both Parties to make separate payments. Gross sales, Net Amounts and applicable royalties payable shall be expressed in United States Dollars.

(b) Audits . The Paying Party shall keep, and shall require its Affiliates and sublicensees to keep, complete and accurate records of the latest [ …***…] of sales on which royalties are payable. For the sole purpose of verifying royalties payable to the Payee, the Payee shall have the right no more than once during any […***…] period to retain an independent certified public accountant selected by the Payee and reasonably acceptable to the Paying Party, to review such records in the location(s) where such records are maintained by the Paying Party, its Affiliates or its sublicensees upon reasonable notice and during regular business hours and under obligations of confidence. Results of such review shall be made available promptly to both the Payee and the Paying Party. If the review reflects an underpayment of royalties to the Payee, such underpayment shall be promptly remitted to the Payee, together with interest calculated in the manner provided in Section 7.8. If the underpayment is equal to or greater than […***…] percent ([…***…]%) of the royalty amount that was due, the Paying Party shall pay all of the reasonable and documented costs of such review. If the review reflects an overpayment of royalties to the Payee, the amount of such overpayment shall be credited against future royalties owned by the Paying Party to the Payee, or, if the determination is made after the end of the period during which royalties are payable by the Paying Party, the amount of the overpayment shall be refunded to the Paying within […***…] days after the date of determination.

7.8 Late Payments . The Paying Party shall pay interest to the Payee on the aggregate amount of any payments that are not paid on or before the date such payments are due under this Agreement at a rate per annum that is equal to the thirty-day US Dollar London Interbank Offering Rate of interest, as reported by The Wall Street Journal as of the date payment is due, plus […***…] percent ([…***…]%), but not to exceed the highest rate permitted by applicable law, calculated on the number of days such payment is delinquent.

7.9 Tax Withholding . The Parties shall use all reasonable and legal efforts to reduce tax withholding on payments made to the Payee hereunder. Notwithstanding such efforts, if the Paying Party concludes that tax withholdings under the laws of any country are required with respect to payments to the Payee, the Paying Party shall withhold the required amount and pay it to the appropriate governmental authority. In such a case, the Paying Party shall promptly provide the Payee with original receipts or other evidence reasonably desirable and sufficient to allow the Payee to document such tax withholdings adequately for purposes of tax filings, including claiming foreign tax credits and similar benefits.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  21   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

7.10 Right of Recoupment . In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction awards damages to a Party for breach of this Agreement by the other Party, which award (or the judgment upon which the award is based) is either not appealable or not appealed within the time permitted for appeal, and the other Party fails to satisfy such award, in whole or in part, within the time permitted for payment, such Party shall be entitled to recoup the amount of such damages award (or the unpaid portion thereof, as applicable) out of the royalties payable by such Party to the other Party pursuant to this Article 7.

8. PUBLICATION . Each Party to this Agreement recognizes that the publication of papers regarding results of development of Assays under this Agreement, including oral presentations and abstracts, may be beneficial to both Parties provided such publications are subject to reasonable controls to protect Confidential Information and to preserve patentability of inventions. Accordingly, all publications that relate to Assays developed under this Agreement shall be subject to the prior written approval of the non-publishing Party. A publishing Party shall therefore furnish the non-publishing Party with a copy of any proposed publication or presentation and allow such non-publishing Party at least [ …***…] days for review and comment prior to submission or presentation. Such non-publishing Party shall review any such material and give its comments to the publishing Party within […***…] days of the delivery of such material to such non-publishing Party. With respect to oral presentation materials and abstracts, the non-publishing Party shall make reasonable efforts to expedite review of such materials and abstracts, and shall return such items as soon as practicable to the publishing Party with appropriate comments, if any, but in no event later than […***…] days from the date of delivery to the non-publishing Party. The publishing Party shall comply with the non-publishing Party’s request to delete references to the non-publishing Party’s Confidential Information in any such material and agrees to delay any submission for publication or other public disclosure for a period of up to an additional […***…] days for the purpose of preparing and filing appropriate patent applications. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tocagen proposes a publication that includes results of development of Assays under this Agreement, as well as other data or results of development of a Tocagen Product and/or Other Tocagen Product, Tocagen will not be obligated to consider Siemens’ comments with respect to that portion of such proposed publication that does not relate to results of development of Assays under this Agreement.

9. TERM AND TERMINATION .

9.1 Term . This Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue until the expiration of all payment obligations under this Agreement (the “Term”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties may elect to extend the Term of this Agreement by mutual written agreement prior to the expiration of the then current Term. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement is also subject to termination by mutual agreement of the Parties or pursuant to Sections 9.2, 9.3 and 9.4 below.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  22   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

9.2 Termination by Either Party .

(a) Either Party may terminate this Agreement if such terminating Party is not in material breach of this Agreement and if the other Party shall have materially breached this Agreement and failed to cure the material breach within forty-five (45) days after receiving notice of the material breach from the terminating Party.

(b) Either Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement effective immediately in the event the other Party files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, is adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent after all appeals are exhausted, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or fails to discharge or have dismissed within sixty (60) days an involuntary petition in bankruptcy filed against it.

(c) Either Party may also terminate this Agreement as expressly permitted by Section 4.4.

9.3 Termination by Siemens. Siemens shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate this Agreement for any reason or for no reason upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Tocagen, provided that, notwithstanding such termination, Siemens shall continue to provide the Laboratory Services for any Tocagen Trial the protocol for which has been submitted to FDA until the conclusion of such Pre-Approval Trial.

9.4 Termination by Tocagen .

(a) In the event that Siemens fails to provide Tocagen with use of one or more satisfactory Clinical Assays for the performance of the Pivotal Trial on or before July 1, 2012, Tocagen shall give written notice to Siemens specifying the causes for its dissatisfaction. If Siemens shall not have remedied any reasonable cause of Tocagen’s dissatisfaction within forty-five (45) days after receipt of such notice, Tocagen shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to Siemens.

(b) If Siemens has not committed to a definitive plan for the activities specified in Sections 5.2(d), 5.2(e) and 5.2(g) by July 1, 2012, Tocagen shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time thereafter upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Siemens, unless Siemens makes such commitment prior to the expiration of such thirty (30) day period. Notwithstanding such termination, Siemens shall continue to provide the Laboratory Services for any Tocagen Trial the protocol for which has been submitted to FDA until the conclusion of such Pre-Approval Trial.

9.5 Consequences of Expiration or Certain Terminations .

(a) If this Agreement expires, or if this Agreement is terminated by Tocagen pursuant to Section 9.2(a), Section 9.2(c) or Section 9.4, or by Siemens pursuant to Section 9.3, the restriction in the license granted pursuant to Section 6.4(b) to activities outside of the Territory shall terminate, and Tocagen shall have the right to pursue development and commercialization of companion diagnostics for the Tocagen Products with one or more other partners in the Territory, and to grant to such other partner(s) sublicenses of Tocagen’s rights under Section 6.4(b). In addition, in any of such cases,

 

  23   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Siemens shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts, similar to the level of effort used by Tocagen to transfer the Existing Assays to Siemens, to transfer to Tocagen or Tocagen’s designee sufficient information to enable Tocagen or its designee to perform the activities that would have been required under this Agreement to be performed by Siemens had such termination not occurred.

(b) If this Agreement is terminated by Siemens pursuant to Section 9.2(a), the licenses granted to Siemens under Sections 6.3(b), 6.3(c) and 6.3(d) shall survive such termination and shall become non-exclusive, perpetual and irrevocable, provided that Siemens shall have the right to terminate any such license at any time upon written notice to Tocagen.

(c) If this Agreement is terminated by either party pursuant to Section 4.4, by Siemens pursuant to Section 9.3 or by Tocagen pursuant to Section 9.4, for a minimum of forty-five (45) days after the later of (i) the termination date or (ii) completion of any required post-termination Laboratory Services and delivery to Tocagen or its designee of all results thereof, Siemens shall retain, and shall not destroy, any stocks of qualified reagents for the Assays that remain as of Siemens’ completion of such Laboratory Services, and, upon Tocagen’s request made at any time during such 45-day period, Siemens shall deliver such remaining stocks to Tocagen, provided that Tocagen shall have executed documentation reasonably satisfactory to Siemens acknowledging that the use of such reagents is restricted to investigational use pursuant to a Tocagen IND, and any other use permitted by, and in compliance with, applicable laws, regulatory guidelines and regulatory approvals.

9.6 Rights in Bankruptcy . All rights and licenses granted under or pursuant to Article 6 of this Agreement by either Party are, and will otherwise be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 365(n) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, licenses of rights to “intellectual property” as defined under Section 101 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. The Parties agree that the applicable licensee of such rights under this Agreement, will retain and may fully exercise all of its rights and elections under the United States Bankruptcy Code. The Parties further agree that, in the event of the commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding by or against a Party (the “Bankrupt Party”) under the United States Bankruptcy Code, the other Party will be entitled to a complete duplicate of (or complete access to, as appropriate) any such intellectual property and all embodiments of such intellectual property, and same, if not already in its possession, will be promptly delivered to it (i) upon any such commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding upon its written request therefor, unless the Bankrupt Party elects to continue to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) if not delivered under clause (i) above, following the rejection of this Agreement by or on behalf of the Bankrupt Party, upon written request therefor by the other Party.

9.7 Survival . The expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not relieve the Parties of any obligation accruing prior to such expiration or termination. The rights and obligations contained in the terms of this Agreement, which by their intent or meaning have validity beyond the term of this Agreement, shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement, which shall include, without limitation, Sections 4.2 (second sentence), 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.10, 6.1, 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7 and 11.3 and Articles 1, 8, 10, 12 and 13.

 

  24   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

10. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION .

10.1 Disclosure . Each Party (the “Receiving Party”) shall retain Confidential Information disclosed to it by the other Party (the “Disclosing Party”) in strict confidence and shall not, directly or indirectly, publish or disclose it to any Third Party, or use the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party for any purpose other than the purposes of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Disclosing Party. The Receiving Party agrees it shall not communicate Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party except to its Affiliates, employees, advisors, representatives and contractors who have a need to know it. Each Party shall ensure that any Affiliates, employees, advisors, representatives or contractors who are placed in a position to learn Confidential Information will have been previously made aware of the terms of this Agreement, have employment agreements or other agreements obligating them to keep such information confidential consistent with the terms of this Agreement and each Party shall indemnify the other Party against the misuse of such Confidential Information by its Affiliates, employees, advisors, representatives or contractors.

10.2 Exceptions .

(a) The obligations of confidentiality and nondisclosure shall not apply to Confidential Information which the Receiving Party can demonstrate by competent evidence (i) at the time of disclosure is in the public domain; (ii) after disclosure becomes part of the public domain through no act or omission by the Receiving Party; (iii) was in the possession of the Receiving Party prior to disclosure or development under this Agreement; (iv) is rightly received by the Receiving Party, without obligation of secrecy, from a Third Party who was entitled to receive and transfer such; or (v) is independently developed by employees of the Receiving Party without reference to Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party.

(b) The Receiving Party shall also be entitled to disclose the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information: (i) that is required to be disclosed by applicable laws or regulations (including, without limitation, to comply with Securities and Exchange Commission, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or stock exchange disclosure requirements) or by order of any governmental body or a court of competent jurisdiction; (ii) to regulatory authorities for the purpose of seeking regulatory approval of a Tocagen Product in the case of Tocagen or a Commercial Product in the case of Siemens; (iii) as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement; (iv) as may be necessary to Third Parties in connection with business transactions with the Parties, provided , that such Third Parties shall be bound by a confidentiality agreement obligating them to keep such information confidential consistent with the terms of this Agreement; and (v) as may be required otherwise, provided that the Receiving Party gives the Disclosing Party an outline of the material to be disclosed and the Disclosing Party shall consent to such disclosure; provided , that the Receiving Party required to disclose such information shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to obtain confidential treatment of such information by the agency or court or other disclosee to the maximum permitted extent under law, and that, in the case of disclosures under (i) shall provide the Disclosing Party with a copy of the proposed disclosure in sufficient time to allow reasonable opportunity to comment or institute legal action to prevent disclosure thereon.

 

  25   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

10.3 Public Statements and Press Releases . The Parties covenant and agree that, except as provided for below, each will not from the Effective Date make, issue or release any public announcement, press release, statement or acknowledgment of the existence of, or reveal publicly the terms, conditions and status of, the transactions contemplated hereby, without the prior written consent of the other Party as to the content and time of release of and the media in which such statement or announcement is to be made; provided, however , that in the case of announcements, statements, acknowledgments or disclosures which a Party is required by law or regulations to make, issue or release, the making, issuing or releasing of any such announcement, statement, acknowledgment or revelation by the Party so required to do so by law shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement if the Party shall have given, to the extent reasonably possible, not less than [ …***…] calendar days prior notice to the other Party, and shall have attempted, to the extent reasonably possible, to clear such announcement, statement, acknowledgment or revelation with the other Party. No Party shall use the name of the other Party or any of its Affiliates for advertising or promotional purposes without the prior written consent of such other Party unless required by applicable law or regulation.

10.4 Termination . Termination of this Agreement or any other agreement between Tocagen and Siemens shall not affect the secrecy and restrictions on use obligations under Section 10.1 hereof which shall survive such termination for a period of five (5) years. Upon termination of this Agreement, the receiving Party shall return to the disclosing Party or destroy any Confidential Information in tangible form in its possession, except that the receiving Party shall not destroy Confidential Information required to be retained in order to comply with applicable law, rule or regulation.

10.5 Superseded Documents . This Agreement shall supersede the Non-Disclosure Agreement dated October 8, 2010, and the Terms Sheet dated August 5, 2011, between the Parties and such Non-Disclosure Agreement and Terms Sheet shall each be terminated upon the Effective Date of this Agreement. Each Party’s obligations of confidentiality and nonuse of information under such Non-Disclosure Agreement and Terms Sheet shall continue with respect to confidential information disclosed prior to its termination.

11. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

11.1 Representations and Warranties of Tocagen . As of the Effective Date, Tocagen hereby represents and warrants to Siemens as follows:

(a) Tocagen is (i) a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware, (ii) has the corporate power and authority and the legal right to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, and (iii) has taken all necessary corporate action on its part to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of Tocagen, and constitutes a legal, valid, binding obligation, enforceable against Tocagen in accordance with its terms.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  26   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

(b) All necessary consents, approvals and authorizations of all governmental authorities and other persons required to be obtained by Tocagen in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been and shall be obtained to the extent possible through the exercise of Commercially Reasonable Efforts.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of Tocagen’s obligations hereunder (i) do not conflict with or violate any requirement of applicable laws or regulations or any of the terms of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing document, and (ii) do not and shall not conflict with, violate or breach or constitute a default or require any consent under any contractual obligation of Tocagen.

(d) All employees and consultants of Tocagen who are expected to participate in the performance of the activities contemplated by this Agreement are subject to Tocagen company policy and written agreements regarding proprietary information, assignment of intellectual property and inventions, confidentiality and non-use of information.

(e) Neither it nor any of its employees (i) have been debarred by the FDA from working in or providing services to any pharmaceutical or biotechnology company under the Generic Drug Enforcement Act of 1992; or (ii) have been excluded from participation in Medicaid, Medicare or other federal or state health insurance programs, nor has it or any of its employees been sanctioned in any way by federal or state health care programs. If any such programs initiate action to exclude or sanction, written notice shall be sent to Siemens within [ …***…] days of receipt of notice of such action.

11.2 Representations and Warranties of Siemens . As of the Effective Date, Siemens hereby represents and warrants to Tocagen as follows:

(a) Siemens is (i) a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state in which it is organized, (ii) has the corporate power and authority and the legal right to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, and (iii) has taken all necessary corporate action on its part to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of Siemens, and constitutes a legal, valid, binding obligation, enforceable against Siemens in accordance with its terms.

(b) All necessary consents, approvals and authorizations of all governmental authorities and other persons required to be obtained by Siemens in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been and shall be obtained to the extent possible through the exercise of Commercially Reasonable Efforts.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of Siemens’s obligations hereunder (i) do not conflict with or violate any requirement of applicable laws or regulations or any of the terms of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws, and (ii) do not and shall not

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  27   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

conflict with, violate or breach or constitute a default or require any consent under any contractual obligation of Siemens.

(d) All employees and consultants of Siemens who are expected to participate in the performance of the activities contemplated by this Agreement are subject to Siemens company policy and written agreements regarding proprietary information, assignment of intellectual property and inventions, confidentiality and non-use of information.

(e) Neither it nor any of its employees (i) have been debarred by the FDA from working in or providing services to any pharmaceutical or biotechnology company under the Generic Drug Enforcement Act of 1992; or (ii) have been excluded from participation in Medicaid, Medicare or other federal or state health insurance programs, nor has it or any of its employees been sanctioned in any way by federal or state health care programs. If any such programs initiate action to exclude or sanction, written notice shall be sent to Tocagen within [ …***…] days of receipt of notice of such action.

(f) The Laboratory Services and Commercial Testing performed by Siemens under this Agreement will be performed by qualified personnel in a professional manner, in compliance with the Trial Development Plan or Commercial Development Plan, as applicable, and all applicable current government regulatory requirements concerning Good Laboratory Practices and Good Clinical Practices appropriate to the performance of the Laboratory Services and Commercial Testing.

(g) In performing all Laboratory Services and Commercial Testing under this Agreement, Siemens will operate the Facility at Bio Safety Level 2 (BSL-2) or higher.

11.3 Warranty Disclaimer . EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE 11, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY TO THE OTHER PARTY WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES, OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OR TRADE PRACTICES.

12. INDEMNIFICATION & LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

12.1 Indemnification of Siemens . Tocagen shall save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Siemens, its officers, agents, parent companies, advisors, employees and permitted assigns (“Siemens Indemnitees”), from and against any and all loss, damage, liability, cost, or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of litigation (“Losses”) to which any Siemens Indemnitee may become subject as a result of any claim, demand, action or other proceeding by any independent Third Party to the extent arising from any negligent action or omission or willful misconduct of a Tocagen Indemnitee or Tocagen’s material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement hereunder, except to the extent that such Losses arise out of or result from the negligence or misconduct of any Siemens Indemnitee or material

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  28   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

breach by Siemens of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by it under this Agreement.

12.2 Indemnification of Tocagen . Siemens shall save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Tocagen, its officers, agents, parent companies, advisors, employees, and permitted assigns (“Tocagen Indemnitees”), from and against any and all Losses to which any such Tocagen Indemnitee may become subject as a result of any claim, demand, action or other proceeding by any independent Third Party to the extent arising from any negligent action or omission or willful misconduct of a Siemens Indemnitee or Siemens’ material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement hereunder, except to the extent that such Losses arise out of or result from the negligence or misconduct of any Tocagen Indemnitee or material breach by Tocagen of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by it under this Agreement.

12.3 Procedure . A Party that intends to seek indemnification under this Article 12 (such Party hereinafter referred to as the “Indemnitee”) with respect to a claim, demand, action or other proceeding brought against such Indemnitee by a Third Party (such claim hereinafter referred to as a “Third Party Claim”), shall promptly give written notice thereof to the Party from whom indemnification is sought (such other Party hereinafter referred to as the “Indemnitor”) within a reasonable period of time after the assertion of such Third Party Claim by such Third Party; provided, however , that the failure to provide written notice of such Third Party Claim within a reasonable period of time shall not relieve the Indemnitor of any of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the Indemnitor is materially prejudiced by such failure in its defense or settlement of such Third Party Claim. Following receipt of such written notice, the Indemnitor’s agreement to save, defend, indemnify and hold the Indemnitee harmless is conditioned upon the Indemnitee: (a) permitting the Indemnitor to assume full responsibility and authority to investigate, prepare for and defend against any such claim or demand; (b) assisting the Indemnitor, at the Indemnitor’s reasonable expense, in the investigation of, preparation for and defense of any such claim or demand; and (c) not compromising or settling such claim or demand without the Indemnitor’s written consent.

12.4 EXCEPT IN THE EVENT OF A BREACH OF ARTICLE 10, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, WARRANTY, OR UNDER ANY STATUTE (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY TRADE PRACTICE UNFAIR COMPETITION OR OTHER STATUTE OR REGULATION OF SIMILAR IMPORT), OR ON ANY OTHER BASIS, FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, MULTIPLE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY ASPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE BREACH THEREOF, WHETHER OR NOT FORESEEABLE AND WHETHER OR NOT SUCH PARTY IS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO LOSS OF USE, LOSS OF DATA, DOWNTIME, OR FOR LOSS OF REVENUE, PROFITS, GOODWILL, BUSINESS OR OTHER FINANCIAL LOSS; provided, however, that this Section 12.4 shall not be construed to limit either Party’s indemnification obligations with respect to Third Party claims under Section 12.1 or 12.2, as applicable.

 

  29   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

13. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS .

13.1 Applicable Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement is acknowledged to have been made in and shall be construed, governed, interpreted and applied in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions. Any disputes under this Agreement shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of state courts and the Federal courts located in Los Angeles County, California, and the Parties hereby consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue of these courts. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 13.1, nothing contained in this Agreement shall deny any Party the right to seek injunctive or other equitable relief from any court of competent jurisdiction in the context of a bona fide emergency or prospective irreparable harm or to resolve disputes pertaining to the validity, construction, scope, enforceability or infringement of any patent. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL FOR ALL DISPUTES HEREUNDER.

13.2 No Waiver . The failure of either Party to assert a right hereunder or to insist upon compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of that right or excuse a similar subsequent failure to perform any such term or condition by the other Party.

13.3 Assignment . Except as expressly provided herein, neither Party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its duties pursuant to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, except that such consent shall not be required for an assignment to an Affiliate or to any Third Party that assumes ownership or control of all or substantially all of the assigning Party’s business to which this Agreement relates, whether by merger, sale of stock, license or sale of assets or otherwise; provided that such assignment shall not release the assignor of its obligations and liabilities hereunder, and provided, further, that neither Party shall transfer ownership or control of its business to which this Agreement relates or any intellectual property licensed to the other Party hereunder, unless the transferee assumes in writing the obligations of the transferor hereunder.

13.4 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, all other provisions will continue in full force and effect, and the Parties will substitute for the invalid or unenforceable provision a valid and enforceable provision which conforms as nearly as possible with the original intent of the Parties.

13.5 Force Majeure . Neither Party will be charged with any liability for delay in performance of an obligation under this Agreement (other than payment of amounts invoiced) when due to any act of God, war, riot, fire, explosion, or compliance in good faith with any governmental law, regulation or order. The Party affected will give written notice to the other Party of any material delay due to such causes and shall use all Commercially Reasonable Efforts to minimize the loss or inconvenience suffered by both Parties. Both Parties shall cooperate in good faith in order to minimize such loss and inconvenience and to reach an agreement as to how to proceed.

 

  30   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

13.6 No License . No right or license under any patent or other proprietary right is granted by either Party under this Agreement, except as specifically and expressly set forth herein.

13.7 Independent Contractor . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a partnership or joint venture between Siemens and Tocagen, or to constitute one as the agent of the other. Both Parties shall act solely as independent contractors, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give either Party the power or authority, express or implied, to act for, bind, or commit the other Party.

13.8 Incorporation of Exhibits and Schedules . The Exhibits and Schedules identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

13.9 Entire Agreement . The Parties acknowledge that this Agreement sets forth the entire Agreement and understanding, commitment and undertaking (oral or written) of the Parties as to the subject matter hereof. Each Party acknowledges that in deciding to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby it has not relied upon any statements, promises or representations, written or oral, express or implied, other than those explicitly set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended only by a written document signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of Tocagen and the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of Siemens or Siemens MM Business Unit.

13.10 Notices . Any payment, notice or other communication pursuant to this Agreement shall be sufficiently made or given on the date of mailing if sent to such Party by facsimile on such date, with paper copy being sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, or by next day express delivery service, addressed to it at its address below (or such address as it shall designate by written notice given to the other Party).

In the case of Siemens:

Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.

725 Potter Street

Berkeley, CA 94710

Attention: CEO, Siemens Molecular & Microbiology

 

  31   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

with copies to:

Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.

511 Benedict Avenue

Tarrytown, NY 10591

Attention: General Counsel

In the case of Tocagen:

Tocagen Inc.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, CA 92109

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

with a copy to:

Tocagen Inc.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, CA 92109

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

13.11 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

  32   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

SIEMENS HEALTHCARE DIAGNOSTICS INC.       TOCAGEN INC.
By:    /s/ Michael Reitermann       By:   

/s/ Harry Gruber

Name:    Michael Reitermann       Name:    Harry Gruber
Title:    CEO       Title:    CEO
By:   

/s/ Wolfgang Wrumnig

        
Name:    Wolfgang Wrumnig         
Title:    CFO         

List of Schedules

 

Schedule 1.19    Existing Assays
Schedule 2.2    Subjects for Program Meetings
Schedule 3.3(f)    Assay Materials
Schedule 4.1    Number of Tests
Schedule 4.10    Form of Letter Authorizing Cross-Referencing
Exhibit A    Siemens Clinical Laboratory (SCL) Technology Transfer Program

 

  33   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

S CHEDULE 1.19

E XISTING A SSAYS

 

Assay

      

Report

       

SOP

[ …***…]      […***…]    […***…]   
     […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
     […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
     […***…]    […***…]   
        […***…]   
        […***…]   
     […***…]    […***…]   
[…***…]      […***…]    […***…]   
     […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
     […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
     […***…]    […***…]   
        […***…]   
        […***…]   
     […***…]    […***…]   
[…***…]      […***…]    […***…]   
     […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
     […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
     […***…]    […***…]   
        […***…]   
        […***…]   
     […***…]    […***…]   
[…***…]      […***…]    […***…]   
     […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
     […***…]    […***…]   
     […***…]    […***…]   
     […***…]    […***…]   
[…***…]      […***…]    […***…]   
     […***…]    […***…]   
     […***…]    […***…]   
     […***…]    […***…]   
     […***…]    […***…]   

Notwithstanding the biological specimen type(s) ( e.g. , plasma, urine, whole blood) specified in the above table with respect to each listed assay, for purposes of the definition of “Existing Assays” under the Agreement, each such listed assay applies to all biological specimen types, whether or not listed above.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  34   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

S CHEDULE 2.2

S UBJECTS FOR P ROGRAM M EETINGS

[ …***…]

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  35   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

S CHEDULE 3.3( F )

A SSAY M ATERIALS

 

Reagents associated with Human Safety Testing

Reagent

  

Associate assay

   Manufacturer    Protocol    Stability supported?    Document lead time
[ ...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]   
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]   
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]   
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]   
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]   
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]   
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]   
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]   
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]   
[...***...]    [...***...]    [...***...]         
[...***...]               
[...***...]               
[...***...]               
[...***...]               
[...***...]               

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  36   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

S CHEDULE 4.1

N UMBER OF T ESTS

 

Tocagen Study

  

#

Pts

  

Est.

timeframe

  

Clinical Assay Type

  

Totals

        

PCR

  

Elisa

  

HPLC

    

[ …***…]

   […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]

[…***…]

   […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]

[…***…]

   […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]

[…***…]

   […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
  

[…***…]

      […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
  

[…***…]

      […***…]    […***…]    […***…]   

HPLC may include various detection techniques, such as mass spectrometry.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  37   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

S CHEDULE 4.10

F ORM OF L ETTER A UTHORIZING C ROSS -R EFERENCING

[ Siemens letterhead ]

[ Date ]

[ To be addressed to applicable FDA center/division/office holding Tocagen regulatory submission ] 1

 

RE: Right of Reference to [ identify Siemens regulatory submission ]

Dear Sir/Madam:

Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics, Inc., the sponsor of [ Siemens regulatory submission ], has granted Tocagen Inc. and its successors and assigns, the right to reference and rely upon all information and data contained in [ Siemens regulatory submission ] in support of Tocagen’s [ identify Tocagen regulatory submission ].

By this letter, Siemens hereby authorizes the Food and Drug Administration to cross-reference Siemens’ [ Siemens regulatory submission ] in its review of Tocagen’s [ identify Tocagen regulatory submission ] for the purpose described above.

Please contact [ name and telephone number ] if you have you any questions regarding this right of reference.

Sincerely,

[ Siemens signatory ]

 

cc: [ Name ], [ Title ]

Tocagen Inc.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, CA 92109

 

 

1   If any such letter is to be delivered to a regulatory authority other than the FDA ( e.g. , outside the Territory), the parties acknowledge that appropriate modifications to this form will be necessary.

 

  38   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Exhibit A

Siemens Clinical Laboratory (SCL) Technology Transfer Program

[ …***…]

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  39   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

[ …***…]

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  40   

Exhibit 10.8

***Text Omitted and Filed Separately

with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Confidential Treatment Requested

Under 17 C.F.R. Sections 200.80(b)(4)

and 230.406.

Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

FIRST AMENDMENT TO

LABORATORY SERVICES AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

(TOCAGEN AND SIEMENS)

This F IRST A MENDMENT TO L ABORATORY S ERVICES AND L ICENSE A GREEMENT (this Amendment ), effective as of June  19 , 2015 (the Amendment Date ), is made by and between S IEMENS H EALTHCARE D IAGNOSTICS I NC . , a California corporation having its principal place of business at 511 Benedict Avenue, Tarrytown, NY 10591, USA ( Siemens ), and T OCAGEN I NC . , a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware and having its principal place of business at 3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230, San Diego, CA 92109, USA ( Tocagen ).

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings set forth in that certain Laboratory Services and License Agreement between Tocagen and Siemens dated November 17, 2011 (the Agreement ).

R ECITALS

W HEREAS , Tocagen and Siemens are parties to the Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, Tocagen engaged Siemens (i) to develop and perform certain in vitro diagnostic assays in connection with the Tocagen Trials of Tocagen Products, (ii) concurrently and/or thereafter, to further develop, obtain FDA approval for, and perform one or more of such in vitro diagnostic assays as companion diagnostics for Tocagen Products after the Tocagen Products have received marketing approval from the FDA, and (iii) following FDA approval of such in vitro diagnostic assay as a companion diagnostic, to perform such in vitro diagnostic assays as necessary in connection with post-marketing clinical trials of Tocagen Products;

W HEREAS , the FDA, in discussions with Tocagen, has recommended that improvements be made to the performance characteristics of the RT-PCR assay for Toca 511 signal; and

W HEREAS , the Parties now desire to amend the Agreement:

(a) to provide for: (i) Siemens to develop a new RT-PCR assay for Toca 511 designed to meet the FDA’s recommended performance characteristics, for use as a Clinical Assay for Tocagen Trial(s) of Tocagen Products and for development and use as a Commercial Product; and (ii) Tocagen to reimburse Siemens for [ …***…]% of the costs of such new assay development in accordance with the terms of the New Assay Development Plan (as defined herein);

(b) to amend and restate Schedule 4.1 to the Agreement; and

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  1.   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

(c) to establish the financial terms on which Siemens will perform testing in excess of the numbers of tests specified in Schedule 4.1 to the Agreement (as amended and restated pursuant to this Amendment);

in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Amendment.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Siemens and Tocagen agree as follows:

1. New Assay Development Plan . As of the Amendment Date, the Parties have mutually agreed upon, and Tocagen’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer and Siemens’ or the Siemens Business Unit’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer (or another Siemens officer with equivalent authority) have signed, a written addendum to the Trial Development Plan, dated as of the Amendment Date, and attached to this Amendment as Exhibit B, setting forth (a) the activities to be performed by the Parties for the development of a new ( i.e. , not based on an Existing Assay) RT-PCR assay (the New Assay ) as a Clinical Assay for the Tocagen Trial(s) identified therein, including the specifications of the New Assay, (b) the timeline for the development of the New Assay, and (c) the budget for development of the New Assay (such addendum, as amended from time to time in accordance with the Agreement, the New Assay Development Plan ). Notwithstanding the reference to the Existing Assays in Section 1.44 of the Agreement, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the Parties’ respective rights and obligations under the Agreement relating to the Trial Development Plan (including, without limitation, Sections 2.3, 2.4 and 3.3 thereof) shall also apply, mutatis mutandis , to the New Assay Development Plan.

2. New Assay Development Costs . Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 2.4 of the Agreement to the contrary, Tocagen shall reimburse Siemens for [ …***…] percent ([…***…]%) of the documented costs incurred by Siemens in the development of the New Assay in accordance with and in the same level of detail as the New Assay Development Plan, including the budget contained therein (the New Assay Development Costs ). Siemens shall invoice Tocagen on a monthly basis for Tocagen’s […***…]% share of New Assay Development Costs incurred by Siemens during each month, by email to accounting@tocagen.com, and Tocagen shall pay the invoiced amount within […***…] days of receipt of invoice. Tocagen shall pay interest to Siemens on the aggregate amount of any payments that are not paid on or before the date such payments are due at a rate per annum that is equal to the thirty-day US Dollar London Interbank Offering Rate of interest, as reported by The Wall Street Journal as of the date payment is due, plus […***…] percent ([…***…]%), but not to exceed the highest rate permitted by applicable law, calculated on the number of days such payment is delinquent. Siemens shall promptly furnish such supporting documentation for such expenses as Tocagen may reasonably request. Siemens shall keep complete and accurate records of New Assay Development Costs incurred by Siemens during the implementation and execution of the New Assay Development Plan and for […***…] after completion of such Plan. For the sole purpose of verifying Tocagen’s New Assay Development Cost reimbursement obligations, Tocagen shall have the right to cause an

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  2.   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

independent certified public accountant selected by Tocagen and reasonably acceptable to Siemens, to review such records for a period covering not more than the preceding […***…], in the location(s) where such records are maintained by Siemens, upon reasonable notice and during regular business hours and under obligations of confidence, and at Tocagen’s sole expense except as specifically set forth in this paragraph 2. Tocagen may audit Siemens’ records of New Assay Development Costs for [ …***…]. Results of such review shall be made available promptly to both Tocagen and Siemens. If the review discloses that Siemens has invoiced Tocagen for, and Tocagen has paid, amounts in excess of […***…]% of Siemens’ actual New Assay Development Costs during the period covered by such audit, Siemens shall remit the amount of such excess to Tocagen, together with interest calculated in the manner provided in Section 7.8 of the Agreement, within […***…] days after the date of determination. If the review discloses that Siemens has invoiced Tocagen for, and Tocagen has paid, amounts less than […***…]% of Siemens’ actual New Assay Development Costs during the period covered by such audit, Tocagen shall remit the amount of such underpayment to Siemens. If the amount invoiced by Siemens and paid by Tocagen in the period covered by such audit exceeds […***…]% of Siemens’ actual New Assay Development Costs during such period by […***…] percent ([…***…]%) or more, Siemens shall pay all of the reasonable and documented costs of such review.

3. New Assay . The Parties acknowledge and agree that:

(a) Siemens does not represent or warrant that the FDA will determine that the New Assay is acceptable for use in Tocagen Trial(s) of Tocagen Products. However, Siemens will use commercially reasonable efforts to develop the New Assay in accordance with the specifications provided by Tocagen.

(b) if the FDA determines that the New Assay is acceptable for use in Tocagen Trial(s) of Tocagen Products, the New Assay shall be considered a Clinical Assay for purposes of the Agreement and may be designated as a Designated Assay for the development of Commercial Products. For the avoidance of doubt, any expenses associated with such development shall be treated in accordance with Section 2.4 of the Agreement; and

(c) upon receipt of Marketing Approval of the New Assay for clinical use in the Field in the Territory as a companion diagnostic in the approved labeling for Tocagen Product, the New Assay shall be considered an Approved Product for purposes of the Agreement.

In addition, the Parties agree that tests performed by Siemens using the RT-PCR assay for Toca 511 that was developed by Siemens based on an Existing Assay transferred by Tocagen ( i.e. , the RT-PCR assay that the New Assay is intended to replace) shall count towards the applicable numbers of PCR tests set forth in Schedule 4.1 to the Agreement (as amended and restated pursuant to paragraph 5 of this Amendment).

4. Siemens’ Termination Right . Siemens may, in its sole discretion, terminate the Agreement in its entirety (including, without limitation, this First Amendment as well as the New Assay Development Plan) pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Agreement in the event that, using commercially reasonable efforts, the New Assay specifications are not achieved. Upon such

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  3.   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

termination, Siemens shall submit to Tocagen for reimbursement a final invoice for fifty percent (50%) of the costs incurred in the development of the New Assay from the date of the last invoice for New Assay development costs through the date of termination.

5. Amendment and Restatement of Schedule 4.1 . Schedule 4.1 to the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as set forth in Exhibit A to this Amendment.

6. Compensation for Additional Tests . In the event that Tocagen requests that Siemens perform a number of tests either prior to regulatory approval or after regulatory approval, as applicable, using a given Assay that exceeds [ …***…]% of the applicable number of tests specified in Schedule 4.1 to the Agreement (as amended and restated pursuant to paragraph 5 of this Amendment), Siemens agrees to perform the excess number of tests at a price to Tocagen that is commercially reasonable and reflective of preferred pricing consistent with the Siemens-Tocagen collaboration.

7. Intellectual Property . For the avoidance of doubt, ownership of any Inventions generated during the course of Siemens’ development of the New Assay shall be determined in accordance with Section 6.2 of the Agreement.

8. Effectiveness of Agreement and Trial Development Plan . Except as expressly amended and supplemented by this Amendment, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. The Trial Development Plan shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

9. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original document, and all of which, together with this writing, shall be deemed one instrument. This Amendment may be executed by electronic, facsimile or PDF signatures, which signatures shall have the same force and effect as original signatures.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  4.   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

S IEMENS H EALTHCARE D IAGNOSTICS I NC .       T OCAGEN I NC .
By:  

/s/ Trevor Hawkins

      By:   

/s/ Thomas E. Darcy

Name:   Trevor Hawkins       Name:    Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   Senior Vice President       Title:    EVP & CFO
By:  

/s/ Fernando Beib

        
Name:   Fernando Beib         
Title:   CFO         

 

  5.   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Exhibit A

Amendment and Restatement of Schedule 4.1

S CHEDULE 4.1

N UMBER OF T ESTS

 

Tocagen Studies

   Clinical Assay Type   Totals
   PCR   Elisa   HPLC  

[ …***…]

   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]   [ …***… ]

[…***…]

   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]   [ …***… ]

[ …***… ]

   [ …***… ]   [ …***… ]   [ …***… ]   [ …***… ]

[ …***… ]

   [ …***… ]   [ …***… ]   [ …***… ]   [ …***… ]

HPLC may include various detection techniques, such as mass spectrometry.

Note: Please see the Trial Development Plan for estimated number of patients, timeframe, and required assay turn-around-times.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  6.   


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Exhibit B

New Assay Development Plan.

RT PCR Toca 511 Test.

1. Scope.

For Siemens to develop a RT PCR Toca 511 test with the following intended uses:

 

    [ …***…]

 

    […***…]

Target end-user needs for the RT PCR Toca 511 test include:

 

•    […***…]

•    […***…]

•    […***…]

•    […***…]

•    […***…]

•    […***…]

•    […***…]

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested

Page 1 of 3

    


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

2. Project Timeline.

Subject to regulatory agency input, Siemens and Tocagen plan to complete development and introduce the plasma RT PCR Toca 511 RNA assay and subsequently the urine/saliva RT PCR Toca 511 RNA assays in Tocagen’s clinical trials as soon as practicable.

 

Project Phase

  

Activity

   Anticipated
Due Dates
  Estimated
FTE hrs
  Responsibility

[ …***…]

   […***…]    […***…]     […***…]
   […***…]    […***…]   […***…]   […***…]
   […***…]    […***…]   […***…]   […***…]
   […***…]    […***…]   […***…]   […***…]
   […***…]    […***…]   […***…]   […***…]
   […***…]    […***…]   […***…]   […***…]
   […***…]    […***…]   […***…]   […***…]
   […***…]    […***…]   […***…]   […***…]

[…***…]

   […***…]    […***…]   […***…]   […***…]
   […***…]    […***…]   […***…]   […***…]
   […***…]    […***…]   […***…]   […***…]
   […***…]    […***…]   […***…]   […***…]
   […***…]    […***…]   […***…]   […***…]
   […***…]    […***…]     […***…]
   […***…]      […***…]  

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested

Page 2 of 3

    


Signature Copy

CONFIDENTIAL

 

3. Project Budget.

Tocagen to pay Siemens [ …***…]% of the project budget outlined below as set forth in Section 2 (New Assay Development Costs) of the First Amendment to the Laboratory Services and License Agreement dated June 3 rd , 2015). Tocagen shall be billed on a monthly basis, also pursuant to Section 2 thereto. Such billings shall include a detailed breakdown of charges including labor, raw materials, and CAPEX.

 

Activity

   Estimated
Duration
  Estimated FTE
hrs work
  Estimated Raw
Materials and
CAPEX
(Millions US$)
  Estimated Budget
(Millions US$)

[…***…]

   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]

[…***…]

   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]

[…***…]

   […***…]   […***…]     […***…]
       […***…]   […***…]

In the event that the project exceeds specific activity budgets by […***…]%, the parties will review future project options and funding needs.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested

Page 3 of 3

    

Exhibit 10.9

***Text Omitted and Filed Separately

with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Confidential Treatment Requested

Under 17 C.F.R. Sections 200.80(b)(4)

and 230.406.

LICENSE AGREEMENT

GENE DELIVERY SYSTEM AND METHODS OF USE— USC FILE 2862

and

HYBRID VECTORS FOR GENE THERAPY—USC FILE 2831

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

THIS AGREEMENT, effective this 22nd day of October, 2007 (the “EFFECTIVE DATE”), is between the UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA (hereinafter USC), a California nonprofit corporation with its principal place of business at University Park, Los Angeles, California 90089, and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation, with an address of PO Box 675272, Rancho Santa Fe, California 92067 (hereinafter Licensee).

WHEREAS USC warrants that it is the owner or co-owner and that it has the right to exclusively license those inventions which are the subject matter of the patents and patent applications listed in Appendix A;

WHEREAS Licensee desires to obtain a worldwide, exclusive license in the defined FIELD OF USE to, among other things, manufacture and market PRODUCTS utilizing the inventions claimed and described in the PATENTS as hereinafter defined;

WHEREAS, USC is willing to grant a worldwide, exclusive license in the defined FIELD OF USE to Licensee subject to the terms, conditions, limitations, and restrictions set forth below;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

 

  2. DEFINITIONS

For all purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

(a) The term “PATENT” or “PATENTS” shall mean: (i) any and all patents and patent applications listed in Appendix A; (ii) continuing applications of any of the foregoing, including divisions, substitutions and continuations-in-part (but only to the extent of USC’s rights, including its licensing rights, in such continuations-in-part); (iii) patents issuing on any of the foregoing patent applications, including reissues, reexaminations and extensions; and (d) foreign counterparts to any of the foregoing patents and patent applications. USC shall promptly notify Licensee of any additional patent or patent application within the PATENTS that is not listed in Appendix A hereto.

 

  1.   


(b) “PRODUCT” or “PRODUCTS” shall mean any article, composition, apparatus, substance, chemical, material, method, process or service which is made, used, distributed or sold by Licensee or a SUBLICENSEE which:

(i) is covered in whole or in part by one or more VALID CLAIMS contained in a PATENT in the country in which the PRODUCT(S) is made, used, distributed or sold;

(ii) is manufactured using a method or process which is covered in whole or in part by one or more VALID CLAIMS contained in a PATENT in the country in which (a) the PRODUCT(S) is made, used, distributed or sold, or (b) the method or process is used or sold; or

(iii) the use of which is covered in whole or in part by one or more VALID CLAIMS contained in a PATENT in the country in which (a) the PRODUCT(S) is made, used, distributed or sold, or (b) the method or process is used or sold.

(c) A PRODUCT is “covered by” a VALID CLAIM of a PATENT in a particular country if the manufacture, use or sale of such PRODUCT in such country would, in the absence of this Agreement, infringe such VALID CLAIM.

(d) “FIELD OF USE” shall mean all fields of use.

(e) “NET SALES” shall mean the gross amounts received by Licensee or its SUBLICENSEE for the first sale of any PRODUCT to third parties, less the following amounts actually incurred, allowed or taken by Licensee or SUBLICENSEE:

(i) [ …***…]

(ii) […***…]

(iii) […***…]

(iv) […***…]

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  2.   


(v) […***…]

(vi) [ …***…].

PRODUCTS used in commercially reasonable quantities for promotional or sampling purposes by Licensee or a SUBLICENSEE for which Licensee or such SUBLICENSEE receives no consideration, PRODUCTS used in preclinical studies or clinical trials, and PRODUCTS used in limited numbers in compassionate use programs shall not be considered in determining NET SALES. In addition, sales or transfers of PRODUCTS by Licensee to a SUBLICENSEE, or by a SUBLICENSEE to LICENSEE, shall not be considered in determining NET SALES.

(f) “SUBLICENSEE” shall mean any third party to which Licensee grants a sublicense under the PATENTS to make or sell any PRODUCT, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(g) “INVESTMENT CAPITAL” shall mean funds received by Licensee in exchange for equity interest in Licensee, but shall not include funds from third parties for research & development efforts by Licensee or funds received from third parties in the way of (i) loan borrowings for which no equity is granted, (ii) royalties, (iii) grants, or (iv) fees.

(h) “EFFECTIVE DATE” shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of Section 1.

(i) “NON-ROYALTY SUBLICENSE REVENUE” shall mean the amount actually received by Licensee from SUBLICENSEES arising from the grant of a sublicense under the PATENTS of the right to make or sell PRODUCTS, including, but not limited to, up-front license fees, license issue fees, maintenance fees and milestone payments paid by a SUBLICENSEE to Licensee in consideration for the grant by Licensee of a sublicense under the PATENTS to make or sell PRODUCTS; provided, however , that “NON-ROYALTY SUBLICENSE REVENUE” shall in any event exclude: […***…].

(j) “VALID CLAIM” shall mean […***…]

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  3.   


[ …***…]; provided, however , […***…].

(k) “PROPERTY RIGHTS” shall mean biological materials and reagents, including but not limited to vectors, viral particles, plasmids, cell lines comprising any of the foregoing, and DNA sequences that were developed at USC or by the Inventor(s), and to which USC has an ownership interest or has the right to license, and used in the development of the inventions claimed by the PATENTS, including without limitation the biological materials and reagents described in Appendix D to this Agreement.

 

  3. LICENSE PHASE

(a) In consideration of the license fee and royalties, and subject to the terms and conditions, as set forth in this Agreement, USC hereby grants to Licensee:

(i) the exclusive, worldwide, irrevocable (except in the case of termination of this Agreement) license under the PATENTS to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, have sold, export, and import the PRODUCT(S) in the FIELD OF USE; and

(ii) the right to grant sublicenses to any PATENT licensed exclusively hereunder, provided that any SUBLICENSEE agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to SUBLICENSEES.

USC acknowledges and agrees that the license granted to Licensee under this Section 3(a) includes the right to use the PROPERTY RIGHTS for the purpose of developing, making, having made, using, selling, having sold, offering for sale, exporting, and importing the PRODUCT(S) in the FIELD OF USE.

(b) In addition to the royalty referred to in Paragraph 4, Licensee shall pay USC a license fee of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), payable within […***…] business days after Licensee has cumulatively raised at least $[…***…] in INVESTMENT CAPITAL, but in no case later than […***…] months after the EFFECTIVE DATE.

(c) Further, Licensee shall issue to USC the number of shares of Licensee’s common stock equal to […***…] percent
([…***…]%) of the total number of shares of common stock issued at the time shares are issued to Licensee’s six founders prior to the Effective Date. Such issuance to USC shall be pursuant to a separate subscription agreement between the parties in the form attached hereto as Appendix B.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  4.   


  4. ROYALTY

(a) Licensee shall pay USC royalties of [ …***…] percent ([…***…]%) on aggregate annual worldwide NET SALES of PRODUCTS by Licensee and its SUBLICENSEES.

The obligation to pay royalties under this Paragraph 4(a) shall expire on a PRODUCT-by-PRODUCT and country-by-country basis upon expiration of the last-to-expire VALID CLAIM of the PATENTS covering a PRODUCT in a country.

For purposes of clarification, Licensee is not obligated to pay multiple royalties if any PRODUCT is covered by more than one VALID CLAIM of the PATENTS or the same PRODUCT is covered by VALID CLAIMS in two or more countries.

(b) At any time on or before the […***…] anniversary of the Effective Date, Licensee shall have the option to reduce the royalty to […***…] percent ([…***…]%) of NET SALES upon written notice to USC and payment to USC of the applicable option exercise fee specified below:

(i) […***…] Dollars ($[…***…]) if such option is exercised on or before the […***…] anniversary of the Effective Date;

(ii) […***…] Dollars ($[…***…]) if such option is exercised after the […***…] anniversary of the Effective Date and on or before the […***…] anniversary of the Effective Date; or

(iii) […***…] Dollars ($[…***…]) if such option is exercised after the […***…] anniversary of the Effective Date and on or before the […***…] anniversary of the Effective Date.

(c) In addition to the royalty described in Paragraph 4(a), Licensee shall pay USC […***…] ([…***…]%) of NON-ROYALTY SUBLICENSE REVENUE received from a SUBLICENSEE; provided, however, that if USC exercises the option described in Paragraph 4(b) above, then the percentage of NON-ROYALTY SUBLICENSE REVENUE payable to USC under this Paragraph 4(c) will be reduced to […***…] percent ([…***…]%).

(d) Licensee will pay an annual minimum royalty of […***…] Dollars ($[…***…]) commencing with the […***…] after Licensee and its SUBLICENSEES’ annual NET SALES of PRODUCTS reach a total of […***…] dollars ($[…***…]) and for each succeeding year for which royalties are due under Paragraph 4(a); provided, however, that if such PRODUCTS are subsequently recalled or removed from the market, then the minimum royalty obligation shall be suspended upon such recall or removal until such time (if ever) as Licensee and its SUBLICENSEES’ annual NET SALES of PRODUCTS again reach a total of […***…] dollars ($[…***…]). Should Licensee fail to make earned royalty payments sufficient to meet said minimum royalty requirements in

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  5.   


any calendar year, Licensee shall pay to USC the difference between the earned royalty and the minimum royalty requirement within [ …***…] days after the end of such calendar year. Unless Licensee is required to deliver a written earned royalty report under Paragraph 4(e) corresponding to the quarter in which minimum royalties are due, Licensee shall deliver a report including the information itemized in Paragraph 4(e) at the time it pays that respective minimum royalty.

(e) Licensee shall pay such royalties to USC on a calendar quarter basis. Within […***…] of the end of each calendar quarter as specified in this Paragraph 4(e), Licensee shall deliver to USC a full and accurate accounting to include at least the following information, which USC shall maintain in confidence in accordance with Section 17:

(i) Quantity of each PRODUCT sold (by country) by Licensee and its SUBLICENSEES;

(ii) Total receipts for each PRODUCT (by country);

(iii) NET SALES of each PRODUCT;

(iv) NON-ROYALTY SUBLICENSE REVENUE received by Licensee;

(v) Names and addresses of SUBLICENSEES of Licensee;

(vi) Total number of PRODUCTS manufactured (by country); and

(vii) Total royalties payable to USC.

(f) In each year the amount of royalty due shall be calculated quarterly as of March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 and shall be paid quarterly within […***…] days following such date. Every such payment shall be supported by the accounting prescribed in Paragraph 4(e) and shall be made in United States currency. Whenever for the purpose of calculating royalties conversion from foreign currency shall be required, such conversion shall be at the rate of exchange thereafter published in the Wall Street Journal for the business day closest to the end of the applicable calendar quarter.

(g) The royalty payments due under this Agreement shall, if overdue, bear interest until payment at a per annum rate equal to […***…] percent ([…***…]%) above the prime rate in effect at Bank of America, San Francisco on the due date, not to exceed the maximum permitted by law. The payments of such interest shall not preclude USC from exercising any other rights it may have as a consequence of the lateness of any royalty payment.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  6.   


  5. RIGHTS RETAINED BY UNIVERSITY

Notwithstanding the exclusive license granted in Paragraph 3(a), [ …***…].

 

  6. PATENT PROSECUTION

(a) Licensee shall file, prosecute and maintain, during the course of this Agreement, the PATENTS, using outside patent counsel reasonably acceptable to USC. Should the filing of foreign patents be required, Licensee shall take responsibility for timely filing, prosecuting and maintaining said foreign patents. Licensee shall notify USC of all material information received by Licensee, including copies of documents received by or prepared by or on behalf of Licensee, relating to the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the patents and patent applications which form the basis of the PATENTS, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to allow USC to review, comment, and advise upon such information. Licensee shall convey or transmit to USC material correspondence from outside counsel to USC related to the filing, prosecution and maintenance of PATENTS. Licensee shall consider in good faith the requests and suggestions of USC with respect to strategies for filing and prosecuting the PATENTS, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement all commercially reasonable requests of USC. USC shall keep Licensee informed of information provided to USC, or developed at USC, where such information relates to the PATENTS and PROPERTY RIGHTS necessary for the prosecution, protection and procurement of the PATENTS. Subject to Section 17 hereof, Licensee and USC agree to hold all information disclosed to it pursuant to this Paragraph 6(a) confidential and to use the information provided only for the purpose of advancing the PATENTS and/or practicing the license(s) granted to Licensee hereunder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) In the event that Licensee desires to cease prosecution or maintenance of any PATENT, Licensee shall provide reasonable prior written notice to USC of such intention to abandon (which notice shall, in any event, be given no later than
[…***…] days prior to the next deadline for any action that may be taken with respect to such PATENT with the applicable Patent Office), so that USC may, at its discretion, assume responsibility for such PATENT. If the Licensee assumes responsibility for a PATENT and then subsequently elects (i) not to pursue such PATENT or (ii) to terminate the prosecution or maintenance of such PATENT in any country, the Licensee surrenders its right to make, use or sell PRODUCTS covered by the non-elected PATENT in that particular country and shall grant to USC the exclusive rights previously granted to Licensee, without limitation, for that country. Licensee agrees to execute all necessary documents to carry out this grant of rights to USC. Payments referred to in Paragraph 6(a) shall not be refunded upon such non-election or termination.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  7.   


  7. PATENT INFRINGEMENT

(a) Each party shall promptly advise the other party in writing of any known acts of potential infringement of the PATENTS by a third party. Licensee has the first option to police the PATENTS against infringement by third parties in the FIELD OF USE, but Licensee shall notify USC in writing [ …***…] days before filing any suit. This right to police includes defending any action for declaratory judgment of non-infringement or invalidity; and prosecuting, defending or settling all infringement and declaratory judgment actions at its expense and through counsel of its selection, except that Licensee shall make any such settlement only with the advice and consent of USC, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Licensee has a reasonable basis for policing the PATENTS, USC shall provide reasonable assistance to Licensee with respect to such actions, including, if required to bring such action, the furnishing of a power of attorney or being named as a party, but only if Licensee reimburses USC for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with any such assistance rendered at Licensee’s request or reasonably required by USC. USC retains the right to participate, with counsel of its own choosing and at its own expense, in any action by Licensee under this Section, provided that Licensee will at all times control such action. In the event that Licensee wishes to bring suit pursuant to this Paragraph 7(a) but is held to lack standing to bring such suit, USC agrees to bring suit on behalf of Licensee at Licensee’s expense and to take reasonable direction from Licensee and its counsel in conducting such suit and any settlement negotiations arising therefrom.

(b) If Licensee demonstrates to USC that it has a reasonable basis to believe that a third party infringes the PATENTS and undertakes to enforce and/or defend the PATENTS by litigation, Licensee may withhold up to […***…] percent ([…***…]%) of the payments otherwise thereafter due during the course of such litigation to USC under Section 4 under the following terms. Licensee may apply the amounts withheld to pay up to half of Licensee’s out-of-pocket litigation expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, but not including salaries of Licensee’s employees. In the case where such litigation is concluded (by settlement, judgment, or otherwise) without Licensee receiving any award of damages, if the total amounts withheld by Licensee exceed one-half of Licensee’s litigation expenses as described above, then Licensee shall promptly pay the amount of such excess to USC. If Licensee recovers damages in patent litigation or settlement thereof, the award shall be applied first to satisfy Licensee’s unreimbursed expenses and legal fees for the litigation, next to reimburse USC for any payments under Section 4 which are past due or were withheld pursuant to this Section, and then to reimburse USC for any other reasonable unreimbursed out-of-pocket expenses and legal fees for the litigation. The remaining balance shall be allocated between the parties as follows: (i) ordinary damages awarded to Licensee shall be treated as NET SALES for purposes of this Agreement but only to the extent such damages are based solely on, or related solely to, the PATENTS subject to this Agreement; and (ii) special or punitive damages shall be allocated […***…]% to Licensee and […***…]% to USC.

(c) If Licensee fails to take action to abate any alleged infringement of patents which form the basis for the PATENTS within […***…] days of a request by USC to do so (or within a shorter period if required to preserve the legal rights of USC under any applicable laws)

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  8.   


then USC has the right to take such action (including prosecution of a suit) at its expense and Licensee shall use reasonable efforts to cooperate in such action, at USC’s expense. USC has full authority to settle on such terms as USC determines, except that USC shall not reach any settlement whereby it provides a license for future activities to a third party under the PATENTS in the FIELD OF USE or agree to limit its right (or the right of Licensee) to practice the inventions claimed by the PATENTS, without the prior written consent of Licensee. If USC recovers damages in patent litigation or settlement thereof, the award shall be applied first to satisfy USC’s unreimbursed expenses and legal fees for the litigation, next to reimburse USC for any payments overdue under this Agreement, and then to reimburse Licensee for any reasonable unreimbursed expenses and legal fees for the litigation (such payment not to exceed the recovery or settlement amounts USC actually receives). The remaining balance shall be allocated [ …***…]% to USC and […***…]% to Licensee.

(d) Licensee shall promptly notify USC of receipt from any third party of any claim, allegation or notification that the manufacture, use or sale of PRODUCT infringes the patents of such third party. Except as expressly set forth in this Section 7(d), USC shall have no obligation or liability in the event that legal action is brought against Licensee for patent infringement, and such obligation and liability shall be borne by Licensee. Licensee may choose legal counsel and defend the patent infringement lawsuit. During such lawsuit, Licensee may place all of the royalties derived from sales of the PRODUCT in the country where such lawsuit is pending in an interest-bearing escrow account. The escrow account shall be established in a bank mutually acceptable to both parties under escrow instructions that, to the maximum extent permitted by law, insulate the funds from claims of any creditor. Licensee may apply up to […***…] of the escrowed amounts toward reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs in connection with the action and toward any judgment or settlement amount. Should the settlement of any such patent infringement lawsuit involve payment of royalties by Licensee to a third party for the continued right to manufacture, use, and sell the PRODUCT, then funds in the escrow account and royalties payable to USC may be applied against up to […***…] of such royalties to a third party. Any funds thereafter remaining in the escrow shall be paid to USC. The above shall constitute USC’s sole liability and responsibility in the event of such action. Royalties paid to third parties as provided for above shall be included when determining whether the minimum royalty provided for in this Agreement has been paid in a given year. During the patent infringement litigation both parties shall keep each other informed of significant developments in the lawsuit.

 

  8. RECORDS

Licensee shall keep, and shall cause SUBLICENSEES to keep, complete, true and accurate books of account and records for the purpose of showing the derivation of all amounts payable to USC under this License Agreement. Said books and records shall be kept at Licensee’s or its SUBLICENSEE’s (as applicable) principal place of business for at least […***…] years following the end of the calendar year to which they pertain and shall be open for inspection by a reputable independent public auditing firm of national standing selected by USC and reasonably acceptable to Licensee, during regular business hours upon reasonable prior written notice to Licensee, for the purpose of verifying Licensee’s royalties statement or

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  9.   


Licensee’s compliance in other respects with this License Agreement. The parties shall use reasonable efforts to coordinate, to the extent practicable, any proposed audit by USC of a SUBLICENSEE with any planned audit by Licensee of such SUBLICENSEE. USC may exercise its audit right under this Section 8 no more than [ …***…]. All information obtained by the independent auditor as a result of such audit shall be considered confidential information of Licensee subject to Section 17, except that the auditor shall disclose to both parties the aggregate amount of royalties due to USC during each year, as determined in such audit. Should the results of any such audit, subject to reasonable confirmation by Licensee, show an underpayment of royalties by more than
[…***…]%, Licensee shall immediately pay such underpayment and all interest, as well as for the reasonable fees and costs of the independent auditor.

 

  9. SERVICES OF INVENTOR(S)

USC shall make reasonable efforts to make the inventor(s) named in the PATENTS who are current employees of USC (“Inventor(s)”) available during regular business hours to answer questions concerning certain technical aspects of the PROPERTY RIGHTS or the inventions described and claimed in the PATENTS. Should Licensee desire to use the services of such Inventor(s) for further testing and/or market studies of the PRODUCTS, a separate research and development and/or consulting agreement should be negotiated with Inventor(s) and the USC Office of Contracts and Grants.

 

  10. SUBLICENSE

Licensee shall be free to grant sublicenses of the licenses granted to it under this Agreement, provided that Licensee obtains the written agreement of the SUBLICENSEE to be bound by all relevant terms of this Agreement. Licensee shall provide USC with a true and complete copy of each such sublicense agreement entered into by Licensee with respect to the licenses granted to it under this Agreement, provided that Licensee shall have the right to redact from such copy any financial or other terms that Licensee deems confidential and that are not necessary for USC to ascertain Licensee’s compliance with this Agreement.

 

  11. PATENT MARKING

Licensee shall use reasonable efforts to place all appropriate patent and other intellectual property notices, markings and indicia on product and marketing literature for the PRODUCTS as needed to protect the PATENTS and other intellectual property rights of USC and right for damages for infringement thereof.

 

  12. SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS

Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or prevent USC or Inventor(s) from making scientific publications that include any information about the PATENTS, provided that neither USC nor the Inventor(s) shall publish any confidential or proprietary information of Licensee (as defined in Section 17) or regarding patent prosecution without Licensee’s prior written consent.
[…***…] days prior to submission for publication, USC and Inventor(s) will use their

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  10.   


reasonable efforts to submit the proposed publication to Licensee, for review only, provided that USC or the Inventor(s) (as applicable) will consider in good faith any comments provided by Licensee during such [ …***…]-day review period.

 

  13. PUBLICITY

Neither party shall use the name, trade name, trademark or other Designation of the other party in connection with any products, promotion or advertising without the prior written permission of the other party. In press releases by Licensee or USC, the parties presume that factual statements are acceptable, such as the affiliation of Inventor(s), the fact that the PATENTS are licensed from USC or by Licensee, etc., but the parties agree to consult with each other reasonably and in good faith with respect to the text and timing of press releases relating to this Agreement prior to the issuance thereof, provided that a party may not unreasonably withhold or delay consent to such releases, and that each party may issue such press releases as it determines, based on advice of counsel, are reasonably necessary to comply with laws or regulations or for appropriate market disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the parties agree that Licensee shall have the right, at any time after the Effective Date, to issue a press release substantially in the form attached hereto as Appendix C announcing the execution of this Agreement, without further review or approval by USC. In addition, each party shall be free to disclose, without the other party’s prior written consent, information relating to the Agreement that has already been publicly disclosed in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 13.

 

  14. ASSIGNMENTS/TRANSFERS

Licensee may not assign or transfer this Agreement in whole or in part to any third party without the prior written permission of USC, which permission shall be granted in the sole discretion of USC; provided, however , that, Licensee may, without such consent, assign this Agreement in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its business related to this Agreement, including, without any limitation, through any merger, consolidation, sale of stock, sale of assets or similar transaction. The Licensee may only assign the entire Agreement to successors of the entire business of the PRODUCTS if the successor agrees to be bound by this Agreement and prompt written notice is provided to USC.

 

  15. TERMINATION

(a) Upon the material breach of or material default under this Agreement by either party, the non-breaching party may terminate this Agreement by forty five (45) days written notice to the breaching party and to any SUBLICENSEE. Said notice shall be effective at the end of such period unless during said period breaching party shall remedy such defect or default; provided , however , that such right to terminate for material breach or material default shall be stayed and the cure period tolled in the event that, during the cure period, the party alleged to have been in material breach or material default in good faith disputes such allegation by written notice to the other party, in which event such stay and tolling shall continue during any negotiations or legal proceedings between the parties to resolve such dispute. Licensee may

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  11.   


also terminate this Agreement at any time, for any reason, by providing USC forty five (45) days written notice. No license fees, or royalties shall be returnable. This Agreement may also be terminated by USC upon notice to Licensee upon (i) the declaration by a court of competent jurisdiction that Licensee is bankrupt and Licensee’s assets are to be liquidated pursuant to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code; (ii) upon the filing or institution by Licensee of bankruptcy, liquidation or receivership proceedings under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code; (iii) upon an assignment of a substantial portion of Licensee’s assets for the benefit of creditors; or (iv) in the event a receiver or custodian is appointed in bankruptcy for all or substantially all of Licensee’s business; provided, however, that in the case of any involuntary proceeding, such right to terminate shall only become effective if the proceeding is not dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days after the filing thereof. Upon termination of the Agreement all rights granted to or provided by each party to the other shall automatically and irrevocably revert to the granting party.

(b) Surviving any termination are:

(i) Licensee’s obligation to pay royalties accrued or accruable.

(ii) Licensee’s obligation of Paragraph 8 to keep and allow a final audit.

(iii) Any cause of action or claim of Licensee or USC, accrued or to accrue, because of any breach or default by the other party.

(iv) The provisions of Paragraphs 15(b), 15(c) and 15(d) and Sections 14, 16, 17, 19, 20, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 30, 31 and 32.

In addition, in the event of termination of this Agreement, any sublicenses granted to a SUBLICENSEE under the license granted to Licensee hereunder that are then in effect shall remain in full force and effect; provided that the SUBLICENSEE (A) is not then in breach of its sublicense agreement, (B) agrees to be bound to USC as a licensor under the terms and conditions of the sublicense agreement, and (C) agrees in writing that in no event shall USC have any obligations or liabilities, or be under any obligation or requirement of performance, under any such sublicense extending beyond USC’s obligations and liabilities under this Agreement except to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or regulation.

(c) Upon termination (but not expiration) of this Agreement, Licensee agrees to immediately discontinue the manufacture and sale of the PRODUCTS and the use of the PATENTS. Within twenty (20) days after such termination, Licensee shall provide USC with a written inventory of all PRODUCTS currently in its stock as of the date of termination (the INVENTORY). Licensee shall have the right to dispose of such INVENTORY at its normal prices within six (6) months after said termination. The disposition of all such INVENTORY, however, shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. After the six (6) month sell-off period, Licensee shall destroy or return to USC all remaining unsold or unshipped PRODUCTS and shall certify their destruction or return to USC specifying the number of each destroyed or returned. In addition, Licensee shall immediately deliver to USC all written

 

  12.   


confidential materials relating to prosecution or maintenance of the PATENTS, together with all copies thereof.

(d) Each party acknowledges and agrees that any violation of this Agreement by such party would result in irreparable harm to the other party. Accordingly, each party consents and agrees that, if such party violates any of the provisions of this Agreement, the other party shall be entitled, in addition to other remedies available to it, to an injunction to be issued by any court of competent jurisdiction restraining such party from committing or continuing any violation of this Agreement.

 

  16. NOTICES, REPORTS AND PAYMENTS

Any notice, report or payment permitted or required under this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall be sent or delivered to the receiving party by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or by nationally-recognized overnight courier with return receipt requested, at the address set forth below or at such address as either party may from time to time designate in writing. The parties may from time to time agree in writing to designate the parties to receive notice under this paragraph, including SUBLICENSEES.

 

  USC: USC Stevens

University of Southern California

3740 McClintock Ave. Suite EEB 131

Los Angeles, California 90089 (U.S.A.)

 

  Ann: Director of Licensing

 

  Licensee: Tocagen Inc.

[ …***…]

 

  Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

  17. CONFIDENTIALITY

Notices, Reports, and other information transmitted between the parties that is deemed confidential by the providing party (“Provider”) will be held in confidence by the receiving party (“Recipient”) as follows: Recipient will protect the disclosed confidential information by using reasonable care to prevent the unauthorized use, dissemination or publication of the confidential information. Recipient will not disclose confidential information to any third party, will use confidential information only as permitted by this Agreement and will limit disclosure to those of its employees, students, staff, or agents with a need to know and who are under an obligation of confidentiality, provided that the Recipient will have a duty to protect only that confidential information that is (a) disclosed by the Discloser in writing and is marked as “confidential” at the time of disclosure, or (b) disclosed by the Discloser in any other manner, is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure and is also summarized and designated as confidential in a writing delivered to Recipient contact named in Section 16 above within […***…] days of the

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  13.   


disclosure. Recipient will have no obligation with respect to confidential information that Recipient can demonstrate by competent evidence (a) was in the Recipient’s possession before the receipt from Discloser; (b) is or becomes a matter of public knowledge through no fault of the Recipient; (c) is rightfully received by the Recipient from a third party without a duty of confidentiality; or (d) is independently developed by the Recipient. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, disclosure of confidential information of the Provider shall not be precluded if such disclosure is in response to a valid order of a court or other governmental body of competent jurisdiction of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or is otherwise required by law or regulation; provided, however , that the Recipient shall first have given notice to the Provider and shall have made a reasonable effort to obtain a protective order requiring that the confidential information so disclosed be used only for the purposes for which the order was issued. In addition, Licensee shall have the right to disclose confidential information of USC to potential third party sublicensees, collaborative or strategic partners, acquirors and/or investors in connection with due diligence or similar investigations or in confidential financing documents, in each case, on a confidential basis.

 

  18. PARAGRAPH HEADINGS

Paragraph headings are for the convenience of this Agreement only and shall not add to or detract from any of the terms or provisions.

 

  19. SEVERABILITY

If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid under any law applicable to the parties, SUBLICENSEES and/or assignees, that provision shall be considered severable and its invalidity shall not affect the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect.

 

  20. CONTROLLING LAW, JURISDICTION AND VENUE

This Agreement shall be deemed to be executed and to be performed in the State of California, and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California as to all matters, including but not limited to matters of validity, construction, effect and performance. In the event of any controversy, claim or dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or relating to this agreement, such controversy, claim or dispute may be tried exclusively in the courts of the State of California or in the United States Federal District Courts located in the State of California, as either party may elect. Each of the parties hereby waives any defense of lack of in personam jurisdiction, improper venue and forum non conveniens, and agrees that service of process of such court may be made upon each of them by personal delivery or by mailing certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the other party at the address provided for in Paragraph 16 hereof. Both parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of the court so selected, to the exclusion of any other courts which may have had jurisdiction apart from this Paragraph 20.

 

  21. TERM OF THE AGREEMENT

Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 15 of this Agreement, this Agreement shall terminate upon expiration of the last-to-expire VALID CLAIM of the PATENTS.

 

14.


  22. LIMITED WARRANTIES; DISCLAIMER

(a) USC hereby represents and warrants to Licensee as of the Effective Date that: (i) to the Knowledge (defined below) of USC, USC is the sole owner or a co-owner with the right to grant the exclusive license hereunder, of the patents and patent applications listed on Appendix A hereto; (ii) USC has not granted any license or option to license under the PATENTS in the FIELD OF USE to any third party (other than any such license or option to license that is no longer in force or effect); (iii) to the Knowledge of USC, USC has not received any written notice from any third party alleging that the practice of the inventions claimed in the PATENTS infringes the intellectual property rights of such third party; (iv) to the Knowledge of USC, Novartis has no claims to the practice of the inventions claimed in the PATENTS, and (v) to the Knowledge of USC, USC has not received any notice of termination of any interinstitutional agreement covering the applicable patents and patent applications listed in Appendix A. For purposes of this Paragraph, USC will be considered to have “Knowledge” of a particular fact or circumstance if such fact or circumstance is known to the most senior employee of USC’s technology licensing department or to any employee of USC who reports directly or indirectly to such senior employee, or if such fact or circumstance is described or disclosed in a written document received or sent by USC’s technology licensing department (including written correspondence with USC’s intellectual property counsel);

(b) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as:

(i) a warranty or representation by USC as to the validity or scope of the PATENT and/or PATENT Application; or

(ii) a warranty or representation that any PRODUCTS made, used, sold or otherwise disposed of under any license granted in this Agreement is or will be free from infringement of patents of third parties; or

(iii) an obligation to bring or prosecute actions or suits against third parties for infringement; or

(iv) conferring the rights to use in advertising, publicity or otherwise any trademark, trade name, or names or any contraction, abbreviation, simulation or adoption thereof, of USC or Licensee; or

(v) any obligation to furnish any know-how not provided.

(c) USC MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, nor does USC represent that the rights granted hereunder will result in PRODUCTS that are commercially successful.

(d) Licensee further agrees that it will not rely upon technical information provided by USC and Inventor(s) in developing and manufacturing any PRODUCTS hereunder, but will independently test, analyze and evaluate all PRODUCTS prior to manufacture and distribution of such PRODUCTS.

 

15.


(e) Each party hereby represents and warrants that (i) upon its execution, this Agreement is a legal and valid obligation binding upon and enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms and conditions; and (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such party has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action.

 

  23. INDEMNITY

(a) Licensee shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless USC and its trustees, officers, medical and professional staff, employees and agents and their respective successors, heirs and assigns (the “Indemnitees”), against all liabilities, demands, losses, costs, and expenses including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees as set forth in paragraph 23 (b) incurred by or imposed upon the Indemnitees or any one of them (“Losses”) as a result of any claim, demand, action or other proceeding by any third party arising out of any theory of liability (including but not limited to, actions in the form of tort, warranty, or strict liability) for death, personal injury, illness, or property damage arising from Licensee’s use, sale, or other disposition of the PRODUCT(S); except to the extent such Losses result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Indemnitee or the breach by USC of any warranty, representation, covenant or agreement made by USC in this Agreement.

(b) Licensee agrees, at its own expense, to provide attorneys reasonably acceptable to USC to defend against any actions brought or filed against any party indemnified hereunder with respect to the subject of indemnity contained herein, whether or not such actions are rightfully brought. To the extent that any proposed settlement directly affects USC, the Licensee shall obtain the approval of USC before finally agreeing to such settlement proposal, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

  24. INSURANCE

Licensee will procure and maintain insurance policies for the following coverages with respect to personal injury, bodily injury and property damage arising out of Licensee’s performance under this Agreement: (a) during the term of this Agreement, comprehensive general liability, including broad form and contractual liability, in a minimum amount of $[ …***…] combined single limit per occurrence and in the aggregate; (b) prior to the commencement of clinical trials involving PRODUCTS, clinical trials coverage in a minimum amount of $[…***…] combined single limit per occurrence and in the aggregate; and (c) prior to the sale of the first PRODUCT, product liability coverage, in a minimum amount of $[…***…] combined single limit per occurrence and in the aggregate. The required minimum amounts of insurance do not constitute a limitation on Licensee’s liability or indemnification obligations to USC under this Agreement. The policies of insurance required by this paragraph will name USC as an additional insured with respect to Licensee’s performance under this Agreement. Licensee will provide USC with insurance certificates evidencing the required coverage upon request. Licensee shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each certificate to provide that the insurance carrier will notify USC in writing at least […***…] days prior to the cancellation of coverage or the reduction in coverage below the required limits specified above.

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  16.   


  25. DAMAGES

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOST GOODWILL, LOST PROFITS, LOST BUSINESS OR OTHER INDIRECT ECONOMIC DAMAGES, WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED ON CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, TORT (INCLUDING STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER LEGAL THEORY, AS A RESULT OF A BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY OR ANY OTHER TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER A PARTY WAS ADVISED OR HAD REASON TO KNOW OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN ADVANCE.

 

  26. ATTORNEYS’ FEES

In any action on or concerning this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be awarded its reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements, to be paid by the nonprevailing party.

 

  27. PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

Licensee shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to test and develop the PRODUCT for commercial purposes throughout the world. During the term of this Agreement, Licensee shall submit to USC on or before April 1 of each year a report, to be maintained in confidence according to Section 17, detailing its PRODUCT research, regulatory approval, marketing and product development objectives for the coming year as well as the PRODUCT research, regulatory approval, marketing and development activities which Licensee undertook during the preceding year. The reports shall identify specific future milestones (regulatory approval and product development) and information demonstrating that the Licensee is providing sufficient financial and manpower resources to evidence its use of reasonable efforts. Licensee is planning to pursue and achieve the following diligence-related milestones by the dates indicated below:

Within [ …***…] months after Effective Date: Develop methodologies for clinical grade production of replicating-competent retrovirus (“RCR”) vectors.

Within […***…] months after Effective Date: Initiate production of clinical grade RCR vectors.

Within […***…] months after Effective Date: Initiate discussions with FDA or EMEA for IND filing.

Licensee shall notify USC within […***…] days after each deadline as to whether such milestone was met. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if a milestone is or may not be met by the applicable deadline due to material events that impact, or material changes to, Licensee’s anticipated development or regulatory process, Licensee shall so notify USC and USC and Licensee shall discuss in good faith and agree to a reasonable

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  17.   


extension of such deadline, but any such extension shall be subject to the mutual written agreement of Licensee and USC.

 

  28. EXPORT CONTROLS

It is understood that USC is subject to United States laws and regulations controlling the export of technical data, computer software, laboratory prototypes and other commodities (such laws include the Arms Export Control Act, as amended and the Export Administration Act), and that its obligations hereunder are contingent on compliance with applicable United States export laws and regulations. The transfer of certain technical data and commodities by the Licensee may require a license from the cognizant agency of the United States Government and/or written assurances by Licensee that Licensee shall not export data or commodities to certain foreign countries without prior approval of such agency. USC neither represents that a license shall not be required nor that, if required, it shall be issued. Licensee shall not engage in any activity in connection with this Agreement that is in violation of any applicable U.S. law.

 

  29. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

In rendering performances under this Agreement, Licensee will function solely as an independent contractor and not as agent, partner, employee or joint venturer with USC. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to create the relationship of principal and agent, or of partnership or joint venture, and neither party shall hold itself out as an agent, legal representative, partner, subsidiary, joint venturer, servant or employee of the other. Neither party nor any officer, employee, agent or representative thereof shall, in any event, have any right, collectively or individually, to bind the other party, to make any representations or warranties, to accept service of process, to receive notice or to perform any act or thing on behalf of the other party, except as expressly authorized under this Agreement or in writing by an authorized representative (as defined in Section 32) of such other party in its sole discretion.

 

  30. WAIVER

No waiver by either party of any default or breach shall be deemed as a waiver of prior or subsequent default or breach of the same or other provisions of this Agreement.

 

  31. FORCE MAJEURE

Each party shall be excused from liability for the failure or delay in performance of any obligation under this Agreement by reason of any event beyond such party’s reasonable control including but not limited to Acts of God, fire, flood, explosion, earthquake, or other natural forces, war, civil unrest, terrorism, accident, destruction or other casualty, any lack or failure of transportation facilities, any lack or failure of supply of raw materials, any strike or labor disturbance, or any other event similar to those enumerated above. Such excuse from liability shall be effective only to the extent and duration of the event(s) causing the failure or delay in performance. Notice of a party’s failure or delay in performance due to force majeure must be given to the other party within [ …***…] days after its occurrence. All delivery dates under this Agreement that have been affected by force majeure shall be tolled for the duration of such

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  18.   


force majeure. In no event shall any party be required to prevent or settle any labor disturbance or dispute.

 

  32. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof. No amendment, modification, extension or cancellation of this Agreement shall be binding on the parties unless mutually agreed to and executed in writing by a representative of each of the parties having requisite authority to sign on such party’s behalf. In the case of Licensee, only Licensee’s Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will have the authority to sign this Agreement or any amendment, modification, extension, cancellation or waiver hereof on Licensee’s behalf.

 

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

 

/s/ Todd R. Dickey                                             

Todd R. Dickey

Senior Vice President

    Administration

 

October 24, 2007                                                 

(Date)

  

TOCAGEN INC.

 

/s/ Harry E. Gruber                                             

Harry E. Gruber

President and CEO

    

 

October 22, 2007                                                 

(Date)

 

19.


APPENDIX A

PATENTS

 

USC#

   PATENT or
SERIAL #
  FILING DATE   COUNTRY  

TITLE

[ …***…]

   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]
   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]  
   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]  
   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]  
   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]  
   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]  
   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]  
   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]  
   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]  
   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]  
   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]  
   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]  
   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]  

[…***…]

   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]
   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]  
   […***…]   […***…]   […***…]  

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  A-1.   


APPENDIX B

FORM OF

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

T HIS S UBSCRIPTION A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 31 st day of October , 200 7 , by and between T OCAGEN I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the U NIVERSITY OF S OUTHERN C ALIFORNIA (“ USC ).

W HEREAS , the Company desires to issue, and USC desires to acquire, stock of the Company as herein described, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

N OW , T HEREFORE , I T I S A GREED between the parties as follows:

1. Issuance of Stock . The Company hereby agrees to issue to USC an aggregate of [ 183,000 ] shares of the Common Stock of the Company (the “Stock”), in consideration of the grant by USC to the Company of an exclusive, worldwide license under certain patent rights owned by USC pursuant to that certain License Agreement between the parties dated as of October 22 , 2007. The closing hereunder, including delivery of the Stock, shall occur at the offices of the Company immediately following the execution of this Agreement, or at such other time and place as the parties may mutually agree.

2. Limitations on Transfer . USC shall not assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in the Stock except in compliance with the provisions herein and applicable securities laws. Furthermore, the Stock shall be subject to any right of first refusal in favor of the Company or its assignees that may be contained in the Company’s Bylaws. USC hereby further acknowledges that USC may be required to hold the Common Stock purchased hereunder indefinitely. During the period of time during which the USC holds the Common Stock, the value of the Common Stock may increase or decrease, and any risk associated with such Common Stock and such fluctuation in value shall be borne by the USC.

3. Restrictive Legends . All certificates representing the Stock shall have endorsed thereon legends in substantially the following forms (in addition to any other legend which may be required by other agreements between the parties hereto):

(a) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SAID ACT OR UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE AND THE ISSUER SHALL HAVE RECEIVED, AT THE EXPENSE OF THE HOLDER HEREOF, EVIDENCE OF SUCH EXEMPTION

 

B-1.


REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER (WHICH MAY INCLUDE, AMONG OTHER THINGS, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER).”

(b) Any legend required by appropriate blue sky officials.

4. Investment Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Stock, USC represents to the Company the following:

(a) USC is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Stock. USC is purchasing the Stock for investment for USC’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).

(b) USC understands that the Stock has not been registered under the Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of USC’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) USC further acknowledges and understands that the Stock must be held indefinitely unless the Stock is subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available. USC further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Stock. USC understands that the certificate evidencing the Stock will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Stock unless the Stock is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) USC is familiar with the provisions of Rule 144, under the Act, as in effect from time to time, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer thereof (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. The Stock may be resold by USC in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires, among other things: (i) the availability of certain public information about the Company and (ii) the resale occurring following the required holding period under Rule 144 after the USC has purchased, and made full payment of (within the meaning of Rule 144), the securities to be sold.

(e) USC further understands that at the time USC wishes to sell the Stock there may be no public market upon which to make such a sale, and that, even if such a public market then exists, the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirements of Rule 144, and that, in such event, USC would be precluded from selling the Stock under Rule 144 even if the minimum holding period requirement had been satisfied.

(f) USC represents that USC is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Act.

 

B-2.


5. Market Stand-Off Agreement . USC shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by USC, including the Stock (the “Restricted Securities”), for a period of time specified by the managing underwriters (not to exceed 270 days) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act (the “Lock Up Period”). USC agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriters which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to USC’s Restricted Securities until the end of the Lock-Up Period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 5 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

6. Proxy . With respect to any matter submitted to the holders of the Company’s voting capital stock, whether at a meeting of the stockholders or by written consent, USC hereby appoints the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or his/her designee, as USC’s true and lawful proxy and attorney, with the power to act alone and with full power of substitution, to vote all of the voting capital stock of the Company registered in its name or beneficially owned by it as of the date hereof and any and all other securities of the Company legally or beneficially acquired by USC after the date hereof (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ USC Shares ”) with respect to such matter in the same manner as the majority of all other holders of the Company’s outstanding voting capital stock vote on such matter, and to execute all appropriate instruments consistent with this Agreement on behalf of USC. The proxy and power granted by USC pursuant to this Section are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of USC’s duties under this Agreement. Such proxy and power will be irrevocable for the term hereof (as set forth below). The proxy and power will survive the merger or reorganization of USC or any other entity holding any USC Shares. The provisions of this Section 6 shall terminate on the earlier of (a) the date of the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and declared effective under the Act, and (b) the date of the closing of an Acquisition or Asset Transfer, as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as in effect as of the date hereof.

7. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the next business day, provided that any notice pursuant to this clause (ii) must be confirmed by one of the other permitted means of notice under this Paragraph; (iii) five (5) calendar days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the other party hereto at

 

B-3.


such party’s address hereinafter set forth on the signature page hereof, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other party hereto.

(b) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, be binding upon USC, USC’s successors, and assigns.

(c) Attorneys’ Fees; Specific Performance . USC shall reimburse the Company for all costs incurred by the Company in enforcing the performance of, or protecting its rights under, any part of this Agreement, including reasonable costs of investigation and attorneys’ fees.

(d) Governing Law; Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The parties agree that any action brought by either party under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement, shall be brought in, and each party agrees to and does hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of, any state or federal court located in the State of California.

(e) Further Execution . The parties agree to take all such further action(s) as may reasonably be necessary to carry out and consummate this Agreement as soon as practicable, and to take whatever steps may be necessary to obtain any governmental approval in connection with or otherwise qualify the issuance of the securities that are the subject of this Agreement.

(f) Independent Counsel . USC acknowledges that this Agreement has been prepared on behalf of the Company by Cooley Godward Kronish LLP, counsel to the Company and that Cooley Godward Kronish LLP does not represent, and is not acting on behalf of, USC. USC has been provided with an opportunity to consult with USC’s own counsel with respect to this Agreement.

(g) Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and merges all prior agreements or understandings, whether written or oral. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or revoked, in whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

(h) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(i) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

B-4.


 

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

T OCAGEN I NC .
By:  

/s/ Harry E. Gruber

Name:   Harry E. Gruber
Title:   CEO
Address:   […***…]
U NIVERSITY OF S OUTHERN C ALIFORNIA
By:  

/s/ Todd R. Dickey

Name:   Todd R. Dickey
Title:   Senior Vice President, Administration
Address:   University Park Campus
  Los Angeles , CA 90089-5013

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  B-5.   


APPENDIX C

FORM OF

PRESS RELEASE

Tocagen Exclusively Licenses Third Generation Gene Therapy

Platform from the University of Southern California

Tocagen is commercializing breakthrough treatments

for terminally ill cancer patients

SAN DIEGO, Calif., — (October     , 2007) — Tocagen Inc. (Tocagen), a biopharmaceutical company, today announced an agreement with the University of Southern California (USC) that provides Tocagen with the exclusive worldwide development and commercialization rights to a third generation gene therapy platform for the treatment of cancer. Financial terms were not disclosed, but do include licensing fees and future royalties.

The intellectual property licensed is based on USC research by Nori Kasahara, MD, PhD (now a researcher at UCLA) and his USC colleagues. The USC Stevens Institute for Innovation facilitated the licensing transaction.

Tocagen, led by a seasoned, highly successful management team and an internationally recognized scientific team in the area of gene therapy, is a new gene therapy company pursuing the discovery, development and commercialization of products for the treatment of cancer. Tocagen is initially focusing on treatments for terminally ill cancer patients for whom no adequate treatments currently exist. The founding technology of the company is a third generation gene therapy platform, which overcomes the remaining biodistribution limitations to current gene therapy approaches for cancer. This approach could become a commonly used technique in the treatment of cancer.

The most important barrier to commercialization of gene therapy cancer products is the lack of efficiency of gene transfer (biodistribution) to a large percentage of cancer cells in a solid primary or metastatic tumor while using safe vectors. Tocagen plans to utilize the new proprietary Controlled Active Gene Transfer (CAGT™) platform to greatly increase gene delivery efficiency and specificity. While its CAGT platform has demonstrated impressive efficacy in numerous cancer types, Tocagen believes its CAGT platform will initially be commercialized for the treatment of Glioblastoma Multiforme and Malignant Melanoma.

“We are entering a new era in the treatment of terminally ill cancer patients. We believe new gene transfer technology will lead the way in therapeutic response, outcomes and survival rates,” said Doug Jolly, PhD, Executive Vice President of Research and Pharmaceutical Development of Tocagen. “We look forward to continuing the work of

 

C-1.


Dr. Kasahara and value the commitment of USC to bring these discoveries to widespread clinical usage for improving the survival of terminally ill cancer patients, including patients with untreatable primary solid tumors as well as those with advanced metastatic disease,” said Harry E. Gruber, MD, Chief Executive Officer of Tocagen.

“Innovation at USC means advancing the cutting edge ideas generated in our academic environment, and moving them out to market, where those ideas can create tangible, positive impact,” said Krisztina Holly, USC Vice Provost and Executive Director for the USC Stevens Institute for Innovation. “In Tocagen, USC found partners ideally suited to help us meet this goal, by commercializing the breakthrough research in next generation cancer treatments to make a dramatic difference in people’s lives.”

Added Christopher T. Moulding, Senior Licensing Associate for USC Stevens, “We are extremely proud of Dr. Kasahara’s work, and pleased that through USC’s relationship with Tocagen, cancer patients may soon have better therapies in their battle against the disease. The management team at Tocagen is particularly experienced and committed to develop the USC technology by building a platform for a broad range of gene therapies for cancer.”

In 2005, cancer surpassed cardiovascular disease as the leading cause of death in the U.S., with more than a half million deaths per year.

About Tocagen Inc.

Tocagen Inc. is a new gene therapy company pursuing the discovery, development and commercialization of products for the treatment of cancer. Tocagen is initially focusing on treatments for terminally ill cancer patients for whom no adequate treatments currently exist. The founding technology of the company is a third generation gene therapy platform, which overcomes the remaining biodistribution and other limitations to current gene therapy approaches for cancer. For more information about the company or collaborative opportunities, please visit www.tocagen.com or contact Dennis N. Berman, Executive Vice President Corporate and Business Development, dberman@tocagen.com .

About the USC Stevens Institute for Innovation

The USC Stevens Institute for Innovation (http://stevens.usc.edu) is a university-wide resource in the Office of the Provost at the University of Southern California designed to harness and advance the creative thinking and breakthrough research from USC for societal impact. USC Stevens identifies, nurtures, protects, and transfers to the market the most exciting innovations from USC, and in turn, provides a central connection for industry seeking cutting-edge innovations in which to invest. Furthermore, USC Stevens develops the innovator as well as innovations, through educational programs. community-building events, and showcase opportunities. From the biosciences and technology to music and cinematic arts, USC Stevens connects faculty, students, and the business community to create an environment for stimulating and inspiring the process of innovation across all disciplines. USC Stevens was established through a generous $22M naming gift from USC alumnus and trustee Mark A. Stevens, a partner at the legendary Sequoia Capital venture capital firm, and his wife, Mary.

 

C-2.


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENT

The statements contained in this press release that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements in this press release include statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, hopes, goals, intentions, initiatives or strategies, including statements regarding the development of the licensed or internally developed intellectual property. Because these forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, there are important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. The development of the licensed or internally developed intellectual property could be affected by a number of factors, including unexpected safety, efficacy or manufacturing issues, additional time requirements for data analyses and decision making, the impact of pharmaceutical industry regulation, the impact of competitive products and pricing and the impact of patents and other proprietary rights held by competitors and other third parties.

The information contained in this press release is as of the date of this release. Tocagen assumes no obligations to update any forward-looking statements contained in this press release as the result of new information or future events or developments.

Tocagen Contact:

Media: Dennis N. Berman, Executive Vice President Corporate and Business Development, 858 775 8315, dberman@tocagen.com

USC Media Contacts:

Elisa Wiefel,

USC Stevens Institute for Innovation

(213) 821-6063

wiefel@usc.edu

Sally Stewart

SA Stewart Communications for USC Stevens

(310) 394-8400

sally@sastewart.com

# # #

 

C-3.


APPENDIX D

REAGENTS

Biological materials and reagents (including samples, media, viral particles, cell lines, plasmids, proteins, nucleic acids, vectors, viruses, procedures, processes, methods and formulations, data, know-how, improvements, designs and techniques for producing any such samples, media, viral particles, cell lines, plasmids, proteins, nucleic acids, vectors, viruses, procedures, processes, methods and formulations, data, know-how, improvements, designs and techniques) that were developed at, or controlled by, USC or by the Inventor(s) and used in the development of the inventions claimed by the PATENTS, including without limitation those described below:

MLV-based RCR vectors

 

Plasmid name    5’ LTR promoter    Envelope    IRES    Transgene    3’ LTR promoter
[ …***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  D-1.   


GALV-based RCR vectors

 

Plasmid name    5’ promoter    Envelope    IRES    Transgene    3’ LTR promoter
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
Adenovirus-retroelement hybrid vectors
Plasmid name    serotype    Adenoviral transgene    Retroelement    Retroelement genes    Retroelement
transgene
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]
[…***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]    […***…]

 

 

     ***Confidential Treatment Requested
  D-2.   

Exhibit 10.10

LEASE

by and between

BMR-3030 BUNKER HILL STREET LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

and

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation


LEASE

THIS LEASE (this “ Lease ”) is entered into as of this 21 st day of July, 2008 (the “ Execution Date ”), by and between BMR-3030 BUNKER HILL STREET LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord owns certain real property (the “ Property ”) and the improvements thereon located at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California, including the building located thereon (the “ Building ”) in which the Premises (as defined below) are located; and

B. WHEREAS, Landlord wishes to lease to Tenant, and Tenant desires to lease from Landlord, Suite 226 (the “ Premises ”) located in the Building, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease, as detailed below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Lease of Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto for use by Tenant in accordance with the Permitted Use (as defined below) and no other uses. The Property and all landscaping, parking facilities and other improvements and appurtenances related thereto, including, without limitation, the Building, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Project .” All portions of the Project that are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Building, including, without limitation, driveways, sidewalks, parking areas, landscaped areas, service corridors, stairways, elevators, public restrooms and public lobbies, are hereinafter referred to as “ Common Area .”

2. Basic Lease Provisions . For convenience of the parties, certain basic provisions of this Lease are set forth herein. The provisions set forth herein are subject to the remaining terms and conditions of this Lease and are to be interpreted in light of such remaining terms and conditions.

2.1 This Lease shall take effect upon the date of execution and delivery hereof by all parties hereto and, except as specifically otherwise provided within this Lease, each of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant from the date of execution and delivery hereof by all parties hereto.

2.2 In the definitions below, each current Rentable Area (as defined below) is expressed in rentable square footage. Rentable Area and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (as defined below) are all subject to adjustment as provided in this Lease.

 

Definition or Provision

 

Means the Following (As of the Term

Commencement Date)

Rentable Area of Premises

  9,262 square feet

Rentable Area of Building

  105,364 square feet

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building

  8.79%

2.3 Monthly and annual installments of Base Rent for the Premises, (“ Base Rent ”) as of the Term Commencement Date:


Months

 

Rentable S.F.

 

Per Rentable S.F.

 

Total Monthly

 

Total Annual

1

  9,262   $2.35 monthly   $21,765.70   $261,188.40

2-4

  9,262   $0.00 monthly   $0.00   $0.00

5-12

  9,262   $2.35 monthly   $21,765.70   $261,188.40

13-15

  9,262   $2.43 monthly   $22,506.67   $270,080.04

16-24

  9,262   $2.43 monthly   $22,506.67   $270,080.04

25-27

  9,262   $2.50 monthly   $23,155.00   $277,860.00

2.4 Term Commencement Date: Execution Date

2.5 Term Expiration Date: Fifteen (15) months after the Term Commencement Date

2.6 Option Term: Twelve (12) additional months after the initial Term Expiration Date

2.7 Security Deposit: $21,765.70, subject to increase in accordance with the terms hereof

2.8 Permitted Use: General office and laboratory use and related administrative and ancillary uses as permitted by Applicable Laws (as defined below).

 

2.9 Address for Rent Payment:

  BMR-3030 Bunker Hill Street LLC
      Unit K
      P.O. Box 51918
      Los Angeles, California 90051-6218

2.10 Address for Notices to Landlord:

  BMR-3030 Bunker Hill Street LLC
      17190 Bernardo Center Drive
      San Diego, California 92128
      Attn: General Counsel/Real Estate

2.11 Address for Notices to Tenant:

  3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 226
      San Diego, California 92109
      Attn: Chief Financial Officer

2.12 The following Exhibits are attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit A

  Premises
 

Exhibit B

  Services to Be Provided by Landlord
 

Exhibit C

  [Intentionally omitted]
 

Exhibit D

  [Intentionally omitted]
 

Exhibit E

  Form of Letter of Credit
 

Exhibit F

  Rules and Regulations
 

Exhibit G

  [Intentionally omitted]
 

Exhibit H

  Tenant’s Personal Property
 

Exhibit I

  Form of Estoppel Certificate

3. Term; Extension Option .

3.1 The initial term Lease shall be fifteen (15) months (the initial “ Term ”), starting on the Term Commencement Date and ending on the Term Expiration Date, subject to earlier termination of this Lease as provided herein.

3.2 Landlord hereby grants Tenant one (1) option to extend the initial fifteen (15) month Term of this Lease (the “ Extension Option ”) for one (1) additional period of twelve (12)

 

2


months (the “ Extension Period ”), all upon the same terms and conditions herein contained, except for: (a) Base Rent payable during the Extension Period shall be payable as described in Section 2.3 , and (b) the Extension Option described herein shall not apply to any period following the Extension Period and Tenant shall have no further options to extend. The foregoing notwithstanding, Tenant shall not have the right to exercise the Extension Option if: (x) Tenant is in default of any term, condition or covenant contained in this Lease beyond the applicable notice and cure period, if any, either as of the date Tenant elects to exercise the Extension Option as provided below or at any time thereafter preceding the Extension Period, (y) Tenant has sublet, with Landlord’s consent, more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises or assigned its interests under the Lease, except pursuant to an Exempt Transfer (as defined in Section 30.1 ), or (z) Tenant fails to timely exercise the Extension Option by delivering a written notice to Landlord not less than four (4) months prior to the expiration of the initial Term of this Lease. Tenant understands, acknowledges and agrees that time is of the essence with respect to Tenant’s exercise of its Extension Option rights, and that if Landlord has not actually received Tenant’s written notice of exercise of the Extension Option within the time periods set forth above, which time periods are to be strictly enforced, then Tenant’s Extension Option rights shall immediately expire and be of no further force or effect.

 

4.

Possession and Commencement Date .

4.1 Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Term Commencement Date.

4.2 Failure by Tenant to obtain validation by any medical review board or validation of the Premises for Tenant’s intended use by State or Federal FDA shall not serve to extend the Term Commencement Date.

4.3 [Intentionally omitted].

4.4 Possession of areas of the Premises necessary for utilities, services, safety and operation of the Building is reserved to Landlord.

5. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or with respect to the suitability of the Premises, the Building or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Premises and agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Term Commencement Date and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for or construct any improvements to the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant determines within the first thirty (30) days following the Commencement Date that any of the Building systems serving the Premises are not in working order (consistent with the applicable manufacturer’s specifications), Landlord shall promptly rectify any such condition or detect at its sole cost and expense after receipt of written notice from Tenant within such time setting forth the nature and extent of any such condition or defect. If after expiration of such initial thirty (30) day period, Tenant is required to make repairs to any component of the Premises for which Landlord may have obtained a warranty, Landlord shall, upon request by Tenant, use its good faith efforts to pursue its rights under any such warranties for the benefit of Tenant. Tenant’s taking of possession of the Premises shall, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, conclusively establish that the Premises, the Building and the Project were at such time in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair. Landlord and Tenant agree and acknowledge that the Exit Audit Report for Gemini Science dated August 20, 2006, performed by URS, the radioactive materials license release survey referenced therein, and the fume hood decontamination report dated July 18, 2008, shall constitute the baseline environmental condition of the Premises (the “Baseline Phase I ”) and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Article 27 , Tenant shall have no obligation to perform any remediation recommendations that are inconsistent with the Baseline Phase I environmental condition of the Premises.

 

6.

[Intentionally omitted]

 

7.

Rentable Area .

 

3


7.1 The term “ Rentable Area ” shall reflect such areas as reasonably calculated by Landlord’s architect (in accordance with Landlord’s modified BOMA standards consistently applied throughout the Term), as the same may be reasonably adjusted from time to time by Landlord in consultation with Landlord’s architect to reflect physical changes to the Premises or Building, as applicable.

7.2 The Rentable Area of the Building is generally determined by making separate calculations of Rentable Area applicable to each floor within the Building and totaling the Rentable Area of all floors within the Building. The Rentable Area of a floor is computed by measuring to the outside finished surface of the permanent outer Building walls. The full area calculated as previously set forth is included as Rentable Area, without deduction for columns and projections or vertical penetrations, including stairs, elevator shafts, flues, pipe shafts, vertical ducts and the like, as well as such items’ enclosing walls.

7.3 The term “Rentable Area” when applied to the Premises, is that area equal to the usable area of the Premises, plus an equitable allocation of Rentable Area within the Building that is not then utilized or expected to be utilized as usable area, including, but not limited to, that portion of the Building devoted to corridors, equipment rooms, restrooms, elevator lobby, atrium and mailroom.

8. Rent .

8.1 Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Base Rent for the Premises, commencing on the Term Commencement Date, the sums set forth in Section 2.3 . Base Rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 2.3 , each in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term.

8.2 In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent (“ Additional Rent ”) at times hereinafter specified in this Lease (a) Tenant’s pro rata share, as set forth in Section 2.2 (“ Tenant’s Pro Rata Share ”), of Operating Expenses (as defined below) and (b) any other amounts that Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease that are owed to Landlord, including, without limitation, any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure on Tenant’s part to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after notice and the lapse of any applicable cure periods.

8.3 Base Rent and Additional Rent shall together be denominated “ Rent .” Rent shall be paid to Landlord, without abatement, deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America at the office of Landlord as set forth in Section 2.8 or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time designate in writing. In the event the Term commences or ends on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then the Rent for such fraction of a month shall be prorated for such period on the basis of a thirty (30) day month and shall be paid at the then-current rate for such fractional month.

9. [Intentionally omitted]

10. Operating Expenses .

10.1 As used herein, the term “ Operating Expenses ” shall include:

(a) Government impositions including, without limitation, property tax costs consisting of real and personal property taxes and assessments, including amounts due under any improvement bond upon the Building or the Project, including the parcel or parcels of real property upon which the Building and areas serving the Building are located or assessments in lieu thereof imposed by any federal, state, regional, local or municipal governmental authority, agency or subdivision (each, a “ Governmental Authority ”) are levied; taxes on or measured by gross rentals received from the rental of space in the Project; taxes based on the square footage of the Premises, the Building or the Project, as well as any parking charges, utilities surcharges or any other costs levied, assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Applicable Laws (as defined below) or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use or occupancy of the Project or the parking facilities serving

 

4


the Project; taxes on this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest in the Premises, and fee for a business license to operate an office building; and any expenses, including the reasonable cost of attorneys or experts, reasonably incurred by Landlord in seeking reduction by the taxing authority of the applicable taxes, less tax refunds obtained as a result of an application for review thereof Operating Expenses shall not include any net income, franchise, capital stock, estate or inheritance taxes, or taxes that are the personal obligation of Tenant or of another tenant of the Project; and

(b) All other costs of any kind paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation or maintenance of the Building and the Project including, by way of example and not of limitation, costs of repairs and replacements to improvements within the Project as appropriate to maintain the Project as required hereunder, including costs of funding such reasonable reserves as Landlord, consistent with good business practice, may establish to provide for future repairs and replacements; costs of utilities furnished to the Common Areas; sewer fees; cable television; trash collection; cleaning, including windows; heating; ventilation; air-conditioning; maintenance of landscaping and grounds; maintenance of drives and parking areas; maintenance of the roof; security services and devices; building supplies; maintenance or replacement of equipment utilized for operation and maintenance of the Project; license, permit and inspection fees; sales, use and excise taxes on goods and services purchased by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project or Building systems and equipment; telephone, postage, stationery supplies and other expenses incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project; accounting, legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Project; costs of furniture, draperies, carpeting, landscaping and other customary and ordinary items of personal property provided by Landlord for use in Common Areas; annual amortization of capital expenditures in the Project, made for repairs, replacements or compliance with Applicable Laws (with the cost of such capital expenditures amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (but in no event longer than seven (7) years)); costs of remedying non-compliance existing as of the Execution Date with all federal, state, municipal and local laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations of Governmental Authorities, committees, associations, or other regulatory committees, agencies or governing bodies having jurisdiction over the Property, the Project, the Building, the Premises, Landlord or Tenant, including both statutory and common law and hazard waste rules and regulations (“ Applicable Laws ”); insurance premiums, including premiums for public liability, property casualty, earthquake, terrorism and environmental coverages; portions of insured losses paid by Landlord as part of the deductible portion of a loss pursuant to the terms of insurance policies; service contracts; costs of services of independent contractors retained to do work of a nature referenced above; and costs of compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) of all persons who perform regular and recurring duties connected with the day-to-day operation and maintenance of the Project, its equipment, the adjacent walks, landscaped areas, drives and parking areas, including, without limitation, janitors, floor waxers, window washers, watchmen, gardeners, sweepers and handymen.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include any leasing commissions; expenses that relate to preparation of rental space for a tenant; expenses of initial development and construction, including, but not limited to, grading, paving, landscaping and decorating (as distinguished from maintenance, repair and replacement of the foregoing); legal expenses relating, to other tenants; costs of repairs to the extent reimbursed by payment of insurance proceeds received by Landlord; interest, principal, points or fees upon loans to Landlord or secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Project or a portion thereof ( provided that interest upon a government assessment or improvement bond payable in installments shall constitute an Operating Expense under Subsection 10.1(a) ); salaries, benefits and other compensation of executive officers of Landlord; depreciation claimed by Landlord for tax purposes ( provided that this exclusion of depreciation is not intended to delete from Operating Expenses actual costs of repairs and replacements and reasonable reserves in regard thereto that are provided for in Subsection 10.1(b) ); taxes that are excluded from Operating Expenses by the last sentence of Subsection 10.1(a) ; costs incurred for the repair, maintenance or replacement of the structural components of the footings, foundation, ground floor slab, and load bearing walls of the Building (but excluding painting and ordinary maintenance and repair of exterior surfaces); costs recovered under any construction or materials warranty procured by

 

5


Landlord; costs of any kind, including attorneys’ fees, incurred to correct any defects in design, materials or construction of the Project existing as or the Execution Date; costs, expenses and penalties (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) incurred as a result of the use, storage, removal or remediation of any toxic or hazardous substances or other environmental contamination caused by Landlord or its employees, contractors, agents or representatives; costs incurred in connection with the financing, sale or acquisition of the Project or any portion thereof, any costs incurred as a result of Landlord’s violation of any statute, ordinance or other Applicable Law, Landlord’s breach of this Lease, or Landlord’s or its employees’, agents’ or representatives’ tort liability to any other party, including, without limitation, any third party; the cost of any work or service performed for or facilities furnished to another occupant of the Project at such occupant’s cost; any interest or penalties imposed upon Landlord by any taxing authority for late payment; any other expense otherwise chargeable as Operating Expenses but that is not of general benefit to the Project but is for the benefit of one or more specific tenants and not for Tenant; and the amount of any payments to subsidiaries and affiliates of Landlord for services to the Project or for supplies or other materials to the extent that the cost of such services, supplies or materials materially exceeds the cost that would have been paid had the services, supplies or materials been provided by unaffiliated parties on a competitive basis. To the extent that Tenant uses more than Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any item of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall pay Landlord for such excess in addition to Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses.

10.2 Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, as Additional Rent, (a) the Property Management Fee (as defined below) and (b) Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses with respect to the Building and the Project, as applicable, for such month.

(x) The “ Property Management Fee ” shall equal three percent (3%) of the Base Rent due from Tenant.

(y) Within ninety (90) days after the conclusion of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required by Landlord). Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement showing in reasonable detail the actual Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year. Any additional sum due from Tenant to Landlord shall be immediately due and payable. If the amounts paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section 10.2 exceed Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the Rent next due and owing from Tenant; provided that, if the Lease term has expired, Landlord shall accompany said statement with payment for the amount of such difference.

(z) Any amount due under this Section 10.2 for any period that is less than a full month shall be prorated (based on a thirty (30)-day month) for such fractional month.

10.3 Landlord’s annual statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reasons therefor. If, during such sixty (60)-day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or contests the correctness of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable access to Landlord’s books and records to the extent relevant to determination of Operating Expenses, and such information as Landlord reasonably determines to be responsive to Tenant’s written inquiries. In the event that, after Tenant’s review of such information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent public accounting firm hired by Tenant on an hourly basis and not on a contingent-fix basis (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and approved by Landlord (which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay) audit and review such of Landlord’s books and records for the year in question as directly relate to the determination of Operating Expenses for such year (the “ Independent Review ”). Landlord shall make such books and records available at the location where Landlord maintains them in the ordinary course of its business. Landlord need not provide copies of any books or records. Tenant shall commence the Independent Review within thirty (30) days after the date Landlord has given Tenant access to Landlord’s books and records for the Independent Review. Tenant shall complete the Independent Review and notify Landlord in

 

6


writing of Tenant’s specific objections to Landlord’s calculation of Operating Expenses (including Tenant’s accounting firm’s written statement of the basis, nature and amount of each proposed adjustment) no later than sixty (60) days after Landlord has first given Tenant access to Landlord’s books and records for the Independent Review. Landlord shall review the results of any such Independent Review. The parties shall endeavor to agree promptly and reasonably upon Operating Expenses taking into account the results of such Independent Review. If as of sixty (60) days after Tenant has submitted the Independent Review to Landlord, the parties have not agreed on the appropriate adjustments to Operating Expenses, then the parties shall engage a mutually agreeable independent third party accountant with at least ten (10) years’ experience in commercial real estate accounting in the San Diego area (the “ Accountant ”). If the parties cannot agree on the Accountant, each shall within ten (10) days after such impasse appoint an Accountant (different from the accountant and accounting firm that conducted the Independent Review) and, within ten (10) days after the appointment of both such Accountants, those two Accountants shall select a third (which cannot be the accountant and accounting firm that conducted the Independent Review). If either party fails to timely appoint an Accountant, then the Accountant the other party appoints shall be the sole Accountant. Within ten (10) days after appointment of the Accountant(s), Landlord and Tenant shall each simultaneously give the Accountants (with a copy to the other party) its determination of Operating Expenses, with such supporting data or information as each submitting party determines appropriate. Within ten (10) days after such submissions, the Accountants shall by majority vote select either Landlord’s or Tenant’s determination of Operating Expenses. The Accountants may not select or designate any other determination of Operating Expenses. The determination of the Accountant(s) shall bind the parties. If the parties agree or the Accountant(s) determine that Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses actually paid for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s obligations for such calendar year, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s option, either (a) credit the excess to the next succeeding installments of estimated Additional Rent or (b) pay the excess to Tenant within thirty (30) days after delivery of such results. If the parties agree or the Accountant(s) determine that Tenant’s payments of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s obligation for the calendar year, then Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of such results. If the parties agree or the Accountant(s) determines that Tenant has overpaid with respect to Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses by more than five percent (5%), then Landlord shall pay Tenant for the reasonable costs of the Independent Review and the Accountant(s),

10.4 Tenant shall not be responsible for Operating Expenses attributable to the time period prior to the Term Commencement Date nor any prepayment of Operating Expenses for any period after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (except as provided in Section 10.5 below). Tenant’s responsibility for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses shall continue to the latest of (a) the date of termination of the Lease, (b) the date Tenant has fully vacated the Premises or (c) if termination of the Lease is due to a default by Tenant, the date of rental commencement of a replacement tenant.

10.5 Operating Expenses for the calendar year in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein commences and for the calendar year in which such obligation ceases shall be prorated on a basis reasonably and equitably determined by Landlord. Expenses such as taxes, assessments and insurance premiums that are incurred for an extended time period shall be prorated based upon the time periods to which they apply so that the amounts attributed to the Premises relate in a reasonable manner to the time period wherein Tenant has an obligation to share in Operating Expenses.

10.6 Within three (3) business days after the end of each calendar month, Tenant shall submit to Landlord an invoice, or, in the event an invoice is not available, an itemized list, of all costs and expenses that (a) Tenant has incurred (either internally or by employing third parties) during the prior month and (b) tor which Tenant reasonably believes it is entitled to reimbursements from Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

11. Taxes on Tenant’s Property .

11.1 Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any and all taxes levied against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Premises.

 

7


11.2 If any such taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or, if the assessed valuation of the Building or the Property is increased by inclusion therein of a value attributable to Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures, and if Landlord, after written notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based upon any such increase in the assessed valued of the Building or the Project, then Tenant shall, upon demand, repay to Landlord the taxes so paid by Landlord; provided that Tenant shall not be liable for such assessments associated with the value of any other tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures as part of Operating Expenses.

11.3 If any improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which improvements conforming to Landlord’s building standards the “ Building Standard ”) in other spaces in the Building are assessed, then the real property taxes and assessments levied against Landlord or the Building by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 11.2 . Any such excess assessed valuation due to improvements in or alterations to space in the Building leased by other tenants of Landlord shall not be included in the Operating Expenses defined in Article 10 , but shall be treated, as to such other tenants, as provided in this Section 11.3 . If the records of the County Assessor are available and sufficiently detailed to serve as a basis for determining whether said Tenant improvements or alterations are assessed at a higher valuation than the Building Standard, then such records shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant.

12. Security Deposit .

12.1 Tenant has deposited with Landlord the sum set forth in Section 2.6 the (“ Security Deposit ”), which sum shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the period commencing on the Execution Date and ending upon the expiration or termination of this Lease. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any provision relating to the payment of Rent, then Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days following demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 12 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1950.7 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME.

12.2 In the event of bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for all periods prior to the tiling of such proceedings.

12.3 Landlord may deliver to any purchaser of Landlord’s interest in the Premises the funds deposited hereunder by Tenant, and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to such deposit. This provision shall also apply to any subsequent transfers.

12.4 If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, then the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

12.5 [Intentionally omitted]

12.6 If the Security Deposit shall be in cash. Landlord shall hold the Security Deposit in an account at a banking organization selected by Landlord; provided , however, that Landlord shall not be required to maintain a separate account for the Security Deposit, but may intermingle

 

8


it with other funds of Landlord. Landlord shall be entitled to all interest and/or dividends, if any, accruing on the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to credit Tenant with any interest for any period during which Landlord does not receive interest on the Security Deposit.

12.7 The Security Deposit may be in the form of cash, a letter of credit or any other security instrument acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant may at any time, except during Default (as defined below), deliver a letter of credit (the “ L/C Security ”) as the entire Security Deposit, as follows.

12.7.1 If Tenant elects to deliver L/C Security, then Tenant shall provide Landlord and maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term, a letter of credit in the form of Exhibit E issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, in the amount of the Security Deposit, with an initial term of at least one year. If, at the Term Expiration Date, any Rent remains uncalculated or unpaid, then: (i) Landlord shall with reasonable diligence complete any necessary calculations; (ii) Tenant shall extend the expiry date of such L/C Security from time to time as Landlord reasonably requires; and (iii) in such extended period, Landlord shall not unreasonably refuse to consent to an appropriate reduction of the L/C Security. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord’s legal costs (as estimated by Landlord’s counsel) in handling Landlord’s acceptance of L/C Security or its replacement or extension.

12.7.2 If Tenant delivers to Landlord satisfactory L/C Security in place of the entire Security Deposit, Landlord shall remit to Tenant any cash Security Deposit Landlord previously held.

12.7.3 Landlord may draw upon the L/C Security, and hold and apply the proceeds in the same manner and for the same purposes as the Security Deposit, if: (i) an uncured Default (as defined below) exists; (ii) as of the date forty-five (45) days before any L/C Security expires (even if such scheduled expiry date is after the Term Expiration Date) Tenant has not delivered to Landlord an amendment or replacement for such L/C Security, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, extending the expiry date to the earlier of (1) six (6) months after the then-current Term Expiration Date or (2) the date one year after the then-current expiry date of the L/C Security; (iii) the L/C Security provides for automatic renewals, Landlord asks the issuer to confirm the current L/C Security expiry date, and the issuer fails to do so within ten (10) business days; (iv) Tenant fails to pay (when and as Landlord reasonably requires) any bank charges for Landlord’s transfer of the L/C Security; or (v) the issuer of the L/C Security ceases, or announces that it will cease, to maintain an office in the city where Landlord may present drafts under the L/C Security. This paragraph does not limit any other provisions of this Lease allowing Landlord to draw the L/C Security under specified circumstances.

12.7.4 Tenant shall not seek to enjoin, prevent, or otherwise interfere with Landlord’s draw under L/C Security, even if it violates this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the only effect of a wrongful draw would be to substitute a cash Security Deposit for L/C Security, causing Tenant no legally recognizable damage. Landlord shall hold the proceeds of any draw in the same manner and for the same purposes as a cash Security Deposit. In the event of a wrongful draw, the parties shall cooperate to allow Tenant to post replacement L/C Security simultaneously with the return to Tenant of the wrongfully drawn sums, and Landlord shall upon request confirm in writing to the issuer of the L/C Security that Landlord’s draw was erroneous.

12.7.5 If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises, then Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense, within five (5) Business Days after receiving a request from Landlord, deliver (and, if the issuer requires. Landlord shall consent to) an amendment to the L/C Security naming Landlord’s grantee as substitute beneficiary. If the required Security changes while L/C Security is in force, then reliant shall deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) a corresponding amendment to the L/C Security.

13. Use .

13.1 Tenant shall use the Premises for the purpose set forth in Section 2.7 , and shall not use the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be used, for any other purpose without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

9


13.2 Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of Applicable Laws; zoning ordinances; or the certificate of occupancy issued for the Building, and shall, upon five (5) days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises that is declared or claimed by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction to be a violation of any of the above, or that in Landlord’s reasonable opinion violates any of the above. Tenant shall comply with any direction of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction that shall, by reason of the nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to the Premises or with respect to the use or occupation thereof. Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default of the foregoing obligation if it has the right to appeal such directive and Tenant prosecutes such appeal in a timely fashion and in a manlier that does not impose or threaten to impose any lien, charge or other obligation on Landlord or any portion of the Project.

13.3 Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything that will invalidate or increase the cost of any fire, environmental, extended coverage or any other insurance policy covering the Building and the Project and underwritten for building uses consistent with the Permitted Use, and shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the insurers of the Building and the Project consistent with market insurance requirements, and Tenant shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charged for such policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article 13 .

13.4 Tenant shall keep all doors opening onto public corridors closed, except when in use for ingress and egress.

13.5 No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made to existing locks or the mechanisms thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall, upon termination of this Lease, return to Landlord all keys to offices and restrooms either furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. In the event any key so furnished to Tenant is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such change.

13.6 No awnings or other projections shall be attached to any outside wall of the Building. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord’s standard window coverings. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without Landlord’s prior written consent, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills. No equipment, furniture or other items of personal property shall be placed on any exterior balcony without Landlord’s prior written consent.

13.7 No sign, advertisement or notice (“ Signage ”) shall be exhibited, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent. Interior signs on doors and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and shall be of a size, color and type and be located in a place acceptable to Landlord. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only. Tenant shall not place anything on the exterior of the corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. Tenant shall have Signage rights for the Premises substantially consistent with the Signage permitted for other comparable Tenants in the Project, as Landlord reasonably determines. At Landlord’s option, Landlord may install any such Signage, and Tenant shall pay all costs associated with such installation within five (5) days after demand therefor.

13.8 Tenant shall only place equipment within the Premises with floor loading consistent with the structural design of the Building without Landlord’s prior written approval, and such equipment shall be placed in a location designed to carry the weight of such equipment.

13.9 Tenant shall cause any office equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations therefrom from extending into the Common Areas or other offices in the Building.

13.10 Tenant shall not (a) do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises that shall in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building

 

10


or the Project, or injure or annoy them, (b) use or allow the Premises to be used for immoral, unlawful or objectionable purposes, (c) cause, maintain or permit any nuisance or waste in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project or (d) take any other action that would in Landlord’s reasonable determination in any manner adversely affect other tenants’ quiet use and enjoyment of their space or adversely impact their ability to conduct business in a professional and suitable work environment.

13.11 Landlord shall remedy at its sole cost and expense any non-compliance of the Premises as of the Execution Date with the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, the “ ADA ”). Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant from and against any Claims (as defined below) arising out of Landlord’s failure to comply with the preceding sentence.

13.12 Subject to the foregoing Landlord obligations. Tenant shall be responsible for all liabilities, costs and expenses arising out of or in connection with the compliance of the Premises with the ADA, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against any Claims (as defined below) arising out of any such failure of the Premises to comply with the ADA.

14. Rules and Regulations, Parking Facilities and Common Areas .

14.1 Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with others, to use the Common Areas, subject to the rules and regulations adopted by Landlord and attached hereto as Exhibit F , together with such other reasonable and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations as are hereafter promulgated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion (the “ Rules and Regulations ”). Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations to the extent consistent with the express terms of this Lease. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the violation or non-performance by any other tenant or any agent, employee or invitee thereof of any of the Rules and Regulations.

14.2 [Intentionally omitted]

14.3 Tenant shall have a non-exclusive, revocable license to use Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of parking facilities serving the Building in common on an unreserved basis with other tenants of the Building and the Project; provided that (a) Tenant shall be entitled to not less than three (3) spaces per one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of the Premises, (b) such license shall be irrevocable as long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease and (c) if Landlord grants any other tenant of the Building exclusive parking rights in the parking area of the Project, Tenant shall have the right Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of exclusive parking in the Project parking areas.

14.4 Tenant agrees not to unreasonably overburden the parking facilities and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the use of the parking facilities. Landlord reserves the right to determine that parking facilities are becoming overcrowded and to limit Tenant’s use thereof, but not less than Tenant’s Pro Rata Share thereof. Upon such determination, Landlord may reasonably allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants of the Building or the Project. Nothing in this Section, however, is intended to create an affirmative duty on Landlord’s part to monitor parking.

14.5 Landlord reserves the right to modify the Common Areas, including the right to add or remove exterior and interior landscaping and to subdivide real property. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord specifically reserves the right to allow the exclusive use of corridors and restroom facilities located on specific floors to one or more tenants occupying such floors; provided , however, that Tenant shall not be deprived of the use of the corridors reasonably required to serve the Premises or of restroom facilities serving the floor upon which the Premises are located.

14.6 Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to reasonable use of the shipping dock and shipping and receiving areas of the Building, including shipping and receiving support services by Landlord’s agent, during the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. daily (other than on non-business days).

 

11


15. Project Control by Landlord .

15.1 Landlord reserves full control over the Building and the Project to the extent not inconsistent with Tenant’s enjoyment of the Premises as provided by this Lease. This reservation includes, without limitation, Landlord’s right to subdivide the Project, convert the Building to condominium units, grant casements and licenses to third parties, and maintain or establish ownership of the Building separate from fee title to the Property.

15.2 Possession of areas of the Premises necessary for utilities, services, safety and operation of the Building is reserved to Landlord.

15.3 Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, promptly execute such further documents as may be reasonably appropriate to assist Landlord in the performance of its obligations hereunder; provided that Tenant need not execute any document that creates additional liability for Tenant or that deprives Tenant of the quiet enjoyment and use of the Premises as provided for in this Lease.

15.4 Landlord may, at any and all reasonable times during non-business hours (or during business hours if Tenant so requests), and upon twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice and subject to personal escort by a Tenant employee in which Tenant shall make available to Landlord; provided that no time restrictions or escort requirement shall apply or advance notice be required if an emergency threatening immediate damage to Landlord’s property or injury to persons in the Building necessitates immediate entry), enter the Premises to (a) inspect the same and to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with its obligations hereunder, (b) supply any service Landlord is required to provide hereunder, (c) show the Premises to prospective purchasers or tenants during the final six (6) months of the Term, (d) post notices of nonresponsibility, (e) access the telephone equipment, electrical substation and fire risers and (f) alter, improve or repair any portion of the Building other than the Premises for which access to the Premises is reasonably necessary. In connection with any such alteration, improvement or repair as described in Subsection 15.4( f ), Landlord may erect in the Premises or elsewhere in the Project scaffolding and other structures reasonably required for the alteration, improvement or repair work to be performed; provided that such activities shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises. In no event shall Tenant’s Rent abate as a result of Landlord’s activities pursuant to this Section 15.4 ; provided , however, that all such activities shall be conducted in such a manner so as to cause as little interference to Tenant as is reasonably possible. Landlord shall at all times retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises. If an emergency necessitates immediate access to the Premises, Landlord may use whatever force is necessary to enter the Premises, and any such entry to the Premises shall not constitute a forcible or unlawful entry to the Premises, a detainer of the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof.

16. Quiet Enjoyment . So long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Landlord or anyone acting through or under Landlord shall not disturb Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, except as permitted by this Lease.

17. Utilities and Services .

17.1 As part of the Operating Expenses, Landlord shall provide those utilities and services set forth on Exhibit B to this Lease. Tenant shall pay for such utilities and services, and all other water (including the cost to service, repair and replace any reverse osmosis, de-ionized and other treated water systems), gas, heat, light, power, telephone, internet service, cable television, other telecommunications and other utilities supplied to the Premises, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon as a reasonable proportion (to be equitably determined by Landlord) of all charges of such utility jointly metered with other premises as part of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses. Tenant’s employees operating at the Project shall have the non-exclusive right to reasonable use of the Building’s workout room (subject to each employee’s and Tenant’s execution of Landlord’s standard form of liability waiver and release), and Tenant shall have the right to use the Common Area conference rooms and video conference facility on a “first come, first served” basis.

17.2 Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall any eviction of Tenant result from, the failure to furnish any utility or service, whether or not such failure is caused by Force Majeure;

 

12


provided , however, that Landlord hereby represents and warrants that as of the date of this Lease, the emergency generator and UPS system serving the Building are operable and have sufficient capacity to carry Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the electrical load requirements of the tenants of the Building in the event of a power interruption. In the event of such failure, as long as such failure is not attributable to the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord or any of its agents or employees. Tenant shall not be entitled to termination of this Lease or any abatement or reduction of Rent, nor shall Tenant be relieved from the operation of any covenant or agreement of this Lease.

17.3 Tenant shall pay for, prior to delinquency of payment therefor, any utilities and services that may be furnished to the Premises during or, if Tenant occupies the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, after the Term.

17.4 Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use any device in the Premises (including, without limitation, data processing machines) that will in any way (a) increase the amount of ventilation, air exchange, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the existing capacity of the Building as proportionately allocated to the Premises based upon Tenant’s Pro Rata Share as usually furnished or supplied for the use set forth in Section 2.7 or (b) exceed Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building’s capacity to provide such utilities or services.

17.5 If Tenant shall require utilities or services in excess of those usually furnished or supplied for tenants in similar spaces in the Building by reason of Tenant’s equipment or extended hours of business operations, then Tenant shall first procure Landlord’s consent for the use thereof, which consent Landlord may condition upon the availability of such excess utilities or services, and Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent an amount equal to the cost of providing such excess utilities and services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as part of Operating Expenses Tenant shall have the right to have Landlord’s agent perform autoclave and glass washing services for Tenant’s laboratory glassware in the Common Area glass washing facility between the hours of 7:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. daily (excluding non-business days); provided that Tenant shall mark and inventory any items provided to Landlord’s agent for washing; and further provided that Landlord shall cause its agent to provide such autoclave and glass washing services in a manner consistent with customary levels of quality and timeliness for such services in the San Diego market.

17.6 Utilities and services provided by Landlord to the Premises that are separately metered shall be paid by Tenant directly to the supplier of such utility or service.

17.7 Landlord shall provide water in Common Areas for lavatory purposes only.

17.8 Subject to Landlord’s obligation to repair and maintain in operation in accordance with this Lease the emergency generator and other UPS equipment serving the Building, Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the elevator, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and electric systems, when Landlord deems necessary or desirable, due to accident, emergency or the need to make repairs, alterations or improvements, until such repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed, and Landlord shall further have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply elevator facilities, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning or electric service when prevented from doing so by Force Majeure or a failure by a third party to deliver gas, oil or another suitable fuel supply not attributable to Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or Landlord’s inability by exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain gas, oil or another suitable fuel. Without limiting the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that any covenants on Landlord’s part to furnish any service pursuant to any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease, or to perform any act or thing for the benefit of Tenant, shall not be deemed breached if Landlord is unable to furnish or perform the same by virtue of Force Majeure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or a portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable due to the failure of any Building systems during the Term due to Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct (including, without limitation, Landlord’s failure to timely pay utility bills), Tenant shall not be responsible for payment of Base Rent for any period after the first (1st) five (5) business days of such untenantability until such systems return to functionality; provided, however, that tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with written notice of the failure of any such Building systems.

 

13


17.9 For the Premises, Landlord shall (a) maintain and operate the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems used for the Permitted Use only (“ HVAC ”) and (b) subject to clause (a) above, furnish HVAC as reasonably required (except as this Lease otherwise provides or as to any special requirements that arise from Tenant’s particular use of the Premises) for reasonably comfortable occupancy of the Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, 365 or 366 days a year, and in compliance with the requirements set forth in Article 23 of this Lease.

18. Alterations .

18.1 Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements in or to the Premises or engage in any construction, demolition, reconstruction, renovation, or other work (whether major or minor) of any kind in, at, or serving the Premises (“ Alterations ”) without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; provided , however, that in the event any proposed Alteration affects (a) any structural portions of the Building, including exterior walls, roof, foundation or core of the Building, (b) the exterior of the Building or (c) any Building systems including elevator, plumbing, air conditioning, heating, electrical, security, life safety and power, then Landlord may withhold its approval with respect thereto in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall, in making any such Alterations, use only those architects, contractors, suppliers and mechanics of which Landlord has given prior written approval, which approval shall be in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. In seeking Landlord’s approval, Tenant shall provide Landlord, at least fourteen (14) days in advance of any proposed construction, with plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts, requests for laydown areas and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Alterations as Landlord may reasonably request and Landlord shall have five (5) business days thereafter to grant or withhold its consent. If Landlord does not notify Tenant of its decision within five (5) business days, Landlord shall be deemed to have given its approval. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, Tenant shall not be required to obtain Landlord’s prior consent for minor, non-structural cosmetic Alterations, such as painting or carpeting, that (v) do not affect any of the Building Systems, (w) are not visible from the exterior of the Premises, (x) do not affect the watertight character of the Building or its roof, (y) do not require a building permit and (z) cost less than Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) per item of work and Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) in the aggregate during the Term (collectively, “ Minor Changes ”) so long as Tenant gives Landlord notice of the proposed Minor Change at least ten (10) days prior to commencing any Minor Change and complies with all other provisions of this Article 18 (except that Tenant shall not be required to obtain Landlord’s approval of any plans or specifications therefor).

18.2 Tenant shall not construct or permit to be constructed partitions or other obstructions that might interfere with free access to mechanical installation or service facilities of the Building, or interfere with the moving of Landlord’s equipment to or from the enclosures containing such installations or facilities.

18.3 Tenant shall accomplish any work performed on the Premises or the Building in such a manner as to permit any fire sprinkler system and fire water supply lines to remain fully operable at all times.

18.4 Any work performed on the Premises or the Building by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be done at such times and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time designate. Tenant covenants and agrees that all work done by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be performed in full compliance with Applicable Laws. Within thirty (30) days after completion of any Alterations (other than Minor Alterations). Tenant shall provide Landlord with complete “as-built” drawing print sets and electronic CADD files on disc (or files in such other current format in common use as Landlord reasonably approves or requires) showing any changes in the Premises.

18.5 Before commencing any work, Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the proposed commencement of such work and shall, if required by Landlord, secure, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, a completion and lien indemnity bond satisfactory to Landlord for said work.

 

14


18.6 All Alterations, attached equipment, decorations, fixtures, trade fixtures, additions and improvements, subject to Section 18.8 , attached to or built into the Premises, made by either of the Parties, including, without limitation, all floor and wall coverings, built-in cabinet work and paneling, sinks and related plumbing fixtures, laboratory benches, exterior venting fume hoods and walk-in freezers and refrigerators, ductwork, conduits, electrical panels and circuits, shall (unless, prior to such construction or installation, Landlord elects otherwise) become the property of Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof. The Premises shall at all times remain the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. All trade fixtures, equipment, Alterations and Signage installed by or under Tenant that become an integral part of the Building structure or Building systems (i.e., cannot be removed without material damage to the Building structure or damage to the Building systems), shall be the property of Landlord; and all other trade fixtures, equipment and Alterations as listed on Exhibit H (as modified from time to time in accordance with Section 18.8 below) shall be the property of Tenant.

18.7 Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by Tenant’s removal of any property from the Premises. During any such restoration period, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

18.8 Except as provided in Section 18.6 and with respect to those items listed on Exhibit H attached hereto (as such exhibit may be updated from time to time by Tenant, with those additional trade fixtures satisfying the requirements for removal under Section 18.6 , as approved by Landlord at the time installation of such trade fixtures is made), all business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, built-in furniture and cabinets, together with all additions and accessories thereto, installed in and upon the Premises shall be and remain the property of Landlord and shall not be moved by Tenant at any time during the Term. If Tenant shall fail to remove any of its effects from the Premises prior to termination of this Lease, then Landlord may, at its option, remove the same in any manner that Landlord shall choose and store said effects without liability to Tenant for loss thereof or damage thereto, and Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, any costs and expenses incurred due to such removal and storage or Landlord may, at its sole option and without notice to Tenant, sell such property or any portion thereof at private sale and without legal process for such price as Landlord may obtain and apply the proceeds of such sale against any (a) amounts due by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease and (b) any expenses incident to the removal, storage and sale of said personal property.

18.9 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 18 to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant remove any improvement from the Premises as to which Landlord contributed payment without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

18.10 Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to two percent (2%) of the cost to Tenant of all changes installed by Tenant or its contractors or agents to cover Landlord’s overhead and expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision thereof. For purposes of payment of such sum. Tenant shall submit to Landlord copies of all bills, invoices and statements covering the costs of such charges, accompanied by payment to Landlord of the fee set forth in this Section. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any extra expenses incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, or by reason of delays caused by such work, or by reason of inadequate clean-up.

18.11 Within sixty (60) days after final completion of the Tenant Improvements (or any other Alterations performed by Tenant with respect to the Premises), Tenant shall submit to Landlord documentation showing the amounts expended by Tenant with respect to such Tenant Improvements or any other Alterations performed by Tenant with respect to the Premises), together with supporting documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

18.12 Tenant shall require its contractors and subcontractors performing work on the Premises to name Landlord and its affiliates and lenders as additional insureds on their respective insurance policies.

 

15


18.13 If Tenant requests in writing that Landlord determine, at the time Landlord consents to any Alterations, which Alterations, if any, Landlord shall require be removed at the expiration of the Term, Landlord shall indicate along with its consent to such Alterations those items that Tenant must remove at the end of the Term.

19. Repairs and Maintenance .

19.1 Landlord shall repair and maintain the structural and exterior portions and Common Areas of the Building and the Project, including, without limitation, roofing and covering materials, foundations, exterior walls, plumbing, fire sprinkler systems (if any), heating, ventilating, air conditioning, elevators, and electrical systems (including, but not limited to, the emergency generator and any other UPS systems serving the Building) installed or furnished by Landlord. Any costs related to the repair or maintenance activities specified in this Section 19.1 shall be included as a part of Operating Expenses (subject to the exclusions set forth in Article 10), unless such repairs or maintenance is required in whole or in part because of any act, neglect, fault or omissions of Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or invitees, in which case Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such repairs and maintenance.

19.2 Except for services of Landlord, if any, required by Section 19.1 , and subject to the terms and conditions of Articles 25 and 26 below, Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole cost and expense maintain and keep the Premises and every part thereof in good condition and repair, damage thereto from ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall, upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, surrender the Premises to Landlord in as good of a condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear and damage due to casualty covered by Landlord’s insurance excepted. Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof except as provided in Section 19.1 of this Lease.

19.3 Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance that is an obligation of Landlord unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time (but not to exceed 30 days) after Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance. Tenant waives its rights under Applicable Laws now or hereafter in effect to make repairs at Landlord’s expense.

19.4 Repairs under this Article 19 that are obligations of Landlord are subject to allocation among Tenant and other tenants as Operating Expenses, except as otherwise provided in this Article 19 and in Article 10 .

19.5 This Article 19 relates to repairs and maintenance arising in the ordinary course of operation of the Building and the Project and any related facilities. In the event of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, terrorism, natural disaster or similar cause of damage or destruction, Article 25 shall apply in lieu of this Article 19 .

19.6 If any excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to or under the Building, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, license to enter the Premises for the purpose of performing such work as said person shall deem necessary or desirable to preserve and protect the Building from injury or damage and to support the same as long as such actions do not interfere with Tenant’s Permitted Use and occupancy of the Premises.

20. Liens .

20.1 Subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Tenant further covenants and agrees that any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises, the Building or the Project for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, shall be discharged or bonded by Tenant within fifteen (15) days after the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

20.2 Should Tenant fail to discharge or bond against any lien of the nature described in Section 20.1 , Landlord may, at Landlord’s election, pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise

 

16


provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title, and Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof as Additional Rent.

20.3 In the event that Tenant leases or finances the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement shall, upon its face or by exhibit thereto, indicate that such financing statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Building be furnished on a financing statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property located in an identified suite leased by Tenant. Should any holder of a financing statement record or place of record a financing statement that appears to constitute a lien against any interest of Landlord or against equipment that may be located other than within an identified suite leased by Tenant, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after tiling such financing statement, cause (a) a copy of the lender security agreement or other documents to which the financing statement pertains to be furnished to Landlord to facilitate Landlord’s ability to demonstrate that the lien of such financing statement is not applicable to Landlord’s interest and (b) Tenant’s lender to amend such financing statement and any other documents of record to clarify that any liens imposed thereby are not applicable to any interest of Landlord in the Premises, the Building or the Project.

20.4 Notwithstanding the terms and conditions of Section 20.3 above, Tenant shall have the right, from time to time, to grant and assign a mortgage or other security interest in Tenant’s removable trade fixtures (as determined in accordance with Sections 18.6 and 18.8 above) and other personal property located in or at the Premises, and Landlord agrees to execute, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, waiver forms reasonably acceptable to Landlord releasing Landlord’s interest therein in favor of any purchase money seller, lessor or lender who has financed or may finance in the immediate future such property of Tenant. Without limiting the effectiveness of the foregoing, provided that no default shall have occurred and be continuing. Landlord shall, upon the request of Tenant, and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and deliver any reasonable instruments reasonably necessary or appropriate to confirm any such grant, release, dedication, transfer, annexation or amendment to any person or entity permitted under this paragraph, including reasonable Landlord waivers with respect to any of the foregoing, and such acknowledgment shall include, if requested by the person holding such security interest, the right to enter upon the Premises following a Default for a period not to exceed thirty (30) days, for the limited purpose of removing any personal property so secured, provided that the secured party agrees to repair any damages resulting from the exercise of such right and pay all Rent due and payable (including, without limitation, Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses) for such time. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims (as defined below) in any manner directly or indirectly related to the mortgage or security interests in Tenant’s trade fixtures and other personal property.

21. Estoppel Certificate . Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days of receipt of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing substantially in the form attached to this Lease as Exhibit I or on any other form reasonably requested by a proposed lender, mortgagee or beneficiary (each, a “ Lender ”) or purchaser, (a) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (b) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (c) setting forth such further information with respect to this Lease or the Premises as may be requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such the prescribed time shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a Default (as defined below) under this Lease, and, in any event, shall be binding upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

22. Hazardous Materials .

 

17


22.1 Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as defined below) to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project in violation of Applicable Laws by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees. If Tenant breaches such obligation, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials as a result of such a breach results in contamination of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property, or if contamination of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials otherwise occurs during the Term or any extension or renewal hereof or holding over hereunder, then Tenant shall indemnify, save, defend and hold Landlord, its agents and contractors harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities and losses (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any portion thereof; damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Premises or Project; damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Premises, the Building or the Project; and sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultants’ fees and experts’ fees) that arise during or after the Term as a result of such breach or contamination. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or groundwater above, on or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant results in any contamination of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property, then Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole cost and expense as are necessary to comply with Applicable Laws and, to the extent possible, to return the Premises, the Building, the Project and any adjacent property to their respective condition existing prior to the time of such contamination; provided that Landlord’s written approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; and provided , further, that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent if such actions could have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises, the Building or the Project. Landlord shall indemnify, save, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all Claims (as defined below) related to the presence of Hazardous Materials at the Premises prior to the Execution Date.

22.2 Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Article 22 to prohibit Tenant from operating its business as described in Section 2.7 . Tenant may operate its business according to the custom of Tenant’s industry so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to Applicable Laws. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Term Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Material to be present on the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence of such Hazardous Material on the Premises (the “ Hazardous Materials List ”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Hazardous Materials List on or prior to each annual anniversary of the Term Commencement Date and shall also deliver an updated Hazardous Materials List before any new Hazardous Materials are brought onto the Premises. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (hereinafter referred to as the “ Documents ”) relating to the handling, storage, disposal and emission of Hazardous Materials prior to the Term Commencement Date or, if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to any Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; notices of violations of Applicable Laws; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Premises, the Building or the Project ( provided that installation of storage tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Premises, the Building or the Project for the closure of any such storage tanks. Tenant shall not be required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion of the Documents containing information of a proprietary nature that, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or activities related to Hazardous Materials. Upon Landlord’s written request, Tenant agrees that it shall enter into a written agreement with other tenants of the Building and the Project concerning the equitable allocation of the control areas (as defined in the Uniform

 

18


Building Code as adopted by the city or municipality(ies) in which the Project is located (the “ UBC ”)) within the Building and the Project for the storage of Hazardous Materials. In the event that Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials is such that it utilizes fire control areas in the Building or the Project in excess of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or the Project, as applicable, as set forth in Section 2.2 , Tenant agrees that it shall, at its sole cost and expense and upon Landlord’s written request, establish and maintain a separate area of the Premises classified by the UBC as an “H” occupancy area for the use and storage of Hazardous Materials or take such other action as is necessary to ensure that its share of the fire control areas of the Building and the Project is not greater than Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or the Project, as applicable.

22.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 22.1 , if (a) Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, Lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such party’s action or omission or use of the property in question or (ii) Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, disposal or storage of Hazardous Materials, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion (with respect to any such matter involving Tenant), and it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed transfer, assignment or subletting (with respect to any such matter involving a proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee).

22.4 At any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises, the Building and the Project to demonstrate that Hazardous Materials are present or that contamination has occurred due to Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees or invitees. Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs of such tests of the Premises.

22.5 If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials are located on the Premises or are hereafter placed on the Premises by any party, Tenant shall monitor the storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other steps necessary or required under the Applicable Laws.

22.6 Tenant’s obligations under this Article 22 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time needed by Tenant or Landlord after the termination of this Lease to complete the removal from the Premises of any such Hazardous Materials, Tenant shall continue to pay Rent in accordance with this Lease, which Rent shall be prorated daily.

22.7 As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste that is or becomes regulated by any Governmental Authority.

23. [Intentionally omitted]

24. Insurance; Waiver of Subrogation .

24.1 Landlord shall maintain insurance for the Building and the Project (including, but not limited to, all equipment and improvements owned by Landlord and located in the Project) in amounts equal to full replacement cost (exclusive of the costs of excavation, foundations and footings, and without reference to depreciation taken by Landlord upon its books or tax returns) or such lesser coverage as Landlord may elect, provided that such coverage shall not be less than ninety percent (90%) of such full replacement cost or the amount of such insurance Landlord’s Lender, if any, requires Landlord to maintain, providing protection against any peril generally included within the classification “Fire and Extended Coverage,” together with insurance against sprinkler damage (if applicable), vandalism and malicious mischief. Landlord, subject to availability thereof, shall further insure, if Landlord deems it appropriate, coverage against flood, environmental hazard, earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, rental loss during the period of repairs or rebuilding, workmen’s compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, but

 

19


shall not be deemed required to, provide insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or that are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord, without regard to whether or not such are made a part of or are affixed to the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that the emergency generators serving the tenants of the Building shall be covered by Landlord’s insurance throughout the Term (or self-insured by Landlord, in which case the obligation to replace such self-insured equipment shall be treated under Article 25 as if such equipment was insured for 100% of its replacement value, without deductible).

24.2 In addition, Landlord shall carry public liability insurance with a single limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for death or bodily injury, or property damage with respect to the Project.

24.3 Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, procure and maintain in effect, beginning on the Term Commencement Date or the date of occupancy, whichever occurs first, and continuing throughout the Term (and occupancy by Tenant, if any, after termination of this Lease) comprehensive public liability insurance with limits of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence for death or bodily injury and not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) for property damage with respect to the Premises (including $100,000 fire legal liability (each loss)).

24.4 The insurance required to be purchased and maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall name Landlord, BioMed Realty, L.P., BioMed Realty Trust, Inc., and their respective officers, employees, agents, general partners, members, subsidiaries, affiliates and Lenders (“ Landlord Parties ”) as additional insureds. Said insurance shall be with companies having a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A and financial category rating of at least Class XII in “Best’s Insurance Guide.” Tenant shall obtain for Landlord from the insurance companies or cause the insurance companies to furnish certificates of coverage to Landlord. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification or cancellation except after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord from the insurer (except in the event of non-payment of premium, in which case ten (10) days written notice shall be given). All such policies shall be written as primary policies, not contributing with and not in excess of the coverage that Landlord may carry. Tenant’s policy may be a “blanket policy” that specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy. Tenant shall, at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewals or binders. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure said insurance on Tenant’s behalf and at its cost to be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent.

24.5 Tenant assumes the risk of damage to any fixtures, goods, inventory, merchandise, equipment and leasehold improvements, and Landlord shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or any loss of income therefrom, relative to such damage, all as more particularly set forth within this Lease. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, carry such insurance as Tenant desires for Tenant’s protection with respect to personal property of Tenant or business interruption.

24.6 In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord Parties as additional insureds, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s written request, also designate and furnish certificates evidencing such Landlord Parties as additional insureds to (a) any Lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Building or the Project, (b) the landlord under any lease whereunder Landlord is a tenant of the real property upon which the Building is located if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground lease rather than that of a fee owner, and (c) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

24.7 Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive any and all rights of recovery against the other or against the officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives of the other on account of loss or damage occasioned by such waiving party or its property or the property of others under such waiving party’s control, in each case to the extent that such loss or damage is insured against under any fire and extended coverage insurance policy that either Landlord or Tenant may have in force at the time of such loss or damage. Such waivers shall continue so long as their respective insurers so permit. Any termination of such a waiver shall be by written

 

20


notice to the other party, containing a description of the circumstances hereinafter set forth in this Section 24.7 . Landlord and Tenant, upon obtaining the policies of insurance required or permitted under this Lease, shall give notice to the insurance carrier or carriers that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is contained in this Lease. If such policies shall not be obtainable with such waiver or shall be so obtainable only at a premium over that chargeable without such waiver, then the party seeking such policy shall notify the other of such conditions, and the party so notified shall have ten (10) days thereafter to either (a) procure such insurance with companies reasonably satisfactory to the other party or (b) agree to pay such additional premium (in Tenant’s case, in the proportion that the area of the Premises bears to the insured area). If the parties do not accomplish either (a) or (b), then this Section 24.7 shall have no effect during such time as such policies shall not be obtainable or the party in whose favor a waiver of subrogation is desired refuses to pay the additional premium. If such policies shall at any time be unobtainable, but shall be subsequently obtainable, then neither party shall be subsequently liable for a failure to obtain such insurance until a reasonable time after notification thereof by the other party. If the release of either Landlord or Tenant, as set forth in the first sentence of this Section 24.7 , shall contravene Applicable Laws, then the liability of the party in question shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other party’s insurer.

24.8 Landlord may require insurance policy limits required under this Lease to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s Lender or to bring coverage limits to levels then being required of new tenants within the Project.

24.9 Any costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Article 24 shall constitute a portion of Operating Expenses.

25. Damage or Destruction .

25.1 In the event of a partial destruction of the Building or the Project by fire or other perils covered by extended coverage insurance not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value thereof, and provided that (a) the damage thereto is such that the Building or the Project may be repaired, reconstructed or restored within a period of ninety (90) days from the date of the happening of such casualty and (b) Landlord shall receive insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the cost of such repairs (except for any deductible amount provided by Landlord’s policy, which deductible amount, if paid by Landlord, shall constitute an Operating Expense), Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repair, reconstruction and restoration of the Building or the Project, as applicable, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

25.2 In the event of any damage to or destruction of the Building or the Project other than as described in Section 25.1 , Landlord may elect to repair, reconstruct and restore the Building or the Project, as applicable, in which case this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of such election, specifying the estimated time to completion such repairs, reconstruction and restoration. If Landlord estimates that the repairs, reconstruction and restoration will not be completed within ninety (90) days from the date of the happening of such casualty, or if such casualty occurs within the last six (6) months of the Term, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord delivered within ten (10) business days after receipt of Landlord’s notice of Landlord’s election to repair. If Landlord elects not to repair the Building or the Project, as applicable, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such damage or destruction.

25.3 Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days following the date of damage or destruction of its election not to repair, reconstruct or restore the Building or the Project, as applicable.

25.4 Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the provisions of this Article 25 , the parties shall be released thereby without further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is surrendered to Landlord, except with regard to (a) items occurring prior to the damage or destruction and (b) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof.

 

21


25.5 In the event of repair, reconstruction and restoration as provided in this Article 25 , all Rent to be paid by Tenant under this Lease shall be abated proportionately based on the extent to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired during the period of such repair, reconstruction or restoration, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that, in Tenant’s reasonable opinion, is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business; provided , however, that the amount of such abatement shall be reduced by the proceeds of business interruption or loss of rental income insurance actually received by Tenant with respect to the Premises.

25.6 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 25 , should Landlord be delayed or prevented from completing the repair, reconstruction or restoration of the damage or destruction to the Premises alter the occurrence of such damage or destruction by Force Majeure, then the time for Landlord to commence or complete repairs shall be extended on a day-for-day basis; provided , however, that, at Landlord’s election, Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repair, reconstruction or restoration.

25.7 If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair, reconstruct or restore as herein provided, then Landlord shall be obligated to make such repair, reconstruction or restoration only with regard to those portions of the Premises, the Building or the Project that were originally provided at Landlord’s expense. The repair, reconstruction or restoration of improvements not originally provided by Landlord or at Landlord’s expense shall be the obligation of Tenant. In the event Tenant has elected to upgrade certain improvements from the Building Standard, Landlord shall, upon the need for replacement due to an insured loss, provide only the Building Standard, unless Tenant again elects to upgrade such improvements and pay any incremental costs related thereto, except to the extent that excess insurance proceeds, if received, are adequate to provide such upgrades, in addition to providing for basic repair, reconstruction and restoration of the Premises, the Building and the Project.

25.8 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 25 , Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct or restore the Premises if the damage resulting from any casualty covered under this Article 25 occurs during the last six (6) months of the Term or any extension hereof, or to the extent that insurance proceeds are not available therefor.

25.9 Landlord’s obligation, should it elect or be obligated to repair or rebuild, shall be limited to the Property and the Building; provided that Tenant shall, at its expense, replace or fully repair all of Tenant’s personal property and any Alterations installed by Tenant existing at the time of such damage or destruction. If the Property or the Building is to be repaired in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord shall make available to Tenant any portion of insurance proceeds it receives that are allocable to the Alterations constructed by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, provided Tenant is not then in default under this Lease.

26. Eminent Domain .

26.1 In the event the whole of the Premises, or such part thereof as shall substantially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy thereof, shall be taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to said authority.

26.2 In the event of a partial taking of the Building or the Project, or of drives, walkways or parking areas serving the Building or the Project for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of right of appropriation, condemnation, or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, then, without regard to whether any portion of the Premises occupied by Tenant was so taken, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease as of such taking if such taking is, in Landlord’s sole opinion, of a material nature such as to make it uneconomical to continue use of the unappropriated portion for purposes of renting office or laboratory space.

26.3 Tenant shall be entitled to any award that is specifically awarded as compensation for (a) the taking of Tenant s personal property that was installed at Tenant’s expense and (b) the

 

22


costs of Tenant moving to a new location. Except as set forth in the previous sentence, any award for such taking shall be the property of Landlord.

26.4 If, upon any taking of the nature described in this Article 26 , this Lease continues in effect, then Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Premises, the Building and the Project, as applicable, to substantially their same condition prior to such partial taking. To the extent such restoration is feasible, as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, the Rent shall be decreased proportionately to reflect the loss of any portion of the Premises no longer available to Tenant.

27. Surrender .

27.1 At least ten (10) days prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord with (a) a Phase I environmental assessment (“ Phase I ”) for the Premises (or an update to the Baseline Phase I) and (b) written evidence of all appropriate governmental releases obtained by Tenant in accordance with Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, laws pertaining to the surrender of the Premises. In addition, Tenant agrees to remain responsible after the surrender of the Premises for the remediation of any recognized environmental conditions set forth in Tenant’s Phase I (or update to the Baseline Phase I) and compliance with any recommendations set forth in Tenant’s Phase I (or such update), except to the extent such environmental conditions are disclosed in the Baseline Phase I, in which case Tenant’s responsibility shall be limited to remediating any exacerbation of such pre-existing environmental conditions. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 27.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

27.2 No surrender of possession of any part of the Premises shall release Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder, unless such surrender is accepted in writing by Landlord.

27.3 The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building or the Property, unless Landlord consents in writing, and shall, at Landlord’s option, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all subleases.

27.4 The voluntary or other surrender of any ground or other underlying lease that now exists or may hereafter be executed affecting the Building or the Project, or a mutual cancellation thereof or of Landlord’s interest therein by Landlord and its lessor shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building or the Property and shall, at the option of the successor to Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Project, as applicable, operate as an assignment of this Lease.

28. Holding Over .

28.1 If, with Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant holds possession of all or any part of the Premises after the Term, Tenant shall become a tenant from month to month after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and in such case Tenant shall continue to pay (a) Base Rent in accordance with Article 8 at the rate provided in Section 28.2 below, and (b) any amounts for which Tenant would otherwise be liable under this Lease if the Lease were still in effect, including, without limitation, payments for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses. Any such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein.

28.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that the monthly Base Rent shall be equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent in effect during the last thirty (30) days of the Term.

28.3 Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall not result in an extension, renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

 

23


28.4 The foregoing provisions of this Article 28 are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of reentry or any other rights of Landlord hereunder or as otherwise provided by Applicable Laws.

29. Indemnification and Exculpation .

29.1 Tenant agrees to indemnify, save, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements) incurred in investigating or resisting the same (collectively, “ Claims ”) arising from injury or death to any person or damage to any property occurring within or about the Premises, the Building or the Property arising directly or indirectly out of Tenant’s or Tenant’s employees’, agents’ or guests’ use or occupancy of the Premises or a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent caused by Landlord’s (or any of its agents’, employees’ or contractors’) willful misconduct or primarily attributable to Landlord’s (or any of its agents’, employees’ or contractors’) gross negligence.

29.2 Notwithstanding any provision of Section 29.1 to the contrary, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of, damage to personal property or scientific research, including, without limitation, loss of records kept by Tenant within the Premises and damage or losses caused by fire, electrical malfunction, gas explosion or water damage of any type (including, without limitation, broken water lines, malfunctioning fire sprinkler systems, roof leaks or stoppages of lines), unless any such loss is due to Landlord’s willful disregard of written notice by Tenant of need for a repair that Landlord is responsible to make for an unreasonable period of time. Tenant further waives any claim for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property as described in this Section 29.2 .

29.3 Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any other tenant in the Building or the Project, or of any other third party not under the control of Landlord or otherwise in privity of contractual indemnity with Landlord.

29.4 Tenant acknowledges that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime, may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts, Landlord shall not be liable for injuries or losses caused by criminal acts of third parties, and Tenant assumes the risk that any security device or service may malfunction or otherwise be circumvented by a criminal. If Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain appropriate insurance coverage.

29.5 The provisions of this Article 29 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

30. Assignment or Subletting .

30.1 Except as hereinafter expressly permitted, Tenant shall not, either voluntarily or by operation of Applicable Laws, directly or indirectly sell, hypothecate, assign, pledge, encumber or otherwise transfer this Lease, or sublet the Premises (each, a “ Transfer ”), without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may not unreasonably delay. Tenant shall have the right to Transfer without Landlord’s prior written consent Tenant’s right to the Premises or any part thereof to any person that as of the date of determination and at all times thereafter directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant, including, but not limited to, a purchaser of Tenant’s stock or assets as pan ongoing concern (“ Tenant’s Affiliate ”), provided that Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing at least ten (10) days prior to the effectiveness of such Transfer to Tenant’s Affiliate (an “ Exempt Transfer ”) and otherwise comply with the requirements of this Lease regarding such Transfer. An Exempt Transfer shall also include a public or private placement or offering of stock in a corporation that is Tenant to raise additional capital, including any initial public offering of such stock (collectively, an “ Additional Funding ”), so long as following any such Additional Funding, Tenant remains substantially the same legal entity that existed prior to such Additional Funding.

 

24


30.2 In the event Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, then, at least forty-five (45) but not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date when Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the “ Transfer Date ”), Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord (the “ Transfer Notice ”) containing information (including references) concerning the character of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; the Transfer Date; any ownership or commercial relationship between Tenant and the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; and the consideration and all other material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, all in such detail as Landlord shall reasonably require.

30.3 Landlord, in determining whether consent should be given to a proposed Transfer, may give consideration to (a) the financial strength of such transferee, assignee or sublessee (notwithstanding Tenant remaining liable for Tenant’s performance), (b) any change in use that such transferee, assignee or sublessee proposes to make in the use of the Premises and (c) Landlord’s desire to exercise its rights under Section 30.8 to cancel this Lease. In no event shall Landlord be deemed to be unreasonable for declining to consent to a Transfer to a transferee, assignee or sublessee of poor reputation, lacking financial qualifications or seeking a change in the Permitted Use, or jeopardizing directly or indirectly the status of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Revenue Code ”). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, (w) no Transfer shall be consummated on any basis such that the rental or other amounts to be paid by the occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits derived by the business activities of such occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee; (x) Tenant shall not furnish or render any services to an occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee with respect to whom transfer consideration is required to be paid, or manage or operate the Premises or any capital additions so transferred, with respect to which transfer consideration is being paid; (y) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person in which Landlord owns an interest, directly or indirectly (by applying constructive ownership rules set forth in Section 856(d)(5) of the Revenue Code); and (z.) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person or in any manner that could cause any portion of the amounts received by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or any sublease, license or other arrangement for the right to use, occupy or possess any portion of the Premises to fail to quality as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 850(d) of the Revenue Code, or any similar or successor provision thereto or which could cause any other income of Landlord to fail to qualify as income described in Section 856(c)(2) of the Revenue Code.

30.4 As conditions precedent to Tenant subleasing the Premises or to Landlord considering a request by Tenant to Tenant’s transfer of rights or sharing of the Premises, Landlord may require any or all of the following:

(a) Tenant shall remain fully liable under this Lease during the unexpired Term;

(b) Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that the value of Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not be diminished or reduced by the proposed Transfer. Such evidence shall include, without limitation, evidence respecting the relevant business experience and financial responsibility and status of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee;

(c) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s actual costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred in connection with the review, processing and documentation of such request;

(d) If Tenant’s transfer of rights or sharing of the Premises provides for the receipt by, on behalf of or on account of Tenant of any consideration of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, a premium rental for a sublease or lump sum payment for an assignment, but excluding Tenant’s reasonable costs in marketing and subleasing the Premises, but excluding the value reasonably attributable to Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, Tenant’s intellectual property and goodwill, pursuant to an Exempt Transfer) in excess of the rental and other charges due to Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall pay fifty percent (50%) of all of such excess to Landlord, prior to deductions for any transaction costs incurred by Tenant,

 

25


including marketing expenses, tenant improvement allowances actually provided by Tenant, alterations, cash concessions, brokerage commissions, attorneys’ fees and free rent. If said consideration consists of cash paid to Tenant, payment to Landlord shall be made upon receipt by Tenant of such cash payment;

(e) The proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree that, in the event Landlord gives such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments shall be received by Landlord without any liability being incurred by Landlord, except to credit such payment against those due by Tenant under this Lease, and any such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided , however, that in no event shall Landlord or its Lenders, successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment;

(f) Landlord’s consent to any such Transfer shall be effected on Landlord’s forms;

(g) Tenant shall not then be in default hereunder in any respect;

(h) Such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee’s use of the Premises shall be the same as the Permitted Use;

(i) Landlord shall not be bound by any provision of any agreement pertaining to the Transfer, except for Landlord’s written consent to the same;

(j) Tenant shall pay all transfer and other taxes (including interest and penalties) assessed or payable for any Transfer;

(k) Landlord’s consent (or waiver of its rights) for any Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s right to consent to any later Transfer;

(l) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord one executed copy of any and all written instruments evidencing or relating to the Transfer; and

(m) A list of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 22.7 ), certified by the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, that the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee intends to use or store in the Premises. Additionally, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the date any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee takes occupancy of the Premises, all of the items relating to Hazardous Materials of such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee as described in Section 22.2 .

30.5 Any Transfer that is not in compliance with the provisions of this Article 30 shall be void and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate this Lease.

30.6 The consent by Landlord to a Transfer shall not relieve Tenant or proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee from obtaining Landlord’s consent to any further Transfer, nor shall it release Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under this Lease.

30.7 Notwithstanding any Transfer, Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable for the payment of all Rent and other sums due or to become due hereunder, and for the full performance of all other terms, conditions and covenants to be kept and performed by Tenant. The acceptance of Rent or any other sum due hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant or condition thereof, from any person or entity other than Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any Transfer.

30.8 If Tenant delivers to Landlord a Transfer Notice indicating a desire to transfer this Lease to a proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee other than as provided within Section 30.4 , then Landlord shall have the option, exercisable by giving notice to Tenant at any time within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt of such Transfer Notice, to terminate this Lease as of the date specified in the Transfer Notice as the Transfer Date, except for those provisions that, by their

 

26


express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof. If Landlord exercises such option, then Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Transfer Notice by delivering to Landlord written notice of such election within five (5) days after Landlord’s delivery of notice electing to exercise Landlord’s option to terminate this Lease. In the event Tenant withdraws the Transfer Notice as provided in this Section 30.8 , this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. No failure of Landlord to exercise its option to terminate this Lease shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to a proposed Transfer.

30.9 If Tenant sublets the Premises or any portion thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and appoints Landlord as assignee and attorney-in-fact for Tenant, and Landlord (or receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application) may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided that, until the occurrence of a Default (as defined below) by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

31. Subordination and Attornment .

31.1 This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust, or lease in which Landlord is tenant now or hereafter in force against the Building or the Project and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof without the necessity of the execution and delivery of any further instruments on the part of Tenant to effectuate such subordination.

31.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall execute and deliver upon demand such further instrument or instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or mortgages or deeds of trust or lease in which Landlord is tenant as may be required by Landlord; provided that such instrument contains commercially reasonable non-disturbance covenants of the Mortgagee and that Tenant’s occupancy and rights under this Lease shall not be modified as long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease. If any such mortgagee, beneficiary or landlord under a lease wherein Landlord is tenant (each, a “ Mortgagee ”) so elects, however, this Lease shall be deemed prior in lien to any such lease, mortgage, or deed of trust upon or including the Premises regardless of date and Tenant shall execute a statement in writing to such effect at Landlord’s request. If Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under this Section within ten (10) days after written request therefor, Tenant hereby, constitutes and appoints Landlord or its special attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver any such document or documents in the name of Tenant. Such power is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

31.3 Upon written request of Landlord and opportunity for Tenant to review, Tenant agrees to execute any Lease amendments not materially altering the terms of this Lease, if required by a mortgagee or beneficiary of a deed of trust encumbering real property of which the Premises constitute a part incident to the financing of the real property of which the Premises constitute a part. Any change affecting the amount or timing of the consideration to be paid by Tenant or modifying the Term shall be deemed as materially altering the terms hereof.

31.4 In the event any proceedings are brought for foreclosure, or in the event of the exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage or deed of trust made by Landlord covering the Premises, Tenant shall at the election of the purchaser at such foreclosure or sale attorn to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure or sale and recognize such purchaser as Landlord under this Lease.

32. Defaults and Remedies .

32.1 Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due shall cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which shall be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within five (5) business days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum of six percent (6%) of the

 

27


overdue Rent as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord shall incur by reason of late payment by Tenant.

32.2 No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent payment herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease or in equity or at law. If a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, Tenant shall have the right to make payment “under protest,” such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment, and there shall survive the right on the part of Tenant to institute suit for recovery of the payment paid under protest.

32.3 If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money required to be paid by it hereunder, or shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, but shall not be obligated to, make such payment or perform such act; provided that such failure by Tenant continues for three (3) business days after Landlord delivers notice to Tenant demanding performance by Tenant; or provided that such failure by Tenant unreasonably interfered with the use of the Building by any other tenant or with the efficient operation of the Building, or resulted or could have resulted in a violation of Applicable Laws or the cancellation of an insurance policy maintained by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises and act in accordance with its rights as provided elsewhere in this Lease. In addition to the late charge described in Section 32.1 . Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent all sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to twelve percent (12%) per annum or the highest rate permitted by Applicable Laws, whichever is less.

32.4 The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “ Default ” hereunder by Tenant:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant;

(b) The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Rent, as and when due, or to satisfy its obligations under Article 20 , where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant;

(c) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any obligation or covenant contained herein (other than described in Subsections 32.4(a) and 32.4(b) ) to be performed by Tenant, where such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that, if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that it reasonably requires more than thirty (30) days to cure, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if Tenant shall commence such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion; and provided , further, that such cure is completed no later than thirty (30) days from the date of Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord;

(d) Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(e) A receiver, trustee or custodian is appointed to or does take title, possession or control of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets;

(t) Tenant files a voluntary petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) or an order for relief is entered against Tenant pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary proceeding commenced under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code;

(g) Any involuntary petition if filed against Tenant under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code and is not dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days;

(h) Failure to deliver an estoppel certificate in accordance with Article 21; or

 

28


(i) Tenant’s interest in this Lease is attached, executed upon or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within one hundred twenty (120) days of the action.

Notices given under this Section 32.4 shall specify the alleged default and shall demand that Tenant perform the provisions of this Lease or pay the Rent that is in arrears, as the case may be, within the applicable period of time, or quit the Premises. No such notice shall be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice.

32.5 In the event of a Default by Tenant, and at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy that Landlord may have, Landlord shall be entitled to terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall have the immediate right to re-enter and remove all persons and property, and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant, all without service of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage that may be occasioned thereby. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s default, including, without limitation:

(a) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent that had accrued at the time of such termination; plus

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have accrued during the period commencing with termination of the Lease and ending at the time of award exceeds that portion of the loss of Landlord’s rental income from the Premises that Tenant proves to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds that portion of the loss of Landlord’s rental income from the Premises that Tenant proves to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or that in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, the cost of restoring the Premises to the condition required under the terms of this Lease; plus

(e) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Applicable Laws.

As used in Subsections 32.5(a ) and 32.5(b) , “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate specified in Section 32.3 . As used in Subsection 32.5(c) , the “worth at the time of the award” shall be computed by taking the present value of such amount, using the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award plus one (1) percentage point.

32.6 In addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 and may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, provided Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). In addition, Landlord shall not be liable in any way whatsoever for its failure or refusal to relet the Premises. For purposes of this Section 32.6 , the following acts by Landlord will not constitute the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises:

(a) Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises, including, but not limited to, alterations, remodeling, redecorating, repairs, replacements or

 

29


painting as Landlord shall consider advisable for the purpose of reletting the Premises or any part thereof; or

(b) The appointment of a receiver upon the initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or in the Premises.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Default by Tenant, Landlord may elect at any time to terminate this Lease and to recover damages to which Landlord is entitled.

32.7 If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Section 32.5 , then Landlord may, from time to time, recover all Rent as it becomes due under this Lease. At any time thereafter, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease and to recover damages to which Landlord is entitled.

32.8 In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease and relet the Premises, Landlord may execute any new lease in its own name. Tenant hereunder shall have no right or authority whatsoever to collect any Rent from such tenant. The proceeds of any such reletting shall be applied as follows:

(a) First, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord, including, without limitation, storage charges or brokerage commissions owing from Tenant to Landlord as the result of such reletting;

(b) Second, to the payment of the costs and expenses of reletting the Premises, including (i) alterations and repairs that Landlord deems reasonably necessary and advisable and (ii) reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred by Landlord in connection with the retaking of the Premises and such reletting;

(c) Third, to the payment of Rent and other charges due and unpaid hereunder; and

(d) Fourth, to the payment of future Rent and other damages payable by Tenant under this Lease.

32.9 All of Landlord’s rights, options and remedies hereunder shall be construed and held to be nonexclusive and cumulative. Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies, or any other remedy or relief that may be provided by Applicable Laws, whether or not stated in this Lease. No waiver of any default of Tenant hereunder shall be implied from any acceptance by Landlord of any Rent or other payments due hereunder or any omission by Landlord to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect defaults other than as specified in said waiver.

32.10 Landlord’s termination of (a) this Lease or (b) Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not relieve Tenant of any liability to Landlord that has previously accrued or that shall arise based upon events that occurred prior to the later to occur of (i) the date of Lease termination or (ii) the date Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises.

32.11 To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Tenant waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future Applicable Laws if Tenant is evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or if Landlord obtains possession of the Premises due to Tenant’s default hereunder or otherwise.

32.12 Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event shall such failure continue for more than thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant specifying the nature of Landlord’s failure; provided , however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.

32.13 In the event of any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any (a) beneficiary of a deed of trust or (b) mortgagee under a mortgage covering

 

30


the Premises, the Building or the Project and to any landlord of any lease of land upon or within which the Premises, the Building or the Project is located, but only to the extent Tenant has received actual notice of such beneficiary, mortgagee or landlord, and shall offer such beneficiary, mortgagee or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Building by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure.

33. Bankruptcy . In the event a debtor, trustee or debtor in possession under the Bankruptcy Code, or another person with similar rights, duties and powers under any other Applicable Laws, proposes to cure any default under this Lease or to assume or assign this Lease and is obliged to provide adequate assurance to Landlord that (a) a default shall be cured, (b) Landlord shall be compensated for its damages arising from any breach of this Lease and (c) future performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall occur, then such adequate assurances shall include any or all of the following, as designated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion:

33.1 Those acts specified in the Bankruptcy Code or other Applicable Laws as included within the meaning of “adequate assurance,” even if this Lease does not concern a shopping center or other facility described in such Applicable Laws;

33.2 A prompt cash payment to compensate Landlord for any monetary defaults or actual damages arising directly from a breach of this Lease;

33.3 A cash deposit in an amount at least equal to the then-current amount of the Security Deposit; or

33.4 The assumption or assignment of all of Tenant’s interest and obligations under this Lease.

34. Brokers .

34.1 Tenant represents and warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease on behalf of Tenant and that it knows of no real estate broker or agent that is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with representation of Tenant in this Lease.

34.2 Tenant represents and warrants that no broker or agent has made any representation or warranty relied upon by Tenant in Tenant’s decision to enter into this Lease, other than as contained in this Lease.

34.3 Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the employment of brokers by Landlord is for the purpose of solicitation of offers of leases from prospective tenants and that no authority is granted to any broker to furnish any representation (written or oral) or warranty from Landlord unless expressly contained within this Lease. Landlord is executing this Lease in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties and agreements contained within Sections 34.1 and 34.2 .

34.4 Tenant agrees to indemnify, save, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any other broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it. Landlord agrees to indemnify, save, defend and hold Tenant harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any other broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

35. Definition of Landlord . With regard to obligations imposed upon Landlord pursuant to this Lease, the term “ Landlord ,” as used in this Lease, shall refer only to Landlord or Landlord’s then-current successor-in-interest. In the event of any transfer, assignment or conveyance of Landlord’s interest in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Property, as applicable, Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the subsequent Landlord) shall be automatically freed and relieved, from and after the date of such transfer, assignment or conveyance, from all liability for the performance of any covenants or obligations contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed by Landlord (but not from any unperformed obligations of Landlord accruing prior to date of such transfer, unless the

 

31


Landlord’s transferee expressly assumes such obligations in writing) and, without further agreement, the transferee, assignee or conveyee of Landlord’s in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Property, as applicable, shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to observe and perform any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder during the tenure of its interest in the Lease or the Property. Landlord or any subsequent Landlord may transfer its interest in the Premises or this Lease without Tenant’s consent.

36. Limitation of Landlord’s Liability .

36.1 If Landlord is in default under this Lease and, as a consequence, Tenant recovers a monetary judgment against Landlord, the judgment shall be satisfied only out of (a) the proceeds of sale received on execution of the judgment and levy against the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Building and the Project of which the Premises are a part, (b) insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, and rent or other income from such real property receivable by Landlord or (c) the consideration received by Landlord from the sale, financing, refinancing or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title or interest in the Building or the Project of which the Premises are a part.

36.2 Landlord shall not be personally liable for any deficiency under this Lease. If Landlord is a partnership or joint venture, then the partners of such partnership shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no partner of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any partner of Landlord except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership or joint venture. If Landlord is a corporation, then the shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents of such corporation shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Leases and no shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Landlord, if Landlord is a limited liability company, then the members of such limited liability company shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no member of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any member of Landlord except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the limited liability company. No partner, shareholder, director, employee, member or agent of Landlord shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process, and no judgment shall be taken or writ of execution levied against any partner, shareholder, director, employee or agent of Landlord.

36.3 Each of the covenants and agreements of this Article 36 shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by Applicable Laws and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

37. Joint and Several Obligations . If more than one person or entity executes this Lease as Tenant, then:

37.1 Each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed or performed by Tenant; and

37.2 The term “ Tenant ,” as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of them, jointly and severally. The act of, notice from, notice to, refund to, or signature of any one or more of them with respect to the tenancy under this Lease, including, without limitation, any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted, so given or received such notice or refund, or so signed.

38. Authority . Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Property is located, (c) Tenant has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all Tenant’s obligations hereunder and (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so.

 

32


39. Confidentiality . Tenant shall not disclose any terms or conditions of this Lease (including Rent) or give a copy of this Lease to any third party, and Landlord shall not release to any third party any nonpublic financial information or nonpublic information about Tenant’s ownership structure, business operations or any other proprietary information relating to Tenant’s business that Landlord may receive pursuant to this Lease or in Landlord’s performance of its rights and obligations hereunder, except (a) if required by Applicable Laws or in any judicial proceeding; provided that the releasing party has given the other party reasonable notice of such requirement, if feasible, (b) to a party’s attorneys, accountants, brokers, and other bona fide consultants or advisers, and prospective lenders and affiliates; provided such third parties agree to be bound by this paragraph or (c) to bona fide prospective assignees or subtenants of this Lease; provided they agree in writing to be bound by this paragraph.

40. Notices . Any notice, consent, demand, bill, statement or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery, overnight delivery with a reputable nationwide overnight delivery service, or certified mail (return receipt requested), and if given by personal delivery, shall be deemed delivered upon receipt; if given by overnight delivery, shall be deemed given upon documented delivery; and, if given by certified mail (return receipt requested), shall be deemed given on the date actual delivery is made, or on the date that delivery is attempted and rejected. Any notices given pursuant to this Lease shall be addressed to Landlord or Tenant at the addresses shown in Sections 2.9 and 2.10 , respectively. Either party may, by notice to the other given pursuant to this Section, specify additional or different addresses for notice purposes.

41. Miscellaneous .

 

41.1

Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Project or the Building in its sole discretion.

41.2 To induce Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant agrees that it shall promptly furnish to Landlord, from time to time, upon Landlord’s written request, the most recent year-end financial statements reflecting Tenant’s current financial condition, Tenant shall, within ninety (90) days after the end of Tenant’s financial year, furnish Landlord with a certified copy of Tenant’s year-end financial statements for the previous year. Tenant represents and warrants that all financial statements, records and information furnished by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease are true, correct and complete in all respects.

41.3 Where applicable in this Lease, the singular includes the plural and the masculine or neuter includes the masculine, feminine and neuter. The section headings of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof

41.4 If either party commences an action against the other party arising out of or in connection with this Lease, then the substantially prevailing party shall be entitled to have and recover from the other party reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit.

41.5 Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

41.6 Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

41.7 [Intentionally omitted]

41.8 Whenever consent or approval of either party is required, that party shall not unreasonably withhold such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth to the contrary.

 

33


41.9 The terms of this Lease are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement with respect to the terms as are included herein, and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous agreement.

41.10 Any provision of this Lease that shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and all other provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall be interpreted as if the invalid, void or illegal provision did not exist.

41.11 Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, record a short form or memorandum hereof without Tenant’s consent. Neither party shall record this Lease. Tenant shall not be responsible for the cost of recording any short form or memorandum of this Lease, or any transfer or other taxes incurred in connection with said recordation.

41.12 The language in all parts of this Lease shall be in all cases construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

41.13 Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs; legatees; devisees; executors; administrators; and permitted successors, assigns, sublessees. Nothing in this Section 41.13 shall in any way alter the provisions of this Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

41.14 This Lease shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State in which the Premises are located, without regard to such State’s conflict of law principles.

41.15 Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual or individuals signing this Lease have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Lease on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf said individual or individuals have signed.

41.16 This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

41.17 No provision of this Lease may be modified, amended or supplemented except by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. The waiver by Landlord of any breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained.

41.18 The parties waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by the other party hereto related to matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease; the relationship between Landlord and Tenant; Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises; or any claim of injury or damage related to this Lease or the Premises.

42. Alternative Building Relocation Option . In the event that Tenant enters into a lease for premises at least as large as the Premises elsewhere in the Building, or in another building owned by affiliates of Landlord at 10835 Road to the Cure or at 3545-3575 John Hopkins Court in San Diego, California (the “ Affiliate Buildings ”), then Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord, to terminate this Lease effective as of the term commencement date for such replacement premises in the Building or in the Affiliate Building, with all Base Rent and Operating Expense obligations terminating as of the date Tenant surrenders the Premises (but not earlier than the term commencement date for the replacement premises), except as otherwise provided in Section 10.2(y).

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

34


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-3030 BUNKER HILL STREET LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   /s/ Karen A. Sztraicher
Name:   Karen A. Sztraicher
Title:   VP, Finance
TENANT :

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO


EXHIBIT A

PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY LANDLORD

Landlord shall maintain, repair, and replace the following, systems and equipment, and shall provide the following services and utilities, in accordance with the standards referenced below; provided, however, that (a) Landlord reserves the right to adopt nondiscriminatory modifications and additions hereto, (b) the cost of all such maintenance, repairs, replacements, services and utilities are subject to reimbursement by Tenant as Operating Expenses to the extent set forth in the Lease and (c) such maintenance, repairs, replacements, services and utilities are subject to any other applicable provisions of the Lease:

 

1.

Repair and maintain heating, single-pass ventilation and air conditioning systems, including chillers, boilers, air handlers, ventilation and exhaust fans, cooling towers, filtration, controls and control components required to provide climate control to the Premises and Common Area.

 

2.

Repair and maintain plumbing, including hot and cold water supply pipes, valves and regulators; sanitary and waste piping; and sump pumps and associated holding reservoirs, if applicable. Drain cleaning shall be limited to normal maintenance and will not include cleaning required by excessive use or abuse of plumbing by Tenant.

 

3.

Provide emergency eyewashes and showers.

 

4.

Repair and maintain electrical supply circuits, including main switches, transformers and panels in mechanical spaces; local circuit breaker panels; and associated wiring, cables, switches and receptacles.

 

5.

Repair and maintain emergency back-up power generators, including peripherals as described in Item  4, batteries and relays.

 

6.

Repair and maintain lighting bulbs, ballasts, wiring and fixtures.

 

7.

Repair and maintain elevators, with service to be provided twenty-four (24) hours per day each day of the year.

 

8.

Repair and maintain fire hoses and valves affixed permanently to the Building and sprinkler system.

 

9.

Repair and maintain Premises entrance doors, knobs and hinges.

 

10.

Provide a basic security services on business days, but excluding any internal readings or checks for the Premises; and provided that Landlord makes no warranty as to the sufficiency of such services, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage suffered by Tenant due to the insufficiency of such security.

 

11.

Maintain Common Area landscaping and hardscape.

 

12.

Providing trash disposal services from designated trash area.

 

13.

Providing janitorial services for Common Areas of the Building.

 

14.

Providing and maintaining fire alarm monitoring and security systems and personnel for the Building.

 

15.

Providing access to the Building twenty-four (24) hours per day each day of the year (except in the case of emergencies).

 

16.

Providing bulk mail and express mail pick-up services at a central receiving area located on the lower level of the Building or such other floor as Landlord designates.

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

[Intentionally omitted]

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

[Intentionally omitted]

 

D-1


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

[On letterhead or L/C letterhead of Issuer.]

LETTER OF CREDIT

Date:                      , 200     

 

    (the “ Beneficiary ”)
   
   
   
Attention:      
L/C. No.:      
Loan No. :      

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We establish in favor of Beneficiary our irrevocable and unconditional Letter of Credit numbered is identified above (the “ L/C ”) for an aggregate amount of $                  , expiring at      :00 p.m. on                  or, if such day is not a Banking Day, then the next succeeding Banking Day (such date, as extended from time to time, the “ Expiry Date ”). “ Banking Day ” means a weekday except a weekday when commercial banks in                      are authorized or required to close.

We authorize Beneficiary to draw on us (the “ Issuer ”) for the account of                      (the “ Account Party ”), under the terms and conditions of this L/C.

Funds under this L/C are available by presenting the following documentation (the “Drawing Documentation ”): (a) the original L/C and (b) a sight draft substantially in the form of Attachment 1 , with blanks filled in and bracketed items provided as appropriate. No other evidence of authority, certificate, or documentation is required.

Drawing Documentation must be presented at Issuer’s office at                          on or before the Expiry Date by personal presentation, courier or messenger service, or fax. Presentation by fax shall be effective upon electronic confirmation of transmission as evidenced by a printed report from the sender’s fax machine. After any fax presentation, but not as a condition to its effectiveness, Beneficiary shall with reasonable promptness deliver the original Drawing Documentation by any other means. Issuer will on request issue a receipt for Drawing Documentation.

We agree, irrevocably, and irrespective of any claim by any other person, to honor drafts drawn under and in conformity with this L/C, within the maximum amount of this L/C, presented to us on or before the Expiry Date, provided we also receive (on or before the Expiry Date) any other Drawing Documentation this L/C requires.

We shall pay this L/C only from our own funds by check or wire transfer, in compliance with the Drawing Documentation.

If Beneficiary presents proper Drawing Documentation to us on or before the Expiry Date, then we shall pay under this L/C at or before the following fine (the “ Payment Deadline ”): (a) if presentment is made at or before noon of any Banking Day, then the close of such Banking Day; and (b) otherwise, the close of the next Banking Day. We waive any right to delay payment beyond the Payment Deadline. If we determine that Drawing Documentation is not proper, then we shall so advise Beneficiary in writing, specifying all grounds for our determination, within one Banking Day after the Payment Deadline.

Partial drawings are permitted. This L/C shall, except to the extent reduced thereby, survive any partial drawings.

 

E-1


We shall have no duty or right to inquire into the validity of or basis for any draw under this L/C or any Drawing Documentation. We waive any defense based on fraud or any claim of fraud.

The Expiry Date shall automatically be extended by one year (but never beyond                  the “ Outside Date ”) unless, on or before the date 90 days before any Expiry Date, we have given Beneficiary notice that the Expiry Date shall not be so extended (a “ Nonrenewal Notice ”). We shall promptly upon request confirm any extension of the Expiry Date under the preceding sentence by issuing an amendment to this L/C, but such an amendment is not required for the extension to be effective. We need not give any notice of the Outside Date.

Beneficiary may from time to time without charge transfer this L/C, in whole but not in part, to any transferee (the “ Transferee ”). Issuer shall look solely to Account Party for payment of any fee for any transfer of this L/C. Such payment is not a condition to any such transfer. Beneficiary or Transferee shall consummate such transfer by delivering to Issuer the original of this L/C and a Transfer Notice substantially in the form of Attachment 2 , purportedly signed by Beneficiary, and designating Transferee. Issuer shall promptly reissue or amend this L/C in favor of Transferee as Beneficiary. Upon any transfer, all references to Beneficiary shall automatically refer to Transferee, who may then exercise all rights of Beneficiary. Issuer expressly consents to any transfers made from time to time in compliance with this paragraph.

Any notice to Beneficiary shall be in writing and delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged or by overnight delivery service such as FedEx (with proof of delivery) at the above address, or such other address as Beneficiary may specify by written notice to issuer. A copy of any such notice shall also be delivered, as a condition to the effectiveness of such notice, to:                      (or such replacement as Beneficiary designates from time to time by written notice).

No amendment that adversely affects Beneficiary shall be effective without Beneficiary’s written consent.

This L/C is subject to and incorporates by reference: (a) the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500 (the “ UCP ”); and (b) to the extent not inconsistent with the UCP, Article 5 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York.

Very truly yours,

[Issuer Signature]

 

E-2


ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT E

FORM OF SIGHT DRAFT

[B ENEFICIARY L ETTERHEAD ]

TO:

[Name and Address of Issuer]

SIGHT DRAFT

AT SIGHT, pay to the Order of                      , the sum of                      United States Dollars ($                      ). Drawn under [Issuer] Letter of Credit No.                  dated                      .

[Issuer is hereby directed to pay the proceeds of this Sight Draft solely to the following account:                      .]

[Name and signature block, with signature or purported signature of Beneficiary]

Date:                     

 

E-1-1


ATTACHMENT 2 TO EXHIBIT E

FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE

[B ENEFICIARY L ETTERHEAD ]

TO:

[Name and Address of Issuer] (the “ Issuer ”)

TRANSFER NOTICE

By signing below, the undersigned, Beneficiary (the “ Beneficiary ”) under Issuer’s Letter of Credit No.                      dated                      (the “ L/C ”), transfers the L/C to the following transferee (the “ Transferee ”):

[Transferee Name and Address]

The original L/C is enclosed. Beneficiary directs Issuer to reissue or amend the L/C in favor of Transferee as Beneficiary. Beneficiary represents and warrants that Beneficiary has not transferred, assigned, or encumbered the L/C or any interest in the L/C, which transfer, assignment, or encumbrance remains in effect.

[Name and signature block, with signature or purported signature of Beneficiary]

Date:                     

 

E-2-1


EXHIBIT F

RULES AND REGULATIONS

NOTHING IN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS (“ RULES AND REGULATIONS ”) SHALL SUPPLANT ANY PROVISION OF THE LEASE. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT OR INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS AND THE LEASE, THE LEASE SHALL PREVAIL.

1. Except as specifically provided in the Lease to which these Rules and Regulations are attached, no sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside of the Premises or the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without notice, any sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule.

2. If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades, screens or hanging plants or other similar objects attached to or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises or placed on any windowsill, which window, door or windowsill is (a) visible from the exterior of the Premises and (b) not included in plans approved by Landlord, then Tenant shall promptly remove said curtains, blinds, shades, screens or hanging plants or other similar objects at its sole cost and expense.

3. Tenant shall not obstruct any sidewalks or entrances to the Building, or any halls, passages, exits, entrances or stairways within the Premises, in any case that are required to be kept clear for health and safety reasons.

4. No deliveries shall be made that impede or interfere with other tenants in or the operation of the Project.

5. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises that exceeds the load per square foot that (a) such floor was designed to carry or (b) that is allowed by Applicable Laws. Fixtures and equipment that cause noises or vibrations that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building to such a degree as to be objectionable to other tenants shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate such noises and vibrations to levels reasonably acceptable to Landlord and other tenants of the Building.

6. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that shown in the Tenant Improvement Plans.

7. Tenant shall not install any radio, television or other antenna, cell or other communications equipment, or any other devices on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises except to the extent shown on approved Tenant Improvements plans. Tenant shall not interfere with radio, television or other communications from or in the Premises or elsewhere.

8. Canvassing, peddling, soliciting and distributing handbills or any other written material within, on or around the Project (other than within the Premises) are prohibited, and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent such activities.

9. Tenant shall store all of its trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials within its Premises or in designated receptacles outside of the Premises. Tenant shall not place in any such receptacle any material that cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials disposal.

10. The Premises shall not be used for any improper, immoral or objectionable purpose. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises; provided , however, that Tenant may use (a) equipment approved in accordance with the requirements of insurance policies that Landlord or Tenant is required to purchase and maintain pursuant to the Lease for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, (h) microwave ovens for employees’ use and (c) equipment shown on Tenant Improvement plans approved by Landlord; provided , further, that any such equipment and microwave ovens are used in accordance with Applicable Laws.

 

F-1


11. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use the name of the Project, if any, in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant’s business except as Tenant’s address.

12. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any Governmental Authority.

13. Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which responsibility includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

14. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of Tenant or any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Project, including Tenant.

15. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms covenants, agreements and conditions of the Lease.

16. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety and security, the care and cleanliness of the Project, or the preservation of good order therein; provided , however, that Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant of such rules and regulations prior to them taking effect. Tenant agrees to abide by these Rules and Regulations and any additional rules and regulations issued or adopted by Landlord.

17. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of these Rules and Regulations by Tenant’s employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.

 

F-2


EXHIBIT G

[Intentionally omitted]

 

G-1


EXHIBIT H

TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

 

H-1


EXHIBIT I

FORM OF ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

To:

BMR-3030 Bunker Hill Street LLC

    

17190 Bernardo Center Drive

    

San Diego, California 92128

    

Attention: General Counsel/Real Estate

 

    

BioMed Realty, L.P.

    

17190 Bernardo Center Drive

    

San Diego, California 92128

 

Re:

Suite 226 (the “ Premises ”) at 3030 Bunker Hill Street, San Diego, California (the “ Property ”)

The undersigned tenant (“ Tenant ”) hereby certifies to you as follows:

1. Tenant is a tenant at the Property under a lease (the “ Lease ”) for the Premises dated as of July 21, 2008. The Lease has not been cancelled, modified, assigned, extended or amended [except as follows: [              ]], and there are no other agreements, written or oral, affecting or relating to Tenant’s lease of the Premises or any other space at the Property. The lease term expires on [              ], 20[      ].

2. Tenant took possession of the Premises, currently consisting of [              ] square feet, on [                      ], 20[      ], and commenced to pay rent on [                      ], 20[      ]. Tenant has full possession of the Premises, has not assigned the Lease or sublet any part of the Premises, and does not hold the Premises under an assignment or sublease[, except as follows: [              ]].

3. All base rent, rent escalations and additional rent under the Lease have been paid through [                      ], 20[      ]. There is no prepaid rent[, except $[              ]][, and the amount of security deposit is $[              ] [in cash]in the form of a letter of credit]]. Tenant currently has no right to any future rent abatement under the Lease.

4. Base rent is currently payable in the amount of $[              ] per month.

5. Tenant is currently paying estimated payments of additional rent of $[              ] per month on account of real estate taxes, insurance, management fees and common area maintenance expenses.

6. All work to be performed for Tenant under the Lease has been performed as required under the Lease and has been accepted by Tenant[, except [              ]], and all allowances to be paid to Tenant, including allowances for tenant improvements, moving expenses or other items, have been paid.

7. The Lease is in full force and effect, free from default and free from any event that could become a default under the Lease, and Tenant has no claims against the landlord or offsets or defenses against rent, and there are no disputes with the landlord. Tenant has received no notice of prior sale, transfer, assignment, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents payable thereunder[, except [              ]].

8. [Tenant has the following expansion rights or options for the Property: [              ].][Tenant has no rights or options to purchase the Property.]

9. To Tenant’s knowledge, no hazardous wastes have been generated, treated, stored or disposed of by or on behalf of Tenant in, on or around the Premises or the Project in violation of any environmental laws.

10. The undersigned has executed this Estoppel Certificate with the knowledge and understanding that [INSERT NAME OF LANDLORD, PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE] or its assignee is acquiring the Property in reliance on this certificate and that the undersigned shall be bound by this certificate. The statements contained herein may be relied upon by [INSERT NAME OF PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE], BMR-3030

 

J-1


Bunker Hill Street LLC, BioMed Realty, L.P., BioMed Realty Trust, Inc., and any [other] mortgagee of the Property and their respective successors and assigns.

Any capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given in the Lease.

Dated this [              ] day of [                  ], 20[      ].

 

[              ],
a [              ]
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

J-2


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 29 th day of July, 2008, by and between BMR-3030 BUNKER HILL STREET, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 21, 2008 (the “ Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Premises ”) from Landlord at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Landlord has renumbered certain suites in the Building and wishes to clarify the suite number for the Premises; and

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows;

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein.

2. Premises . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Premises, commencing on the Term Commencement Date, have been comprised of Suite 230, rather than Suite 226.

3. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

4. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

5. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein

 

Form dated 5/3/07


contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “ Lease ” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Amendment.

6. Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference.

7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts that, when taken together, shall constitute one original.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Amendment.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-3030 BUNKER HILL STREET LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   /s/ Alan D. Gold
Name:   Alan D. Gold
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
TENANT :

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Second Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 4 th day of June, 2009, by and between BMR-3030 BUNKER HILL STREET, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 21, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 29, 2008 (collectively. the “ Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Original Premises ”) from Landlord at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”):

B. WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease from Landlord and Landlord desires to lease to Tenant an additional approximately one thousand one hundred forty-one (1,141) rentable square feet of office space known as Suite 228 and the office portion of Suite 216, as depicted on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto (the “ Additional Premises ”):

C. WHEREAS, Tenant desires to extend the Term for approximately eighteen (18) months; and

D. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Second Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein.

2. Additional Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Additional Premises. Effective as of the October 21, 2009 (the “ Additional Premises Commencement Date ”), the Rentable Area of the Premises (as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Lease) is hereby increased by one thousand one hundred forty-one (1,141) rentable square feet, resulting in a new total Rentable Area of Premises of ten thousand four hundred three (10,403) rentable square feet. From and after the Additional Premises Commencement Date, all references to the “ Premises ” in the Lease and this Second Amendment shall refer to the Original Premises plus the Additional Premises, as such Premises are depicted on Exhibit A-2 .

3. Early Entry . Tenant shall have the right to enter and occupy the Additional Premises prior to the Additional Premises Commencement Date upon written notice from Landlord, which

 

1


will occur promptly after the Additional Premises have been vacated by the current occupant and are available for Tenant’s occupancy.

4. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building . Effective as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date, “ Tenant’s Pro Rata Share ” (as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Lease), is hereby amended by replacing “8.79%” with “9.87%”.

5. Rental Rate/Annual Adjustments . Effective as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date and continuing through the Term Expiration Date, the Base Rent for the entire Premises shall be Twenty-Two Thousand Three Hundred Sixty-Six and 45/100s Dollars ($22,366.45) (calculated at Two and 15/100s Dollars ($2.15) per rentable square foot) per month. Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent or Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses for the Additional Premises until the Additional Premises Commencement Date.

6. Extension Term . The Term Expiration Date is hereby extended until April 19, 2011. The period from the Additional Premises Commencement Date until April 19, 2011, is referred to herein as the “ Extension Term .” By agreeing to the Extension Term, Tenant shall be deemed to have exercised its Extension Option set forth in Section 3.2 of the Lease. Tenant shall have no further right or option to extend the Term without Landlord’s written consent in the form of an amendment to the Lease.

7. Tenant Improvements . Tenant shall cause to be constructed certain tenant improvements as set forth in Exhibit B (the “ Tenant Improvements ”) in accordance Article 18 of the Lease concerning Alterations. Landlord shall provide a tenant improvement allowance (“ TI Allowance ”) of not more than Fifty-Five Thousand Seven Hundred Twenty-Seven Dollars ($55,727), which shall be applied to the cost of design, permitting and construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall be solely responsible for any cost associated with the Tenant Improvements in excess of the TI Allowance. In no event shall any unused TI Allowance entitle Tenant to a credit against Rent payable under the Lease. Tenant shall have until October 19, 2010, to expend the unused portion of the TI Allowance, after which date Landlord’s obligation to fund such costs shall expire automatically.

8. Expansion Option .

8.1. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Article 8 and the availability of the Expansion Space (as defined below), Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to expand the Premises (the “ Expansion Option ”) to include the spaces known as Suite 220B and 220C, as such space is more particularly shown on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Expansion Space ”).

8.2. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing if the Expansion Space becomes available. Tenant may exercise the Expansion Option by providing Landlord, no later than fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s notice, with written notice that Tenant has elected to exercise the Expansion Option. Within ten (10) days after exercising the Expansion Option, Tenant and Landlord

 

2


shall enter into a written amendment to the Lease (the “ Amendment ”). which amendment shall provide, unless otherwise agreed in writing, (a) the commencement date of the Expansion Space, (b) that the Premises under this Lease shall be increased to include the rentable square feet of the Expansion Space, (c) the new Base Rent, with the Expansion Space increasing Base Rent at the then-current rental rate per square foot under the Lease, (d) Tenant’s new Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses based upon the addition of the Expansion Space to the Premises and (e) the proportionate increase to the Security Deposit (which increase shall be payable to Landlord upon execution of the Amendment). In all other respects, the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect.

8.3. Notwithstanding anything in this Article to the contrary, Tenant shall not exercise the Expansion Option during such period of time that Tenant is in default under any provision of this Lease. Any attempted exercise of the Expansion Option during a period of time in which Tenant is so in default shall be void and of no effect. In addition, Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise the Expansion Option if Landlord has given Tenant three (3) or more notices of default under the Lease, whether or not the defaults are cured.

8.4. If Tenant properly exercises its Expansion Option, Tenant shall have the right to terminate the Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises known as Suite 216 (except for those provisions that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease).

9. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is in possession of and is fully familiar with the condition of the Additional Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the first day that Tenant is given access to the Additional Premises, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises, including the Additional Premises, for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the Extension Term or to pay for any improvements to the Premises, including the Additional Premises, except for the TI Allowance.

10. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Second Amendment and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

11. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

12. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Second Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Second Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties

 

3


hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Second Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Second Amendment.

13. Miscellaneous . This Second Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Second Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference.

14. Counterparts . This Second Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts that, when taken together, shall constitute one original.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Second Amendment.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-3030 BUNKER HILL STREET LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   /s/ Kevin M. Simonsen
Name:   Kevin M. Simonsen
Title:   VP, Real Estate Counsel
TENANT :

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas Eric Darcy
Name:   Thomas Eric Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO

 

5


EXHIBIT A-1

PREMISES (INCLUDING ADDITIONAL PREMISES)

 

A-1


LOGO


EXHIBIT A-2

ADDITIONAL PREMISES

 

A-2


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

 

 

Demise the Additional Premises,

 

 

Modify existing offices and labs,

 

 

Relocate the third floor cold room to existing second floor lab space and provide for a 1.5 horsepower back-up system,

 

 

Install an autoclave,

 

 

Install additional voice/data cabling, and

 

 

Perform electrical and mechanical modifications to balance existing HVAC and HVAC zoning.

 

B


EXHIBIT C

EXPANSION SPACE

 

C


LOGO


THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Third Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 21st day of July, 2009, by and between BMR-3030 BUNKER HILL STREET, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 21, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 29, 2008, that certain Second Amendment to Lease (“ Second Amendment ”) dated as June 4, 2009 (collectively, the “ Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Premises ”) from Landlord at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease from Landlord and Landlord desires to lease to Tenant an additional approximately two hundred and five (205) rentable square feet known as a portion of Suite 216 of the Building, as depicted on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto (the “ Flex Premises ”);

C. WHEREAS, Tenant has leased the Additional Premises from Landlord pursuant to the Second Amendment, for which the obligation to pay Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expense is set to commence on October 21, 2009 (the “ Additional Premises Commencement Date ”);

D. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire for Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expense with respect to the Flex Premises to commence on the Additional Premises Commencement Date; and

E. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein.

2. Flex Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Flex Premises. Effective as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date, the Rentable Area of the Premises (as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Lease) is hereby increased by approximately two hundred and five (205) rentable square feet, resulting in a new total Rentable Area of Premises of ten thousand six hundred eight (10,608) rentable square feet. From and after the Additional Premises Commencement Date, all references to the “ Premises ” in the Lease and this


Third Amendment shall refer to the original Premises plus the Additional Premises plus the Flex Premises; as such Premises are depicted on Exhibit A-1 .

3. Early Entry . Tenant shall have the right to enter and occupy the Flex Premises prior to the Additional Premises Commencement Date upon written notice from Landlord.

4. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building . Effective as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date “ Tenant’s Pro Rata Share ” (as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Lease), is hereby amended by replacing “9.87%” with “10.07%”.

5. Rental Rate/Annual Adjustments . Effective as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date and continuing through the Term Expiration Date, the Base Rent for the entire Premises shall be Twenty-Two Thousand Eight Hundred Seven and 20/100s Dollars ($22.807.20) (calculated at Two and 15/100s Dollars ($2.15) per rentable square foot) per month. Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent or Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses for the Flex Premises until the Additional Premises Commencement Date.

6. Termination . Provided that Tenant is not in default of any term, condition or covenant in the Lease beyond the applicable notice and cure periods, and no circumstance exists that with the passage of time may become a Tenant default. Tenant shall have the right to terminate the Lease with respect only to the Flex Premises by giving Landlord at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, which notice shall include the effective date the termination. In addition to Landlord’s other termination rights under the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate the Lease with respect only to the Flex Premises by giving Tenant at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, which notice shall include the effective date of the termination. In the event of a termination under this Section, Tenant shall timely surrender the Flex Premises on the termination date set forth in the termination notice and in the condition required under the Lease.

7. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is in possession of and is fully familiar with the condition of the Flex Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition is”, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Flex Premises for Tenant’s occupancy thereof or to pay for any improvements to the Premises, except as may be expressly provided in the Lease.

8. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Third Amendment and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

9. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

10. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Third Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and

 

2


effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Third Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Third Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Third Amendment.

11. Miscellaneous . This Third Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Third Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference.

12. Counterparts . This Third Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts that when taken together, shall constitute one original.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Third Amendment to Lease.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-3030 BUNKER HILL STREET LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   /s/ Kevin M. Simonsen
Name:   Kevin M. Simonsen
Title:   VP, Real Estate Counsel
TENANT :

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO


EXHIBIT A-1

PREMISES (INCLUDING FLEX PREMISES)


LOGO


EXHIBIT A-2

FLEX PREMISES


LOGO


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Fourth Amendment ”) is entered into as of October 20, 2009, by and between BMR-3030 BUNKER HILL STREET, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 21, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 29, 2008, that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of June 4, 2009 (the “ Second Amendment ”) and that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2009 (collectively, as amended by this Fourth Amendment, and as the same may have been otherwise amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Premises ”) from Landlord at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease certain additional premises from Landlord pursuant to Tenant’s Expansion Option (as defined in the Second Amendment) and terminate the Lease with respect to certain existing Premises; and

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Fourth Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein.

2. Expansion Option . Tenant hereby elects to exercise its Expansion Option, and, pursuant to such Expansion Option, effective as of the later of (a) the Additional Premises Commencement Date (as defined in the Second Amendment) or (b) the date on which Landlord completes the Expansion Space Work described in Section 9 below (the later of (a) or (b) to be referred to herein as the “ Expansion Option Effective Date ”), Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Expansion Space (as defined in the Second Amendment) which is comprised of eight hundred seventy-six (876) rentable square feet in Suite 222 (f/k/a Suite 220B) and four hundred forty-eight (448) rentable square feet in Suite 223 (f/k/a Suite 220C). Tenant shall have no further right or option to expand its Premises without Landlord’s written consent in the form of an amendment to the Lease.

3. Termination of Lease with respect to Suite 216A . In connection with Tenant’s exercise of the Expansion Option, effective as of the Expansion Option Effective Date, Tenant shall vacate and surrender Suite 216A which includes two hundred five (205) rentable square feet (the

 

Form dated 5/03/07


Suite 216A Space ”) to Landlord (a) in the condition and (b) with all documentation required under the Lease. From and after the Expansion Option Effective Date, the Lease shall be terminated with respect to the Suite 216A Space and shall no longer be of any force or effect, except for those provisions, that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

4. Renumbering of Suite 216 . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Suite 216 consisting of six hundred ninety-three (693) rentable square feet has been renumbered and such suite, following the full execution and delivery of this Fourth Amendment, shall be referred to as Suite 215. The Lease shall remain in full and effect with respect to such Suite 215.

5. Rentable Area of Premises . Effective as of the Expansion Option Effective Date, the Rentable Area of Premises (as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Lease) shall be eleven thousand seven hundred twenty-seven (11,727) rentable square feet. From and after the Expansion Option Effective Date, all references to the “ Premises ” in the Lease shall refer to the Premises plus the Expansion Space less the Suite 216A Space, as such Premises is depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto.

6. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Bui lding. Effective as of the Expansion Option Effective Date, “ Tenant’s Pro Rata Share ” (as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Lease), is hereby amended by replacing “10.07%” with “11.13%”.

7. Base Rent . Effective as of the Expansion Option Effective Date and continuing through the Term Expiration Date, the Base Rent for the Premises shall be Twenty-Five Thousand Two Hundred Thirteen and 5/100 Dollars ($25,213.05) (calculated at Two and 15/100s Dollars ($2.15) per rentable square foot) per month.

8. Security Deposit . On or before the Expansion Option Effective Date, Tenant shall deliver an additional One Thousand Three Hundred Fifty-Six and 65/100 Dollars ($1,356.65) to Landlord to be added to Tenant’s existing Security Deposit for a total Security Deposit of Twenty-Three Thousand One Hundred Twenty-Two and 35/100 Dollars ($23,122.35).

9. Landlord Improvements to Expansion Space . Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall repair any damaged areas, paint all walls, clean all carpets and strip and wax all non-carpeted floors within the Expansion Space and shall re-key the main entrance doors of the Expansion Space to Tenant’s key schedule (the “ Expansion Space Work ”) prior to the Expansion Option Effective Date.

10. Landlord Improvements to Suite 215 . Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall have divided Suite 215 into three separate private offices (“ Landlord’s Dividing Wall Work ”). Tenant and Landlord shall agree upon the location of the dividing walls prior to Landlord’s installation of such dividing walls in Suite 215. From and after the date of this Fourth Amendment, Tenant shall grant Landlord access, twenty-four (24) hours a day seven (7) days a week, to Suite 215 in order to allow Landlord to complete Landlord’s Dividing Wall Work. Tenant shall not delay or negatively impact Landlord’s Dividing Wall Work as a result of (i) its presence in Suite 215 during

 

2


the performance of Landlord’s Dividing Wall Work, (ii) Tenant’s failure to grant Landlord access to Suite 215 or (iii) any other actions of Tenant.

11. Tenant Improvements to Expansion Space and Premises . Immediately following the Expansion Option Effective Date, Tenant shall (i) install an access control pad for the main laboratory door in Suite 222 (the “ Access Control Work ”) and (ii) install a dividing wall and door within the Premises in the locations depicted on Exhibit B attached hereto, which locations have been approved by Landlord (the “ Tenant’s Dividing Wall Work ”). For clarification purposes, such Access Control Work and Tenant’s Dividing Wall Work shall be considered Alterations that do not fall into the category of Minor Changes, and are therefore subject to all the requirements of Article 18 of the Lease. Tenant shall be permitted to utilize amounts remaining in the TI Allowance granted by Landlord pursuant to the Second Amendment to pay for its performance of Tenant’s Dividing Wall Work, including (without limitation) costs of rebalancing the HVAC after completion of Tenant’s Dividing Wall Work.

12. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Expansion Space and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Expansion Option Effective Date, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Expansion Space for Tenant’s occupancy thereof or to pay for any improvements to the Expansion Space, except as may be expressly provided in Section 9 of this Fourth Amendment.

13. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Fourth Amendment and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

14. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

15. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Fourth Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Fourth Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Fourth Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “ Lease ” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Fourth Amendment.

16. Miscellaneous . This Fourth Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Fourth Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or

 

3


given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference.

17. Counterparts . This Fourth Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts that, when taken together, shall constitute one original.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Fourth Amendment.

 

LANDLORD:

BMR-3030 BUNKER HILL STREET LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   /s/ John Bonanno
Name:   John Bonanno
Title:   Vice President, Development
TENANT:

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO


EXHIBIT A

PREMISES


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

TENANT’S DIVIDING WALL WORK


LOGO


FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 4 th day of March, 2011 (the “ Execution Date ”), by and between BMR-3030 BUNKER HILL STREET LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 21, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 29, 2008, that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of June 4, 2009 (the “ Second Amendment ”), that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2009, and that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of October 20, 2009 (collectively, and as the same may have been otherwise amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Original Premises ”) from Landlord at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease from Landlord and Landlord desires to lease to Tenant additional premises;

C. WHEREAS, Tenant desires to surrender certain premises to Landlord;

D. WHEREAS, Tenant desires to extend the Term;

E. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Base Rent; and

F. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Lease, as amended by this Amendment, shall be referred to herein as the “ Amended Lease.

2. Lease of Suite 220A Premises . Effective on the Suite 220A Commencement Date (as defined in Section 3.2 below) Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, an additional two thousand one hundred forty-eight (2,148) square feet of Rentable Area (commonly known as Suite 220A) located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Suite 220A Premises ”), for use by Tenant in accordance with the Permitted Use and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the Amended Lease. From and after the Suite 220A Commencement Date through the Surrender Date (as defined in Section 4


below), the term “ Premises ,” as defined in the Amended Lease, shall mean the Original Premises plus the Suite 220A Premises, and following the Surrender Date shall mean the Original Premises plus the Suite 220A Premises less the Surrender Premises.

3. Possession of Suite 220A Premises and Suite 220A Commencement Date .

3.1. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to tender possession of the Suite 220A Premises to Tenant with the Suite 220A Improvements (as defined below) and the Premises Improvements (as defined below) Substantially Complete (as defined below). The term “ Substantially Complete ” or “ Substantial Completion ” means that the Suite 220A Improvements are substantially complete, except for minor punch list items.

3.2. The “ Suite 220A Commencement Date ” shall be the day Landlord tenders possession of the Suite 220A Premises to Tenant with the Suite 220A Improvements Substantially Complete, which date shall be no later than May 13, 2011. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord written acknowledgement of the actual Suite 220A Commencement Date within ten (10) days after Tenant takes occupancy of the Suite 220A Premises, in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto. Failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgement, however, shall not affect the Suite 220A Commencement Date or Landlord’s or Tenant’s liability hereunder. Failure by Tenant to obtain validation by any medical review board or other similar governmental licensing of the Suite 220A Premises required for the Permitted Use by Tenant shall not serve to extend the Suite 220A Commencement Date.

3.3. Landlord shall cause the tenant improvements in the Suite 220A Premises (the “ Suite 220A Improvements ”) to be constructed in accordance with Exhibit C attached hereto at a cost to Landlord not to exceed Twenty-One Thousand Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($21,480) (based upon Ten Dollars ($10.00) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Suite 220A Premises) (the “ Suite 220A TI Allowance ”). The design and construction of the Suite 220A Improvements shall be subject to Landlord’s approval in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. The Suite 220A TI Allowance may be applied to the costs of (a) construction, (b) project management by Landlord (which fee shall equal two percent (2%) of the cost of the Suite 220A Improvements, including the Suite 220A TI Allowance), (c) space planning, architect, engineering and other related services performed by third parties unaffiliated with Tenant, (d) building permits and other taxes, fees, charges and levies by Governmental Authorities for permits or inspections of the Suite 220A Improvements and (e) costs and expenses for labor, material, equipment and fixtures. In no event shall the Suite 220A TI Allowance be used for (v) the cost of work that is not approved in writing by Landlord, (w) payments to Tenant or any affiliates of Tenant, (x) the purchase of any furniture, personal property or other non-building system equipment, (y) costs resulting from any default by Tenant of its obligations under the Lease or (z) costs that are recoverable by Tenant from a third party (e.g., insurers, warrantors, or tortfeasors). Upon completion of the Suite 220A Improvements and provided that Tenant is not then in default of its obligations under the Amended Lease, Tenant shall be permitted to apply any unused portion of the Suite 220A TI Allowance toward the Alterations described in Section 10 below.

 

2


3.4. Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, perform the improvements set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto (the “ Premises Improvements ”) on or before the Suite 220A Commencement Date.

4. Surrender Premises . Tenant shall have ten (10) business days after the Suite 220A Commencement Date (the “ Surrender Deadline ”) to surrender six hundred ninety-three (693) square feet of Rentable Area (commonly known as Suite 215) located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building as shown on Exhibit B attached hereto (the “ Surrender Premises ”) to Landlord (a) in the condition and (b) with all documentation required under the Lease. If Tenant does not surrender the Surrender Premises in accordance with Article 27 of the Amended Lease by the Surrender Deadline, then Tenant, pursuant to Article 28 of the Amended Lease, shall be become a tenant at sufferance with respect to the Surrender Premises until the actual date (the “ Surrender Date ”) that Tenant surrenders the Surrender Premises to Landlord in accordance with Article 27 of the Amended Lease and this Section. As of the Surrender Date, the Amended Lease shall terminate and be of no further force or effect with regard to the Surrender Premises, except for those provisions that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Amended Lease.

5. Suite 220A Premises Term . The Term with respect to the Suite 220A Premises shall commence upon the Suite 220A Commencement Date and expire on the Term Expiration Date (as set forth in Section 6 below).

6. Original Premises Extension Term . The “ Term Expiration Date ” (as set forth in Section 2.5 of the Lease) is hereby amended by replacing “April 19, 2011,” with “January 19, 2013.” The period from April 20, 2011, through January 19, 2013, is referred to herein as the “ Second Extension Term.

7. Base Ren t.

7.1. Suite 220A Premises . Base Rent for the Suite 220A Premises shall equal One and 95/100 Dollars ($1.95) per square foot of Rentable Area per month. Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent for the Suite 220A Premises on October 20, 2011.

7.2. Original Premises . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Amended Lease, effective as of the Execution Date and continuing through April 19, 2011, Base Rent for the Premises shall equal Two and 15/100 Dollars ($2.15) per square foot of Rentable Area per month. From and after April 20, 2011, Base Rent for the Premises shall equal One and 95/100 Dollars ($1.95) per square foot of Rentable Area per month. For the purposes of this Section 7.2 only, the term “ Premises ” shall mean (a) from the Execution Date through April 19, 2011, the Original Premises (eleven thousand seven hundred twenty-seven (11,727) square feet of Rentable Area) and (b) from and after April 20, 2011, the Original Premises less the Surrendered Premises (eleven thousand thirty-four (11,034) square feet of Rentable Area).

7.3. Rent Chart . For clarification purposes, Base Rent (as described above) is set forth in the table below:

 

3


Dates

 

Square Feet of

Rentable Area for

Base Rent Purposes

 

Base Rent per

Square Foot of

Rentable Area

 

Monthly Base

Rent

Execution Date –

April 19, 2011

  11,727   $2.15 monthly   $25,213.05

April 20, 2011 –

October 19, 2011

  11,034   $1.95 monthly   $21,516.30

October 20, 2011 –

Term Expiration Date

  13,182   $1.95 monthly   $25,704.90

8. Tenant’s New Pro Rata Share . Effective as of the Suite 220A Commencement Date, “ Tenant’s Pro Rata Share ” (as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Lease) is hereby amended by replacing “11.13%” with “12.51%”.

9. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Suite 220A Premises, and is in possession and fully familiar with the condition of the Original Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Amended Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the Suite 220A Premises in its condition “as is” as of the Suite 220A Commencement Date and agrees to take the Original Premises in its condition “as is” as of the first day of the Second Extension Term, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Suite 220A Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or the Original Premises for Tenant’s continued occupancy or to pay for any improvements to the Premises, except as may be expressly provided in this Amendment.

10. Alteration Approval . Subject to Article 18 of the Amended Lease and Applicable Laws, Landlord shall allow Tenant to (a) convert the two (2) offices in Suite 230 into three (3) offices and (b) install a door between Suites 222 and 230 in the laboratory area, as depicted in Exhibit F attached hereto.

11. Building Information . In addition to any requirements set forth in the Amended Lease, Landlord agrees to provide certain building information and notices (the “ Building Information ”) to Tenant as set forth in this Article. Tenant shall keep any Building Information confidential and such Building Information shall be subject to Article 39 of the Amended Lease.

11.1. Building Maintenance Records :

11.1.1. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s written request, Landlord shall provide Tenant with descriptions of the Building’s HVAC, E-power, vacuum, compressed air and water systems.

 

4


11.1.2. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Tenant’s written request, Landlord shall provide Tenant with the Building’s maintenance schedule, but only as it relates to the Premises.

11.1.3. Commencing on April 1, 2011, Landlord shall provide Tenant with dedicated access to on-line computerized maintenance management software (“ CMMS ”) to review records for systems and equipment specific to the Premises and any available standard operating procedures for the Project. Information contained in CMMS shall date back to January 1, 2011.

11.2. Facility Records .

11.2.1. Within three (3) business days after receipt of Tenant’s written request, which request shall not be made prior to thirty (30) days after the Execution Date, Landlord shall provide Tenant with electronic access to any facility records Landlord has available that are specific to the Premises relating to mechanical, HVAC, electrical, E-Power and structural loads.

11.3. Notification .

11.3.1. Landlord shall provide prior notice as set forth below for any planned, non-emergency access to the following portions of the Premises:

11.3.1.1. Office areas: twenty-four (24) hours’ notice;

11.3.1.2. General laboratories: forty-eight (48) hours’ notice;

11.3.1.3. Polymerase chain reaction room in Suite 230; quality control and process development laboratories: five (5) days’ notice; and

11.3.1.4. HVAC equipment: five (5) days’ notice.

12. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

13. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

14. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and

 

5


after the date hereof, the term “ Lease ” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Amendment.

15. Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference.

16. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Amendment.

 

LANDLORD:

BMR-3030 BUNKER HILL STREET LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   /s/ Kevin M. Simonsen
Name:   Kevin M. Simonsen
Title:   VP, Real Estate Counsel
TENANT:

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO

 

C-1


EXHIBIT A

SUITE 220A PREMISES

[see attached]

 

C-2


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

SURRENDER PREMISES

[see attached]

 

C-3


LOGO


EXHIBIT C

SUITE 220A IMPROVEMENTS

[see attached]

 

C-4


JVB Construction Management, Inc

License #: 824148

Bunker Hill Street, Tocagen Lab Remove Hood, Add Wall, Install New Lab Bench

Draft Cost Proposal

 

Item Number    Work Description    Quantity    Unit    Unit Cost    Total Cost

DEMOLITION

   Clean fume hood    1    Lump Sum    $350    $350
   Containment / protection to lab area    1    Lump Sum    $500    $500
   Disconnect and Cap Hood Utilities and HVAC return    1    Lump Sum    $800    $800
   Relocate Fume Hood to Storage Area at Bunker Hill    1    Lump Sum    $700    $700
   Dismantle Dry Bench and Countertop    Excluded         

TRADES

   New Partition and Drywall (1 interior wall) with door opening    17.5    Linear Feet    $100    $1,750
   HVAC Controls    Excluded         
   HVAC Ducting Revisions    1    Lump Sum    $1,500    $1,500
   Electrical – Relocate existing power, install phone outlets    1    Lump Sum    $3,856    $3,856
   Fire sprinkler head relocation    Excluded         
   VCT Floor patching at hood    1    Lump Sum    $250    $250
   Painting    1    Allowance    $600    $600
   Assemble and install new one sided dry bench (Using owner provided cabinets, no reagent shelves to be installed)    15.5    Linear Feet    $50    $775
   Supply and install new Trespa Countertop    1    Lump Sum    $1,000    $1,000
   Supply and install one new Door – 42” door, painted with window    1    Each    $1,200    $1,200

GENERAL COSTS

   Floor Protection    1    Lump Sum    $200    $200
   Dump Fees / Dumpsters    1    Lump Sum    $400    $400
   Cleaning    1    Lump Sum    $200    $200
   Supervision    2    Weeks    $1,000    $2,000
   Project Manager    1    Lump Sum    $500    $500
   Misc. job expenses    1    Lump Sum    $200    $200
   Chemical toilet    1    Lump Sum    $66    $66
   Tools & Equipment rental    1    Lump Sum    $75    $75
   Sub Total             $16,922
   Insurance             $338
   Contractors Fee             $1,354
   Construction Contingency             $1,692
   Total Contract Amount             $20,306

Exclusions & Notes:

Removal and disposal of Hazardous Materials (if applicable) are excluded

Permit fees or Costs are excluded

Cabinet / Counter Allowance assumes re-use of all existing cabinets

Reconfiguration / rezoning of fire sprinklers, or providing Fire Extinguishers are per allowance above

Proposal is based on Floor Plan per Attachment A

 

12/22/10


EXHIBIT D

PREMISES IMPROVEMENTS

 

1.

Purchase and install polycom phones in at least two (2) second (2 nd ) floor conference rooms.

 

2.

Purchase and install T1 internet service for at least two (2) second (2 nd ) floor conference rooms.

 

3.

If necessary, complete any further work regarding unfilled conduit holes and rain water leaks or intrusions.

 

4.

Hire a structural engineer to decipher the Building drawings with the city in order to further understand the structural load capacity of the Building.

 

5.

The work as referenced in the attached proposal.

 

C-5


JVB Construction Management, Inc

License #: 824148

Bunker Hill Street, Tocagen Relocation from Suite 215 to Suite 220A (Investor Relations/Business Development)

Draft Cost Proposal

 

Item Number    Work Description    Quantity    Unit    Unit Cost    Total Cost

DEMOLITION

   Demo 2 large windows (6’ x 5’), 2 door openings, portion of ceiling to install new walls    1    Lump Sum    $1,800    $1,800
   Dismantle modular furniture in suite 220A, remove to on site storage    1    Lump Sum    $750    $750
   Demo Carpet    53.78    Square Yards    $4    $215

TRADES

   New Partition and Drywall (2 interior wall)    33.5    Linear Feet    $75    $2,513
   Framing and Drywall patching at Window Infill and for 2 new doors    1    Lump Sum    $850    $850
   HVAC Controls    Excluded         
   Relocate Supply or Return Registers    4    Each    $350    $1,400
   Supply and Install New Supply or Return Registers    2    Each    $450    $900
   Air Balancing    1    Lump Sum    $750    $750
   Electrical & Lighting – Re wire lighting distribution, misc outlets, phone wiring    1    Lump Sum    $3,471    $3,471
   Supply new Light Fixtures    Excluded         
   Fire sprinkler head relocation    Excluded         
   Patch Ceiling grid & Tiles    1    Lump Sum    $800    $800
   Supply and install 5 partition between desks    1    Allowance    $1,000    $1,000
   Reinstall desks    1    Lump Sum    $600    $600
   Relocate card access readers from existing spade    1    Allowance    $1,000    $1,000
   Install new carpet & base, including transitions and patching at corridor    53.78    Square Yards    $30    $1,613
   Floor preparation    1    Lump Sum    $350    $350
   Painting    1    Lump Sum    $1,200    $1,200
   Supply and install 2 new doors    2    Each    $1,200    $2,400

GENERAL COSTS

   Floor Protection    1    Allowance    $100    $100
   Dump Fees / Dumpsters    1    Lump Sum    $400    $400
   Cleaning    1    Allowance    $200    $200
   Supervision    2    Weeks    $1,000    $2,000
   Project Manager    1    Lump Sum    $500    $500
   Misc. job expenses    1    Lump Sum    $300    $300
   Chemical toilet    1    Lump Sum    $150    $150
   Tools & Equipment rental    1    Allowance    $75    $75
   Sub Total             $25,337
   Insurance             $507
   Contractors Fee             $2,027
   Construction Contingency             $2,534
   Total Contract Amount             $30,404

Exclusions & Notes:

Removal and disposal of Hazardous Materials (if applicable) are excluded

Permit fees or Costs are excluded

It is assumed existing light fixtures are to be re used.

Window coverings and signage are excluded

HVAC occupancy sensors are excluded

Proposal is based on Floor Plan per Attachment A

 

12/22/10


EXHIBIT E

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE

THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE is entered into as of [                      ], 20[      ], with reference to that certain Lease (the “ Lease ”) dated as of [                      ], 20[      ], by [                  ], a [                  ] (“ Tenant ”), in favor of BMR-3030 BUNKER HILL STREET LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

Tenant hereby confirms the following:

1. Tenant accepted possession of the Suite 220A Premises on [                      ], 20[      ].

2. The Suite 220A Premises are in good order, condition and repair.

3. The Suite 220A Improvements are Substantially Complete.

4. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord as a condition to the full effectiveness of the Lease have been satisfied, and Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties in the nature of inducements offered to Tenant to lease the Suite 220A Premises.

5. In accordance with the provisions of Article 3 of that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of [                      ], 2011, the Suite 220A Commencement Date is [                      ], 20[      ], and, unless the Lease is terminated prior to the Term Expiration Date pursuant to its terms, the Term Expiration Date shall be [                      ], 20[      ].

6. Tenant commenced occupancy of the Suite 220A Premises for the Permitted Use on [                      ], 20[      ].

7. The Lease is in full force and effect, and the same represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises [, except [                  ]].

8. Tenant has no existing defenses against the enforcement of the Lease by Landlord, and there exist no offsets or credits against Rent owed or to be owed by Tenant.

9. The obligation to pay Rent is presently in effect and all Rent obligations on the part of Tenant under the Lease commenced to accrue on [                      ], 20[      ], with Base Rent payable on the dates and amounts set forth in the chart below:

 

C-6


Dates  

Approximate Square

Feet of Rentable Area

for Base Rent Purposes

 

Base Rent per

Square Foot of

Rentable Area

 

Monthly Base

Rent

Suite 220A

Commencement Date – October 19, 2011

  11,034   $1.95 monthly   $21,516.30

October 20, 2011 – Term Expiration Date

  13,182   $1.95 monthly   $25,704.90

10. The undersigned Tenant has not made any prior assignment, transfer, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents thereunder or sublease of the Premises or any portion thereof.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

C-7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant has executed this Acknowledgment of Term Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date as of the date first written above.

 

TENANT:

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    


EXHIBIT F

ALTERATIONS

[see attached]


LOGO


SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 16 th day of May, 2012 (the “ Execution Date ”), by and between BMR-BUNKER HILL LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ,” formerly known as BMR-3030 Bunker Hill Street LLC), and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 21, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 29, 2008, that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of June 4, 2009, that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2009, that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of October 20, 2009 and that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 4, 2011, (the “ Fifth Amendment ”) (collectively, and as the same may have been further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Original Premises ”) from Landlord at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease from landlord and Landlord desires to lease to Tenant additional premises; and

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is referred to herein as the “ Amended Lease .”

2. Lease of Suites 215B and 215C Premises . Effective on the Suites 215B and 215C Term Commencement Date (as defined below), Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, an additional three hundred sixty-one (361) square feet of Rentable Area (commonly known as Suites 215B and 215C) located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Suites 215B and 215C Premises ”), for use by Tenant in accordance with the Permitted Use and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the Amended Lease. From and after the Suites 215B and 215C Term Commencement Date, the term “Premises,” as defined in the Amended Lease, shall mean the Original Premises, plus the Suites 215B and 215C Premises.

3. Term . The Term with respect to the Suites 215B and 215C Premises shall commence on June 1, 2012 (the “ Suites 215B and 215C Term Commencement Date ”) and expire

 

BMR form dated 4/12/12


on the Term Expiration Date (as set forth in Section 6 of the Fifth Amendment). Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the Execution Date, Tenant shall be permitted to enter upon the Premises prior to the Suites 215B and 215C Term Commencement Date for the purpose of installing improvements or the placement of personal property; provided that such early access shall not interfere with the work required of Landlord pursuant to Section 7(b)(ii) below.

4. Base Rent . Base Rent for the Suites 215B and 215C Premises shall equal One and 95/100 Dollars ($1.95) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Suites 215B and 215C Premises per month. Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent for the Suites 215B and 215C Premises on the Suites 215B and 215C Term Commencement Date.

5. Additional Rent . Commencing on the Suites 215B and 215C Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall be responsible for the Property Management Fee (as defined in the Amended Lease), Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses (as defined in the Amended Lease), and any other amounts that Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of the Amended Lease that are owned to Landlord with respect to the Suites 215B and 215C Premises.

6. Tenant’s New Pro Rata Share . Effective on the Suites 215B and 215C Term Commencement Date, “ Tenant’s Pro Rata Share ” as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Lease is hereby amended by replacing “12.51%” with “12.85%”.

7. Condition of Suites 215B and 215C Premises . Tenant acknowledges that (a) it fully familiar with the condition of the Suites 215B and 215C Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Suites 215B and 215C Term Commencement Date, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Suites 215B and 215C Premises for Tenant’s continued occupancy or to pay for any improvements to the Suites 215B and 215C Premises, except (i) replacing the carpet in the Suites 215B and 215C Premises or (ii) as may be expressly provided in the Lease or this Amendment.

8. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

9. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

10. Notices . Tenant confirms that, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, notices delivered to Tenant pursuant to the Amended Lease should be sent to:

Tocagen Inc.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

 

2


San Diego, California 92109

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

11. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Amendment.

12. Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

13. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Amendment.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-BUNKER HILL LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:   /s/ Kevin M. Simonsen
Name:   Kevin M. Simonsen
Title:   VP, Real Estate Counsel
TENANT :

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO


EXHIBIT A

SUITES 215B AND 215C PREMISES

See attached.


LOGO


SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 25 th day of September, 2012, by and between BMR-BUNKER HILL LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 21, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 29, 2008, that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of June 4, 2009, that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2009, that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of October 20, 2009, that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 4, 2011 and that certain Sixth Amendment to Lease dated as of May 16, 2012 (collectively, and as the same may have been further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Premises ”) from Landlord at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Lease, set the Base Rent for the Third Extension Term (as defined below), provide Tenant with additional options to further extend the Term and provide Tenant with the option, under certain circumstances, to expand the Premises; and

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is referred to herein as the “ Amended Lease.

2. Third Extension Term . The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for twelve (12) months and, therefore, the “Term Expiration Date” is hereby amended to mean January 19, 2014. The period commencing on January 20, 2013 and ending on the Term Expiration Date shall be referred to herein as the “ Third Extension Term. ” The term “Term”, as used in the Amended Lease, shall refer to the Term as extended by the Third Extension Term.

3. Base Rent . Base Rent during the Third Extension Term shall be One and 95/100 Dollars ($1.95) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises per month; provided , however, that Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent during the first (1 st ) month of the Third Extension Term (the “ Base Rent Abatement Period ”) shall be abated.

 

1


4. Additional Rent . During the Third Extension Term (including, without limitation, during the Base Rent Abatement Period), Tenant shall continue to pay (a) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses, (b) the Property Management Fee and (c) any other amounts set forth in the Amended Lease.

5. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is in possession of and is fully familiar with the condition of the Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Amended Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the first day of the Third Extension Term, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the Third Extension Term or to pay for any improvements to the Premises, except that Landlord shall, on or before October 31, 2012 at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, install access card readers at the locations depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto.

6. Options to Extend Term . Tenant shall have two (2) options (each, an “ Option ”) to extend the Term by an additional twelve (12) months each as to the entire Premises (and no less than the entire Premises) upon the following terms and conditions. Any extension of the Term pursuant to an Option shall be on all the same terms and conditions as the Amended Lease, except as follows:

6.1 Base Rent during the first (1 st ) twelve (12) month Option term (the “ First Option Term ”) shall be One and 95/100 Dollars ($1.95) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises per month; provided , however, that Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent during the first (1st) month of the First Option Term shall be abated.

6.2 Base Rent during the second (2 nd ) twelve (12) month Option term (the “ Second Option Term ”) shall be Two Dollars ($2.00) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises per month; provided , however, that Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent during the first (1st) month of the Second Option Term shall be abated.

6.3 No Option is assignable separate and apart from the Lease.

6.4 An Option is conditional upon Tenant giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise such Option at least six (6) months prior to the end of the expiration of the then-current Term. Time shall be of the essence as to Tenant’s exercise of an Option. Tenant assumes full responsibility for maintaining a record of the deadlines to exercise an Option. Tenant acknowledges that it would be inequitable to require Landlord to accept any exercise of an Option after the date provided for in this Section 6.4 .

6.5 Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article to the contrary, Tenant shall not have the right to exercise an Option:

6.5.1 During the time commencing from the date Landlord delivers to Tenant a written notice that Tenant is in default under any provisions of the Amended Lease and continuing until Tenant has cured the specified default to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction; or

 

2


6.5.2 At any time after any Default as described in Article 32 of the Lease (provided, however, that, for purposes of this Section 6.5.2 , Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with notice of such Default) and continuing until Tenant cures any such Default, if such Default is susceptible to being cured; or

6.5.3 In the event that Tenant has defaulted in the performance of its obligations under the Amended Lease two (2) or more times and a service or late charge has become payable under Section 32.1 of the Lease for each of such defaults during the twelve (12)- month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise an Option, whether or not Tenant has cured such defaults.

6.6 The period of time within which Tenant may exercise an Option shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise such Option because of the provisions of Section 6.5 .

6.7 All of Tenant’s rights under the provisions of an Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of such Option if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the new term, (a) Tenant fails to pay to Landlord a monetary obligation of Tenant for a period of twenty (20) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant, (b) Tenant fails to commence to cure a default (other than a monetary default) within thirty (30) days after the date Landlord gives notice to Tenant of such default or (c) Tenant has defaulted under the Amended Lease two (2) or more times and a service or late charge under Section 32.1 of the Lease has become payable for any such default, whether or not Tenant has cured such defaults.

7. Expansion Option .

7.1 Subject to the conditions set forth in this Article, Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to expand the Premises (the “ Expansion Option ”) to include Suite 119 consisting of approximately 2,959 square feet of Rentable Area as more particularly shown on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Expansion Space ”).

7.2 Tenant may exercise the Expansion Option by providing Landlord with written notice (the “ Expansion Option Notice ”) that Tenant has elected to exercise the Expansion Option. Within ten (10) days after exercising the Expansion Option, Tenant and Landlord shall enter into a written amendment to the Lease (the “ Expansion Amendment ”), which amendment shall provide, unless otherwise agreed in writing, (a) that the commencement date of the Expansion Space shall be the date (the “ Expansion Space Commencement Date ”) that is thirty (30) days after the date that Tenant delivers the Expansion Option Notice, (b) that the Premises shall be increased to include the square feet of Rentable Area of the Expansion Space, (c) the new Base Rent, with the Expansion Space increasing Base Rent at the then-current base rental rate per square foot of Rentable Area under the Amended Lease, (d) Tenant’s new Pro Rata Share based upon the addition of the Expansion Space to the Premises and (e) that Tenant shall accept the Expansion Space in its condition “as is” as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date and that Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the

 

3


Expansion Space for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for any improvements to the Expansion Space, except as may be expressly provided in Section 7.7 of this Amendment. In all other respects, the Amended Lease shall remain in full force and effect, and shall apply to the Expansion Space.

7.3 Notwithstanding anything in this Article to the contrary, Tenant shall not exercise the Expansion Option during such period of time that Tenant is in default under any provision of the Amended Lease. Any attempted exercise of the Expansion Option during a period of time in which Tenant is so in default shall be void and of no effect. In addition, Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise the Expansion Option if Landlord has given Tenant three (3) or more notices of default under the Amended Lease, whether or not the defaults are cured, during the five (5) month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the Expansion Option.

7.4 If Tenant timely and properly exercises the Expansion Option, then Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to reduce the Premises (the “ Surrender Option ”) by surrendering one of the following spaces (each, a “ Surrender Space ”): (a) Suite 222 (876 square feet of Rentable Area), (b) Suite 223 (448 square feet of Rentable Area) or (c) Suite 222 and Suite 223 (1,324 square feet of Rentable Area); provided , however, that Tenant must exercise the Surrender Option concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of the Expansion Option Notice by including in the Expansion Option Notice an express statement setting forth Tenant’s election to exercise the Surrender Option and the specific Surrender Space to which Tenant’s election applies (the “ Designated Surrender Space ”). If Tenant fails to include such a statement in its Expansion Option Notice, then the Surrender Option shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect. If Tenant timely and properly exercises its Surrender Option as described in this Section 7.4 , then the Expansion Amendment shall (w) include appropriate adjustments to (i) the Premises (to reflect subtraction of the Rentable Area of the Designated Surrender Space), (ii) Base Rent (with the Designated Surrender Space decreasing Base Rent at the then-current base rental rate per square foot of Rentable Area under the Amended Lease) and (iii) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share (to reflect the subtraction of the Rentable Area of the Designated Surrender Space), (x) provide that Tenant shall surrender the Designated Surrender Space to Landlord no later than seven (7) business days following the Expansion Space Commencement Date (the “ Surrender Space Termination Date ”) in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, (y) provide that if Tenant does not surrender the Designated Surrender Space in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of the Lease on or before the Surrender Space Termination Date, then Tenant, pursuant to Article 28 of the Lease, shall become a tenant at sufferance with respect to the Designated Surrender Space until the actual date (the “ Actual Surrender Date ”) that Tenant surrenders the Designated Surrender Space to Landlord in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease and (z) provide that the Lease shall terminate with respect to the Designated Surrender Space on the later of (i) the Surrender Space Termination Date and (ii) the Actual Surrender Date, and shall thereafter be of no further force or effect with respect to the Designated Surrender Space, except for those provisions that, by their express terms, would survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

4


7.5 In the event that Landlord receives a written proposal to lease the Expansion Space from a third-party, Landlord shall deliver notice thereof to Tenant (“ Notice of Offer ”). If Tenant fails to exercise the Expansion Option within ten (10) days following its receipt of a Notice of Offer, then the sixty (60) day period commencing on the eleventh (11 th ) day following Tenant’s receipt of such Notice of Offer shall be deemed a “ Landlord Negotiation Period. ” Notwithstanding anything in this Amendment to the contrary, (a) the Expansion Option shall be of no force or effect during a Landlord Negotiation Period, (b) any attempted exercise of the Expansion Option by Tenant during a Landlord Negotiation Period shall be void and of no effect, and (c) Landlord shall have the right to consummate the lease of the Expansion Space with any third-party on any terms and conditions Landlord desires during a Landlord Negotiation Period. If Landlord fails to consummate the lease of the Expansion Space during a Landlord Negotiation Period, then the Expansion Option shall be reinstated on the day immediately following the expiration of the Landlord Negotiation Period. If Landlord consummates the lease of the Expansion Space during a Landlord Negotiation Period then the Expansion Option shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect.

7.6 Notwithstanding anything in this Amendment to the contrary, Tenant shall not assign or transfer the Expansion Option or the Surrender Option, either separately or in conjunction with an assignment or transfer of Tenant’s interest in the Amended Lease, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

7.7 In the event that Tenant timely and properly exercises the Expansion Option as set forth in this Article, Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall repair any material damage to the visible surface areas (i.e., walls, floor coverings and countertops), paint all walls, clean all carpets and strip and wax all non-carpeted floors within the Expansion Space and shall install an access card reader at the main entrance doors of the Expansion Space prior to the Expansion Space Commencement Date.

8. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

9. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

10. Notices . Tenant confirms that, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, notices delivered to Tenant pursuant to the Amended Lease should be sent to:

Tocagen Inc.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

 

5


San Diego, California 92109

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

11. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Amendment.

12. Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

13. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Amendment.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-BUNKER HILL LP,

A Delaware limited partnership

By:   /s/ Alan Gold
Name:   Alan Gold
Title:   CEO
TENANT :

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO


EXHIBIT A

ACCESS CARD READER LOCATIONS

 

A-1


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

EXPANSION SPACE

 

B-1


LOGO


EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 24 th day of January, 2013 (the “ Execution Date ”), by and between BMR-BUNKER HILL LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 21, 2008 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 29, 2008, that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of June 4, 2009, that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2009, that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of October 20, 2009, that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 4, 2011, that certain Sixth Amendment to Lease dated as of May 16, 2012 and that certain Seventh Amendment to Lease (the “ Seventh Amendment ”) dated as of September 25, 2012 (collectively, and as the same may have been further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Existing Premises ”) from Landlord at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease from Landlord, and Landlord desires to lease to Tenant, the Storage Premises (as defined below); and

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is referred to herein as the “ Amended Lease .”

2. Storage Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, certain premises known as Storage Cage 5 containing approximately one hundred sixty-five (165) square feet of Rentable Area located on the first (1 st ) floor of the Building (the “ Storage Premises ”), as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto.

2.1. Storage Premises Term . The Term with respect to the Storage Premises shall commence on February 1, 2013 (the “ Storage Premises Commencement Date ”) and shall thereafter be coterminous with the Term for the Existing Premises such that the Term for the Existing Premises and the Storage Premises shall expire on the Term Expiration Date. From and after the Storage Premises Commencement Date, the term “Premises” as used in the Amended Lease shall mean the Existing Premises plus the Storage Premises and, therefore, the Rentable

 

BMR form dated 9/5/12


Area of Premises (as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Original Lease) shall be increased to thirteen thousand seven hundred eight (13,708) square feet of Rentable Area.

2.2 Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building . Effective as of the Storage Premises Commencement Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building (as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Original Lease) is hereby amended by replacing “12.85%” with “13.01%.”

2.3 Permitted Use of the Storage Premises . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Amended Lease, Tenant shall be permitted to use the Storage Premises only for storage purposes, including an operating freezer, (and for no other use) in conformity with all Applicable Laws.

2.4 Base Rent for Storage Premises . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Amended Lease, (a) Base Rent for the Storage Premises shall equal One Dollar ($1.00) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Storage Premises per month, (b) Tenant’s obligations to pay Base Rent with respect to the Storage Premises shall commence on the Storage Premises Commencement Date and (c) Base Rent for the Storage Premises shall not be abated during the Base Rent Abatement Period (as defined in Section 3 of the Seventh Amendment).

2.5 Option to Surrender the Storage Premises . Tenant shall have the option (the “ Surrender Option ”) to surrender the Storage Premises back to Landlord upon delivery of thirty (30) days’ prior written notice (the “ Surrender Notice ”) to Landlord. In such event, Tenant shall surrender the Storage Premises to Landlord in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of the Amended Lease on or before the date that is thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Surrender Notice (the “ Scheduled Surrender Date ”). If Tenant does not so surrender the Storage Premises in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of the Amended Lease on or before the Scheduled Surrender Date, then Tenant, pursuant to Article 28 of the Original Lease, shall become a tenant at sufferance with respect to the Storage Premises until the actual date (the “ Actual Surrender Date ”) that Tenant surrenders the Storage Premises to Landlord in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of the Amended Lease. The Amended Lease shall terminate with respect to the Storage Premises on the later of (a) the Scheduled Surrender Date and (b) the Actual Surrender Date, and shall thereafter be of no further force or effect with respect to the Storage Premises (except for those provisions that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Amended Lease); accordingly, on such date, the Rentable Area of Premises and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building shall be automatically adjusted to account for the surrender of the Storage Premises. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Tenant shall not be permitted to exercise the Surrender Option during such period of time that Tenant is in default under any provision of the Amended Lease. Any attempted exercise of the Surrender Option during a period of time in which Tenant is so in default shall be void and of no force or effect.

3. Condition of Storage Premises . Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Storage Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Storage Premises Commencement Date, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise

 

2


prepare the Storage Premises for Tenant’s occupancy thereof or to pay for any improvements to the Storage Premises.

4. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

5. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

6. Notices . Tenant confirms that, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, notices delivered to Tenant pursuant to the Amended Lease should be sent to:

Tocagen Inc.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, California 92109

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

7. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Amendment.

8. Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

9. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Amendment.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-BUNKER HILL LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:   /s/ Kevin M. Simonsen
Name:   Kevin M. Simonsen
Title:   VP, Real Estate Counsel
TENANT :

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO


EXHIBIT A

STORAGE PREMISES


LOGO


NINTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS NINTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 20 th day of December, 2013 (the “ Execution Date ”), by and between BMR-BUNKER HILL LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ,” formerly known as BMR-3030 Bunker Hill Street LLC), and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 21, 2008 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 29, 2008, that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of June 4, 2009, that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2009, that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of October 20, 2009, that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 4, 2011, that certain Sixth Amendment to Lease dated as of May 16, 2012, that certain Seventh Amendment to Lease dated as of September 25, 2012 and that certain Eighth Amendment to Lease dated as of January 24, 2013 (collectively, and as the same may have been heretofore further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Existing Premises ”) from Landlord at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease from Landlord, and Landlord desires to lease to Tenant, the Suite 215A Premises (as defined below); and

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Lease, set the Base Rent for the Fourth Extension Term (as defined below) and provide Tenant with certain right of first refusal rights; and

D. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is referred to herein as the “ Amended Lease .”

2. Suite 215A Premises . Effective on the Suite 215A Premises Commencement Date (as defined below), Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, certain premises known as Suite 215A containing approximately one hundred seventy-six (176) square feet of Rentable Area located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building (the “ Suite 215A Premises ”), as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

BioMed Realty form dated 11/18/13


2.1. Suite 215A Premises Term . The Term with respect to the Suite 215A Premises shall commence on January 20, 2014 (the “ Suite 215A Premises Commencement Date ”) and shall thereafter be coterminous with the Term for the Existing Premises such that the Term for the Existing Premises and the Suite 215A Premises shall expire on the Term Expiration Date (as amended in Section 3 ). From and after the Suite 215A Premises Commencement Date, the term “Premises” as used in the Amended Lease shall mean the Existing Premises plus the Suite 215A Premises and, therefore, the Rentable Area of Premises (as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Original Lease) shall be increased to thirteen thousand eight hundred eighty-four (13,884) square feet of Rentable Area.

2.2. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building . Effective as of the Suite 215A Premises Commencement Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building (as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Original Lease) is hereby amended by replacing “13.01%” with “13.17%.”

2.3. Condition of Suite 215A Premises . Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Suite 215A Premises, or with respect to the suitability of the Suite 215A Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Suite 215A Premises and agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Suite 215A Premises Commencement Date and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Suite 215A Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for or construct any improvements to the Suite 215A Premises. Tenant’s taking of possession of the Suite 215A Premises shall, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, conclusively establish that the Suite 215A Premises were at such time in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair. The Suite 215A Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (as defined in California Civil Code Section 55.52).

3. Fourth Extension Term . The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for twelve (12) months and, therefore, the “Term Expiration Date” is hereby amended to mean January 19, 2015. The period commencing on January 20, 2014 and ending on the Term Expiration Date shall be referred to herein as the “ Fourth Extension Term .” The term “Term,” as used in the Amended Lease, shall refer to the Term as extended by the Fourth Extension Term.

4. Base Rent . Tenant’s obligations to pay Base Rent for the Suite 215A Premises shall commence on the Suite 215A Premises Commencement Date. Base Rent during the Fourth Extension Term for the entire Premises (including the Suite 215A Premises) other than the Storage Premises shall be One and 75/100 Dollars ($1.75) per square foot of Rentable Area of such Premises per month. Base Rent for the Storage Premises during the Fourth Extension Term shall be One and 00/100 Dollars ($1.00) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Storage Premises per month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided Tenant is not in default under any provision of the Amended Lease, Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent during the first (1 st ) month of the Fourth Extension Term (the “ Fourth Extension Base Rent Abatement Period ”) shall be abated.

5. Additional Rent . During the Fourth Extension Term (including, without limitation, during the Fourth Extension Base Rent Abatement Period), Tenant shall continue to pay (a)

 

2


Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses, (b) the Property Management Fee (calculated without regard to any Base Rent abatement) and (c) any other amounts set forth in the Amended Lease.

6. Condition of Existing Premises . Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is in possession of the Existing Premises and is fully familiar with the condition of the Existing Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the first day of the Fourth Extension Term, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Existing Premises for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the Fourth Extension Term or to pay for any improvements to the Existing Premises, except as may be expressly provided in the Lease.

7. Right of First Refusal . Tenant shall have two (2) separate rights of first refusal (each a “ ROFR ”), the first of which is as to any rentable premises in that certain space in the Building commonly known as Suite 217B (as depicted in Exhibit B attached hereto) and the second of which is as to any rentable premises in that certain space in the Building commonly known as Suite 214A (as depicted in Exhibit B attached hereto), in each case for which Landlord is seeking a tenant (each an “ Available ROFR Premises ”); provided , however, that in no event shall Landlord be required to lease any Available ROFR Premises to Tenant for any period past the date on which the Amended Lease expires or is terminated pursuant to its terms. To the extent that Landlord renews or extends a then-existing lease with any then-existing tenant or subtenant of any space, or enters into a new lease with such then-existing tenant or subtenant, the affected space shall not be deemed to be Available ROFR Premises. In the event Landlord intends to lease an Available ROFR Premises, Landlord shall provide written notice thereof to Tenant (the “ Notice of Offer ”), specifying the terms and conditions of a proposed lease to Tenant of the applicable Available ROFR Premises.

7.1. Within ten (10) business days following its receipt of a Notice of Offer, Tenant shall advise Landlord in writing whether Tenant elects to lease all (not just a portion) of the applicable Available ROFR Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s election within such ten (10) business day period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have elected not to lease the applicable Available ROFR Premises.

7.2. If Tenant timely notifies Landlord that Tenant elects to lease the applicable Available ROFR Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer, then Landlord shall lease the applicable Available ROFR Premises to Tenant upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer, except that Base Rent for the applicable Available ROFR Premises shall be at the then-current Base Rent rate for the Premises (other than the Storage Premises).

7.3. If Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant elects not to lease the applicable Available ROFR Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer, or if Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s election within the ten (10) business day period described above, then Landlord shall have the right to consummate the lease of the applicable Available ROFR

 

3


Premises on the same terms as set forth in the Notice of Offer following Tenant’s election (or deemed election) not to lease the applicable Available ROFR Premises.

7.4. Notwithstanding anything in this Article to the contrary, Tenant shall not exercise the ROFR during such period of time that Tenant is in default under any provision of the Amended Lease. Any attempted exercise of the ROFR during a period of time in which Tenant is so in default shall be void and of no effect. In addition, Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise the ROFR if Landlord has given Tenant two (2) or more notices of default under the Amended Lease, whether or not the defaults are cured, during the twelve (12) month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the ROFR.

7.5. Notwithstanding anything in the Amended Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not assign or transfer the ROFR, either separately or in conjunction with an assignment or transfer of Tenant’s interest in the Amended Lease, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

7.6. If Tenant exercises the ROFR, Landlord does not guarantee that the applicable Available ROFR Premises will be available on the anticipated commencement date for the Amended Lease as to such Premises due to a holdover by the then-existing occupants of the applicable Available ROFR Premises or for any other reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

8. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

9. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

10. Notices . Tenant confirms that, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, notices delivered to Tenant pursuant to the Amended Lease should be sent to:

Tocagen Inc. 3030

Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, California 92109

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

11. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the

 

4


Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Amendment.

12. Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

13. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Amendment.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-BUNKER HILL LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:   /s/ Kevin M. Simonsen
Name:   Kevin M. Simonsen
Title:   VP, Real Estate Legal
TENANT :

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO


EXHIBIT A

SUITE 215A PREMISES

The cross-hatched area below represents the Suite 215A Premises.

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

ROFR PREMISES

The cross-hatched space below represents the space subject to the ROFR.

 

LOGO


TENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS TENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 18th day of July, 2014, by and between BMR-BUNKER HILL LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord, ” formerly known as BMR-3030 Bunker Hill Street LLC), and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 21, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 29, 2008 that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of June 4, 2009, that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2009, that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of October 20, 2009, that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 4, 2011, that certain Sixth Amendment to Lease dated as of May 16, 2012, that certain Seventh Amendment to Lease dated as of September 25, 2012, that certain Eighth Amendment to Lease dated as of January 24, 2013 and that certain Ninth Amendment to Lease dated as of December 20, 2013 (collectively, and as the same may have been heretofore further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Existing Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Premises ”) from Landlord at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Existing Lease and set the Base Rent for the Fifth Extension Term (as defined below); and

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Existing Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is referred to collectively herein as the “ Lease .”

2. Fifth Extension Term . The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for twelve (12) months and, therefore, the “Term Expiration Date” is hereby amended to mean January 19, 2016. The period commencing on January 20, 2015 and ending on the new Term Expiration Date shall be referred to herein as the “ Fifth Extension Term .” The term “Term,” as used in the Lease, shall refer to the Term as extended by the Fifth Extension Term.

3. Base Rent . Base Rent during the Fifth Extension Term for the entire Premises (other than the Storage Premises) shall be One and 80/100 Dollars ($1.80) per square foot of Rentable Area of such Premises per month. Base Rent for the Storage Premises during the Fifth

 

BioMed Realty form dated 2/26/14


Extension Term shall be One and 00/100 Dollars ($1.00) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Storage Premises per month.

4. Additional Rent . During the Fifth Extension Term, Tenant shall continue to pay (a) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses, (b) the Property Management Fee and (c) any other amounts set forth in the Lease.

5. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is in possession of and is fully familiar with the condition of the Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the first day of the Fifth Extension Term, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the Fifth Extension Term or to pay for any improvements to the Premises, except as may be expressly provided in the Lease.

6. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment and agrees to reimburse, indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and hold harmless Landlord and its affiliates, employees, agents and contractors for, from and against any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

7. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

8. Notices . Tenant confirms that, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, notices delivered to Tenant pursuant to the Lease should be sent to:

Tocagen Inc.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, California 92109

Attn: Chief Financial Officer.

9. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Existing Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “ Lease ” as used in the Lease shall mean the Existing Lease, as modified by this Amendment.

10. Successors and Assigns . Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators and

 

2


permitted successors and assigns and sublessees. Nothing in this section shall in any way alter the provisions of the Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

11. Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

12. Authority . Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual or individuals signing this Amendment have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Amendment on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual or individuals have signed.

13. Counterparts; Facsimile and PDF Signatures . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. A facsimile or portable document format (PDF) signature on this Amendment shall be equivalent to, and have the same force and effect as, an original signature.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-BUNKER HILL LP,

A Delaware limited partnership

By:   /s/ Kevin M. Simonsen
Name:   Kevin M. Simonsen
Title:   VP, Real Estate Legal
TENANT :

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO


ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS ELEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 20 day of August, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between BMR-BUNKER HILL LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord, ” formerly known as BMR-3030 Bunker Hill Street LLC), and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 21, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 29, 2008, that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of June 4, 2009, that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2009, that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of October 20, 2009, that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 4, 2011, that certain Sixth Amendment to Lease dated as of May 16, 2012 that certain Seventh Amendment to Lease dated as of September 25, 2012, that certain Eighth Amendment to Lease dated as of January 24, 2013 and that certain Ninth Amendment to Lease dated as of December 20, 2013, and that certain Tenth Amendment dated July 18, 2014 (collectively, and as the same may have been heretofore further amended, amended and restated supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Existing Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Premises ”) from Landlord at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease from Landlord and Landlord desires to lease to Tenant, the Suite 217B Premises (as defined below); and

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building; and

D. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Existing Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is referred to collectively herein as the “ Lease.

2. Suite 217B Premises . Effective on the Suite 217B Premises Commencement Date (as defined below), Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, certain premises known as Suite 217B containing approximately two hundred forty six (246) square feet of Rentable Area as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

1


3. Suite 217B Premises Term . The Term with respect to the Suite 217B Premises shall commence on September 1, 2014 (the “Suite 217B Premises Commencement Date”), and shall be coterminous with the Term for the Existing Premises such that the Term for the Existing Premises and the Suite 217B Premises shall expire on the Term Expiration Date. From and after the Suite 217B Premises Commencement Date, the term “Premises” as used in the Amended Lease shall be deemed to include the Suite 217B Premises and, therefore, the total Rentable Area of Premises (as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Original lease shall be fourteen thousand one hundred thirty (14,130) square feet of Rentable Area.

4. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share . Effective as of the Suite 217B Premises Commencement Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Original Lease is hereby amended to 13.41%.

5. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Suite 217B Premises, or with respect to the suitability of the Suite 217B Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Suite 217B Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Suite 217B Premises Commencement Date, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Suite 217B Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for or construct any improvements to the Suite 217B Premises. Tenant’s taking possession of the Suite 217B Premises shall conclusively establish that the Suite 217B Premises were at such time in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair. The Suite 217B Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (as defined in California Civil Code Section 55.52).

6. Base Rent . Tenant’s obligations to pay Base Rent for the Suite 217B Premises shall commence on the Suite 217B Premises Commencement Date. Commencing on the Suite 217B Premises Commencement Date, the Base Rent per square foot of Rentable Area of such Premises per month, prorated for partial months for the entire Premises including the Suite 217B Premises (other than the Storage Premises) shall be One and 75/100 Dollar ($1.75) per square foot of Rentable Area of such Premises per month, until and including January 19, 2015. Commencing on January 20, 2015 Base Rent for the entire Premises and the Storage Premises shall remain as set forth in the Section 3 of the Tenth Amendment dated July 18, 2014.

7. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment and agrees to reimburse, indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and hold harmless Landlord and its affiliates, and their respective employees, agents and contractors for, from and against any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

8. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective

 

2


obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

9. Notices . Tenant confirms that, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, notices delivered to Tenant pursuant to the Lease should be sent to:

Tocagen Inc.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, California 92109

Attn: Chief Financial Officer.

10. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Existing Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “ Lease ” as used in the Lease shall mean the Existing Lease, as modified by this Amendment.

11. Successors and Assigns . Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators and permitted successors and assigns and sublessees. Nothing in this section shall in any way alter the provisions of the Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

12. Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

13. Authority . Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual or individuals signing this Amendment have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Amendment on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual or individuals have signed.

14. Counterparts; Facsimile and PDF Signatures . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. A facsimile or portable document format (PDF) signature on this Amendment shall be equivalent to, and have the same force and effect as, an original signature.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-BUNKER HILL LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:   /s/ Kevin M. Simonsen
Name:   Kevin M. Simonsen
Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Legal
TENANT :

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO

 

4


EXHIBIT “A”

Suite 217B Premises

The cross-hatched area below represents the Suite 217B Premises.

 

LOGO

 

1


TWELFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS TWELFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this     10     day of     March     , 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between BMR-BUNKER HILL LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord, ” formerly known as BMR-3030 Bunker Hill Street LLC), and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 21, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 29, 2008, that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of June 4, 2009, that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2009, that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of October 20, 2009, that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 4, 2011, that certain Sixth Amendment to Lease dated as of May 16, 2012, that certain Seventh Amendment to Lease dated as of September 25, 2012, that certain Eighth Amendment to Lease dated as of January 24, 2013 and that certain Ninth Amendment to Lease dated as of December 20, 2013, and that certain Tenth Amendment dated July 18, 2014, and that certain Eleventh Amendment dated August 20, 2014 (collectively, and as the same may have been heretofore further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Existing Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Premises ”) from Landlord at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”):

B. WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease from Landlord and Landlord desires to lease to Tenant, the Suite 213A Premises (as defined below); and

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building; and

D. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Existing Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is referred to collectively herein as the “ Lease.

2. Suite 213A Premises . Effective on the Suite 213A Premises Commencement Date (as defined below), Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, certain premises known as Suite 213A containing approximately three hundred forty eight (348) square feet of Rentable Area as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

1


3. Suite 213A Premises Term . The Term with respect to the Suite 213A Premises shall commence on March 23, 2015 (the “Suite 217B Premises Commencement Date”), and shall be coterminous with the Term for the Existing Premises such that the Term for the Existing Premises and the Suite 213A Premises shall expire on the Term Expiration Date. From and after the Suite 213A Premises Commencement Date, the term “Premises” as used in the Amended Lease shall be deemed to include the Suite 213A Premises and, therefore, the total Rentable Area of Premises (as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Original lease shall be fourteen thousand four hundred seventy eight (14,478) square feet of Rentable Area.

4. Tenant’s Pro Rata Shar e. Effective as of the Suite 213A Premises Commencement Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Original Lease is hereby amended to 13.74%.

5. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Suite 213A Premises, or with respect to the suitability of the Suite 213A Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Suite 213A Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Suite 213A Premises Commencement Date, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Suite 213A Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for or construct any improvements to the Suite 213A Premises. Tenant’s taking possession of the Suite 213A Premises shall conclusively establish that the Suite 213A Premises were at such time in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair. The Suite 213A Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (as defined in California Civil Code Section 55.52).

6. Base Rent . Tenant’s obligations to pay Base Rent for the Suite 213A Premises shall commence on the Suite 213A Premises Commencement Date. Commencing on the Suite 213A Premises Commencement Date, the Base Rent per square foot of Rentable Area of such Premises per month, prorated for partial months for the entire Premises including the Suite 213A Premises (other than the Storage Premises) shall be One and 80/100 Dollar ($1.80) per square foot of Rentable Area of such Premises per month, until and including January 19, 2016.

7. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment and agrees to reimburse, indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and hold harmless Landlord and its affiliates, and their respective employees, agents and contractors for, from and against any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

8. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

 

2


9. Notices . Tenant confirms that, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, notices delivered to Tenant pursuant to the Lease should be sent to:

Tocagen Inc.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, California 92109

Attn: Chief Financial Officer.

10. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Existing Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “ Lease ” as used in the Lease shall mean the Existing Lease, as modified by this Amendment.

11. Successors and Assigns . Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators and permitted successors and assigns and sublessees. Nothing in this section shall in any way alter the provisions of the Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

12. Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

13. Authority . Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual or individuals signing this Amendment have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Amendment on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual or individuals have signed.

14. Counterparts; Facsimile and PDF Signatures . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. A facsimile or portable document format (PDF) signature on this Amendment shall be equivalent to, and have the same force and effect as, an original signature.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-BUNKER HILL LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:   /s/ Brian J. Wolfe
Name:   Brian J. Wolfe
Title:   Vice President
TENANT :

TOCAGEN INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO

 

4


EXHIBIT “A”

Suite 213A Premises

The cross-hatched area on the attached schematic represents the Suite 213A Premises.

 

1


LOGO


THIRTEENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS THIRTEENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 15 day of July, 2015 (the “ Execution Date ”), by and between BMR-BUNKER HILL LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord, ” formerly known as BMR-3030 Bunker Hill Street LLC), and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 21, 2008 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 29, 2008, that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of June 4, 2009, that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2009, that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of October 20, 2009, that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 4, 2011, that certain Sixth Amendment to Lease dated as of May 16, 2012, that certain Seventh Amendment to Lease dated as of September 25, 2012, that certain Eighth Amendment to Lease dated as of January 24, 2013, that certain Ninth Amendment to Lease dated as of December 20, 2013, that certain Tenth Amendment to Lease dated as of July 18, 2014, that certain Eleventh Amendment to Lease dated as of August 20, 2014 and that certain Twelfth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 10, 2015 (collectively, and as the same may have been heretofore further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Existing Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Existing Premises ”) from Landlord at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease from Landlord, and Landlord desires to lease to Tenant, the Suite 218/217A Premises (as defined below); and

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Existing Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is referred to collectively herein as the “ Lease .” From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease,” as used in the Existing Lease, shall mean the Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment.

2. Suite 218/217A Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, approximately one thousand nine hundred ninety-six (1,996) square feet of Rentable Area located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building and commonly known as Suite 218/217A (as more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto, the “ Suite 218/217A Premises ”).


2.1 Suite 218/217A Premises Term . The Term with respect to the Suite 218/217A Premises shall commence on the day that Landlord delivers the Suite 218/217A Premises to Tenant (the “ Suite 218/217A Premises Commencement Date ”), and shall thereafter be coterminous with the Term for the Existing Premises such that the Term with respect to both the Existing Premises and the Suite 218/217A Premises shall expire on the Term Expiration Date. From and after the Suite 218/217A Premises Commencement Date, the term “Premises” as used in the Lease shall mean the Existing Premises plus the Suite 218/217A Premises and, therefore, the Rentable Area of Premises (as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Original Lease) shall be increased to sixteen thousand four hundred seventy-four (16,474) square feet of Rentable Area.

2.2 Possession of the Suite 218/217A Premises . Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to tender possession of the Suite 218/217A Premises to Tenant on the Execution Date; provided , however, Tenant agrees that if Landlord is unable to tender possession of the Suite 218/217A Premises to Tenant on the Execution Date for any reason (including, without limitation, the existing tenant’s failure to timely surrender the Suite 218/217A Premises to Landlord), then (a) neither this Amendment (nor Tenant’s lease of the Suite 218/217A Premises pursuant to this Amendment) shall be void or voidable, and (b) Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. If possession is delayed by action of Tenant, then the Suite 218/217A Premises Commencement Date shall be the date that the Suite 218/217A Premises Commencement Date would have occurred but for such delay. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord written acknowledgment of the actual Suite 218/217A Premises Commencement Date within ten (10) days after Tenant takes occupancy of the Suite 218/217A Premises, in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto. Failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment, however, shall not affect the Suite 218/217A Premises Commencement Date or Landlord’s or Tenant’s liability hereunder.

2.3 Condition of Suite 218/217A Premises . Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Suite 218/217A Premises and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Suite 218/217A Premises Commencement Date, (b) neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made (and neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord hereby makes) any representation or warranty of any kind whatsoever, express or implied, regarding the Suite 218/217A Premises, including (without limitation) any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Suite 218/217A Premises or with respect to the suitability of the Suite 218/217A Premises for Tenant’s intended use and (c) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Suite 218/217A Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for any improvements to the Suite 218/217A Premises. The Suite 218/217A Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist. Tenant’s taking possession of the Suite 218/217A Premises shall, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, conclusively establish that the Suite 218/217A Premises were at such time in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair.

2.4 Suite 218/217A Premises Base Rent . In addition to Tenant’s Base Rent obligations with respect to the Existing Premises, Tenant shall, commencing on the Suite

 

2


218/217A Premises Commencement Date and continuing throughout the remainder of the Term, pay to Landlord, as monthly Base Rent for the Suite 218/217A Premises, the amounts set forth below:

 

Dates

 

Square Feet of

Rentable Area

 

Base Rent per Square
Foot of Rentable Area

 

Monthly Base

Rent

Suite 218/217A Premises
Commencement Date – Term
Expiration Date

 

1,996

 

$2.00 monthly

 

$3,992

3. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share . Effective as of the Suite 218/217A Premises Commencement Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building (as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Original Lease) is hereby amended to be 15.64%.

4. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment and agrees to reimburse, indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and hold harmless Landlord and its affiliates, employees, agents and contractors for, from and against any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

5. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Existing Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

6. Notices . Tenant confirms that, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, notices delivered to Tenant pursuant to the Lease should be sent to:

Tocagen Inc.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, California 92109

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

7. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Existing Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties.

8. Successors and Assigns . Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators and

 

3


permitted successors and assigns and sublessees. Nothing in this section shall in any way alter the provisions of the Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

9. Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

10. Authority . Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual or individuals signing this Amendment have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Amendment on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual or individuals have signed.

11. Counterparts; Facsimile and PDF Signatures . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. A facsimile or portable document format (PDF) signature on this Amendment shall be equivalent to, and have the same force and effect as, an, original signature.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-BUNKER HILL LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:   /s/ Kevin M. Simonsen
Name:   Kevin M. Simonsen
Title:   Sr. VP, Real Estate Legal
TENANT :

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO


EXHIBIT A

SUITE 218/217A PREMISES


EXHIBIT A

PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SUITE 218/217A PREMISES COMMENCEMENT DATE

THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SUITE 218/217A PREMISES COMMENCEMENT DATE is entered into as of [                      ], 20[      ], with reference to that certain Thirteenth Amendment to Lease (the “ Amendment ”) dated as of [                      ], 2015, by TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), in favor of BMR BUNKER HILL LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Amendment.

Tenant hereby confirms the following:

1. Tenant accepted possession of the Suite 218/217A Premises for use in accordance with the Permitted Use on [                      ], 20[      ]. Tenant first occupied the Suite 218/217A Premises for the Permitted Use on [                      ], 20[      ].

2. The Suite 218/217A Premises are in good order, condition and repair.

3. In accordance with the provisions of Article 2 of the Amendment, the Suite 218/217A Premises Commencement Date is [                      ], 20[      ].

4. The obligation to pay Rent with respect to the Suite 218/217A Premises is presently in effect and all Rent obligations on the part of Tenant with respect to the Suite 218/217A Premises under the Lease commenced to accrue on [                      ], 20[      ], with Base Rent payable on the dates and amounts set forth in the chart below:

 

Dates

 

Approximate

Square Feet of

Rentable Area

 

Base Rent per Square

Foot of Rentable Area

 

Monthly Base

Rent

[      ]/[      ]/[      ]-[      ]/[      ]/[      ]

  1,996   $2.00 monthly   $3,992

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant has executed this Acknowledgment of Suite 218/217A Premises Commencement Date as of the date first written above.

 

TENANT:

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    


FOURTEENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FOURTEENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 22 nd day of September, 2015 (the “ Execution Date ”), by and between BMR-BUNKER HILL LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ,” formerly known as BMR-3030 Bunker Hill Street LLC), and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 21, 2008 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 29, 2008, that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of June 4, 2009, that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2009, that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of October 20, 2009, that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 4, 2011, that certain Sixth Amendment to Lease dated as of May 16, 2012, that certain Seventh Amendment to Lease dated as of September 25, 2012 (the “ Seventh Amendment ”), that certain Eighth Amendment to Lease dated as of January 24, 2013, that certain Ninth Amendment to Lease dated as of December 20, 2013, that certain Tenth Amendment to Lease dated as of July 18, 2014, that certain Eleventh Amendment to Lease dated as of August 20, 2014, that certain Twelfth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 10, 2015 and that certain Thirteenth Amendment to Lease dated as of July 15, 2015 (collectively, and as the same may have been heretofore further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Existing Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Premises ”) from Landlord at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Existing Lease and set the Base Rent for the Sixth Expansion Term (as defined below); and

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Existing Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is referred to collectively herein as the “ Lease .” From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease,” as used in the Existing Lease, shall mean the Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment. For purposes of clarity, as of the Execution Date, (a) the Premises consists of sixteen thousand four hundred seventy-four (16,474) square feet of Rentable Area and (b) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building is 15.64%.

2. Sixth Extension Term . The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for thirteen (13) months and, therefore, the “Term Expiration Date” is hereby amended to mean February 19,


2017. The period commencing on January 20, 2016 and ending on the new Term Expiration Date shall be referred to herein as the “ Sixth Extension Term .” The term “Term,” as used in the Lease, shall refer to the Term as extended by the Sixth Extension Term.

3. Base Rent .

3.1. Base Rent during the Sixth Extension Term for the entire Premises (other than the Storage Premises) shall be Two and 00/100 Dollars ($2.00) per square foot of Rentable Area of such Premises per month. Base Rent for the Storage Premises during the Sixth Extension Term shall be One and 00/100 Dollars ($1.00) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Storage Premises per month.

3.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that Tenant is not in default under the Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to receive an abatement of Base Rent for the first (1 st ) full calendar month of the Sixth Extension Term (i.e., February 2016) (the “ Sixth Extension Base Rent Abatement Period ”) in an aggregate amount not to exceed Thirty-Two Thousand Seven Hundred Eighty-Three and 00/100 Dollars ($32,783.00) (the “ Sixth Extension Base Rent Abatement ”) (for purposes of clarity, Tenant shall be responsible for all other Rent due pursuant to the terms of the Lease during the Sixth Extension Base Rent Abatement Period). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Sixth Extension Base Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Amendment, and for agreeing to pay the Base Rent and perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under the Lease. If Tenant shall be in default under the Lease, then Tenant’s right to receive the Sixth Extension Base Rent Abatement for the Sixth Extension Base Rent Abatement Period shall automatically terminate as of the date of such default and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Premises in full. The Sixth Extension Base Rent Abatement shall be personal to the original Tenant and shall only apply to the extent that the original Tenant (and not any assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of the original Tenant’s interest in the Lease) is the Tenant under the Lease during the Sixth Extension Base Rent Abatement Period.

4. Additional Rent . During the Sixth Extension Term, Tenant shall continue to pay (a) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses, (b) the Property Management Fee and (c) any other amounts set forth in the Lease.

5. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is in possession of and is fully familiar with the condition of the Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the first day of the Sixth Extension Term, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the Sixth Extension Term or to pay for any improvements to the Premises, except as may be expressly provided in the Lease.

6. Expansion Option .

6.1. Section 7.1 of the Seventh Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

2


“7.1. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Article, Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to expand the Premises (the “ Expansion Option ”) to include Suite 216 consisting of one thousand four hundred forty-two (1,442) square feet of Rentable Area as more particularly shown on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Expansion Space ”).”

6.2. Exhibit B of the Seventh Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit B attached hereto.

6.3. Tenant waives any right to claim a default under the Lease or make any other claim (known or unknown) against Landlord arising out of, in connection with or as a result of Landlord’s failure to offer Suite 119 to Tenant pursuant to the Expansion Option as originally drafted in the Seventh Amendment.

7. Extension Options . Section 3.2 of the Original Lease and Section 6 of the Seventh Amendment are hereby deleted in its entirety and shall be of no further force or effect.

8. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment and agrees to reimburse, indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and hold harmless Landlord and its affiliates, employees, agents and contractors for, from and against any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

9. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Existing Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

10. Notices . Tenant confirms that, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, notices delivered to Tenant pursuant to the Lease should be sent to:

Tocagen Inc.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, California 92109

Attn: Chief Financial Officer.

11. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Existing Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties.

12. Successors and Assigns . Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators and permitted

 

3


successors and assigns and sublessees. Nothing in this section shall in any way alter the provisions of the Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

13. Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

14. Authority . Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual or individuals signing this Amendment have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Amendment on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual or individuals have signed.

15. Counterparts; Facsimile and PDF Signatures . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. A facsimile or portable document format (PDF) signature on this Amendment shall be equivalent to, and have the same force and effect as, an original signature.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD :

 

BMR-BUNKER HILL LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:   /s/ Kevin M. Simonsen
Name:   Kevin M. Simonsen
Title:   Sr. VP, Real Estate Legal

 

TENANT :

 

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO


EXHIBIT A

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED


EXHIBIT B

EXPANSION SPACE

[See attached]


LOGO


FIFTEENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIFTEENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 25th day of February, 2016 (the “ Fifteenth Amendment Execution Date ”), by and between BMR-BUNKER HILL LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ,” formerly known as BMR-3030 Bunker Hill Street LLC), and TOCAGEN, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A.        WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 21, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 29, 2008, that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of June 4, 2009, that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2009, that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of October 20, 2009, that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 4, 2011, that certain Sixth Amendment to Lease dated as of May 16, 2012, that certain Seventh Amendment to Lease dated as of September 25, 2012, that certain Eighth Amendment to Lease dated as of January 24, 2013, that certain Ninth Amendment to Lease dated as of December 20, 2013, that certain Tenth Amendment to Lease dated as of July 18, 2014, that certain Eleventh Amendment to Lease dated as of August 20, 2014, that certain Twelfth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 10, 2015, that certain Thirteenth Amendment to Lease dated as of July 15, 2015 and that certain Fourteenth Amendment to Lease dated as of September 22, 2015 (the “ Fourteenth Amendment ”) (collectively, and as the same may have been further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Existing Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Existing Premises ”) from Landlord at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”);

B.        WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to expand the Existing Premises to include that certain space containing approximately seven hundred thirty-eight (738) square feet of Rentable Area located on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building and known as Suite 321, Suite 323 and Suite 325 (as more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto, the “ Fifteenth Amendment Premises ”); and

C.        WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Existing Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1.         Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is referred to collectively herein as the “ Lease .” From and after the date hereof, the term “ Lease ,” as used in the Existing Lease, shall mean the Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment.


2.         Fifteenth Amendment Premises . Effective as of the Fifteenth Amendment Execution Date, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Fifteenth Amendment Premises. From and after the Fifteenth Amendment Execution Date, the term “ Premises ” as used in the Lease shall mean the Existing Premises plus the Fifteenth Amendment Premises.

2.1     Fifteenth Amendment Premises Term . The Term with respect to the Fifteenth Amendment Premises (the “ Fifteenth Amendment Premises Term ”) shall commence on the Fifteenth Amendment Execution Date and shall thereafter be coterminous with the Term for the Existing Premises, such that the Term with respect to the entire Premises (including both the Existing Premises and the Fifteenth Amendment Premises) shall expire on the Term Expiration Date (as set forth in Article 2 of the Fourteenth Amendment).

2.2     Condition of Fifteenth Amendment Premises . Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Fifteenth Amendment Premises and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Fifteenth Amendment Execution Date, (b) neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made (and neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord hereby makes) any representation or warranty of any kind whatsoever, express or implied, regarding the Fifteenth Amendment Premises, including (without limitation) any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Fifteenth Amendment Premises or with respect to the suitability of the Fifteenth Amendment Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business and (c) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Fifteenth Amendment Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for any improvements to the Fifteenth Amendment Premises. The Fifteenth Amendment Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (as defined in California Civil Code Section 55.52). Tenant’s taking possession of the Fifteenth Amendment Premises shall, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, conclusively establish that the Fifteenth Amendment Premises, the Building and the Project were at such time in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair.

2.3     Base Rent for Fifteenth Amendment Premises . Base Rent for the Fifteenth Amendment Premises during the Fifteenth Amendment Premises Term shall equal Two and 0/100 Dollars ($2.00) per square foot of Rentable Area (of the Fifteenth Amendment Premises) per month. For avoidance of doubt, (a) Base Rent for the Fifteenth Amendment Premises shall be in addition to the Base Rent payable by Tenant with respect to the Existing Premises and (b) the Sixth Extension Base Rent Abatement (as defined in Section 3. 2 of the Fourteenth Amendment) shall not apply to the Base Rent for the Fifteenth Amendment Premises.

3.         Tenant’s Pro Rata Share . Commencing as of the Fifteenth Amendment Execution Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building shall equal 16.34%.

4.         Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment and agrees to reimburse, indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and hold harmless Landlord and its affiliates (and their respective employees, agents and contractors) for, from and against any and all cost or

 

2


liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

5.         No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Existing Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

6.         Notices . Tenant confirms that, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, notices delivered to Tenant pursuant to the Lease should be sent to:

Tocagen, Inc.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, California 92109

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

7.         Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Existing Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties.

8.         Successors and Assigns . Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators and permitted successors and assigns and sublessees. Nothing in this section shall in any way alter the provisions of the Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

9.         Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

10.         Authority . Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual or individuals signing this Amendment have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Amendment on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual or individuals have signed.

11.         Counterparts; Facsimile and PDF Signatures . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. A facsimile or portable document format (PDF) signature on this Amendment shall be equivalent to, and have the same force and effect as, an original signature.

 

3


[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

LANDLORD :

BMR-BUNKER HILL LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:   /s/ Kevin M. Simonsen
Name:   Kevin M. Simonsen
Title:   Sr. VP, Real Estate Legal

TENANT :

TOCAGEN, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO


EXHIBIT A

FIFTEENTH AMENDMENT PREMISES


Exhibit A

 

LOGO


SIXTEENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SIXTEENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 5 th day of July, 2016 (the “ Execution Date ”), by and between BMR-BUNKER HILL LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord, ” formerly known as BMR-3030 Bunker Hill Street LLC), and TOCAGEN, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of July 21, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 29, 2008, that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of June 4, 2009, that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of July 21, 2009, that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease dated as of October 20, 2009, that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 4, 2011, that certain Sixth Amendment to Lease dated as of May 16, 2012, that certain Seventh Amendment to Lease dated as of September 25, 2012, that certain Eighth Amendment to Lease dated as of January 24, 2013, that certain Ninth Amendment to Lease dated as of December 20, 2013, that certain Tenth Amendment to Lease dated as of July 18, 2014, that certain Eleventh Amendment to Lease dated as of August 20, 2014, that certain Twelfth Amendment to Lease dated as of March 10, 2015, that certain Thirteenth Amendment to Lease dated as of July 15, 2015, that certain Fourteenth Amendment to Lease dated as of September 22, 2015 and that certain Fifteenth Amendment to Lease dated as of February 25, 2016 (collectively, and as the same may have been further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Existing Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Premises ”) from Landlord at 3030 Bunker Hill Street in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Existing Lease and set the Base Rent for the Seventh Expansion Term (as defined below); and

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Existing Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is referred to collectively herein as the “ Lease. ” From and after the date hereof, the term “ Lease, ” as used in the Existing Lease, shall mean the Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment. For purposes of clarity, as of the Execution Date, (a) the Rentable Area of the entire Premises (other than the Storage Premises) is seventeen thousand forty-seven (17,047) square feet and (b) the Rentable Area of the Storage Premises is one hundred sixty-five (165) square feet, for a total Rentable Area (the sum of (a) and (b) above) of seventeen thousand two hundred twelve (17,212) square feet.


2. Seventh Extension Term . The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for twelve (12) months and, therefore, the “Term Expiration Date” is hereby amended to mean February 19, 2018. The period commencing on February 20, 2017 and ending on the new Term Expiration Date shall be referred to herein as the “ Seventh Extension Term. ” The term “Term,” as used in the Lease, shall refer to the Term as extended by the Seventh Extension Term.

3. Base Rent . Base Rent during the Seventh Extension Term for the entire Premises (other than the Storage Premises) shall be Thirty-Six Thousand Two Hundred and 15/100 Dollars ($36,200.15) per month (subject to adjustment (if any) as set forth in the penultimate sentence of Section 6.1 ). Base Rent during the Seventh Extension Term for the Storage Premises shall be One and 00/100 Dollar ($1.00) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Storage Premises per month.

4. Additional Rent . During the Seventh Extension Term, Tenant shall continue to pay (a) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses, (b) the Property Management Fee and (c) any other amounts set forth in the Lease.

5. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is in possession of and is fully familiar with the condition of the Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition “ as is ” as of the first day of the Seventh Extension Term, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the Seventh Extension Term or to pay for any improvements to the Premises, except as may be expressly provided in the Lease.

6. Card Access System . As of the Execution Date, Tenant’s card access system for the Premises is connected to Landlord’s Building card access system. No later than the date that is sixty (60) days after the Execution Date, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, disconnect the Premises from Landlord’s Building card access system and install a separate card access system for the Premises (the “ New Tenant Card Access System ”) that is independent of Landlord’s Building card access system. The disconnection of the Premises from Landlord’s Building card access system and the installation of the New Tenant Card Access System (collectively, the “ Card Access Work ”) shall constitute Alterations and shall be subject to Article 18 of the Lease (except that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay the two percent (2%) fee set forth in Section 18.10 of the Existing Lease with respect to any Card Access Work) and Tenant shall engage Nova Security to perform the Card Access Work. Tenant shall be solely responsible (at its sole cost and expense) for the operation, repair and maintenance of the New Tenant Card Access System.

6.1 Landlord shall make available to Tenant an allowance not to exceed Thirteen Thousand Dollars ($13,000) (the “ Card Access Allowance ”), which Card Access Allowance may only be applied to the costs of disconnecting the Premises from Landlord’s Building card access system and installing the New Tenant Card Access System. Any request by Tenant for payment of the Card Access Allowance shall be accompanied by (a) a statement (a “ Fund Request ”) setting forth the total amount of the Card Access Allowance requested, (b) invoices from the contractors and any subcontractors, material suppliers and other parties requesting payment with respect to the amount of the Card Access Allowance then being requested, (c) unconditional lien

 

2


releases from any contractor and each subcontractor and material supplier with respect to previous payments made by either Landlord or Tenant for the Card Access Work in a form acceptable to Landlord and complying with Applicable Laws and (d) conditional lien releases from the general contractor and each subcontractor and material supplier with respect to the Card Access Work performed that correspond to the Fund Request. Within thirty (30) days following receipt by Landlord of a Fund Request and the accompanying materials required by this Section, Landlord shall pay to (as elected by Landlord) the applicable contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers or Tenant (for reimbursement for payments made by Tenant to such contractors, subcontractors or material suppliers), the amount of the Card Access Work costs set forth in such Fund Request; provided , however, that Landlord shall not be obligated to make any payments under this Section in excess of the Card Access Allowance. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Tenant shall not submit a Fund Request more often than every thirty (30) days. Any additional Fund Requests submitted by Tenant shall be void and of no force or effect. Tenant shall have ninety (90) days following the Execution Date (the “ Card Access Allowance Deadline ”) to expend the unused portion of the Card Access Allowance, after which date Landlord’s obligation to fund such costs shall expire. In the event there is any portion of the Card Access Allowance that, as of the first (1 st ) day of the Seventh Extension Term, has not been funded by Landlord (such portion, the “ Remaining Card Access Allowance ”), monthly Base Rent during the Seventh Extension Term for the entire Premises (other than the Storage Premises) shall be reduced by an amount equal to the quotient of (m) the Remaining Card Access Allowance and (n) twelve (12) (for purposes of example only, if the Remaining Card Access Allowance is Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000), then the monthly Base Rent during the Seventh Extension Term for the entire Premises (other than the Storage Premises) would be reduced by Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250) to an amount equal to Thirty-Five Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty and 15/100 Dollars ($35,950.15)). In no event shall (y) Landlord be obligated to fund any portion of the Remaining Card Access Allowance that has been applied as a reduction to monthly Base Rent as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence and (z) any unused Card Access Allowance entitle Tenant to a credit against Rent payable under the Lease other than as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

7. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment and agrees to reimburse, indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and hold harmless Landlord and its affiliates, employees, agents and contractors for, from and against any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

8. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Existing Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

9. Notices . Tenant confirms that, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, notices delivered to Tenant pursuant to the Lease should be sent to:

 

3


Tocagen Inc.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, California 92109

Attn: Chief Financial Officer.

10. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Existing Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Existing Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties.

11. Successors and Assigns . Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators and permitted successors and assigns and sublessees. Nothing in this section shall in any way alter the provisions of the Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

12. Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

13. Authority . Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual or individuals signing this Amendment have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Amendment on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual or individuals have signed.

14. Counterparts; Facsimile and PDF Signatures . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. A facsimile or portable document format (PDF) signature on this Amendment shall be equivalent to, and have the same force and effect as, an original signature.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

BMR-BUNKER HILL LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:   /s/ Kevin M. Simonsen
Name:   Kevin M. Simonsen
Title:   Sr. VP, Real Estate Legal

 

TENANT:

 

TOCAGEN INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO

Exhibit 10.11

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, this “ Agreement ”) dated as of October 30, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) among OXFORD FINANCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with an office located at 133 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (“ Oxford ”), as collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Collateral Agent ”), the Lenders listed on Schedule 1.1 hereof or otherwise a party hereto from time to time including Oxford in its capacity as a Lender and SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation with an office located at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, CA 95054 (“ Bank ” or “ SVB ”) (each a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230, San Diego, CA 92109 (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which the Lenders shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay the Lenders. The parties agree as follows:

 

1. ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

1.1 Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made in accordance with GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein. All references to “ Dollars ” or “ $ ” are United States Dollars, unless otherwise noted.

 

2. LOANS AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay each Lender, the outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans advanced to Borrower by such Lender and accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amounts due hereunder as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.2 Term Loans .

(a) Availability . (i) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, to make term loans to Borrower on the Effective Date in an aggregate amount of Eighteen Million Dollars ($18,000,000.00) according to each Lender’s Term A Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term A Loan ”, and collectively as the “ Term A Loans ”). After repayment, no Term A Loan may be re-borrowed.

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, during the Second Draw Period, to make term loans to Borrower in an aggregate amount up to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) according to each Lender’s Term B Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term B Loan ”, and collectively as the “ Term B Loans ”; each Term A Loan or Term B Loan is hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term Loan ” and the Term A Loans and the Term B Loans are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Term Loans ”). After repayment, no Term B Loan may be re-borrowed.

(b) Repayment . Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest only commencing on the first (1 st ) Payment Date following the Funding Date of each Term Loan, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive month thereafter through and including the Payment Date immediately preceding the Amortization Date. Borrower agrees to pay, on the Funding Date of each Term Loan, any initial partial monthly interest payment otherwise due for the period between the Funding Date of such Term Loan and the first Payment Date thereof. Commencing on the Amortization Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall make consecutive equal monthly payments of principal, together with applicable interest, in arrears, to each Lender, as calculated by Collateral Agent (which calculations shall be deemed correct absent manifest error) based upon: (1) the amount of such Lender’s Term Loans, (2) the effective rate of interest, as determined in Section 2.3(a), and (3) a repayment schedule (i) with respect to the Term A Loans, equal to (A) thirty (30) months if the Term B Loans are not funded prior to the end of the Second Draw Period, or (B) twenty-four (24) months, if the Term B Loans are funded prior to the end of the Second Draw Period, and (ii) with respect to the Term B Loans, equal to

 

1


twenty-four (24) months. All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest with respect to each Term Loan is due and payable in full on the Maturity Date. Each Term Loan may only be prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.2(c) and 2.2(d).

(c) Mandatory Prepayments . If the Term Loans are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Lenders, payable to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all outstanding principal of the Term Loans plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (ii) the Final Payment, (iii) the Prepayment Fee, plus (iv) all other Obligations that are due and payable, including Lenders’ Expenses and interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts. Notwithstanding (but without duplication with) the foregoing, on the Maturity Date, if the Final Payment had not previously been paid in full in connection with the prepayment of the Term Loans in full, Borrower shall pay to Collateral Agent, for payment to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, the Final Payment in respect of the Term Loans.

(d) Permitted Prepayment of Term Loans . Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term Loans advanced by the Lenders under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Collateral Agent of its election to prepay the Term Loans at least thirty (30) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays to the Lenders on the date of such prepayment, payable to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an amount equal to the sum of (A) all outstanding principal of the Term Loans plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (B) the Final Payment, (C) the Prepayment Fee, plus (D) all other Obligations that are due and payable, including Lenders’ Expenses and interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .

(a) Interest Rate. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loans shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Basic Rate, determined by Collateral Agent on the Funding Date of the applicable Term Loan, which interest shall be payable monthly in arrears in accordance with Sections 2.2(b) and 2.3(e). Interest shall accrue on each Term Loan commencing on, and including, the Funding Date of such Term Loan, and shall accrue on the principal amount outstanding under such Term Loan through and including the day on which such Term Loan is paid in full.

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto plus five percentage points (5.00%) (the “ Default Rate ”). Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Collateral Agent.

(c) 360-Day Year . Interest shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year, and the actual number of days elapsed.

(d) Debit of Accounts . Collateral Agent and each Lender may debit (or ACH) any deposit accounts, maintained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or Guarantors, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes the Lenders under the Loan Documents when due. Any such debits (or ACH activity) shall not constitute a set-off.

(e) Payments . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrower under the Loan Documents shall be made to the respective Lender to which such payments are owed, at such Lender’s office in immediately available funds on the date specified herein. Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date of each month. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 noon Eastern Time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid. All payments to be made by Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, including payments of principal and interest, and all fees, expenses, indemnities and reimbursements, shall be made without set-off, recoupment or counterclaim, in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds.

 

2


2.4 Secured Promissory Notes. The Term Loans shall be evidenced by a Secured Promissory Note or Notes in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto (each a “ Secured Promissory Note ”), and shall be repayable as set forth in this Agreement. Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Lender to make or cause to be made, on or about the Funding Date of any Term Loan or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note, an appropriate notation on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record reflecting the making of such Term Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment. The outstanding amount of each Term Loan set forth on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record shall be prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to such Lender, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower under any Secured Promissory Note or any other Loan Document to make payments of principal of or interest on any Secured Promissory Note when due. Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of a Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of its Secured Promissory Note , Borrower shall issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Secured Promissory Note in the same principal amount thereof and of like tenor.

2.5 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Collateral Agent:

(a) Facility Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable facility fee of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) to be shared between the Lenders pursuant to their respective Commitment Percentages payable as follows: (i) Ninety Thousand Dollars ($90,000.00) of the facility fee shall be due and payable on the Effective Date and (ii) the remaining Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) of the facility fee shall be due and payable on the Funding Date of the Term B Loan;

(b) Final Payment . The Final Payment, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares;

(c) Prepayment Fee . The Prepayment Fee, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares;

(d) Good Faith Deposit . Borrower has paid to Collateral Agent a good faith deposit of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) to initiate Lenders’ due diligence review processes, which amount shall be applied to the Lenders’ Expenses on the Effective Date; and

(e) Lenders’ Expenses . All Lenders’ Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

2.6 Withholding. Payments received by the Lenders from Borrower hereunder will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any governmental authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to the Lenders, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, each Lender receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish the Lenders with proof reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

3


3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Each Lender’s obligation to make a Term A Loan is subject to the condition precedent that Collateral Agent and each Lender shall consent to or shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and each Lender, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Collateral Agent and each Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) original Loan Documents, each duly executed by Borrower and each Subsidiary, as applicable;

(b) duly executed original Control Agreements with respect to any Collateral Accounts maintained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(c) duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes in favor of each Lender according to its Term A Loan Commitment Percentage;

(d) the Operating Documents and good standing certificates of Borrower and its Subsidiaries certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries’ jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower and each Subsidiary is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(e) a completed Perfection Certificate for Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries;

(f) the Annual Projections, for the current calendar year;

(g) duly executed original officer’s certificate for Borrower and each Subsidiary that is a party to the Loan Documents, in a form acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders;

(h) certified copies, dated as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, of financing statement searches, as Collateral Agent shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(i) a landlord’s consent executed in favor of Collateral Agent in respect of all of Borrower’s and each Subsidiaries’ leased locations;

(j) a bailee waiver executed in favor of Collateral Agent in respect of each third party bailee where Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains Collateral having a book value in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00);

(k) a duly executed legal opinion of counsel to Borrower dated as of the Effective Date;

(l) evidence satisfactory to Collateral Agent and the Lenders that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders;

(m) a copy of any applicable Registration Rights Agreement or Investors’ Rights Agreement and any amendments thereto; and

(n) payment of the fees and Lenders’ Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.5 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

4


(a) receipt by (i) the Lenders of an executed Disbursement Letter in the form of Exhibit B-1 attached hereto; and (ii) SVB of an executed Loan Payment/Advance Request Form in the form of Exhibit B-2 attached hereto;

(b) the representations and warranties in Section 5 hereof shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects on the date of the Disbursement Letter (and the Loan Payment/Advance Request Form) and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in Section 5 hereof are true, accurate and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;

(c) in such Lender’s sole discretion, there has not been any Material Adverse Change or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the Annual Projections of Borrower presented to and accepted by Collateral Agent and each Lender;

(d) to the extent not delivered at the Effective Date, duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes and Warrants, in number, form and content acceptable to each Lender; and, in favor of each Lender according to its Commitment Percentage, with respect to each Credit Extension made by such Lender after the Effective Date; and with respect to the Warrants, Warrants in favor of each Lender consistent with the Warrants issued on the Effective Date and having the same type/series of stock, exercise price and warrant coverage percentage; and

(e) payment of the fees and Lenders’ Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.5 hereof.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Collateral Agent and the Lenders each item required to be delivered to Collateral Agent under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Collateral Agent or any Lender of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Collateral Agent or any Lender of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be made in each Lender’s sole discretion.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Term Loan set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Term Loan, Borrower shall notify the Lenders (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 noon Eastern Time three (3) Business Days prior to the date such Term Loan is to be made. Together with any such electronic, facsimile or telephonic notification, Borrower shall deliver to the Lenders by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Disbursement Letter (and the Loan Payment/Advance Request Form, with respect to SVB) executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. The Lenders may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom a Lender reasonably believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. On the Funding Date, each Lender shall credit and/or transfer (as applicable) to the Designated Deposit Account, an amount equal to its Term Loan Commitment.

 

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral, subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to have priority to Collateral Agent’s Lien. If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim (as defined in the

 

5


Code), Borrower, shall promptly notify Collateral Agent in a writing signed by Borrower, as the case may be, of the general details thereof (and further details as may be required by Collateral Agent) and grant to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as the Lenders’ obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Collateral Agent shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Collateral Agent shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then one hundred five percent (105.00%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then one hundred ten percent (110.00%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Collateral Agent to file financing statements or take any other action required to perfect Collateral Agent’s security interests in the Collateral, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Collateral Agent’s interest or rights under the Loan Documents, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, except to the extent permitted by the terms of this Agreement, by Borrower, or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Collateral Agent under the Code.

 

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants to Collateral Agent and the Lenders as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization: Power and Authority. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdictions of organization or formation and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its businesses or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has delivered to Collateral Agent a completed perfection certificate signed by an officer of Borrower or such Subsidiary (each a “ Perfection Certificate ” and collectively, the “ Perfection Certificates ”). Borrower represents and warrants that (a) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries’ exact legal name is that which is indicated on its respective Perfection Certificate and on the signature page of each Loan Document to which it is a party; (b) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth on its respective Perfection Certificate; (c) each Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth each of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower or such Subsidiary has none; (d) each Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (and each of its respective predecessors) have not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of organization, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificates pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, is

 

6


accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificates (including the information set forth in clause (d) above) after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement); such updated Perfection Certificates subject to the review and approval of Collateral Agent. If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall notify Collateral Agent of such occurrence and provide Collateral Agent with such Person’s organizational identification number within five (5) Business Days of receiving such organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ organizational documents, including its respective Operating Documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law applicable thereto, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or such Subsidiary, or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or are being obtained pursuant to Section 6.1(b), or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower or any of such Subsidiaries, or their respective properties, is bound. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets is bound in which such default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

5.2 Collateral.

(a) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have good title to, have rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien under the Loan Documents, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens, and neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or Guarantors have any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts, Commodity Accounts or other investment accounts other than the Collateral Accounts or the other investment accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificates delivered to Collateral Agent in connection herewith or of which Borrower or such Subsidiary that is a co-borrower or Guarantor has given Collateral Agent notice in accordance with Section 6.6 and taken such actions as are necessary to give Collateral Agent a perfected security interest therein. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

(b) On the Effective Date, and except as disclosed on the Perfection Certificate (i) the Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse), and (ii) no such third party bailee possesses components of the Collateral in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in book value. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as disclosed in the Perfection Certificates on the Effective Date or as permitted pursuant to Section 6.11.

(c) All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality (it being understood that the marketability of Inventory is subject to regulatory approvals), free from material defects.

(d) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property each respectively purports to own, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. Except as noted on the Perfection Certificates or as notified in writing to Collateral Agent, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, nor is bound by, any material license or other material agreement with respect to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is the licensee that (i) prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower or its Subsidiaries from granting a security interest in Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ interest in such material license or material agreement or any other property, or (ii) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s right to sell any Collateral. Borrower shall provide written notice to Collateral Agent and each Lender within ten (10) days of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entering into or becoming bound by any license or agreement with respect to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is the licensee (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public).

5.3 Litigation. Except as disclosed (i) on the Perfection Certificates, or (ii) in accordance with Section 6.9 hereof, there are no actions, suits, investigations, or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the

 

7


Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00).

5.4 No Material Deterioration in Financial Condition; Financial Statements. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, delivered to Collateral Agent fairly present, in conformity with GAAP (except, with respect to unaudited financials, for the absence of footnotes), in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the consolidated results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries. There has not been any material deterioration in the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to any Lender.

5.5 Solvency. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is Solvent.

5.6 Regulatory Compliance. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Neither Borrower’s nor any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or such Subsidiary or, to Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than in material compliance with applicable laws. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ Affiliates or any of their respective agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is (i) in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, (ii) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) is a Blocked Person. None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of Borrower and any of their Affiliates or agents, acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (x) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, or (y) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interest in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law.

5.7 Investments. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any stock, shares, partnership interests or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.8 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and such Subsidiaries, in all jurisdictions in which Borrower or any such Subsidiary is subject to taxes, including the United States, unless such taxes are being contested in accordance with the following sentence. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower or such Subsidiary, (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Collateral Agent in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “ Permitted Lien .” Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is aware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’, prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower or its Subsidiaries. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have, withdrawn from participation in, and have not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the

 

8


occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

5.9 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.10 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any certificate or written statement given to Collateral Agent or any Lender, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Collateral Agent or any Lender, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.11 Definition of Knowledge. ” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

 

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of organization and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Comply with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, the noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

(b) Obtain and keep in full force and effect, all of the material Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower and its Subsidiaries of their respective businesses and obligations under the Loan Documents and the grant of a security interest to Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in all of the Collateral. Borrower shall promptly provide copies to Collateral Agent of any material Governmental Approvals obtained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.

(a) Deliver to each Lender:

(i) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated (and consolidating, if applicable) balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement covering the consolidated operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent;

(ii) as soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year or within five (5) days of filing with the SEC, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Collateral Agent in its reasonable discretion (provided that Borrower’s unqualified opinion on financial statements may contain a qualification as to

 

9


going concern typical for venture backed or other privately financed companies similar to Borrower so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) ;

(iii) as soon as available after approval thereof by Borrower’s Board of Directors, but no later than the earlier of (x) thirty (30) days after the last day of each of Borrower’s fiscal years or (y) seven (7) days after approval by Borrower’s Board of Directors, Borrower’s annual financial projections for the entire current fiscal year as approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, which such annual financial projections shall be set forth in a month-by-month format (such annual financial projections as originally delivered to Collateral Agent and the Lenders are referred to herein as the “Annual Projections”; provided that, any revisions of the Annual Projections approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors shall be delivered to Collateral Agent and the Lenders no later than seven (7) days after such approval);

(iv) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or holders of Subordinated Debt;

(v) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within five (5) days of filing, all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,

(vi) prompt notice of (A) any amendments of or other changes to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (B) prior to the initial, underwritten public offering and sale of Borrower’s common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any material changes to the capitalization table of Borrower, in each case, together with any copies reflecting such amendments or changes with respect thereto;

(vii) prompt notice of any event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Intellectual Property;

(viii) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, copies of the month-end account statements for each Collateral Account maintained by Borrower or its Subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or Guarantors, which statements may be provided to Collateral Agent and each Lender by Borrower or directly from the applicable institution(s), and

(ix) other information as reasonably requested by Collateral Agent or any Lender.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the internet at Borrower’s website address.

(b) Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements specified in Section 6.2(a)(i) above but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, deliver to each Lender, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer.

(c) Keep proper books of record and account in accordance with GAAP in all material respects, in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, allow, at the sole cost of Borrower, Collateral Agent or any Lender, during regular business hours upon reasonable prior notice (provided that no notice shall be required when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine and make abstracts or copies from any of its books and records, and to conduct a collateral audit and analysis of its operations and the Collateral. Such audits shall be conducted no more often than twice every year unless (and more frequently if) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6.3 Inventory; Returns. Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition (it being understood that the marketability of Inventory is subject to regulatory approvals), free from material defects. Returns and

 

10


allowances between Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, and their respective Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s, or such Subsidiary’s, customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Collateral Agent and the Lenders of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) individually or in the aggregate in any calendar year.

6.4 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 hereof, and shall deliver to Lenders, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with the terms of such plans.

6.5 Insurance. Keep Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ industry, location, size, state of development and as Collateral Agent may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lenders. All property policies insuring Collateral shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Collateral Agent as lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Collateral Agent, and all liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Collateral Agent, as additional insured. Collateral Agent shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral, and each provider of any such insurance shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Collateral Agent, that it will give Collateral Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. At Collateral Agent’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy for Borrower or any Subsidiary that is a co-borrower or Guarantor shall, at Collateral Agent’s option, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) with respect to any loss, but not exceeding Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00), in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Collateral Agent has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Collateral Agent, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on account of the Obligations. If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons, Collateral Agent and/or any Lender may make, at Borrower’s expense, all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Collateral Agent or such Lender deems prudent.

6.6 Operating Accounts.

(a) Maintain (i) all of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ that are co-borrowers or Guarantors Collateral Accounts in accounts which are subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Collateral Agent and (ii) within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date and at all times thereafter, all of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ that are co-borrowers or Guarantors primary operating accounts with Bank or its Affiliates.

(b) Borrower shall provide Collateral Agent five (5) days’ prior written notice before Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or Guarantors establishes any Collateral Account at or with any Person other than Bank or its Affiliates. In addition, for each Collateral Account that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or Guarantors, at any time maintains, Borrower or such Subsidiary that is a co-borrower or Guarantor shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution at or with which such Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Collateral Agent’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder prior to the establishment of such Collateral Account, which Control Agreement may not be terminated without prior written consent of Collateral Agent. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the

 

11


benefit of Borrower’s, or any of its Subsidiaries’, employees and identified to Collateral Agent by Borrower as such in the Perfection Certificates or, after the Effective Date, with Collateral Agent’s consent after written notice from Borrower to Collateral Agent.

(c) Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall maintain any Collateral Accounts except Collateral Accounts maintained in accordance with Sections 6.6(a) and (b).

6.7 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall: (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property that is material to Borrower’s business; (b) promptly advise Collateral Agent in writing of material infringement by a third party of its Intellectual Property; and (c) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Collateral Agent’s prior written consent.

6.8 Litigation Cooperation. Commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Collateral Agent and the Lenders, without expense to Collateral Agent or the Lenders, Borrower and each of Borrower’s officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s Books, to the extent that Collateral Agent or any Lender may reasonably deem them necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Collateral Agent or any Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.9 Notices of Litigation and Default. Borrower will give prompt written notice to Collateral Agent and the Lenders of any litigation or governmental proceedings pending or threatened (in writing) against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) or more or which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Without limiting or contradicting any other more specific provision of this Agreement, promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) upon Borrower becoming aware of the existence of any Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, Borrower shall give written notice to Collateral Agent and the Lenders of such occurrence, which such notice shall include a reasonably detailed description of such Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

6.10 Intentionally Omitted.

6.11 Landlord Waivers; Bailee Waivers. In the event that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or Guarantors, after the Effective Date, intends to add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses, or otherwise store any portion of the Collateral with, or deliver any portion of the Collateral to, a bailee, in each case pursuant to Section 7.2, then Borrower or such Subsidiary will first notify Collateral Agent and, in the event that the Collateral at any new location has a book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate, such bailee or landlord, as applicable, must execute and deliver a bailee waiver or landlord waiver, as applicable, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent prior to the addition of any new offices or business locations, or any such storage with or delivery to any such bailee, as the case may be.

6.12 Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries. In the event Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower shall provide prior written notice to Collateral Agent and each Lender of the creation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary and take all such action as may be reasonably required by Collateral Agent or any Lender to cause each such Subsidiary to become a co-Borrower hereunder or to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and, in each case, grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the assets of such Subsidiary (substantially as described on Exhibit A hereto); and Borrower (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) shall grant and pledge to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a perfected security interest in the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of each such newly created Subsidiary.

6.13 Further Assurances.

 

12


(a) Execute any further instruments and take further action as Collateral Agent or any Lender reasonably requests to perfect or continue Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Deliver to Collateral Agent and Lenders, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all material correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any of the Governmental Approvals material to Borrower’s business or otherwise could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

 

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, do any of the following without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (c) in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in any fiscal year so long as such Transfers are not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement; and (d) in connection with Permitted Liens, Permitted Investments and Permitted Licenses.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses engaged in by Borrower as of the Effective Date or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) any Key Person shall cease to be actively engaged in the management of Borrower unless written notice thereof is provided to Collateral Agent within five (5) days of such change, or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty nine percent (49.00%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering, a private placement of public equity or to venture capital or mezzanine investors so long as Borrower identifies to Collateral Agent the venture capital or mezzanine investors prior to the closing of the transaction and, with respect to any mezzanine investors, such investors are satisfactory to the Lenders). Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Collateral Agent: (A) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in book value in assets or property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries); (B) change its jurisdiction of organization, (C) change its organizational structure or type, (D) change its legal name, or (E) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock, shares or property of another Person. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary (provided such surviving Subsidiary is a “co-Borrower” hereunder or has provided a secured Guaranty of Borrower’s Obligations hereunder) or with (or into) Borrower provided Borrower is the surviving legal entity, and as long as no Event of Default is occurring prior thereto or arises as a result therefrom. Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall not, without Collateral Agent’s prior written consent, enter into any binding contractual arrangement with any Person to attempt to facilitate a merger or acquisition of Borrower, unless (i) no Event of Default exists when such agreement is entered into by Borrower, (ii) such agreement does not give such Person the right to claim any fees, payments or damages from Borrower in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00), and (iii) Borrower notifies Collateral Agent in advance of entering into such an agreement.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (except

 

13


for Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to have priority over Collateral Agent’s Lien), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “ Permitted Liens ” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6 hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends (other than dividends payable solely in capital stock) or make any distribution or payment in respect of or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock (other than payments of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares and repurchases pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements, stockholder rights plans, director or consultant stock option plans, or similar plans, provided such payments and repurchases do not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) in the aggregate per fiscal year) or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, and (b) Subordinated Debt or equity investments by Borrower’s investors in Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to the Lenders.

7.10 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

7.11 Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Laws. Collateral Agent hereby notifies Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries that pursuant to the requirements of Anti-Terrorism Laws, and Collateral Agent’s policies and practices, Collateral Agent is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and their principals, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and their principals and such other information that will allow Collateral Agent to identify such party in accordance with Anti-Terrorism Laws. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, nor shall Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries permit any Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, knowingly enter into any documents, instruments, agreements or contracts with any Person listed on the OFAC Lists. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall immediately notify Collateral Agent if Borrower or such Subsidiary has knowledge that Borrower, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Borrower, is listed on the OFAC Lists or (a) is convicted on, (b) pleads nolo contendere to, (c) is indicted on, or (d) is arraigned and held over on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, nor shall Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, permit any Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, (i) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including, without limitation, the making

 

14


or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 or any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or other Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day grace period shall not apply to payments due on the Maturity Date or the date of acceleration pursuant to Section 9.1 (a) hereof). During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2 (Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates), 6.4 (Taxes), 6.5 (Insurance), 6.6 (Operating Accounts), 6.7 (Protection of Intellectual Property Rights), 6.9 (Notice of Litigation and Default), 6.11 (Landlord Waivers; Bailee Waivers), 6.12 (Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries) or 6.13 (Further Assurances) or Borrower violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Grace periods provided under this Section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in subsection (a) above;

8.3 Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a)(i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or of any entity under control of Borrower or its Subsidiaries on deposit with any Lender or any Lender’s Affiliate or any bank or other institution at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Collateral Account, or (ii) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; and

(b)(i) any material portion of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from conducting any part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency. (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or becomes Insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or

 

15


any of its Subsidiaries and not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while Borrower or any Subsidiary is Insolvent and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements. There is a default in any agreement to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change;

8.7 Judgments. One or more judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated, or unstayed for a period of ten (10) days after the entry thereof (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, vacation, or stay of such judgment, order or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person acting for Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Collateral Agent and/or Lenders or to induce Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt. A default or breach occurs under any agreement between Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any creditor of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that signed a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement with Collateral Agent or the Lenders, or any creditor that has signed such an agreement with Collateral Agent or the Lenders breaches any terms of such agreement;

8.10 Guaranty. (a) Any Guaranty terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect; (b) any Guarantor does not perform any obligation or covenant under any Guaranty; (c) any circumstance described in Sections 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.7, or 8.8 occurs with respect to any Guarantor, or (d) the liquidation, winding up, or termination of existence of any Guarantor;

8.11 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner, or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; or

8.12 Lien Priority . Any Lien created hereunder or by any other Loan Document shall at any time fail to constitute a valid and perfected Lien on any of the Collateral purported to be secured thereby, subject to no prior or equal Lien, other than Permitted Liens which are permitted to have priority in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

9. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies.

(a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent may, and at the written direction of Required Lenders shall, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following: (i) deliver notice of the Event of Default to Borrower, (ii) by notice to Borrower declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations shall be immediately due and payable without any action by Collateral Agent or the Lenders) or (iii) by notice to Borrower suspend or terminate the obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between

 

16


Borrower and Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders shall be immediately terminated without any action by Collateral Agent or the Lenders).

(b) Without limiting the rights of Collateral Agent and the Lenders set forth in Section 9.1(a) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right, without notice or demand, to do any or all of the following:

(i) foreclose upon and/or sell or otherwise liquidate, the Collateral;

(ii) apply to the Obligations any (a) balances and deposits of Borrower that Collateral Agent or any Lender holds or controls, or (b) any amount held or controlled by Collateral Agent or any Lender owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower; and/or

(iii) commence and prosecute an Insolvency Proceeding or consent to Borrower commencing any Insolvency Proceeding.

(c) Without limiting the rights of Collateral Agent and the Lenders set forth in Sections 9.1(a) and (b) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right, without notice or demand, to do any or all of the following:

(i) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Collateral Agent considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

(ii) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Collateral Agent requests and make it available in a location as Collateral Agent reasonably designates. Collateral Agent may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Collateral Agent a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Collateral Agent’s rights or remedies;

(iii) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, and/or advertise for sale, the Collateral. Collateral Agent is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ labels, patents, copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Collateral Agent’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders;

(iv) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Collateral Agent or the Lenders and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(v) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books;

(vi) appoint a receiver to seize, manage and realize any of the Collateral, and such receiver shall have any right and authority as any competent court will grant or authorize in accordance with any applicable law, including any power or authority to manage the business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(vii) subject to clauses 9.1(a) and (b), exercise all rights and remedies available to Collateral Agent and each Lender under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof);

 

17


(viii) for any Letters of Credit, demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then one hundred five percent (105.00%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then one hundred ten percent (110.00%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit; and

(ix) terminate any FX Contracts.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 9.1 to the contrary, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all remedies referenced in this Section 9.1 without the written consent of Required Lenders following the occurrence of an Exigent Circumstance. As used in the immediately preceding sentence, “ Exigent Circumstance ” means any event or circumstance that, in the reasonable judgment of Collateral Agent, imminently threatens the ability of Collateral Agent to realize upon all or any material portion of the Collateral, such as, without limitation, fraudulent removal, concealment, or abscondment thereof, destruction or material waste thereof, or failure of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after reasonable demand to maintain or reinstate adequate casualty insurance coverage, or which, in the judgment of Collateral Agent, could reasonably be expected to result in a material diminution in value of the Collateral.

9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Collateral Agent as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Collateral Agent determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Collateral Agent or a third party as the Code or any applicable law permits. Borrower hereby appoints Collateral Agent as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Collateral Agent and the Lenders are under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Collateral Agent’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ attorney in fact, and all of Collateral Agent’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Collateral Agent’s and the Lenders’ obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fail to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Collateral Agent may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Collateral Agent are Lenders’ Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the Default Rate, and secured by the Collateral. Collateral Agent will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Collateral Agent obtaining such insurance or making such payment at the time it is obtained or paid or within a reasonable time thereafter. No such payments by Collateral Agent are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Collateral Agent’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (a) Borrower irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times thereafter received by Collateral Agent from or on behalf of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of all or any part of the Obligations, and, as between Borrower on the one hand and Collateral Agent and Lenders on the other, Collateral Agent shall have the

 

18


continuing and exclusive right to apply and to reapply any and all payments received against the Obligations in such manner as Collateral Agent may deem advisable notwithstanding any previous application by Collateral Agent, and (b) the proceeds of any sale of, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied: first, to the Lenders’ Expenses; second, to accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations (including any interest which, but for the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such amounts); third, to the principal amount of the Obligations outstanding; and fourth, to any other indebtedness or obligations of Borrower owing to Collateral Agent or any Lender under the Loan Documents. Any balance remaining shall be delivered to Borrower or to whoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such balance or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct. In carrying out the foregoing, (x) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to the application to the next succeeding category, and (y) each of the Persons entitled to receive a payment in any particular category shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share of amounts available to be applied pursuant thereto for such category. Any reference in this Agreement to an allocation between or sharing by the Lenders of any right, interest or obligation “ratably,” “proportionally” or in similar terms shall refer to Pro Rata Share unless expressly provided otherwise. Collateral Agent, or if applicable, each Lender, shall promptly remit to the other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable repayment of each Lender’s portion of any Term Loan and the ratable distribution of interest, fees and reimbursements paid or made by Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Lender receiving a scheduled payment shall not be responsible for determining whether the other Lenders also received their scheduled payment on such date; provided, however, if it is later determined that a Lender received more than its ratable share of scheduled payments made on any date or dates, then such Lender shall remit to Collateral Agent or other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable payment of such scheduled payments, as instructed by Collateral Agent. If any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, properties or securities, shall be received by a Lender in excess of its ratable share, then the portion of such payment or distribution in excess of such Lender’s ratable share shall be received by such Lender in trust for and shall be promptly paid over to the other Lender for application to the payments of amounts due on the other Lenders’ claims. To the extent any payment for the account of Borrower is required to be returned as a voidable transfer or otherwise, the Lenders shall contribute to one another as is necessary to ensure that such return of payment is on a pro rata basis. If any Lender shall obtain possession of any Collateral, it shall hold such Collateral for itself and as agent and bailee for Collateral Agent and other Lenders for purposes of perfecting Collateral Agent’s security interest therein.

9.5 Liability for Collateral. So long as Collateral Agent and the Lenders comply with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Failure by Collateral Agent or any Lender, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Collateral Agent or any Lender thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. The rights and remedies of Collateral Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Collateral Agent and the Lenders have all rights and remedies provided under the Code, any applicable law, by law, or in equity. The exercise by Collateral Agent or any Lender of one right or remedy is not an election, and Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver. Borrower waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Collateral Agent or any Lender on which Borrower or any Subsidiary is liable.

 

19


10. NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication (collectively, “ Communication ”) by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Any of Collateral Agent, Lender or Borrower may change its mailing address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:   

TOCAGEN INC.

3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230

San Diego, CA 92109

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Fax: (858) 412-8499

Email: tdarcy@tocagen.com

If to Collateral Agent:   

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

133 North Fairfax Street

Alexandria, Virginia 22314

Attention: Legal Department

Fax: (703) 519-5225

Email: LegalDepartment@oxfordfinance.com

with a copy to   

SILICON VALLEY BANK

4370 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 1050

San Diego, CA 92122-1253

Attn: Anthony Flores

Fax: (858) 622-1424

Email: aflores@svb.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

VLP Law Group LLP

3342 Sheffield Ct.

Falls Church, VA 22042

Attn: Denise Zack

Fax: (703) 260-6551

Email: DZack@vlplawgroup.com

 

11. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower, Collateral Agent and each Lender each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Collateral Agent or any Lender from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Collateral Agent or any Lender. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so

 

20


made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER, COLLATERAL AGENT AND EACH LENDER EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR EACH PARTY TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

 

12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not transfer, pledge or assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s discretion, subject to Section 12.6). The Lenders have the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, negotiate, or grant participation in (any such sale, transfer, assignment, negotiation , or grant of a participation, a “Lender Transfer”) all or any part of, or any interest in, the Lenders’ obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided , however , that any such Lender Transfer (other than a transfer, pledge, sale or assignment to an Eligible Assignee) of its obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall require the prior written consent of the Required Lenders (such approved assignee, an “ Approved Lender ”) . Borrower and Collateral Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interests so assigned until Collateral Agent shall have received and accepted an effective assignment agreement in form satisfactory to Collateral Agent executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto, and shall have received such other information regarding such Eligible Assignee or Approved Lender as Collateral Agent reasonably shall require. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Lender Transfer (other than a Lender Transfer (i) in respect of the Warrants or (ii) in connection with (x) assignments by a Lender due to a forced divestiture at the request of any regulatory agency; or (y) upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to a

 

21


Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions) shall be permitted, without Borrower’s consent, to any Person which is an Affiliate or Subsidiary of Borrower, a direct competitor of Borrower or a vulture hedge fund, each as determined by Collateral Agent.

12.2 Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Collateral Agent and the Lenders and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Collateral Agent or the Lenders (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) asserted by any other party in connection with; related to; following; or arising from, out of or under, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Lenders’ Expenses incurred, or paid by Indemnified Person in connection with; related to; following; or arising from, out of or under, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents between Collateral Agent, and/or the Lenders and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Borrower hereby further indemnifies, defends and holds each Indemnified Person harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the fees and disbursements of counsel for such Indemnified Person) in connection with any investigative, response, remedial, administrative or judicial matter or proceeding, whether or not such Indemnified Person shall be designated a party thereto and including any such proceeding initiated by or on behalf of Borrower, and the reasonable expenses of investigation by engineers, environmental consultants and similar technical personnel and any commission, fee or compensation claimed by any broker (other than any broker retained by Collateral Agent or Lenders) asserting any right to payment for the transactions contemplated hereby which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnified Person as a result of or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the use or intended use of the proceeds of the loan proceeds except for liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.4 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.5 Correction of Loan Documents. Collateral Agent and the Lenders may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties .

12.6 Amendments in Writing; Integration. (a) No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, no approval or consent thereunder, or any consent to any departure by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders provided that:

(i) no such amendment, waiver or other modification that would have the effect of increasing or reducing a Lender’s Term Loan Commitment or Commitment Percentage shall be effective as to such Lender without such Lender’s written consent;

(ii) no such amendment, waiver or modification that would affect the rights and duties of Collateral Agent shall be effective without Collateral Agent’s written consent or signature;

(iii) no such amendment, waiver or other modification shall, unless signed by all the Lenders directly affected thereby, (A) reduce the principal of, rate of interest on or any fees with respect to any Term Loan or forgive any principal, interest (other than default interest) or fees (other than late charges) with respect to any Term Loan (B) postpone the date fixed for, or waive, any payment of principal of any Term Loan or of interest on any Term Loan (other than default interest) or any fees provided for hereunder (other than late charges or for any termination of any commitment); (C) change the definition of the term “ Required Lenders ” or the percentage of Lenders which shall be required for the Lenders to take any action hereunder; (D) release all or substantially all of any material portion of the Collateral, authorize Borrower to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all or any material portion of the Collateral or release any Guarantor of all or any portion of the

 

22


Obligations or its guaranty obligations with respect thereto, except, in each case with respect to this clause (D), as otherwise may be expressly permitted under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder); (E) amend, waive or otherwise modify this Section 12.6 or the definitions of the terms used in this Section 12.6 insofar as the definitions affect the substance of this Section 12.6; (F) consent to the assignment, delegation or other transfer by Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under any Loan Document or release Borrower of its payment obligations under any Loan Document, except, in each case with respect to this clause (F), pursuant to a merger or consolidation permitted pursuant to this Agreement; (G) amend any of the provisions of Section 9.4 or amend any of the definitions of Pro Rata Share, Term Loan Commitment, Commitment Percentage or that provide for the Lenders to receive their Pro Rata Shares of any fees, payments, setoffs or proceeds of Collateral hereunder; (H) subordinate the Liens granted in favor of Collateral Agent securing the Obligations; or (I) amend any of the provisions of Section 12.10. It is hereby understood and agreed that all Lenders shall be deemed directly affected by an amendment, waiver or other modification of the type described in the preceding clauses (C), (D), (E), (F), (G) and (H) of the preceding sentence;

(iv) the provisions of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are subject to the provisions of any interlender or agency agreement among the Lenders and Collateral Agent pursuant to which any Lender may agree to give its consent in connection with any amendment, waiver or modification of the Loan Documents only in the event of the unanimous agreement of all Lenders.

(b) Other than as expressly provided for in Section 12.6(a)(i)-(iii), Collateral Agent may, if requested by the Required Lenders, from time to time designate covenants in this Agreement less restrictive by notification to a representative of Borrower.

(c) This Agreement and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement and the Loan Documents merge into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

12.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.8 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force and effect until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied. Without limiting the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1, the grant of security interest by Borrower in Section 4.1 shall survive until the termination of all Bank Services Agreements. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify each Lender and Collateral Agent, as well as the confidentiality provisions in Section 12.9 below, shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information of Borrower, the Lenders and Collateral Agent shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for their own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to the Lenders’ and Collateral Agent’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or in connection with a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions and upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing or securitization transaction; (b) to prospective transferees (other than those identified in (a) above) or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, the Lenders and Collateral Agent shall, except upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, obtain such prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision or to similar confidentiality terms); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Lenders’ or Collateral Agent’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with an examination or audit; (e) as Collateral Agent reasonably considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third party service providers of the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with the Lenders and Collateral Agent with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that either: (i) is in the public domain or in the Lenders’ and/or Collateral Agent’s possession when disclosed to the

 

23


Lenders and/or Collateral Agent, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent; or (ii) is disclosed to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent by a third party, if the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information. Collateral Agent and the Lenders may use confidential information for any purpose, including, without limitation, for the development of client databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement. The agreements provided under this Section 12.9 supersede all prior agreements, understanding, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Section 12.9.

12.10 Right of Set Off. Borrower hereby grants to Collateral Agent and to each Lender, a lien, security interest and right of set off as security for all Obligations to Collateral Agent and each Lender hereunder, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Collateral Agent or the Lenders or any entity under the control of Collateral Agent or the Lenders (including a Collateral Agent affiliate) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Collateral Agent or the Lenders may set off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE COLLATERAL AGENT TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

12.11 Silicon Valley Bank as Agent . Collateral Agent hereby appoints Silicon Valley Bank (“ SVB ”) as its agent (and SVB hereby accepts such appointment) for the purpose of perfecting Collateral Agent’s Liens in assets which, in accordance with Article 8 or Article 9, as applicable, of the Code can be perfected by possession or control, including without limitation, all Deposit Accounts maintained at SVB.

12.12 Cooperation of Borrower. If necessary, Borrower agrees to (i) execute any documents (including new Secured Promissory Notes) reasonably required to effectuate and acknowledge each assignment of a Term Loan Commitment or Loan to an assignee in accordance with Section 12.1, (ii) make Borrower’s management available to meet with Collateral Agent and prospective participants and assignees of Term Loan Commitments or Credit Extensions (which meetings shall be conducted no more often than twice every twelve months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), and (iii) assist Collateral Agent or the Lenders in the preparation of information relating to the financial affairs of Borrower as any prospective participant or assignee of a Term Loan Commitment or Term Loan reasonably may request. Subject to the provisions of Section 12.9, Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any prospective participant or assignee of a Term Loan Commitment, any and all information in such Lender’s possession concerning Borrower and its financial affairs which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, or which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of Borrower in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of Borrower prior to entering into this Agreement.

 

13. DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Affiliate ” of any Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

 

24


Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Amortization Date ” is, (i) with respect to a Term A Loans, (a) December 1, 2016 if the Term B Loans are not funded prior to the end of the Second Draw Period, or (b) June 1, 2017, if the Term B Loans are funded prior to the end of the Second Draw Period, and (ii) with respect to Term B Loans, June 1, 2017.

Annual Projections ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” are any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), the USA PATRIOT Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the laws administered by OFAC.

Approved Fund ” is any (i) investment company, fund, trust, securitization vehicle or conduit that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business or (ii) any Person (other than a natural person) which temporarily warehouses loans for any Lender or any entity described in the preceding clause (i) and that, with respect to each of the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) a Person (other than a natural person) or an Affiliate of a Person (other than a natural person) that administers or manages a Lender.

Approved Lender ” is defined in Section 12.1.

Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Basic Rate ” is, with respect to a Term Loan, the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of three hundred sixty (360) days) equal to the greater of (i) seven and three-quarters percent (7.75%) and (ii) the sum of (a) the Prime Rate reported in the Wall Street Journal on the last Business Day of the month that immediately precedes the month in which the interest will accrue, plus (b) four and one half percent (4.50%). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Basic Rate for a Term Loan for the period from the Effective Date through and including October 31, 2015 shall be seven and three-quarters percent (7.75%).

Blocked Person ” is any Person: (a) listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (b) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (c) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, (d) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224, or (e) a Person that is named a “specially designated national” or “blocked person” on the most current list published by OFAC or other similar list.

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books ” are Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ books and records including ledgers, federal, and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Collateral Agent is closed.

 

25


Cash Equivalents ” are (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and (c) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year after issue provided that the account in which any such certificate of deposit is maintained is subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Collateral Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, the direct purchase by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Auction Rate Securities, or purchasing participations in, or entering into any type of swap or other derivative transaction, or otherwise holding or engaging in any ownership interest in any type of Auction Rate Security by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be conclusively determined by the Lenders as an ineligible Cash Equivalent, and any such transaction shall expressly violate each other provision of this Agreement governing Permitted Investments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents does not include and Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, are prohibited from purchasing, purchasing participations in, entering into any type of swap or other equivalent derivative transaction, or otherwise holding or engaging in any ownership interest in any type of debt instrument, including, without limitation, any corporate or municipal bonds with a long-term nominal maturity for which the interest rate is reset through a dutch auction and more commonly referred to as an auction rate security (each, an “ Auction Rate Security ”).

Claims ” are defined in Section 12.2.

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Collateral Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account, or any other bank account maintained by Borrower or any Subsidiary that is a co-borrower or Guarantor at any time.

Collateral Agent ” is, Oxford, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders.

Commitment Percentage ” is set forth in Schedule 1.1 , as amended from time to time.

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Communication ” is defined in Section 10.

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably

 

26


anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower and such Subsidiary, and Collateral Agent pursuant to which Collateral Agent obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) for the benefit of the Lenders over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension ” is any Term Loan or any other extension of credit by Collateral Agent or Lenders for Borrower’s benefit.

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account ” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number ******* 762, maintained with Bank.

Disbursement Letter ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 .

Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Dollars , ” “ dollars ” and “$” each mean lawful money of the United States.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

Eligible Assignee ” is (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender, (iii) an Approved Fund and (iv) any commercial bank, savings and loan association or savings bank or any other entity which is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and which extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses, including insurance companies, mutual funds, lease financing companies and commercial finance companies, in each case, which either (A) has a rating of BBB or higher from Standard & Poor’s Rating Group and a rating of Baa2 or higher from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. at the date that it becomes a Lender or (B) has total assets in excess of Five Billion Dollars ($5,000,000,000.00), and in each case of clauses (i) through (iv), which, through its applicable lending office, is capable of lending to Borrower without the imposition of any withholding or similar taxes; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (ii) a direct competitor of Borrower or a vulture hedge fund, each as determined by Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) in connection with assignments by a Lender due to a forced divestiture at the request of any regulatory agency, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply and Eligible Assignee shall mean any Person or party and (y) in connection with a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply and Eligible Assignee shall mean any Person or party providing such financing or formed to undertake such securitization transaction and any transferee of such Person or party upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing or securitization transaction; provided that no such sale, transfer, pledge or assignment under this clause (y) shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such Person or party for such Lender as a party hereto until

 

27


Collateral Agent shall have received and accepted an effective assignment agreement from such Person or party in form satisfactory to Collateral Agent executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto, and shall have received such other information regarding such Eligible Assignee as Collateral Agent reasonably shall require.

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

Equity Event ” is Lenders’ receipt, on or prior to June 30, 2016, of evidence satisfactory to Lenders that Borrower has received unrestricted gross cash proceeds of not less than Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000.00) from the issuance and sale by Borrower of its equity securities.

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Final Payment ” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Maturity Date, or (b) the acceleration of any Term Loan, or (c) the prepayment of a Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or (d), equal to the original principal amount of such Term Loan multiplied by the Final Payment Percentage, payable to Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

Final Payment Percentage ” is seven and ninety-five hundredths of one percent (7.95%).

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary ” is a Subsidiary that is not an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any territory thereof.

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or on account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Contract ” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles ” are all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, any trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

 

28


Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Guarantor ” is any Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Collateral Agent or any Lender.

Guaranty ” is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.2.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Insolvent ” means not Solvent.

Intellectual Property ” means all of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of any Person’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance, payment or capital contribution to any Person.

 

29


Key Person ” is each of Borrower’s (i) Chief Executive Officer, who is Harry E. Gruber as of the Effective Date, (ii) Chief Financial Officer, who is Thomas E. Darcy as of the Effective Date and (iii) Executive Vice President, Research and Pharmaceutical Development, who is Douglas J. Jolly as of the Effective Date.

Lender ” is any one of the Lenders.

Lenders ” are the Persons identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto and each assignee that becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.1.

Lenders’ Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, as well as appraisal fees, fees incurred on account of lien searches, inspection fees, and filing fees) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred by Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders in connection with the Loan Documents.

Letter of Credit” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest, or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrants, the Perfection Certificates, each Compliance Certificate, each Disbursement Letter, each Loan Payment/Advance Request Form and any Bank Services Agreement, the Post Closing Letter, any subordination agreements, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any other Person, and any other present or future agreement entered into by Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person for the benefit of the Lenders and Collateral Agent in connection with this Agreement; all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Loan Payment/Advance Request Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 .

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or any Subsidiary; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

Maturity Date ” is, for each Term Loan, May 1, 2019.

Obligations ” are all of Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Lenders’ Expenses, the Prepayment Fee, the Final Payment, and other amounts Borrower owes the Lenders now or later, in connection with, related to, following, or arising from, out of or under, this Agreement or, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrants), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin (whether or not allowed) and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent, and the performance of Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrants).

OFAC ” is the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control.

OFAC Lists ” are, collectively, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 25, 2001) and/or any other list of terrorists or other restricted Persons maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Orders.

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier

 

30


than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment Date ” is the first (1 st ) calendar day of each calendar month, commencing on December 1, 2015.

Perfection Certificate ” and “ Perfection Certificates ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to the Lenders and Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness in connection with Bank Services);

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and disclosed on the Perfection Certificate(s);

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness consisting of capitalized lease obligations and purchase money Indebtedness, in each case incurred by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, repair, improvement or construction of fixed or capital assets of such person, provided that (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such Indebtedness does not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) at any time and (ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the lower of the cost or fair market value of the property so acquired or built or of such repairs or improvements financed with such Indebtedness (each measured at the time of such acquisition, repair, improvement or construction is made);

(f) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(g) other Indebtedness not otherwise permitted herein not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) outstanding at any time; and

(h) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (e) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Borrower, or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments disclosed on the Perfection Certificate(s) and existing on the Effective Date;

(b)(i) Investments consisting of cash and Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Collateral Agent;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of Deposit Accounts in which Collateral Agent has a perfected security interest (to the extent required pursuant to Section 6.6);

 

31


(e) Investments in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors; not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) in the aggregate for (i) and (ii) in any fiscal year;

(g) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(i) non-cash Investments in joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support; and

(j) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00).

Permitted Licenses ” are (A) licenses of over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (B) non-exclusive and exclusive licenses for the use of the Intellectual Property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business, provided , that, with respect to each such license described in clause (B), (i) no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing at the time of such license; (ii) the license constitutes an arms-length transaction, the terms of which, on their face, do not provide for a sale or assignment of any Intellectual Property and do not restrict the ability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to pledge, grant a security interest in or lien on, or assign or otherwise Transfer any Intellectual Property; (iii) in the case of any exclusive license, (x) Borrower delivers ten (10) days’ prior written notice and a brief summary of the terms of the proposed license to Collateral Agent and the Lenders and delivers to Collateral Agent and the Lenders copies of the final executed licensing documents in connection with the exclusive license promptly upon consummation thereof, and (y) any such license could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but may be exclusive in respects other than territory (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a worldwide or U.S. license that is exclusive as to a particular field or fields of use) and may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States; and (iv) all upfront payments, royalties, milestone payments or other proceeds arising from the licensing agreement that are payable to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are paid to a Deposit Account that is governed by a Control Agreement.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and disclosed on the Perfection Certificates or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (e) of the definition of “ Permitted Indebtedness ,” provided that (i) such Liens exist prior to the acquisition of, or attach substantially simultaneous with, or within twenty (20) days after the, acquisition, lease, repair, improvement or construction of, such property financed or leased by such Indebtedness and (ii) such Liens do not extend to any property of Borrower other than the

 

32


property (and proceeds thereof) acquired, leased or built, or the improvements or repairs, financed by such Indebtedness;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Collateral Agent or any Lender a security interest therein;

(h) banker’s liens, rights of setoff and Liens in favor of financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit accounts or securities accounts held at such institutions solely to secure payment of fees and similar costs and expenses and provided such accounts are maintained in compliance with Section 6.6(b) hereof;

(i) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.4 or 8.7; and

(j) Liens consisting of Permitted Licenses.

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Post Closing Letter ” is that certain Post Closing Letter dated as of the Effective Date by and between Collateral Agent and Borrower.

Prepayment Fee ” is, with respect to any Term Loan subject to prepayment prior to the Maturity Date, whether by mandatory or voluntary prepayment, acceleration or otherwise, an additional fee payable to the Lenders in amount equal to:

(i) for a prepayment made on or after the Funding Date of such Term Loan through and including the first anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan, two percent (2.00%) of the principal amount of such Term Loan prepaid; and

(ii) for a prepayment made after the date which is after the first anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan, one percent (1.00%) of the principal amount of the Term Loans prepaid.

Prime Rate ” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes

 

33


unavailable for any reason as determined by Collateral Agent, the “ Prime Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

Pro Rata Share ” is, as of any date of determination, with respect to each Lender, a percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) determined by dividing the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans held by such Lender by the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans.

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Required Lenders ” means (i) for so long as all of the Persons that are Lenders on the Effective Date (each an “ Original Lender ”) have not assigned or transferred any of their interests in their Term Loans, Lenders holding one hundred percent (100.00%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans, or (ii) at any time from and after any Original Lender has assigned or transferred any interest in its Term Loans, Lenders holding at least sixty six percent (66.00%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans and, in respect of this clause (ii), (A) each Original Lender that has not assigned or transferred any portion of its Term Loans, (B) each assignee or transferee of an Original Lender’s interest in the Term Loans, but only to the extent that such assignee or transferee is an Affiliate or Approved Fund of such Original Lender, and (C) any Person providing financing to any Person described in clauses (A) and (B) above; provided, however, that this clause (C) shall only apply upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing.

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer ” is any of the President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer of Borrower acting alone.

Second Draw Period ” is the period commencing on the date of the occurrence of the Equity Event and ending on the earlier of (i) July 31, 2016 and (ii) the occurrence of an Event of Default; provided, however, that the Second Draw Period shall not commence if on the date of the occurrence of the Equity Event an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Secured Promissory Note ” is defined in Section 2.4.

Secured Promissory Note Record ” is a record maintained by each Lender with respect to the outstanding Obligations owed by Borrower to Lender and credits made thereto.

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Solvent ” is, with respect to any Person: the fair salable value of such Person’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of such Person’s liabilities; such Person is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and such Person is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries subordinated to all Indebtedness of Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries to the Lenders (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and the Lenders entered into between Collateral Agent, Borrower, and/or any of its Subsidiaries, and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

 

34


Subsidiary ” is, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than fifty percent (50.00%) of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations) is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or through one or more intermediaries.

Term Loan ” is defined in Section 2.2(a)(ii) hereof.

Term A Loan ” is defined in Section 2.2(a)(i) hereof.

Term B Loan ” is defined in Section 2.2(a)(ii) hereof.

Term Loan Commitment ” is, for any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a Term Loan, up to the principal amount shown on Schedule 1.1 . Term Loan Commitments ” means the aggregate amount of such commitments of all Lenders.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

Warrants ” are those certain Warrants to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date, or any date thereafter, issued by Borrower in favor of each Lender or such Lender’s Affiliates.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

BORROWER:

 

TOCAGEN INC.
By:   /s/ Thomas E. Darcy
Name:   Thomas E. Darcy
Title:   EVP & CFO

COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By:   /s/ Mark Davis
Name:   Mark Davis
Title:   Vice President – Finance, Secretary & Treasurer

LENDER:

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:   /s/ Anthony Flores
Name:   Anthony Flores
Title:   Vice President

 

[ Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement ]


SCHEDULE 1.1

Lenders and Commitments

Term A Loans

Lender

 

Term Loan Commitment

 

Commitment Percentage

OXFORD FINANCE LLC   $9,000,000.00   50.00%
SILICON VALLEY BANK   $9,000,000.00   50.00%
TOTAL   $18,000,000.00   100.00%

Term B Loans

Lender

 

Term Loan Commitment

 

Commitment Percentage

OXFORD FINANCE LLC   $1,000,000.00   50.00%
SILICON VALLEY BANK   $1,000,000.00   50.00%
TOTAL   $2,000,000.00   100.00%

Aggregate (all Term Loans)

Lender

 

Term Loan Commitment

 

Commitment Percentage

OXFORD FINANCE LLC   $10,000,000.00   50.00%
SILICON VALLEY BANK   $10,000,000.00   50.00%
TOTAL   $20,000,000.00   100.00%


EXHIBIT A

Description of Collateral

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property; provided further that if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property; (ii) any Equipment subject to a Lien described in clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” if the granting of a Lien in such Equipment is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such Equipment (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such Equipment shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Collateral Agent hereunder and become part of the “Collateral”; and (iii) any license or contract, in each case if the granting of a Lien in such license or contract is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such license or contract (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such license or contract, as applicable, shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Collateral Agent hereunder and become part of the “Collateral.”

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.


EXHIBIT B-1

Form of Disbursement Letter

[see attached]


DISBURSEMENT LETTER

[DATE]

The undersigned, being the duly elected and acting                              of TOCAGEN INC. , a Delaware corporation with offices located at 3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230, San Diego, CA 92109 (“ Borrower ”), does hereby certify to OXFORD FINANCE LLC (“ Oxford ” and “ Lender ”), as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October      , 2015, by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ”; with other capitalized terms used below having the meanings ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement) that:

1. The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof.

2. No event or condition has occurred that would constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

3. Borrower is in compliance with the covenants and requirements contained in Sections 4, 6 and 7 of the Loan Agreement.

4. All conditions referred to in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement to the making of the Loan to be made on or about the date hereof have been satisfied or waived by Collateral Agent.

5. No Material Adverse Change has occurred.

6. The undersigned is a Responsible Officer.

[7. With respect to the Term B Loans, the Equity Event occurred on or prior to June 30, 2016.]

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


[7][8]. The proceeds of the Term [A][B] Loans shall be disbursed as follows:

 

Disbursement from Oxford:       

Loan Amount

   $  
  

 

 

 

Plus:

  

[--Deposit Received

   $ 50,000.00

Less:

  

[--Facility Fee

   ($ 45,000.00 )] 

[--Interim Interest on Term [A][B] Loan

   ($                  )] 

--Lender’s Legal Fees

   ($                  )* 

Net Proceeds due from Oxford:

   $  
  

 

 

 

Disbursement from SVB:

  

Loan Amount

   $  
  

 

 

 

Less:

  

[--Facility Fee

   ($ 45,000.00 )] 

[--Interim Interest on Term [A][B] Loan

   ($                  )] 

Net Proceeds due from SVB:

   $  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL TERM [A][B] LOAN NET PROCEEDS FROM LENDERS

   $  
  

 

 

 

[8][9]. The Term [A][B] Loans shall amortize in accordance with the Amortization Table attached hereto [as Exhibits A-1 and A-2, as applicable].

[9][10]. The aggregate net proceeds of the Term [A][B] Loans shall be transferred to the Designated Deposit Account as follows:

 

Account Name:   TOCAGEN INC.
Bank Name:   Silicon Valley Bank
Bank Address:   3003 Tasman Drive Santa Clara, California 95054
Account Number:    
ABA Number:   121140399

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

 

* Legal fees and costs are through the Effective Date. Post-closing legal fees and costs, payable after the Effective Date, to be invoiced and paid post-closing.


Dated as of the date first set forth above.

BORROWER:

 

TOCAGEN INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

LENDER:

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

[ Signature Page to Disbursement Letter ]


AMORTIZATION TABLE

(Term [A][B] Loans)

[see attached]


EXHIBIT B-2

Loan Payment/Advance Request Form

D EADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS N OON P ACIFIC T IME *

 

Fax To:   Date:                             

L OAN P AYMENT :

TOCAGEN INC.

 

From Account #            To Account #     
   (Deposit Account #)             (Loan Account #)
Principal $            and/or Interest $     
Authorized Signature:               Phone Number:     
Print Name/Title:                 

L OAN A DVANCE :

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

From Account #            To Account #     
   (Loan Account #)          (Deposit Account #)

Amount of Advance $                                     

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

Authorized Signature:               Phone Number:     
Print Name/Title:                 

O UTGOING W IRE R EQUEST :

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time

 

Beneficiary Name:            Amount of Wire: $     
Beneficiary Bank:            Account Number:     
City and State:              
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:         Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):     
      (For International Wire Only)      
Intermediary Bank:            Transit (ABA) #:     
For Further Credit to:     
Special Instruction:     

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

Authorized Signature:            2 nd  Signature (if required):     
Print Name/Title:            Print Name/Title:     
Telephone #:            Telephone #:     


EXHIBIT C

Compliance Certificate

 

TO: OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent and Lender
     SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Lender

 

FROM: TOCAGEN INC.

The undersigned authorized officer (“ Officer ”) of TOCAGEN INC. (“ Borrower ”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement),

(a) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                          with all required covenants except as noted below;

(b) There are no Events of Default, except as noted below;

(c) Except as noted below, all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on this date and for the period described in (a), above; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date.

(d) Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, or Subsidiary, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Loan Agreement;

(e) No Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

Attached are the required documents, if any, supporting our certification(s). The Officer, on behalf of Borrower, further certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments as to the interim financial statements.

Please indicate compliance status since the last Compliance Certificate by circling Yes, No, or N/A under “Complies” column.

 

     Reporting Covenant    Requirement    Actual      Complies
1)    Financial statements    Monthly within 30 days       Yes    No    N/A
2)    Annual (CPA Audited) statements    Within 180 days after FYE       Yes    No    N/A
3)    Annual Financial Projections/Budget (prepared on a monthly basis)    Annually (earlier of 30 days after FYE or 7 days after Board-approval), and when revised       Yes    No    N/A


4)    8-K, 10-K and 10-Q Filings    If applicable, within 5 days of filing       Yes    No    N/A
5)    Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days       Yes    No    N/A
6)    IP Report    When required       Yes    No    N/A
7)    Total amount of Borrower’s cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period         $                   Yes    No    N/A
8)    Total amount of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period         $                   Yes    No    N/A

Deposit and Securities Accounts

(Please list all accounts; attach separate sheet if additional space needed)

 

     Institution Name    Account Number    New Account?    Account Control Agreement in place?
1)          Yes    No    Yes    No
2)          Yes    No    Yes    No
3)          Yes    No    Yes    No
4)          Yes    No    Yes    No

Other Matters

 

1)    Have there been any changes in Key Persons since the last Compliance Certificate?    Yes    No
2)    Have there been any transfers/sales/disposals/retirement of Collateral or IP prohibited by the Loan Agreement?    Yes    No
3)    Have there been any new or pending claims or causes of action against Borrower that involve more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00)?    Yes    No
4)    Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower (prior to the IPO) and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.    Yes    No


Exceptions

Please explain any exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions.” Attach separate sheet if additional space needed.)

TOCAGEN INC.

 

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

Date:

 

LENDER USE ONLY
Received by:       Date:    
Verified by:       Date:    
Compliance Status:   Yes   No


EXHIBIT D

Form of Secured Promissory Note

[see attached]


SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

(Term [A][B] Loan)

 

$                                Dated:                 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, TOCAGEN INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 3030 Bunker Hill Street, Suite 230, San Diego, CA 92109 (“ Borrower ”) HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of [OXFORD FINANCE LLC][SILICON VALLEY BANK] (“ Lender ”) the principal amount of [                  ] DOLLARS ($                      .00) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of the Term [A][B] Loan made to Borrower by Lender, plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Term [A][B] Loan, at the rates and in accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated October __, 2015 by and among Borrower, Lender, Oxford Finance LLC, as Collateral Agent, and the other Lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”). If not sooner paid, the entire principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date as set forth in the Loan Agreement. Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to the Term [A][B] Loan, are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement and this Secured Promissory Note (this “ Note ”). The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of a secured Term [A][B] Loan by Lender to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

This Note may not be prepaid except as set forth in Section 2.2 (c) and Section 2.2(d) of the Loan Agreement.

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the Term [A][B] Loan, interest on the Term [A][B] Loan and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California.

The ownership of an interest in this Note shall be registered on a record of ownership maintained by Lender or its agent. Notwithstanding anything else in this Note to the contrary, the right to the principal of, and stated interest on, this Note may be transferred only if the transfer is registered on such record of ownership and the transferee is identified as the owner of an interest in the obligation. Borrower shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of this Note (as recorded on such record of ownership) as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Note on the part of any other person or entity.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

BORROWER:

TOCAGEN INC.

By

   

Name:

   

Title:

   


LOAN INTEREST RATE AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

  

Principal

Amount

  

Interest Rate

  

Scheduled

Payment Amount

  

Notation By


CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

B ORROWER :    TOCAGEN INC.    D ATE :                 
L ENDERS :    OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent and Lender   
   SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Lender   

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1.         I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

2.         Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3.         Attached hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B , respectively, are true, correct and complete copies of (i) Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above; and (ii) Borrower’s Bylaws. Neither such Certificate of Incorporation nor such Bylaws have been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and such Certificate of Incorporation and such Bylaws remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4.         The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and the Lenders may rely on them until each Lender receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]


R ESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

  

Title

  

Signature

  

Authorized to
Add or Remove
Signatories

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money . Borrow money from the Lenders.

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents any Lender requires.

Grant Security . Grant Collateral Agent a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Letters of Credit . Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Enter Derivatives Transactions . Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swap agreements, or other derivatives transactions.

Issue Warrants . Issue warrants for Borrower’s capital stock.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrower’s right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]


5.         The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

By:    

Name:

   

Title:

   

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

 

I, the                          of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as
[print title]         

of the date set forth above.

 

By:    

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

[ Signature Page to Corporate Borrowing Certificate ]


EXHIBIT A

Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments)

[see attached]


EXHIBIT B

Bylaws

[see attached]


DEBTOR:    TOCAGEN INC.
SECURED PARTY:    OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent

EXHIBIT A TO UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

Description of Collateral

The Collateral consists of all of Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property; provided further that if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Secured Party’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Debtor that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property; (ii) any Equipment subject to a Lien described in clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” if the granting of a Lien in such Equipment is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such Equipment (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such Equipment shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Secured Party under the Loan and Security Agreement referred to below and become part of the “Collateral”; and (iii) any license or contract, in each case if the granting of a Lien in such license or contract is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such license or contract (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such license or contract, as applicable, shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Secured Party under the Loan and Security Agreement referred to below and become part of the “Collateral.”

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Debtor has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of California as in effect from time to time (the “Code”) or, if not defined in the Code, then in the Loan and Security Agreement by and between Debtor, Secured Party and the other Lenders party thereto (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time).

Exhibit 10.12

TOCAGEN INC.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into effective as of October 27, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Martin Duvall (“ Executive ) and Tocagen Inc. (the “ Company ”).

W HEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement to define their mutual rights and duties with respect to Executive’s compensation and benefits.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment by the Company.

1.1 Position. Executive shall serve as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”). Executive’s start date will be November 1, 2016, or such other date as mutually agreed by Executive and the Company (the “ Start Date ”). During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company, except for approved vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacities permitted by the Company’s general employment policies. Executive acknowledges that he will be appointed to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) effective as of the Start Date. If Executive ceases to serve as CEO of the Company for any reason, then Executive will resign from his position as a member of the Board, if and as requested by the Board.

1.2 Duties and Location. Executive shall perform such duties as are customarily associated with the position of CEO and such other duties as are assigned to Executive by the Board. Executive’s primary office location shall be the Company’s headquarters located in San Diego, California. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to (a) reasonably require Executive to perform Executive’s duties at places other than Executive’s primary office location from time to time and to require reasonable business travel, and (b) modify Executive’s job title and duties as it deems necessary and appropriate in light of the Company’s needs and interests from time to time.

1.3 Policies and Procedures. The employment relationship between the parties shall be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

2. Cash Compensation .

2.1 Base Salary. For services to be rendered hereunder, Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate of $400,000 per year (the “ Base Salary ”), less standard payroll deductions and withholdings and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule. The Board may review Executive’s Base Salary for adjustment from time to time and it

 

1.


is expressly acknowledged and agreed that following the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock and listing of the Company’s common stock on a national securities exchange (and regularly thereafter), the Board will review Executive’s total compensation, including Base Salary, target and maximum bonus amounts and equity compensation, with the advice of an independent compensation consultant and publicly-traded peer group company data.

2.2 Bonus. Executive will be eligible to be considered for a discretionary annual performance bonus of up to 40% of the Base Salary, based on achievement of individual and/or corporate performance targets, metrics and/or objectives to be determined and approved by the Board or the Compensation Committee thereof. Any such bonus would be paid after the close of the fiscal year and after determination by the Board (or the Compensation Committee thereof) of (i) the level of achievement of the applicable individual and corporate performance targets, metrics and/or objectives and (ii) the amount of the annual incentive compensation earned by Executive (if any). No annual incentive compensation is guaranteed and, in addition to the other conditions for earning such compensation, Executive must remain an employee in good standing of the Company on the annual incentive compensation payment date in order to be eligible for any annual incentive compensation.

3. Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall, in accordance with Company policy and the terms and conditions of the applicable Company benefit plan documents, be eligible to participate in the benefit and fringe benefit programs provided by the Company to its executive officers and other employees from time to time. Any such benefits shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the governing benefit plans and policies and may be changed by the Company in its discretion.

4. Relocation Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for the following expenses, provided that (i) such reimbursement shall not exceed $100,000, in the aggregate, unless approved by the Board, (ii) such reimbursement shall not apply to any expenses incurred by Executive after the one year anniversary of the Start Date, and (iii) expenses shall be submitted on an expense report in accordance with the Company’s existing expense reimbursement policies:

(a) reasonable and documented expenses for relocating Executive’s primary residence to San Diego county, California, including moving and other related costs (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include commissions paid to real estate agents or brokers or other closing costs associated with the sale or purchase of real property);

(b) reasonable and documented expenses for temporary housing in San Diego county, California, incurred prior to the relocation of Executive’s primary residence to San Diego county, California;

(c) reasonable and documented expenses for a rental car in San Diego incurred prior to the relocation of Executive’s primary residence to San Diego county, California; and

(d) documented round-trip coach class airfare for travel for Executive and Executive’s spouse between Executive’s current residence and San Diego, California for purposes of searching for a primary residence in San Diego county, California (limited to two (2) such trips).

 

2.


Executive agrees to repay all reimbursed expenses under this Section 4 concurrent with Executive’s voluntary resignation from the Company at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Start Date.

5. Other Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

6. Equity Compensation.

6.1 Base Options. As further consideration for Executive’s employment, promptly following Executive’s Start Date and subject to approval by the Board, Executive will be granted a nonstatutory stock option (the “ Base Option ”) under the Company’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”) to purchase that number of shares of the Company’s common stock that is equal to 3.0% of the fully-diluted capitalization of the Company (defined below) on the date of grant. The Base Option will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock as of the date of grant as determined by the Board and shall vest as follows: (i) 25% of the shares subject to the Base Option shall vest twelve months after the Start Date, subject to Executive’s continuing employment with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. The remaining shares shall vest monthly on the last day of the each of the following 36 months in equal monthly amounts subject to Executive’s continuing employment with the Company. The vesting of 100% of the Base Option shall be subject to full acceleration such that, immediately prior the effective time of a Change in Control (defined in the Plan) such shares shall be fully vested and immediately exercisable. The terms of the Base Option are more fully set forth in the Plan and related grant notice and stock option agreement (together, the “ Equity Documents ”).

6.2 Performance Options. In addition, promptly following the Start Date and subject to approval by the Board, Executive will be granted a nonstatutory stock option (the “ Performance Option ”) under the Plan to purchase that number of shares of the Company’s common stock that is equal to 1.5% of the fully-diluted capitalization of the Company on the date of grant. The Performance Option will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock as of the date of grant as determined by the Board and shall vest upon the achievement of milestone(s) to be mutually agreed by Executive and the Board and subject to Executive’s continuing employment with the Company upon the achievement of such milestone(s). In the event of a Change in Control prior to the full vesting of the Performance Option, the Board shall have the discretion to accelerate vesting of the Performance Option, in whole or in part, based on progress towards the milestone(s). The Equity Documents contain additional terms and conditions applicable to the Performance Option.

6.3 Definition. For the purposes of this Agreement “ fully-diluted capitalization of the Company ” means the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock actually outstanding plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of all shares of preferred stock actually outstanding plus the number of shares of stock subject to outstanding warrants and outstanding equity awards (whether or not vested).

 

3.


7. Proprietary Information Obligations .

7.1 Proprietary Information Agreement. As a condition to employment, Executive agrees to execute, and will continue to abide by, the Company’s standard Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement attached hereto as E XHIBIT A (“ Proprietary Agreement ”).

7.2 Third-Party Agreements and Information. Executive represents and warrants that Executive’s employment by the Company does not conflict with any prior employment or consulting agreement or other agreement with any third party, and that Executive will perform Executive’s duties to the Company without violating any such agreement. Executive represents and warrants that Executive does not possess confidential information arising out of prior employment, consulting, or other third party relationships, that would be used in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company, except as expressly authorized by that third party. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will use in the performance of Executive’s duties only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s own, common knowledge in the industry, otherwise legally in the public domain, or obtained or developed by the Company or by Executive in the course of Executive’s work for the Company.

8. Outside Activities and Non-Competition and No-Solicit.

8.1 Outside Activities. Throughout Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or present a conflict of interest with the Company or its affiliates. Subject to the restrictions set forth herein, and only with prior written disclosure to and consent of the Board, Executive may engage in other types of business or public activities. The Board may rescind such consent, if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that such activities compromise or threaten to compromise the Company’s or its affiliates’ business interests or conflict with Executive’s duties to the Company or its affiliates.

8.2 Non-Competition During Employment. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, during Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will not, without the express written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly serve as an officer, director, stockholder, employee, partner, proprietor, investor, joint venturer, associate, representative or consultant of any person or entity engaged in, or planning or preparing to engage in, business activity competitive with any line of business engaged in (or planned to be engaged in) by the Company or its affiliates; provided, however, that Executive may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) one percent (1%) of any class of securities of any enterprise (without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange. In addition, Executive will be subject to certain restrictions (including restrictions continuing after Executive’s employment ends) under the terms of the Proprietary Agreement.

8.3 Non-Solicitation . Executive agrees that during the period of employment with the Company and for twelve (12) months after the date Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason, Executive will not, either directly or through others, solicit or encourage or attempt to solicit or encourage any employee, independent contractor, or consultant of the Company to terminate his or her relationship with the Company in order to become an employee, consultant or independent contractor to or for any other person or entity.

 

4.


9. Termination of Employment .

9.1 At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment relationship is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause (as defined below) or advance notice. In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, Executive will be entitled to all of Executive’s earned compensation and benefits or otherwise as required by law through the date of termination. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be entitled to any additional compensation or benefits hereunder in the event Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause, due to Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, upon Executive’s death or Executive’s Disability (as defined below); provided that this Section 9.1 does not purport to alter (a) any separate agreement entered into after the Effective Date and pursuant which Executive is expressly entitled to benefits or other compensation on or after the events set forth in this sentence, including, if applicable, the Equity Documents, or (b) any agreements between the Executive and any third party, including insurance policies or the like. If Executive’s employment terminates due to an Involuntary Termination (as defined below), Executive will be eligible to receive the additional compensation and benefits described in Section 9.2.

9.2 Termination Without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason . If at any time (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause (as defined below and other than as a result of Executive’s death or Disability), or (ii) Executive resigns for Good Reason (as defined below), and provided in any case such termination constitutes a “separation from service”, as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) (a “ Separation from Service ”) (such termination described in (i) or (ii), an “ Involuntary Termination ”), Executive shall be entitled to receive the following severance benefits, subject in all events to Executive’s compliance with Section 9.4 below:

(i) Executive shall receive severance pay in the form of continuation of Executive’s base salary in effect (ignoring any decrease that forms the basis for Executive’s resignation for Good Reason, if applicable) on the effective date of Executive’s Involuntary Termination for the first eighteen (18) months (the “ Severance Period ”) after the date of such termination;

(ii) If Executive is eligible for and timely elects to continue Executive’s health insurance coverage under the Company’s group health plans under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 or the state equivalent (“ COBRA ”) following Executive’s termination date, the Company will pay the COBRA group health insurance premiums for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents until the earliest of (A) the close of the Severance Period, (B) the expiration of Executive’s eligibility for the continuation coverage under COBRA, or (C) the date when Executive becomes eligible for

 

5.


substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment. For purposes of this Section, references to COBRA premiums shall not include any amounts payable by Executive under a Section 125 health care reimbursement plan under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot pay the COBRA premiums without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then regardless of whether Executive elects continued health coverage under COBRA, and in lieu of providing the COBRA premiums, the Company will instead pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the Severance Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premiums for that month, subject to applicable tax withholdings (such amount, the “ Health Care Benefit Payment ”). The Health Care Benefit Payment shall be paid in monthly installments on the same schedule that the COBRA premiums would otherwise have been paid and shall be equal to the amount that the Company would have otherwise paid for COBRA premiums, and shall be paid until the earlier of (i) expiration of the Severance Period or (ii) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; and

(iii) Executive shall receive an extension of the period of time following which Executive may exercise vested shares subject to Executive’s equity awards to purchase Company common stock that are outstanding immediately prior to Executive’s Involuntary Termination until the date that is the earlier of (i) the original Expiration Date (as defined in the respective Equity Documents for such options) and (ii) eighteen (18) months following the date of Involuntary Termination; provided, however, that Executive’s rights to exercise vested options may terminate prior to such date, in accordance with the terms of the equity plan under which such options were granted (including upon a corporate transaction) or Executive’s violation of the Proprietary Agreement or the Release (defined below).

9.3 Conditions and Timing for Severance Benefits. The severance benefits set forth in Section 9.2 above are expressly conditioned upon: (i) Executive’s continuing to comply with Executive’s obligations under Executive’s Proprietary Agreement; and (ii) Executive signing and not revoking a general release of legal claims in the form provided by the Company which shall include a full general release of claims against the Company and related persons and entities and a commitment from Executive to comply with Executive’s continuing obligations under Executive’s Proprietary Agreement, but will not include a release of any rights or claims for indemnification Executive may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which Executive is a party, the Company’s bylaws, or applicable law (the “ Release ”) within the applicable deadline set forth therein and permitting the Release to become effective in accordance with its terms, which must occur no later than forty-five (45) days following the date of termination (the “ Release Deadline ”). The salary continuation payments described in Section 9.2 will be paid in substantially equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule and subject to standard deductions and withholdings over the Severance Period following termination; provided, however, that no payments will be made prior to the effectiveness of the Release. On the effective date of the Release, the Company will pay Executive the salary continuation payments that Executive would have received on or prior to such date in a lump sum under the original schedule but for the delay while waiting for the effectiveness of the release, with the balance of the cash severance being paid as originally scheduled.

 

6.


9.4 Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

( i ) Cause means, with respect to Executive, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) Executive’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) Executive’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) Executive’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between Executive and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company that has not been cured, if curable, within fifteen (15) days after written notice from the Board of such violation; (iv) Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) Executive’s gross misconduct that has not been cured, if curable, within fifteen (15) days after written notice from the Board requesting that the Executive cure such misconduct.

(ii) “Disability” means the inability of a Executive to engage in substantially gainful Company activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(iii) Good Reason ” means Executive’s resignation from employment with the Company (or successor to the Company, if applicable) due to any of the following actions taken by the Company (or successor to the Company, if applicable) without Executive’s prior written consent thereto: (1) a material reduction in Executive’s base salary, which the parties agree is a reduction of at least 10% of Executive’s base salary (unless pursuant to a salary reduction program applicable generally to the Company’s similarly situated employees); (2) a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities; (3) a material reduction in the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom Executive is required to report, including a requirement that Executive reports to a corporate officer or employee instead of reporting directly to the Board; (4) from and after the earlier to occur of (x) the one year anniversary of the Start Date and (y) the date on which Executive relocates his primary residence to San Diego county, California, a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a place that increases Executive’s one-way commute by more than fifty (50) miles as compared to Executive’s then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation (excluding regular travel in the ordinary course of business); and (5) a breach of a material provision of this Agreement by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to resign for Good Reason, Executive must provide written notice to the Company within thirty (30) days after the first occurrence of the event giving rise to Good Reason setting forth the basis for Executive’s resignation and allow the Company at least thirty (30) days from receipt of such written notice to cure such event, and, if such event is not reasonably cured within such period, Executive’s resignation from all positions Executive then holds with the Company is effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of the cure period.

9.5 Section 409A. It is intended that all of the benefits and other payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, an exemption from the application of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and

 

7.


the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively Section 409A ), and this Agreement will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions, and to the extent not so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted accordingly. Specifically, the benefits under this Agreement are intended to satisfy the exemptions from application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9) and each installment of severance benefits is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). However, if such exemptions are not available and Executive is, upon Separation from Service, a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the severance benefits payments shall be delayed until the earlier of (i) six (6) months and one day after Executive’s Separation from Service, or (ii) Executive’s death. Severance benefits shall not commence until Executive has a Separation from Service. If the severance benefits are not covered by one or more exemptions from the application of Section 409A and the Release could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive’s Separation from Service occurs, the Release will not be deemed effective, for purposes of payment of severance, any earlier than the Release Deadline. Except to the minimum extent that payments must be delayed because Executive is a “specified employee” or until the effectiveness of the Release, all severance amounts will be paid as soon as practicable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.

9.6 Section 280G . If any payment or benefit Executive will or may receive from the Company or otherwise (a “ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Payment will be equal to the Reduced Amount (defined below). The “ Reduced Amount ” will be either (l) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (2) the entire Payment, whichever amount after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of the Payment. If a reduction in the Payment is to be made so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, (x) the Payment will be paid only to the extent permitted under the Reduced Amount alternative, and the Executive will have no rights to any additional payments and/or benefits constituting the Payment, and (y) reduction in payments and/or benefits will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than stock options; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (4) reduction of other benefits paid to Executive. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards. In no event will the Company or any stockholder be liable to Executive for any amounts not paid as a result of the operation of this Section. The professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the change in control will perform the foregoing calculations. If the tax firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the acquirer, the Company will appoint a nationally recognized tax firm to make the determinations required

 

8.


hereunder. The Company will bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such firm required to be made hereunder. If the tax firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it will furnish the Company and Executive with documentation that no Excise Tax is reasonably likely to be imposed with respect to such Payment. Any good faith determinations of the tax firm made hereunder will be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.

10. Dispute Resolution. To ensure the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action, in law or equity, including but not limited to statutory claims, arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, or interpretation of this Agreement, Executive’s employment with the Company, or the termination of Executive’s employment from the Company, will be resolved pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §1-16, and to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration conducted in San Diego, California by JAMS, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) or its successors, under JAMS’ then applicable rules and procedures for employment disputes (which can be found at http://www.jamsadr.com/rules-clauses/, and which will be provided to Executive on request); provided that the arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision including the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. Executive and the Company shall be entitled to all rights and remedies that either would be entitled to pursue in a court of law. Both Executive and the Company acknowledge that by agreeing to this arbitration procedure, they waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding . The Company shall pay all filing fees in excess of those which would be required if the dispute were decided in a court of law, and shall pay the arbitrator’s fee. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either the Company or Executive from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.

11. General Provisions .

11.1 Notices. Any notices provided must be in writing and will be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery (including personal delivery by fax) or the next day after sending by overnight carrier, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at the address as listed on the Company payroll.

11.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction to the extent possible in keeping with the intent of the Parties.

 

9.


11.3 Waiver. Any waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement must be in writing to be effective, and it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

11.4 Complete Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Proprietary Agreement, and the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto as E XHIBIT B , constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof and is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the Company’s and Executive’s agreement with regard to this subject matter. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations. It cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, with the exception of those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this Agreement.

11.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but both of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

11.6 Headings. The headings of the paragraphs hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

11.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, except that Executive may not assign any of Executive’s duties hereunder and Executive may not assign any of Executive’s rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company, which shall not be withheld unreasonably.

11.8 Tax Withholding. All payments and awards contemplated or made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholdings of applicable taxes in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations of all appropriate government authorities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has neither made any assurances nor any guarantees concerning the tax treatment of any payments or awards contemplated by or made pursuant to this Agreement. Executive has had the opportunity to retain a tax and financial advisor and fully understands the tax and economic consequences of all payments and awards made pursuant to the Agreement.

11.9 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

10.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

 

T OCAGEN I NC .

By:

 

/s/ Faheem Hasnain

 

Faheem Hasnain

 

Chairman of the Board

E XECUTIVE

/s/ Martin Duvall

Martin Duvall

 

11.


E XHIBIT A

P ROPRIETARY A GREEMENT

 

12.


E XHIBIT B

I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

 

13.

Exhibit 10.13

TOCAGEN INC.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into effective as of February 27, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Mark Foletta (“ Executive ) and Tocagen Inc. (the “ Company ”).

W HEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement to define their mutual rights and duties with respect to Executive’s compensation and benefits.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.     Employment by the Company.

1.1     Position. Executive shall serve as the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (“ CFO ”). Executive’s start date will be February 27, 2017, or such other date as mutually agreed by Executive and the Company (the “ Start Date ”). During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company, except for approved vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacities permitted by the Company’s general employment policies.

1.2     Duties and Location. Executive shall perform such duties as are customarily associated with the position of CFO and such other duties as are assigned to Executive by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Executive’s primary office location shall be the Company’s headquarters located in San Diego, California. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to (a) reasonably require Executive to perform Executive’s duties at places other than Executive’s primary office location from time to time and to require reasonable business travel, and (b) modify Executive’s job title and duties as it deems necessary and appropriate in light of the Company’s needs and interests from time to time.

1.3     Policies and Procedures. The employment relationship between the parties shall be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

2.     Cash Compensation .

2.1     Base Salary. For services to be rendered hereunder, Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate of $350,000 per year (the “ Base Salary ”), less standard payroll deductions and withholdings and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule. The Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) may review Executive’s Base Salary for adjustment from time to time and it is expressly acknowledged and agreed that following the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock and listing of the Company’s common stock on a national securities exchange (and regularly thereafter), the Board will review

 

1.


Executive’s total compensation, including Base Salary, target and maximum bonus amounts and equity compensation, with the advice of an independent compensation consultant and publicly-traded peer group company data.

2.2     Bonus. Executive will be eligible to be considered for a discretionary annual performance bonus of up to 40% of the Base Salary, based on achievement of individual and/or corporate performance targets, metrics and/or objectives to be determined and approved by the Board or the Compensation Committee thereof. Any such bonus would be paid after the close of the fiscal year and after determination by the Board (or the Compensation Committee thereof) of (i) the level of achievement of the applicable individual and corporate performance targets, metrics and/or objectives and (ii) the amount of the annual incentive compensation earned by Executive (if any). No annual incentive compensation is guaranteed and, in addition to the other conditions for earning such compensation, Executive must remain an employee in good standing of the Company on the annual incentive compensation payment date in order to be eligible for any annual incentive compensation.

3.     Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall, in accordance with Company policy and the terms and conditions of the applicable Company benefit plan documents, be eligible to participate in the benefit and fringe benefit programs provided by the Company to its executive officers and other employees from time to time. Any such benefits shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the governing benefit plans and policies and may be changed by the Company in its discretion.

4.     Other Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

5.     Equity Compensation .

5.1     Base Options. As further consideration for Executive’s employment, promptly following Executive’s Start Date and subject to approval by the Board, Executive will be granted a nonstatutory stock option (the “ Base Option ”) under the Company’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”) to purchase up to 480,493 shares of the Company’s common stock. The Base Option will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock as of the date of grant as determined by the Board and shall vest as follows: (i) 25% of the shares subject to the Base Option shall vest twelve months after the Start Date, subject to Executive’s continuing employment with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. The remaining shares shall vest monthly on the last day of the each of the following 36 months in equal monthly amounts subject to Executive’s continuing employment with the Company. The vesting of 100% of the Base Option shall be subject to full acceleration such that, immediately prior the effective time of a Change in Control (defined in the Plan) such shares shall be fully vested and immediately exercisable. The terms of the Base Option are more fully set forth in the Plan and related grant notice and stock option agreement (together, the “ Equity Documents ”).

 

2.


5.2     Performance Options. In addition, promptly following the Start Date and subject to approval by the Board, Executive will be granted a nonstatutory stock option (the “ Performance Option ”) under the Plan to purchase up to an additional 236,661 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The Performance Option will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock as of the date of grant as determined by the Board and shall vest upon the achievement of milestone(s) as more fully set forth in the Equity Documents for the Performance Option. In the event of a Change in Control prior to the full vesting of the Performance Option, the Board shall have the discretion to accelerate vesting of the Performance Option, in whole or in part, based on progress towards the milestones. The Equity Documents contain additional terms and conditions applicable to the Performance Option.

6.     Proprietary Information Obligations .

6.1     Proprietary Information Agreement. As a condition to employment, Executive agrees to execute, and will continue to abide by, the Company’s standard Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement attached hereto as E XHIBIT A (“ Proprietary Agreement ”).

6.2     Third-Party Agreements and Information. Executive represents and warrants that Executive’s employment by the Company does not conflict with any prior employment or consulting agreement or other agreement with any third party, and that Executive will perform Executive’s duties to the Company without violating any such agreement. Executive represents and warrants that Executive does not possess confidential information arising out of prior employment, consulting, or other third party relationships, that would be used in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company, except as expressly authorized by that third party. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will use in the performance of Executive’s duties only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s own, common knowledge in the industry, otherwise legally in the public domain, or obtained or developed by the Company or by Executive in the course of Executive’s work for the Company.

7.     Outside Activities and Non-Competition and No-Solicit.

7.1     Outside Activities. Throughout Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or present a conflict of interest with the Company or its affiliates. Subject to the restrictions set forth herein, and only with prior written disclosure to and consent of the Board, Executive may engage in other types of business or public activities (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the activities listed on A NNEX I attached hereto are deemed disclosed to, and consented by, the Board). The Board may rescind such consent, if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that such activities compromise or threaten to compromise the Company’s or its affiliates’ business interests or conflict with Executive’s duties to the Company or its affiliates.

7.2     Non-Competition During Employment. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, during Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will not, without the express written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly serve as an officer, director,

 

3.


stockholder, employee, partner, proprietor, investor, joint venturer, associate, representative or consultant of any person or entity engaged in, or planning or preparing to engage in, business activity competitive with any line of business engaged in (or planned to be engaged in) by the Company or its affiliates; provided, however, that Executive may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) one percent (1%) of any class of securities of any enterprise (without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange. In addition, Executive will be subject to certain restrictions (including restrictions continuing after Executive’s employment ends) under the terms of the Proprietary Agreement.

7.3     Non-Solicitation . Executive agrees that during the period of employment with the Company and for twelve (12) months after the date Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason, Executive will not, either directly or through others, solicit or encourage or attempt to solicit or encourage any employee, independent contractor, or consultant of the Company to terminate his or her relationship with the Company in order to become an employee, consultant or independent contractor to or for any other person or entity.

8.     Termination of Employment .

8.1     At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment relationship is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause (as defined below) or advance notice. In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, Executive will be entitled to all of Executive’s earned compensation and benefits or otherwise as required by law through the date of termination. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be entitled to any additional compensation or benefits hereunder in the event Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause, due to Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, upon Executive’s death or Executive’s Disability (as defined below); provided that this Section 8.1 does not purport to alter (a) any separate agreement entered into after the Effective Date and pursuant which Executive is expressly entitled to benefits or other compensation on or after the events set forth in this sentence, including, if applicable, the Equity Documents, or (b) any agreements between the Executive and any third party, including insurance policies or the like. If Executive’s employment terminates due to an Involuntary Termination (as defined below), Executive will be eligible to receive the additional compensation and benefits described in Section 8.2.

8.2     Termination Without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason . If at any time (i) the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause (as defined below and other than as a result of Executive’s death or Disability), or (ii) Executive resigns for Good Reason (as defined below), and provided in any case such termination constitutes a “separation from service”, as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) (a “ Separation from Service ”) (such termination described in (i) or (ii), an “ Involuntary Termination ”), Executive shall be entitled to receive the following severance benefits, subject in all events to Executive’s compliance with Section 8.4 below:

(i)     Executive shall receive severance pay in the form of continuation of Executive’s base salary in effect (ignoring any decrease that forms the basis for Executive’s resignation for Good Reason, if applicable) on the effective date of Executive’s Involuntary

 

4.


Termination for the first twelve (12) months (the “ Severance Period ”) after the date of such termination;

(ii)     If Executive is eligible for and timely elects to continue Executive’s health insurance coverage under the Company’s group health plans under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 or the state equivalent (“ COBRA ”) following Executive’s termination date, the Company will pay the COBRA group health insurance premiums for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents until the earliest of (A) the close of the Severance Period, (B) the expiration of Executive’s eligibility for the continuation coverage under COBRA, or (C) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment. For purposes of this Section, references to COBRA premiums shall not include any amounts payable by Executive under a Section 125 health care reimbursement plan under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot pay the COBRA premiums without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then regardless of whether Executive elects continued health coverage under COBRA, and in lieu of providing the COBRA premiums, the Company will instead pay Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the Severance Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premiums for that month, subject to applicable tax withholdings (such amount, the “ Health Care Benefit Payment ”). The Health Care Benefit Payment shall be paid in monthly installments on the same schedule that the COBRA premiums would otherwise have been paid and shall be equal to the amount that the Company would have otherwise paid for COBRA premiums, and shall be paid until the earlier of (i) expiration of the Severance Period or (ii) the date when Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment; and

(iii)     Executive shall receive an extension of the period of time following which Executive may exercise vested shares subject to Executive’s equity awards to purchase Company common stock that are outstanding immediately prior to Executive’s Involuntary Termination until the date that is the earlier of (i) the original Expiration Date (as defined in the respective Equity Documents for such options) and (ii) twelve (12) months following the date of Involuntary Termination; provided, however, that Executive’s rights to exercise vested options may terminate prior to such date, in accordance with the terms of the equity plan under which such options were granted (including upon a corporate transaction) or Executive’s violation of the Proprietary Agreement or the Release (defined below).

8.3     Conditions and Timing for Severance Benefits. The severance benefits set forth in Section 8.2 above are expressly conditioned upon: (i) Executive’s continuing to comply with Executive’s obligations under Executive’s Proprietary Agreement; and (ii) Executive signing and not revoking a general release of legal claims in the form provided by the Company which shall include a full general release of claims against the Company and related persons and entities and a commitment from Executive to comply with Executive’s continuing obligations under Executive’s Proprietary Agreement, but will not include a release of any rights or claims for indemnification Executive may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which Executive is a party, the Company’s bylaws, or applicable law (the “ Release ”) within the applicable deadline set forth therein and permitting the

 

5.


Release to become effective in accordance with its terms, which must occur no later than forty-five (45) days following the date of termination (the “ Release Deadline ”). The salary continuation payments described in Section 8.2 will be paid in substantially equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule and subject to standard deductions and withholdings over the Severance Period following termination; provided, however, that no payments will be made prior to the effectiveness of the Release. On the effective date of the Release, the Company will pay Executive the salary continuation payments that Executive would have received on or prior to such date in a lump sum under the original schedule but for the delay while waiting for the effectiveness of the release, with the balance of the cash severance being paid as originally scheduled.

8.4     Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(i)     Cause ” means, with respect to Executive, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) Executive’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) Executive’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) Executive’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between Executive and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company that has not been cured, if curable, within fifteen (15) days after written notice from the Board of such violation; (iv) Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) Executive’s gross misconduct that has not been cured, if curable, within fifteen (15) days after written notice from the Board requesting that the Executive cure such misconduct.

(ii)     Disability ” means the inability of a Executive to engage in substantially gainful Company activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(iii)     Good Reason ” means Executive’s resignation from employment with the Company (or successor to the Company, if applicable) due to any of the following actions taken by the Company (or successor to the Company, if applicable) without Executive’s prior written consent thereto: (1) a material reduction in Executive’s base salary, which the parties agree is a reduction of at least 10% of Executive’s base salary (unless pursuant to a salary reduction program applicable generally to the Company’s similarly situated employees); (2) a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities; (3) a material reduction in the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom Executive is required to report, including a requirement that Executive reports to a corporate officer or employee instead of reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer; (4) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a place that increases Executive’s one-way commute by more than fifty (50) miles as compared to Executive’s then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation (excluding regular travel in the ordinary course of business); and (5) a breach of a material provision of this Agreement by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to resign for Good Reason, Executive must provide written notice to the

 

6.


Company within thirty (30) days after the first occurrence of the event giving rise to Good Reason setting forth the basis for Executive’s resignation and allow the Company at least thirty (30) days from receipt of such written notice to cure such event, and, if such event is not reasonably cured within such period, Executive’s resignation from all positions Executive then holds with the Company is effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of the cure period.

8.5     Section 409A. It is intended that all of the benefits and other payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, an exemption from the application of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively Section 409A ), and this Agreement will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions, and to the extent not so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted accordingly. Specifically, the benefits under this Agreement are intended to satisfy the exemptions from application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9) and each installment of severance benefits is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). However, if such exemptions are not available and Executive is, upon Separation from Service, a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the severance benefits payments shall be delayed until the earlier of (i) six (6) months and one day after Executive’s Separation from Service, or (ii) Executive’s death. Severance benefits shall not commence until Executive has a Separation from Service. If the severance benefits are not covered by one or more exemptions from the application of Section 409A and the Release could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive’s Separation from Service occurs, the Release will not be deemed effective, for purposes of payment of severance, any earlier than the Release Deadline. Except to the minimum extent that payments must be delayed because Executive is a “specified employee” or until the effectiveness of the Release, all severance amounts will be paid as soon as practicable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.

8.6     Section 280G . If any payment or benefit Executive will or may receive from the Company or otherwise (a “ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Payment will be equal to the Reduced Amount (defined below). The “ Reduced Amount ” will be either (l) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (2) the entire Payment, whichever amount after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of the Payment. If a reduction in the Payment is to be made so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, (x) the Payment will be paid only to the extent permitted under the Reduced Amount alternative, and the Executive will have no rights to any additional payments and/or benefits constituting the Payment, and (y) reduction in payments and/or benefits will occur in the following order: (1)

 

7.


reduction of cash payments; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than stock options; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (4) reduction of other benefits paid to Executive. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards. In no event will the Company or any stockholder be liable to Executive for any amounts not paid as a result of the operation of this Section. The professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the change in control will perform the foregoing calculations. If the tax firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the acquirer, the Company will appoint a nationally recognized tax firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company will bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such firm required to be made hereunder. If the tax firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it will furnish the Company and Executive with documentation that no Excise Tax is reasonably likely to be imposed with respect to such Payment. Any good faith determinations of the tax firm made hereunder will be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.

9.     Dispute Resolution. To ensure the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action, in law or equity, including but not limited to statutory claims, arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, or interpretation of this Agreement, Executive’s employment with the Company, or the termination of Executive’s employment from the Company, will be resolved pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §1-16, and to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration conducted in San Diego, California by JAMS, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) or its successors, under JAMS’ then applicable rules and procedures for employment disputes (which can be found at http://www.jamsadr.com/rules-clauses/, and which will be provided to Executive on request); provided that the arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision including the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. Executive and the Company shall be entitled to all rights and remedies that either would be entitled to pursue in a court of law. Both Executive and the Company acknowledge that by agreeing to this arbitration procedure, they waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding . The Company shall pay all filing fees in excess of those which would be required if the dispute were decided in a court of law, and shall pay the arbitrator’s fee. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either the Company or Executive from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.

10.     General Provisions .

10.1     Notices. Any notices provided must be in writing and will be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery (including personal delivery by fax) or the next day after sending by overnight carrier, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at the address as listed on the Company payroll.

 

8.


10.2     Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction to the extent possible in keeping with the intent of the Parties.

10.3     Waiver. Any waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement must be in writing to be effective, and it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

10.4     Complete Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Proprietary Agreement, and the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto as E XHIBIT B , constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof and is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the Company’s and Executive’s agreement with regard to this subject matter. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations. It cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, with the exception of those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this Agreement.

10.5     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but both of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

10.6     Headings. The headings of the paragraphs hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

10.7     Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, except that Executive may not assign any of Executive’s duties hereunder and Executive may not assign any of Executive’s rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company, which shall not be withheld unreasonably.

10.8     Tax Withholding. All payments and awards contemplated or made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholdings of applicable taxes in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations of all appropriate government authorities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has neither made any assurances nor any guarantees concerning the tax treatment of any payments or awards contemplated by or made pursuant to this Agreement. Executive has had the opportunity to retain a tax and financial advisor and fully understands the tax and economic consequences of all payments and awards made pursuant to the Agreement.

10.9     Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

 

9.


[Signature Page Follows]

 

10.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

 

T OCAGEN I NC .

By:

 

/s/ Marty Duvall

  Marty Duvall
  Chief Executive Officer

E XECUTIVE

/s/ Mark Foletta

M ARK F OLETTA

 

11.


A NNEX I

Member of the board of directors of Dexcom, and any committees thereof.

Member of board of directors of Regulus Therapeutics, and any committees thereof.

Member of the board of directors of AMN Healthcare, and any committees thereof.

Member of the board of directors of ViaCyte, and any committees thereof.

 

12.


E XHIBIT A

P ROPRIETARY A GREEMENT

 

13.


E XHIBIT B

I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

 

14.

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 9, 2017, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Tocagen Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock to be filed on or about March 9, 2017.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, California

March 9, 2017